detached 99ae914

Gen: Re-run script

commit
99ae9148bc678df2424e1572d28c7e539d250bac
author
Jeroen Wijenbergh · · 2025-10-16 14:31 UTC
parent
730f526
signature
SSH UnverifiedSHA256:8N5EoON8reSTMm461SyWlzRhib6IymBjUHb1p62kwyw The key is unknown
662 files · +68476 -17191
Unified
UnifiedSplit
M v4/adw/adw-about-dialog.go +180 -11
@@ -175,6 +175,11 @@ func ShowAboutDialogFromAppdata(ParentVar *gtk.Widget, ResourcePathVar string, R
175175 // To add information about other modules, such as application dependencies or
176176 // data, use [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section].
177177 //
178+// ## Other applications
179+//
180+// `AdwAboutDialog` can show links to your other apps at the end of the main
181+// page. To add them, use [method@AboutDialog.add_other_app].
182+//
178183 // ## Constructing
179184 //
180185 // To make constructing an `AdwAboutDialog` as convenient as possible, you can
@@ -401,6 +406,33 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) AddLink(TitleVar string, UrlVar string) {
401406
402407 }
403408
409+var xAboutDialogAddOtherApp func(uintptr, string, string, string)
410+
411+// Adds another application to @self.
412+//
413+// The application will be displayed at the bottom of the main page, in a
414+// separate section. Each added application will be presented as a row with
415+// @title and @summary, as well as an icon with the name @appid. Clicking the
416+// row will show @appid in the software center app.
417+//
418+// This can be used to link to your other applications if you have multiple.
419+//
420+// Example:
421+//
422+// ```c
423+// adw_about_dialog_add_other_app (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
424+//
425+// "org.gnome.Boxes",
426+// _("Boxes"),
427+// _("Virtualization made simple"));
428+//
429+// ```
430+func (x *AboutDialog) AddOtherApp(AppidVar string, NameVar string, SummaryVar string) {
431+
432+ xAboutDialogAddOtherApp(x.GoPointer(), AppidVar, NameVar, SummaryVar)
433+
434+}
435+
404436 var xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon func(uintptr) string
405437
406438 // Gets the name of the application icon for @self.
@@ -907,7 +939,8 @@ var xAboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr, string)
907939 // should be marked as translatable.
908940 //
909941 // The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
910-// more details.
942+// more details. When there is more than one translator, they must be
943+// separated by a newline in the same string.
911944 //
912945 // See also:
913946 //
@@ -985,34 +1018,165 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) ConnectActivateLink(cb *func(AboutDialog, string) bool) ui
9851018 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
9861019 }
9871020
988-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1021+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1022+//
1023+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1024+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1025+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1026+// successful operation.
1027+//
1028+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1029+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1030+func (x *AboutDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1031+
1032+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1033+
1034+}
1035+
1036+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1037+//
1038+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1039+func (x *AboutDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1040+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1041+
1042+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1043+
1044+ if cret == 0 {
1045+ return nil
1046+ }
1047+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1048+ cls.Ptr = cret
1049+ return cls
1050+}
1051+
1052+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
9891053 func (x *AboutDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
9901054
9911055 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
9921056 return cret
9931057 }
9941058
995-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1059+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1060+func (x *AboutDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1061+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1062+
1063+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1064+
1065+ if cret == 0 {
1066+ return nil
1067+ }
1068+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1069+ cls.Ptr = cret
1070+ return cls
1071+}
1072+
1073+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1074+//
1075+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1076+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1077+// child widget.
1078+func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1079+
1080+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1081+ return cret
1082+}
1083+
1084+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1085+func (x *AboutDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1086+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1087+
1088+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1089+
1090+ if cret == 0 {
1091+ return nil
1092+ }
1093+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1094+ cls.Ptr = cret
1095+ return cls
1096+}
1097+
1098+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1099+func (x *AboutDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1100+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1101+
1102+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1103+
1104+ if cret == 0 {
1105+ return nil
1106+ }
1107+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1108+ cls.Ptr = cret
1109+ return cls
1110+}
1111+
1112+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1113+//
1114+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1115+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1116+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1117+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1118+
1119+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1120+ return cret
1121+}
1122+
1123+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
9961124 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
9971125
9981126 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
9991127
10001128 }
10011129
1002-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1130+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
10031131 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
10041132
10051133 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
10061134
10071135 }
10081136
1009-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1137+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
10101138 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
10111139
10121140 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
10131141
10141142 }
10151143
1144+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1145+//
1146+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1147+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1148+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1149+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1150+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1151+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1152+// object is the container widget.
1153+func (x *AboutDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1154+
1155+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1156+
1157+}
1158+
1159+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1160+//
1161+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1162+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1163+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1164+
1165+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1166+
1167+}
1168+
1169+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1170+//
1171+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1172+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1173+// states automatically.
1174+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1175+
1176+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1177+
1178+}
1179+
10161180 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
10171181 //
10181182 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1055,7 +1219,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
10551219 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
10561220 //
10571221 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1058-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1222+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
10591223 //
10601224 // ```c
10611225 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1085,13 +1249,17 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
10851249
10861250 }
10871251
1088-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1089-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1252+// Updates a list of accessible states.
10901253 //
1091-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1092-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1254+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1255+// value types of accessible states.
1256+//
1257+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1258+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1259+// technologies.
10931260 //
10941261 // Example:
1262+//
10951263 // ```c
10961264 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
10971265 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1121,7 +1289,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
11211289 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
11221290 //
11231291 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1124-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1292+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
11251293 func (x *AboutDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
11261294
11271295 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1148,6 +1316,7 @@ func init() {
11481316 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddCreditSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_credit_section")
11491317 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLegalSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section")
11501318 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLink, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_link")
1319+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddOtherApp, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_other_app")
11511320 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_icon")
11521321 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_name")
11531322 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetArtists, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_artists")
M v4/adw/adw-about-window.go +147 -11
@@ -909,7 +909,8 @@ var xAboutWindowSetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr, string)
909909 // should be marked as translatable.
910910 //
911911 // The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
912-// more details.
912+// more details. When there is more than one translator, they must be
913+// separated by a newline in the same string.
913914 //
914915 // See also:
915916 //
@@ -987,34 +988,165 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) ConnectActivateLink(cb *func(AboutWindow, string) bool) ui
987988 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
988989 }
989990
990-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
991+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
992+//
993+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
994+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
995+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
996+// successful operation.
997+//
998+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
999+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1000+func (x *AboutWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1001+
1002+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1003+
1004+}
1005+
1006+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1007+//
1008+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1009+func (x *AboutWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1010+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1011+
1012+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1013+
1014+ if cret == 0 {
1015+ return nil
1016+ }
1017+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1018+ cls.Ptr = cret
1019+ return cls
1020+}
1021+
1022+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
9911023 func (x *AboutWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
9921024
9931025 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
9941026 return cret
9951027 }
9961028
997-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1029+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1030+func (x *AboutWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1031+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1032+
1033+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1034+
1035+ if cret == 0 {
1036+ return nil
1037+ }
1038+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1039+ cls.Ptr = cret
1040+ return cls
1041+}
1042+
1043+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1044+//
1045+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1046+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1047+// child widget.
1048+func (x *AboutWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1049+
1050+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1051+ return cret
1052+}
1053+
1054+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1055+func (x *AboutWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1056+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1057+
1058+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1059+
1060+ if cret == 0 {
1061+ return nil
1062+ }
1063+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1064+ cls.Ptr = cret
1065+ return cls
1066+}
1067+
1068+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1069+func (x *AboutWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1070+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1071+
1072+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1073+
1074+ if cret == 0 {
1075+ return nil
1076+ }
1077+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1078+ cls.Ptr = cret
1079+ return cls
1080+}
1081+
1082+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1083+//
1084+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1085+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1086+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1087+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1088+
1089+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1090+ return cret
1091+}
1092+
1093+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
9981094 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
9991095
10001096 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
10011097
10021098 }
10031099
1004-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1100+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
10051101 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
10061102
10071103 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
10081104
10091105 }
10101106
1011-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1107+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
10121108 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
10131109
10141110 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
10151111
10161112 }
10171113
1114+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1115+//
1116+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1117+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1118+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1119+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1120+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1121+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1122+// object is the container widget.
1123+func (x *AboutWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1124+
1125+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1126+
1127+}
1128+
1129+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1130+//
1131+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1132+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1133+func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1134+
1135+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1136+
1137+}
1138+
1139+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1140+//
1141+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1142+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1143+// states automatically.
1144+func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1145+
1146+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1147+
1148+}
1149+
10181150 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
10191151 //
10201152 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1057,7 +1189,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
10571189 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
10581190 //
10591191 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1060-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1192+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
10611193 //
10621194 // ```c
10631195 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1087,13 +1219,17 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
10871219
10881220 }
10891221
1090-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1091-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1222+// Updates a list of accessible states.
10921223 //
1093-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1094-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1224+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1225+// value types of accessible states.
1226+//
1227+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1228+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1229+// technologies.
10951230 //
10961231 // Example:
1232+//
10971233 // ```c
10981234 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
10991235 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1123,7 +1259,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
11231259 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
11241260 //
11251261 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1126-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1262+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
11271263 func (x *AboutWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
11281264
11291265 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-action-row.go +145 -10
@@ -340,34 +340,165 @@ func (x *ActionRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ActionRow)) uint32 {
340340 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
341341 }
342342
343-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
343+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
344+//
345+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
346+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
347+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
348+// successful operation.
349+//
350+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
351+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
352+func (x *ActionRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
353+
354+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
355+
356+}
357+
358+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
359+//
360+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
361+func (x *ActionRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
362+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
363+
364+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
365+
366+ if cret == 0 {
367+ return nil
368+ }
369+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
370+ cls.Ptr = cret
371+ return cls
372+}
373+
374+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
344375 func (x *ActionRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
345376
346377 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
347378 return cret
348379 }
349380
350-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
381+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
382+func (x *ActionRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
383+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
384+
385+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
386+
387+ if cret == 0 {
388+ return nil
389+ }
390+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
391+ cls.Ptr = cret
392+ return cls
393+}
394+
395+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
396+//
397+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
398+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
399+// child widget.
400+func (x *ActionRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
401+
402+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
403+ return cret
404+}
405+
406+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
407+func (x *ActionRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
408+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
409+
410+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
411+
412+ if cret == 0 {
413+ return nil
414+ }
415+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
416+ cls.Ptr = cret
417+ return cls
418+}
419+
420+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
421+func (x *ActionRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
422+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
423+
424+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
425+
426+ if cret == 0 {
427+ return nil
428+ }
429+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
430+ cls.Ptr = cret
431+ return cls
432+}
433+
434+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
435+//
436+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
437+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
438+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
439+func (x *ActionRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
440+
441+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
442+ return cret
443+}
444+
445+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
351446 func (x *ActionRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
352447
353448 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
354449
355450 }
356451
357-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
452+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
358453 func (x *ActionRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
359454
360455 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
361456
362457 }
363458
364-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
459+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
365460 func (x *ActionRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
366461
367462 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
368463
369464 }
370465
466+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
467+//
468+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
469+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
470+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
471+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
472+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
473+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
474+// object is the container widget.
475+func (x *ActionRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
476+
477+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
478+
479+}
480+
481+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
482+//
483+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
484+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
485+func (x *ActionRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
486+
487+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
488+
489+}
490+
491+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
492+//
493+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
494+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
495+// states automatically.
496+func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
497+
498+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
499+
500+}
501+
371502 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
372503 //
373504 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -410,7 +541,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
410541 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
411542 //
412543 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
413-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
544+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
414545 //
415546 // ```c
416547 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -440,13 +571,17 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
440571
441572 }
442573
443-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
444-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
574+// Updates a list of accessible states.
445575 //
446-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
447-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
576+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
577+// value types of accessible states.
578+//
579+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
580+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
581+// technologies.
448582 //
449583 // Example:
584+//
450585 // ```c
451586 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
452587 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -559,7 +694,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
559694 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
560695 //
561696 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
562-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
697+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
563698 func (x *ActionRow) GetBuildableId() string {
564699
565700 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-alert-dialog.go +151 -13
@@ -561,10 +561,13 @@ var xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, string)
561561
562562 // Sets the ID of the default response of @self.
563563 //
564-// If set, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd> will activate the corresponding button.
564+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
565+// of @self.
565566 //
566-// If set to `NULL` or to a non-existent response ID, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd>
567-// will do nothing.
567+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
568+// will be focused by default.
569+//
570+// See [property@Dialog:default-widget].
568571 func (x *AlertDialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseVar string) {
569572
570573 xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
@@ -709,34 +712,165 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) ConnectResponse(cb *func(AlertDialog, string)) uint32 {
709712 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
710713 }
711714
712-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
715+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
716+//
717+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
718+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
719+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
720+// successful operation.
721+//
722+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
723+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
724+func (x *AlertDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
725+
726+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
727+
728+}
729+
730+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
731+//
732+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
733+func (x *AlertDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
734+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
735+
736+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
737+
738+ if cret == 0 {
739+ return nil
740+ }
741+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
742+ cls.Ptr = cret
743+ return cls
744+}
745+
746+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
713747 func (x *AlertDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
714748
715749 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
716750 return cret
717751 }
718752
719-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
753+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
754+func (x *AlertDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
755+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
756+
757+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
758+
759+ if cret == 0 {
760+ return nil
761+ }
762+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
763+ cls.Ptr = cret
764+ return cls
765+}
766+
767+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
768+//
769+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
770+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
771+// child widget.
772+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
773+
774+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
775+ return cret
776+}
777+
778+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
779+func (x *AlertDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
780+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
781+
782+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
783+
784+ if cret == 0 {
785+ return nil
786+ }
787+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
788+ cls.Ptr = cret
789+ return cls
790+}
791+
792+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
793+func (x *AlertDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
794+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
795+
796+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
797+
798+ if cret == 0 {
799+ return nil
800+ }
801+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
802+ cls.Ptr = cret
803+ return cls
804+}
805+
806+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
807+//
808+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
809+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
810+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
811+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
812+
813+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
814+ return cret
815+}
816+
817+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
720818 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
721819
722820 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
723821
724822 }
725823
726-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
824+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
727825 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
728826
729827 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
730828
731829 }
732830
733-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
831+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
734832 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
735833
736834 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
737835
738836 }
739837
838+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
839+//
840+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
841+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
842+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
843+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
844+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
845+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
846+// object is the container widget.
847+func (x *AlertDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
848+
849+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
850+
851+}
852+
853+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
854+//
855+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
856+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
857+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
858+
859+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
860+
861+}
862+
863+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
864+//
865+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
866+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
867+// states automatically.
868+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
869+
870+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
871+
872+}
873+
740874 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
741875 //
742876 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -779,7 +913,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
779913 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
780914 //
781915 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
782-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
916+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
783917 //
784918 // ```c
785919 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -809,13 +943,17 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
809943
810944 }
811945
812-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
813-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
946+// Updates a list of accessible states.
814947 //
815-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
816-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
948+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
949+// value types of accessible states.
950+//
951+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
952+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
953+// technologies.
817954 //
818955 // Example:
956+//
819957 // ```c
820958 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
821959 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -845,7 +983,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
845983 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
846984 //
847985 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
848-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
986+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
849987 func (x *AlertDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
850988
851989 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-application-window.go +261 -67
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
105105
106106 }
107107
108+var xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr) bool
109+
110+// Gets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
111+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAdaptivePreview() bool {
112+
113+ cret := xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer())
114+ return cret
115+}
116+
108117 var xApplicationWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
109118
110119 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -176,6 +185,23 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
176185 return cls
177186 }
178187
188+var xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr, bool)
189+
190+// Sets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
191+//
192+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
193+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
194+//
195+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
196+// allows applications to open it manually.
197+//
198+// Most applications should not use this function.
199+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetAdaptivePreview(AdaptivePreviewVar bool) {
200+
201+ xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer(), AdaptivePreviewVar)
202+
203+}
204+
179205 var xApplicationWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
180206
181207 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -198,36 +224,36 @@ func (c *ApplicationWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
198224 c.Ptr = ptr
199225 }
200226
201-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
227+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
202228 //
203-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
229+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
204230 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
205231
206232 gio.XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
207233
208234 }
209235
210-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
236+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
211237 //
212-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
238+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
213239 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
214240
215241 gio.XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
216242
217243 }
218244
219-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
245+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
220246 //
221-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
247+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
222248 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
223249
224250 gio.XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
225251
226252 }
227253
228-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
254+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
229255 //
230-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
256+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
231257 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
232258
233259 gio.XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -238,35 +264,35 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *g
238264 //
239265 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
240266 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
241-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
242-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
267+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
268+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
243269 //
244-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
270+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
245271 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
246272 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
247273 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
248-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
274+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
249275 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
250276 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
251277 // have been activated.
252278 //
253279 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
254-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
255-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
256-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
280+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
281+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
282+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
257283 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
258284 //
259-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
260-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
285+// ```c
286+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
261287 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
262288 //
263289 // // make sure the action is activated now
264-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
290+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
265291 //
266-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
292+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
267293 //
268294 // exit (0);
269-// ]|
295+// ```
270296 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
271297
272298 gio.XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -277,11 +303,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *g
277303 // changed to @value.
278304 //
279305 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
280-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
306+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
281307 //
282308 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
283309 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
284-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
310+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
285311 //
286312 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
287313 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -303,12 +329,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
303329 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
304330 // the named action within @action_group.
305331 //
306-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
307-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
332+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
333+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
308334 // by this function.
309335 //
310-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
311-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
336+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
337+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
312338 //
313339 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
314340 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -321,12 +347,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.V
321347
322348 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
323349 //
324-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
350+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
325351 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
326-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
352+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
327353 //
328-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
329-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
354+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
355+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
330356 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
331357
332358 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -336,12 +362,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
336362 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
337363 // named action within @action_group.
338364 //
339-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
365+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
340366 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
341367 // state of the action.
342368 //
343-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
344-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
369+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
370+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
345371 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
346372 // of valid values for the state.
347373 //
@@ -349,8 +375,8 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
349375 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
350376 // within the range may fail.
351377 //
352-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
353-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
378+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
379+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
354380 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
355381
356382 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -361,14 +387,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Varia
361387 // @action_group.
362388 //
363389 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
364-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
365-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
366-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
390+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
391+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
392+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
367393 // of the same type.
368394 //
369-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
370-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
371-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
395+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
396+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
397+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
372398 //
373399 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
374400 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -388,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
388414
389415 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
390416 //
391-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
417+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
392418 // it is no longer required.
393419 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
394420
@@ -399,18 +425,18 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
399425 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
400426 //
401427 // This function acquires the information available from
402-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
403-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
404-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
405-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
406-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
428+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
429+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
430+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
431+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
432+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
407433 //
408434 // This provides two main benefits.
409435 //
410436 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
411437 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
412438 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
413-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
439+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
414440 // function.
415441 //
416442 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -419,9 +445,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
419445 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
420446 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
421447 //
422-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
423-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
424-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
448+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
449+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
450+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
425451 // fields may or may not have been modified.
426452 func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
427453
@@ -441,12 +467,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
441467
442468 }
443469
444-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
445-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
470+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
471+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
446472 //
447-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
473+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
448474 //
449-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
475+// ```c
450476 // static void
451477 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
452478 //
@@ -483,7 +509,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
483509 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
484510 // }
485511 //
486-// ]|
512+// ```
487513 func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
488514
489515 gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -492,7 +518,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntr
492518
493519 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
494520 //
495-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
521+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
496522 func (x *ApplicationWindow) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *gio.ActionBase {
497523 var cls *gio.ActionBase
498524
@@ -516,34 +542,196 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
516542
517543 }
518544
519-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
545+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
546+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
547+//
548+// ```c
549+//
550+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
551+// { "quit", activate_quit },
552+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
553+// };
554+//
555+// void
556+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
557+//
558+// {
559+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
560+// }
561+//
562+// void
563+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
564+//
565+// {
566+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
567+// }
568+//
569+// ```
570+func (x *ApplicationWindow) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
571+
572+ gio.XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
573+
574+}
575+
576+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
577+//
578+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
579+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
580+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
581+// successful operation.
582+//
583+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
584+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
585+func (x *ApplicationWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
586+
587+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
588+
589+}
590+
591+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
592+//
593+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
594+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
595+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
596+
597+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
598+
599+ if cret == 0 {
600+ return nil
601+ }
602+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
603+ cls.Ptr = cret
604+ return cls
605+}
606+
607+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
520608 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
521609
522610 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
523611 return cret
524612 }
525613
526-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
614+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
615+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
616+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
617+
618+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
619+
620+ if cret == 0 {
621+ return nil
622+ }
623+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
624+ cls.Ptr = cret
625+ return cls
626+}
627+
628+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
629+//
630+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
631+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
632+// child widget.
633+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
634+
635+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
636+ return cret
637+}
638+
639+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
640+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
641+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
642+
643+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
644+
645+ if cret == 0 {
646+ return nil
647+ }
648+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
649+ cls.Ptr = cret
650+ return cls
651+}
652+
653+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
654+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
655+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
656+
657+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
658+
659+ if cret == 0 {
660+ return nil
661+ }
662+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
663+ cls.Ptr = cret
664+ return cls
665+}
666+
667+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
668+//
669+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
670+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
671+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
672+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
673+
674+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
675+ return cret
676+}
677+
678+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
527679 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
528680
529681 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
530682
531683 }
532684
533-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
685+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
534686 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
535687
536688 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
537689
538690 }
539691
540-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
692+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
541693 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
542694
543695 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
544696
545697 }
546698
699+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
700+//
701+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
702+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
703+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
704+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
705+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
706+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
707+// object is the container widget.
708+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
709+
710+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
711+
712+}
713+
714+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
715+//
716+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
717+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
718+func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
719+
720+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
721+
722+}
723+
724+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
725+//
726+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
727+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
728+// states automatically.
729+func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
730+
731+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
732+
733+}
734+
547735 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
548736 //
549737 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -586,7 +774,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
586774 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
587775 //
588776 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
589-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
777+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
590778 //
591779 // ```c
592780 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -616,13 +804,17 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
616804
617805 }
618806
619-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
620-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
807+// Updates a list of accessible states.
621808 //
622-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
623-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
809+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
810+// value types of accessible states.
811+//
812+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
813+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
814+// technologies.
624815 //
625816 // Example:
817+//
626818 // ```c
627819 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
628820 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -652,7 +844,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
652844 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
653845 //
654846 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
655-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
847+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
656848 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
657849
658850 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -779,10 +971,12 @@ func init() {
779971 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewApplicationWindow, lib, "adw_application_window_new")
780972
781973 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_add_breakpoint")
974+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_application_window_get_adaptive_preview")
782975 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_get_content")
783976 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_get_current_breakpoint")
784977 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_application_window_get_dialogs")
785978 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_application_window_get_visible_dialog")
979+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_application_window_set_adaptive_preview")
786980 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_set_content")
787981
788982 }
M v4/adw/adw-application.go +88 -57
@@ -121,36 +121,36 @@ func (c *Application) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
121121 c.Ptr = ptr
122122 }
123123
124-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
124+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
125125 //
126-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
126+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
127127 func (x *Application) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
128128
129129 gio.XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
130130
131131 }
132132
133-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
133+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
134134 //
135-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
135+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
136136 func (x *Application) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
137137
138138 gio.XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
139139
140140 }
141141
142-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
142+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
143143 //
144-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
144+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
145145 func (x *Application) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
146146
147147 gio.XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
148148
149149 }
150150
151-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
151+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
152152 //
153-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
153+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
154154 func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
155155
156156 gio.XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -161,35 +161,35 @@ func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Va
161161 //
162162 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
163163 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
164-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
165-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
164+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
165+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
166166 //
167-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
167+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
168168 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
169169 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
170170 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
171-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
171+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
172172 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
173173 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
174174 // have been activated.
175175 //
176176 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
177-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
178-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
179-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
177+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
178+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
179+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
180180 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
181181 //
182-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
183-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
182+// ```c
183+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
184184 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
185185 //
186186 // // make sure the action is activated now
187-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
187+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
188188 //
189-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
189+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
190190 //
191191 // exit (0);
192-// ]|
192+// ```
193193 func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
194194
195195 gio.XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Va
200200 // changed to @value.
201201 //
202202 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
203-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
203+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
204204 //
205205 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
206206 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
207-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
207+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
208208 //
209209 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
210210 func (x *Application) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -226,12 +226,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
226226 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
227227 // the named action within @action_group.
228228 //
229-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
230-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
229+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
230+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
231231 // by this function.
232232 //
233-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
234-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
233+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
234+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
235235 //
236236 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
237237 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -244,12 +244,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
244244
245245 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
246246 //
247-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
247+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
248248 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
249-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
249+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
250250 //
251-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
252-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
251+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
252+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
253253 func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
254254
255255 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -259,12 +259,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
259259 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
260260 // named action within @action_group.
261261 //
262-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
262+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
263263 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
264264 // state of the action.
265265 //
266-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
267-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
266+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
267+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
268268 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
269269 // of valid values for the state.
270270 //
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
272272 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
273273 // within the range may fail.
274274 //
275-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
276-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
275+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
276+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
277277 func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
278278
279279 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
284284 // @action_group.
285285 //
286286 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
287-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
288-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
289-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
287+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
288+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
289+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
290290 // of the same type.
291291 //
292-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
293-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
294-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
292+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
293+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
294+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
295295 //
296296 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
297297 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *Application) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
311311
312312 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
313313 //
314-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
314+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
315315 // it is no longer required.
316316 func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
317317
@@ -322,18 +322,18 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
322322 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
323323 //
324324 // This function acquires the information available from
325-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
326-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
327-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
328-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
329-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
325+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
326+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
327+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
328+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
329+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
330330 //
331331 // This provides two main benefits.
332332 //
333333 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
334334 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
335335 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
336-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
336+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
337337 // function.
338338 //
339339 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
342342 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
343343 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
344344 //
345-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
346-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
347-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
345+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
346+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
347+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
348348 // fields may or may not have been modified.
349349 func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
350350
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
364364
365365 }
366366
367-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
368-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
367+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
368+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
369369 //
370-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
370+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
371371 //
372-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
372+// ```c
373373 // static void
374374 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
375375 //
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
406406 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
407407 // }
408408 //
409-// ]|
409+// ```
410410 func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
411411
412412 gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar
415415
416416 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
417417 //
418-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
418+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
419419 func (x *Application) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *gio.ActionBase {
420420 var cls *gio.ActionBase
421421
@@ -439,6 +439,37 @@ func (x *Application) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
439439
440440 }
441441
442+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
443+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
444+//
445+// ```c
446+//
447+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
448+// { "quit", activate_quit },
449+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
450+// };
451+//
452+// void
453+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
454+//
455+// {
456+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
457+// }
458+//
459+// void
460+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
461+//
462+// {
463+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
464+// }
465+//
466+// ```
467+func (x *Application) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
468+
469+ gio.XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
470+
471+}
472+
442473 func init() {
443474 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
444475 core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
M v4/adw/adw-avatar.go +149 -10
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ func (x *AvatarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4848 // ## CSS nodes
4949 //
5050 // `AdwAvatar` has a single CSS node with name `avatar`.
51+//
52+// ## Accessibility
53+//
54+// `AdwAvatar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_IMG` role.
5155 type Avatar struct {
5256 gtk.Widget
5357 }
@@ -217,34 +221,165 @@ func (c *Avatar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
217221 c.Ptr = ptr
218222 }
219223
220-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
224+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
225+//
226+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
227+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
228+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
229+// successful operation.
230+//
231+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
232+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
233+func (x *Avatar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
234+
235+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
236+
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
240+//
241+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
242+func (x *Avatar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
243+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
244+
245+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
246+
247+ if cret == 0 {
248+ return nil
249+ }
250+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
251+ cls.Ptr = cret
252+ return cls
253+}
254+
255+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
221256 func (x *Avatar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
222257
223258 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
224259 return cret
225260 }
226261
227-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
262+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
263+func (x *Avatar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
264+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
265+
266+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
267+
268+ if cret == 0 {
269+ return nil
270+ }
271+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
272+ cls.Ptr = cret
273+ return cls
274+}
275+
276+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
277+//
278+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
279+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
280+// child widget.
281+func (x *Avatar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
284+ return cret
285+}
286+
287+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
288+func (x *Avatar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
289+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
290+
291+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
292+
293+ if cret == 0 {
294+ return nil
295+ }
296+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
297+ cls.Ptr = cret
298+ return cls
299+}
300+
301+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
302+func (x *Avatar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
303+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
304+
305+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
306+
307+ if cret == 0 {
308+ return nil
309+ }
310+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
311+ cls.Ptr = cret
312+ return cls
313+}
314+
315+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
316+//
317+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
318+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
319+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
320+func (x *Avatar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
321+
322+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
323+ return cret
324+}
325+
326+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
228327 func (x *Avatar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
229328
230329 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
231330
232331 }
233332
234-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
333+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
235334 func (x *Avatar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
236335
237336 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
238337
239338 }
240339
241-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
340+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
242341 func (x *Avatar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
243342
244343 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
245344
246345 }
247346
347+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
348+//
349+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
350+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
351+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
352+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
353+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
354+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
355+// object is the container widget.
356+func (x *Avatar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
357+
358+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
359+
360+}
361+
362+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
363+//
364+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
365+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
366+func (x *Avatar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
367+
368+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
369+
370+}
371+
372+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
373+//
374+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
375+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
376+// states automatically.
377+func (x *Avatar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
378+
379+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
380+
381+}
382+
248383 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
249384 //
250385 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -287,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
287422 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
288423 //
289424 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
290-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
425+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
291426 //
292427 // ```c
293428 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -317,13 +452,17 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
317452
318453 }
319454
320-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
321-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
455+// Updates a list of accessible states.
322456 //
323-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
324-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
457+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
458+// value types of accessible states.
459+//
460+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
461+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
462+// technologies.
325463 //
326464 // Example:
465+//
327466 // ```c
328467 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
329468 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -353,7 +492,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
353492 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
354493 //
355494 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
356-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
495+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
357496 func (x *Avatar) GetBuildableId() string {
358497
359498 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-banner.go +207 -11
@@ -23,6 +23,27 @@ func (x *BannerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26+// Describes the available button styles for [class@Banner].
27+//
28+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
29+//
30+// See [property@Banner:button-style].
31+type BannerButtonStyle int
32+
33+var xBannerButtonStyleGLibType func() types.GType
34+
35+func BannerButtonStyleGLibType() types.GType {
36+ return xBannerButtonStyleGLibType()
37+}
38+
39+const (
40+
41+ // The default button style.
42+ BannerButtonDefaultValue BannerButtonStyle = 0
43+ // A button in the suggested action style.
44+ BannerButtonSuggestedValue BannerButtonStyle = 1
45+)
46+
2647 // A bar with contextual information.
2748 //
2849 // <picture>
@@ -42,7 +63,15 @@ func (x *BannerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4263 //
4364 // Banners can optionally have a button with text on it, set through
4465 // [property@Banner:button-label]. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
45-// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
66+// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal. The button can have
67+// different styles, a gray style and a suggested style.
68+//
69+// <picture>
70+//
71+// <source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
72+// <img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style">
73+//
74+// </picture>
4675 //
4776 // ## CSS nodes
4877 //
@@ -89,6 +118,15 @@ func (x *Banner) GetButtonLabel() string {
89118 return cret
90119 }
91120
121+var xBannerGetButtonStyle func(uintptr) BannerButtonStyle
122+
123+// Gets the style class in use for the banner button.
124+func (x *Banner) GetButtonStyle() BannerButtonStyle {
125+
126+ cret := xBannerGetButtonStyle(x.GoPointer())
127+ return cret
128+}
129+
92130 var xBannerGetRevealed func(uintptr) bool
93131
94132 // Gets if a banner is revealed
@@ -130,6 +168,25 @@ func (x *Banner) SetButtonLabel(LabelVar string) {
130168
131169 }
132170
171+var xBannerSetButtonStyle func(uintptr, BannerButtonStyle)
172+
173+// Sets the style class to use for the banner button.
174+//
175+// When set to `ADW_BANNER_BUTTON_DEFAULT`, the button stays grey.
176+// When set to `ADW_BANNER_BUTTON_SUGGESTED`, the button follows the [`.suggested-action`](style-classes.html#suggested-action) style
177+//
178+// <picture>
179+//
180+// <source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
181+// <img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style">
182+//
183+// </picture>
184+func (x *Banner) SetButtonStyle(StyleVar BannerButtonStyle) {
185+
186+ xBannerSetButtonStyle(x.GoPointer(), StyleVar)
187+
188+}
189+
133190 var xBannerSetRevealed func(uintptr, bool)
134191
135192 // Sets whether a banner should be revealed
@@ -194,34 +251,165 @@ func (x *Banner) ConnectButtonClicked(cb *func(Banner)) uint32 {
194251 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "button-clicked", cbRefPtr)
195252 }
196253
197-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
254+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
255+//
256+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
257+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
258+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
259+// successful operation.
260+//
261+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
262+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
263+func (x *Banner) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
264+
265+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
266+
267+}
268+
269+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
270+//
271+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
272+func (x *Banner) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
273+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
274+
275+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
276+
277+ if cret == 0 {
278+ return nil
279+ }
280+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
281+ cls.Ptr = cret
282+ return cls
283+}
284+
285+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
198286 func (x *Banner) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
199287
200288 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
201289 return cret
202290 }
203291
204-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
292+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
293+func (x *Banner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
294+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
295+
296+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
297+
298+ if cret == 0 {
299+ return nil
300+ }
301+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
302+ cls.Ptr = cret
303+ return cls
304+}
305+
306+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
307+//
308+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
309+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
310+// child widget.
311+func (x *Banner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
312+
313+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
314+ return cret
315+}
316+
317+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
318+func (x *Banner) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
319+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
320+
321+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
322+
323+ if cret == 0 {
324+ return nil
325+ }
326+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
327+ cls.Ptr = cret
328+ return cls
329+}
330+
331+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
332+func (x *Banner) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
333+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
334+
335+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
336+
337+ if cret == 0 {
338+ return nil
339+ }
340+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
341+ cls.Ptr = cret
342+ return cls
343+}
344+
345+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
346+//
347+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
348+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
349+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
350+func (x *Banner) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
351+
352+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+ return cret
354+}
355+
356+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
205357 func (x *Banner) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
206358
207359 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
208360
209361 }
210362
211-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
363+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
212364 func (x *Banner) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
213365
214366 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
215367
216368 }
217369
218-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
370+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
219371 func (x *Banner) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
220372
221373 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
222374
223375 }
224376
377+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
378+//
379+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
380+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
381+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
382+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
383+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
384+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
385+// object is the container widget.
386+func (x *Banner) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
387+
388+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
389+
390+}
391+
392+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
393+//
394+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
395+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
396+func (x *Banner) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
397+
398+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
399+
400+}
401+
402+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
403+//
404+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
405+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
406+// states automatically.
407+func (x *Banner) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
408+
409+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
410+
411+}
412+
225413 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
226414 //
227415 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -264,7 +452,7 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
264452 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
265453 //
266454 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
267-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
455+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
268456 //
269457 // ```c
270458 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -294,13 +482,17 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
294482
295483 }
296484
297-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
298-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
485+// Updates a list of accessible states.
299486 //
300-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
301-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
487+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
488+// value types of accessible states.
489+//
490+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
491+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
492+// technologies.
302493 //
303494 // Example:
495+//
304496 // ```c
305497 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
306498 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -413,7 +605,7 @@ func (x *Banner) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
413605 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
414606 //
415607 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
416-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
608+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
417609 func (x *Banner) GetBuildableId() string {
418610
419611 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -428,15 +620,19 @@ func init() {
428620 panic(err)
429621 }
430622
623+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerButtonStyleGLibType, lib, "adw_banner_button_style_get_type")
624+
431625 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGLibType, lib, "adw_banner_get_type")
432626
433627 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBanner, lib, "adw_banner_new")
434628
435629 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetButtonLabel, lib, "adw_banner_get_button_label")
630+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetButtonStyle, lib, "adw_banner_get_button_style")
436631 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetRevealed, lib, "adw_banner_get_revealed")
437632 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetTitle, lib, "adw_banner_get_title")
438633 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_banner_get_use_markup")
439634 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetButtonLabel, lib, "adw_banner_set_button_label")
635+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetButtonStyle, lib, "adw_banner_set_button_style")
440636 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetRevealed, lib, "adw_banner_set_revealed")
441637 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetTitle, lib, "adw_banner_set_title")
442638 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_banner_set_use_markup")
M v4/adw/adw-bin.go +145 -10
@@ -106,34 +106,165 @@ func (c *Bin) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
106106 c.Ptr = ptr
107107 }
108108
109-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
109+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
110+//
111+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
112+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
113+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
114+// successful operation.
115+//
116+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
117+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
118+func (x *Bin) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
119+
120+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
121+
122+}
123+
124+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
125+//
126+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
127+func (x *Bin) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
128+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
129+
130+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
131+
132+ if cret == 0 {
133+ return nil
134+ }
135+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
136+ cls.Ptr = cret
137+ return cls
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
110141 func (x *Bin) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
111142
112143 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
113144 return cret
114145 }
115146
116-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
147+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
148+func (x *Bin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
149+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
162+//
163+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165+// child widget.
166+func (x *Bin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
167+
168+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
173+func (x *Bin) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
174+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
175+
176+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
177+
178+ if cret == 0 {
179+ return nil
180+ }
181+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
182+ cls.Ptr = cret
183+ return cls
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
187+func (x *Bin) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
188+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
189+
190+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
191+
192+ if cret == 0 {
193+ return nil
194+ }
195+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
196+ cls.Ptr = cret
197+ return cls
198+}
199+
200+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
201+//
202+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
203+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
204+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
205+func (x *Bin) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
206+
207+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
117212 func (x *Bin) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
118213
119214 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
120215
121216 }
122217
123-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
218+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
124219 func (x *Bin) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
125220
126221 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
127222
128223 }
129224
130-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
225+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
131226 func (x *Bin) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
132227
133228 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
134229
135230 }
136231
232+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
235+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
236+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
237+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
238+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
239+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
240+// object is the container widget.
241+func (x *Bin) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
242+
243+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
244+
245+}
246+
247+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
248+//
249+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
250+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
251+func (x *Bin) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
252+
253+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
258+//
259+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
260+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
261+// states automatically.
262+func (x *Bin) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
265+
266+}
267+
137268 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
138269 //
139270 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -176,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Access
176307 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
177308 //
178309 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
179-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
310+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
180311 //
181312 // ```c
182313 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -206,13 +337,17 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Accessib
206337
207338 }
208339
209-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
210-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
340+// Updates a list of accessible states.
211341 //
212-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
213-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
342+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
343+// value types of accessible states.
344+//
345+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
346+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
347+// technologies.
214348 //
215349 // Example:
350+//
216351 // ```c
217352 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
218353 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -242,7 +377,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState,
242377 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
243378 //
244379 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
245-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
380+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
246381 func (x *Bin) GetBuildableId() string {
247382
248383 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-bottom-sheet.go +176 -10
@@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ func (x *BottomSheetClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 // [property@BottomSheet:align] determines where along the bottom edge they are
4444 // placed.
4545 //
46+// Bottom bar can be hidden using the [property@BottomSheet:reveal-bottom-bar]
47+// property.
48+//
4649 // `AdwBottomSheet` can be useful for applications such as music players, that
4750 // want to have a persistent bottom bar that expands into a bottom sheet when
4851 // clicked. It's meant for cases where a bottom sheet is tightly integrated into
@@ -228,6 +231,15 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetOpen() bool {
228231 return cret
229232 }
230233
234+var xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar func(uintptr) bool
235+
236+// Gets whether the bottom bar is revealed.
237+func (x *BottomSheet) GetRevealBottomBar() bool {
238+
239+ cret := xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar(x.GoPointer())
240+ return cret
241+}
242+
231243 var xBottomSheetGetSheet func(uintptr) uintptr
232244
233245 // Gets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
@@ -285,6 +297,9 @@ var xBottomSheetSetBottomBar func(uintptr, uintptr)
285297 //
286298 // Shown when [property@BottomSheet:open] is `FALSE`. When open, morphs into
287299 // the [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
300+//
301+// Bottom bar can be temporarily hidden using the
302+// [property@BottomSheet:reveal-bottom-bar] property.
288303 func (x *BottomSheet) SetBottomBar(BottomBarVar *gtk.Widget) {
289304
290305 xBottomSheetSetBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), BottomBarVar.GoPointer())
@@ -366,6 +381,20 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) SetOpen(OpenVar bool) {
366381
367382 }
368383
384+var xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar func(uintptr, bool)
385+
386+// Sets whether to reveal the bottom bar.
387+//
388+// The transition will be animated.
389+//
390+// See [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] and
391+// [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar-height].
392+func (x *BottomSheet) SetRevealBottomBar(RevealVar bool) {
393+
394+ xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), RevealVar)
395+
396+}
397+
369398 var xBottomSheetSetSheet func(uintptr, uintptr)
370399
371400 // Sets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
@@ -474,34 +503,165 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, I
474503
475504 }
476505
477-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
506+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
507+//
508+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
509+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
510+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
511+// successful operation.
512+//
513+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
514+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
515+func (x *BottomSheet) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
516+
517+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
518+
519+}
520+
521+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
522+//
523+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
524+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
525+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
526+
527+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
528+
529+ if cret == 0 {
530+ return nil
531+ }
532+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
533+ cls.Ptr = cret
534+ return cls
535+}
536+
537+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
478538 func (x *BottomSheet) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
479539
480540 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
481541 return cret
482542 }
483543
484-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
544+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
545+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
546+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
547+
548+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
549+
550+ if cret == 0 {
551+ return nil
552+ }
553+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
554+ cls.Ptr = cret
555+ return cls
556+}
557+
558+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
559+//
560+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
561+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
562+// child widget.
563+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
564+
565+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
566+ return cret
567+}
568+
569+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
570+func (x *BottomSheet) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
571+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
572+
573+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
574+
575+ if cret == 0 {
576+ return nil
577+ }
578+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
579+ cls.Ptr = cret
580+ return cls
581+}
582+
583+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
584+func (x *BottomSheet) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
585+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
586+
587+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
588+
589+ if cret == 0 {
590+ return nil
591+ }
592+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
593+ cls.Ptr = cret
594+ return cls
595+}
596+
597+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
598+//
599+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
600+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
601+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
602+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
603+
604+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
605+ return cret
606+}
607+
608+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
485609 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
486610
487611 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
488612
489613 }
490614
491-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
615+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
492616 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
493617
494618 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
495619
496620 }
497621
498-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
622+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
499623 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
500624
501625 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
502626
503627 }
504628
629+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
630+//
631+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
632+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
633+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
634+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
635+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
636+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
637+// object is the container widget.
638+func (x *BottomSheet) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
639+
640+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
641+
642+}
643+
644+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
645+//
646+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
647+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
648+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
649+
650+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
651+
652+}
653+
654+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
655+//
656+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
657+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
658+// states automatically.
659+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
660+
661+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
662+
663+}
664+
505665 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
506666 //
507667 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -544,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
544704 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
545705 //
546706 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
547-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
707+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
548708 //
549709 // ```c
550710 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -574,13 +734,17 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
574734
575735 }
576736
577-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
578-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
737+// Updates a list of accessible states.
579738 //
580-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
581-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
739+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
740+// value types of accessible states.
741+//
742+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
743+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
744+// technologies.
582745 //
583746 // Example:
747+//
584748 // ```c
585749 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
586750 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -610,7 +774,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
610774 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
611775 //
612776 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
613-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
777+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
614778 func (x *BottomSheet) GetBuildableId() string {
615779
616780 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -638,6 +802,7 @@ func init() {
638802 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_full_width")
639803 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_modal")
640804 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_open")
805+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_reveal_bottom_bar")
641806 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet")
642807 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheetHeight, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet_height")
643808 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_show_drag_handle")
@@ -649,6 +814,7 @@ func init() {
649814 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_full_width")
650815 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_modal")
651816 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_open")
817+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_reveal_bottom_bar")
652818 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_sheet")
653819 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_show_drag_handle")
654820
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint-bin.go +145 -10
@@ -246,34 +246,165 @@ func (c *BreakpointBin) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
246246 c.Ptr = ptr
247247 }
248248
249-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
249+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
250+//
251+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
252+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
253+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
254+// successful operation.
255+//
256+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
257+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
258+func (x *BreakpointBin) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
259+
260+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
261+
262+}
263+
264+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
265+//
266+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
267+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
268+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
269+
270+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
271+
272+ if cret == 0 {
273+ return nil
274+ }
275+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
276+ cls.Ptr = cret
277+ return cls
278+}
279+
280+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
250281 func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
251282
252283 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
253284 return cret
254285 }
255286
256-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
287+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
288+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
289+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
290+
291+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
292+
293+ if cret == 0 {
294+ return nil
295+ }
296+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
297+ cls.Ptr = cret
298+ return cls
299+}
300+
301+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
302+//
303+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
304+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
305+// child widget.
306+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
307+
308+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
309+ return cret
310+}
311+
312+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
313+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
314+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
315+
316+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
317+
318+ if cret == 0 {
319+ return nil
320+ }
321+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
322+ cls.Ptr = cret
323+ return cls
324+}
325+
326+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
327+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
328+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
329+
330+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
331+
332+ if cret == 0 {
333+ return nil
334+ }
335+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
336+ cls.Ptr = cret
337+ return cls
338+}
339+
340+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
341+//
342+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
343+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
344+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
345+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
346+
347+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
348+ return cret
349+}
350+
351+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
257352 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
258353
259354 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
260355
261356 }
262357
263-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
358+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
264359 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
265360
266361 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
267362
268363 }
269364
270-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
365+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
271366 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
272367
273368 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
274369
275370 }
276371
372+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
373+//
374+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
375+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
376+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
377+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
378+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
379+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
380+// object is the container widget.
381+func (x *BreakpointBin) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
382+
383+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
384+
385+}
386+
387+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
388+//
389+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
390+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
391+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
392+
393+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
394+
395+}
396+
397+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
398+//
399+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
400+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
401+// states automatically.
402+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
403+
404+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
405+
406+}
407+
277408 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
278409 //
279410 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -316,7 +447,7 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
316447 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
317448 //
318449 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
319-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
450+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
320451 //
321452 // ```c
322453 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -346,13 +477,17 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
346477
347478 }
348479
349-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
350-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
480+// Updates a list of accessible states.
351481 //
352-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
353-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
482+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
483+// value types of accessible states.
484+//
485+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
486+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
487+// technologies.
354488 //
355489 // Example:
490+//
356491 // ```c
357492 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
358493 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -382,7 +517,7 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
382517 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
383518 //
384519 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
385-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
520+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
386521 func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBuildableId() string {
387522
388523 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint.go +1 -1
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ func (x *Breakpoint) ConnectUnapply(cb *func(Breakpoint)) uint32 {
478478 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
479479 //
480480 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
481-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
481+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
482482 func (x *Breakpoint) GetBuildableId() string {
483483
484484 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-button-content.go +145 -10
@@ -201,34 +201,165 @@ func (c *ButtonContent) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
201201 c.Ptr = ptr
202202 }
203203
204-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
204+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
205+//
206+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
207+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
208+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
209+// successful operation.
210+//
211+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
212+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
213+func (x *ButtonContent) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
214+
215+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
216+
217+}
218+
219+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
220+//
221+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
222+func (x *ButtonContent) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
223+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
224+
225+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
226+
227+ if cret == 0 {
228+ return nil
229+ }
230+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
231+ cls.Ptr = cret
232+ return cls
233+}
234+
235+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
205236 func (x *ButtonContent) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
206237
207238 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
208239 return cret
209240 }
210241
211-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
242+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
243+func (x *ButtonContent) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
244+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
245+
246+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
247+
248+ if cret == 0 {
249+ return nil
250+ }
251+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
252+ cls.Ptr = cret
253+ return cls
254+}
255+
256+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
257+//
258+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
259+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
260+// child widget.
261+func (x *ButtonContent) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
262+
263+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
264+ return cret
265+}
266+
267+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
268+func (x *ButtonContent) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
269+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
270+
271+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
272+
273+ if cret == 0 {
274+ return nil
275+ }
276+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
277+ cls.Ptr = cret
278+ return cls
279+}
280+
281+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
282+func (x *ButtonContent) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
283+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
284+
285+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
286+
287+ if cret == 0 {
288+ return nil
289+ }
290+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
291+ cls.Ptr = cret
292+ return cls
293+}
294+
295+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
296+//
297+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
298+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
299+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
300+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
301+
302+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
303+ return cret
304+}
305+
306+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
212307 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
213308
214309 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
215310
216311 }
217312
218-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
313+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
219314 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
220315
221316 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
222317
223318 }
224319
225-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
320+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
226321 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
227322
228323 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
229324
230325 }
231326
327+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
328+//
329+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
330+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
331+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
332+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
333+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
334+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
335+// object is the container widget.
336+func (x *ButtonContent) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
337+
338+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
339+
340+}
341+
342+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
343+//
344+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
345+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
346+func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
347+
348+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
349+
350+}
351+
352+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
353+//
354+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
355+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
356+// states automatically.
357+func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
358+
359+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
360+
361+}
362+
232363 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
233364 //
234365 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -271,7 +402,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
271402 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
272403 //
273404 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
274-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
405+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
275406 //
276407 // ```c
277408 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -301,13 +432,17 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
301432
302433 }
303434
304-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
305-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
435+// Updates a list of accessible states.
306436 //
307-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
308-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
437+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
438+// value types of accessible states.
439+//
440+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
441+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
442+// technologies.
309443 //
310444 // Example:
445+//
311446 // ```c
312447 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
313448 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -337,7 +472,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
337472 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
338473 //
339474 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
340-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
475+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
341476 func (x *ButtonContent) GetBuildableId() string {
342477
343478 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-button-row.go +145 -10
@@ -173,34 +173,165 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ButtonRow)) uint32 {
173173 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
174174 }
175175
176-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
176+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
177+//
178+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
179+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
180+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
181+// successful operation.
182+//
183+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
184+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
185+func (x *ButtonRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
186+
187+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
192+//
193+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
194+func (x *ButtonRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
195+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
196+
197+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
198+
199+ if cret == 0 {
200+ return nil
201+ }
202+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
203+ cls.Ptr = cret
204+ return cls
205+}
206+
207+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
177208 func (x *ButtonRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
178209
179210 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
180211 return cret
181212 }
182213
183-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
214+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
215+func (x *ButtonRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
216+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
229+//
230+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232+// child widget.
233+func (x *ButtonRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
234+
235+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
240+func (x *ButtonRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
254+func (x *ButtonRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
271+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
272+func (x *ButtonRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
184279 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
190-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
285+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
191286 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
192287
193288 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
194289
195290 }
196291
197-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
292+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
198293 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
199294
200295 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
201296
202297 }
203298
299+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
300+//
301+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
302+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
303+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
304+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
305+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
306+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
307+// object is the container widget.
308+func (x *ButtonRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
309+
310+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
311+
312+}
313+
314+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
315+//
316+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
317+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
318+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
325+//
326+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
327+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
328+// states automatically.
329+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+
333+}
334+
204335 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
205336 //
206337 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -243,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
243374 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
244375 //
245376 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
246-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
377+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
247378 //
248379 // ```c
249380 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -273,13 +404,17 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
273404
274405 }
275406
276-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
277-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
407+// Updates a list of accessible states.
278408 //
279-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
280-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
410+// value types of accessible states.
411+//
412+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
413+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
414+// technologies.
281415 //
282416 // Example:
417+//
283418 // ```c
284419 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
285420 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -392,7 +527,7 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
392527 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
393528 //
394529 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
395-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
530+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
396531 func (x *ButtonRow) GetBuildableId() string {
397532
398533 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-dots.go +145 -10
@@ -112,34 +112,165 @@ func (c *CarouselIndicatorDots) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
112112 c.Ptr = ptr
113113 }
114114
115-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
115+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
116+//
117+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
118+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
119+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
120+// successful operation.
121+//
122+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
123+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
124+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
125+
126+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
127+
128+}
129+
130+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
131+//
132+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
133+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
134+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
135+
136+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
137+
138+ if cret == 0 {
139+ return nil
140+ }
141+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
142+ cls.Ptr = cret
143+ return cls
144+}
145+
146+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
116147 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
117148
118149 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
119150 return cret
120151 }
121152
122-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
153+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
154+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
155+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
156+
157+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
158+
159+ if cret == 0 {
160+ return nil
161+ }
162+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
163+ cls.Ptr = cret
164+ return cls
165+}
166+
167+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
168+//
169+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
170+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
171+// child widget.
172+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
173+
174+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
175+ return cret
176+}
177+
178+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
179+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
180+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
181+
182+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
183+
184+ if cret == 0 {
185+ return nil
186+ }
187+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
188+ cls.Ptr = cret
189+ return cls
190+}
191+
192+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
193+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
194+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
195+
196+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
197+
198+ if cret == 0 {
199+ return nil
200+ }
201+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
202+ cls.Ptr = cret
203+ return cls
204+}
205+
206+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
207+//
208+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
209+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
210+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
211+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
212+
213+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
214+ return cret
215+}
216+
217+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
123218 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
124219
125220 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
126221
127222 }
128223
129-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
224+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
130225 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
131226
132227 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
133228
134229 }
135230
136-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
231+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
137232 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
138233
139234 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
140235
141236 }
142237
238+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
239+//
240+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
241+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
242+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
243+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
244+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
245+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
246+// object is the container widget.
247+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
248+
249+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
250+
251+}
252+
253+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
254+//
255+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
256+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
257+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
258+
259+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
260+
261+}
262+
263+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
264+//
265+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
266+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
267+// states automatically.
268+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
269+
270+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
271+
272+}
273+
143274 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
144275 //
145276 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -182,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Properti
182313 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
183314 //
184315 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
185-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
316+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
186317 //
187318 // ```c
188319 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -212,13 +343,17 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, Relations
212343
213344 }
214345
215-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
216-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
346+// Updates a list of accessible states.
217347 //
218-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
219-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
348+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
349+// value types of accessible states.
350+//
351+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
352+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
353+// technologies.
220354 //
221355 // Example:
356+//
222357 // ```c
223358 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
224359 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -248,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk
248383 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
249384 //
250385 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
251-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
386+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
252387 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBuildableId() string {
253388
254389 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-lines.go +146 -11
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLinesClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 //
2727 // <picture>
2828 //
29-// <source srcset="carousel-indicator-dots-lines.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
29+// <source srcset="carousel-indicator-lines-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
3030 // <img src="carousel-indicator-lines.png" alt="carousel-indicator-lines">
3131 //
3232 // </picture>
@@ -111,34 +111,165 @@ func (c *CarouselIndicatorLines) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
111111 c.Ptr = ptr
112112 }
113113
114-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
114+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
115+//
116+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
117+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
118+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
119+// successful operation.
120+//
121+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
122+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
123+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
124+
125+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
126+
127+}
128+
129+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
130+//
131+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
132+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
133+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
134+
135+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
136+
137+ if cret == 0 {
138+ return nil
139+ }
140+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
141+ cls.Ptr = cret
142+ return cls
143+}
144+
145+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
115146 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
116147
117148 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
118149 return cret
119150 }
120151
121-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
152+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
153+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
154+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
155+
156+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
157+
158+ if cret == 0 {
159+ return nil
160+ }
161+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
162+ cls.Ptr = cret
163+ return cls
164+}
165+
166+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
167+//
168+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
169+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
170+// child widget.
171+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
172+
173+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
174+ return cret
175+}
176+
177+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
178+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
179+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
180+
181+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
182+
183+ if cret == 0 {
184+ return nil
185+ }
186+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
187+ cls.Ptr = cret
188+ return cls
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
192+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
193+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
194+
195+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
196+
197+ if cret == 0 {
198+ return nil
199+ }
200+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
201+ cls.Ptr = cret
202+ return cls
203+}
204+
205+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
206+//
207+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
208+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
209+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
210+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
211+
212+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
213+ return cret
214+}
215+
216+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
122217 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
123218
124219 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
125220
126221 }
127222
128-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
223+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
129224 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
130225
131226 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
132227
133228 }
134229
135-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
230+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
136231 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
137232
138233 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
139234
140235 }
141236
237+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
238+//
239+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
240+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
241+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
242+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
243+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
244+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
245+// object is the container widget.
246+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
247+
248+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
249+
250+}
251+
252+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
253+//
254+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
255+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
256+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
257+
258+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
259+
260+}
261+
262+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
263+//
264+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
265+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
266+// states automatically.
267+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
270+
271+}
272+
142273 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
143274 //
144275 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -181,7 +312,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Propert
181312 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
182313 //
183314 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
184-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
315+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
185316 //
186317 // ```c
187318 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -211,13 +342,17 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, Relation
211342
212343 }
213344
214-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
215-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
345+// Updates a list of accessible states.
216346 //
217-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
218-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
347+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
348+// value types of accessible states.
349+//
350+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
351+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
352+// technologies.
219353 //
220354 // Example:
355+//
221356 // ```c
222357 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
223358 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -247,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gt
247382 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
248383 //
249384 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
250-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
385+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
251386 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBuildableId() string {
252387
253388 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel.go +145 -10
@@ -404,34 +404,165 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDr
404404
405405 }
406406
407-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
407+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
408+//
409+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
410+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
411+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
412+// successful operation.
413+//
414+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
415+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
416+func (x *Carousel) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
417+
418+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
419+
420+}
421+
422+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
423+//
424+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
425+func (x *Carousel) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
426+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
427+
428+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
429+
430+ if cret == 0 {
431+ return nil
432+ }
433+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
434+ cls.Ptr = cret
435+ return cls
436+}
437+
438+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
408439 func (x *Carousel) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
409440
410441 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
411442 return cret
412443 }
413444
414-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
445+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
446+func (x *Carousel) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
447+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
448+
449+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
450+
451+ if cret == 0 {
452+ return nil
453+ }
454+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
455+ cls.Ptr = cret
456+ return cls
457+}
458+
459+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
460+//
461+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
462+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
463+// child widget.
464+func (x *Carousel) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
465+
466+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
467+ return cret
468+}
469+
470+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
471+func (x *Carousel) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
472+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
473+
474+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
475+
476+ if cret == 0 {
477+ return nil
478+ }
479+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
480+ cls.Ptr = cret
481+ return cls
482+}
483+
484+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
485+func (x *Carousel) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
486+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
487+
488+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
489+
490+ if cret == 0 {
491+ return nil
492+ }
493+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
494+ cls.Ptr = cret
495+ return cls
496+}
497+
498+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
499+//
500+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
501+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
502+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
503+func (x *Carousel) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
504+
505+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
506+ return cret
507+}
508+
509+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
415510 func (x *Carousel) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
416511
417512 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
418513
419514 }
420515
421-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
516+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
422517 func (x *Carousel) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
423518
424519 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
425520
426521 }
427522
428-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
523+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
429524 func (x *Carousel) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
430525
431526 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432527
433528 }
434529
530+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
531+//
532+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
533+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
534+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
535+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
536+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
537+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
538+// object is the container widget.
539+func (x *Carousel) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
540+
541+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
542+
543+}
544+
545+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
546+//
547+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
548+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
549+func (x *Carousel) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
550+
551+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
552+
553+}
554+
555+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
556+//
557+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
558+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
559+// states automatically.
560+func (x *Carousel) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
561+
562+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
563+
564+}
565+
435566 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
436567 //
437568 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -474,7 +605,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
474605 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
475606 //
476607 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
477-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
608+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
478609 //
479610 // ```c
480611 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -504,13 +635,17 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
504635
505636 }
506637
507-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
508-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
638+// Updates a list of accessible states.
509639 //
510-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
511-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
640+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
641+// value types of accessible states.
642+//
643+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
644+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
645+// technologies.
512646 //
513647 // Example:
648+//
514649 // ```c
515650 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
516651 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -540,7 +675,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSt
540675 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
541676 //
542677 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
543-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
678+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
544679 func (x *Carousel) GetBuildableId() string {
545680
546681 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-scrollable.go +145 -10
@@ -172,34 +172,165 @@ func (c *ClampScrollable) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
172172 c.Ptr = ptr
173173 }
174174
175-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
175+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
176+//
177+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
178+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
179+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
180+// successful operation.
181+//
182+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
183+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
184+func (x *ClampScrollable) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
185+
186+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
187+
188+}
189+
190+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
191+//
192+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
193+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
194+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
195+
196+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
197+
198+ if cret == 0 {
199+ return nil
200+ }
201+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
202+ cls.Ptr = cret
203+ return cls
204+}
205+
206+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
176207 func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
177208
178209 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
179210 return cret
180211 }
181212
182-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
213+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
214+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
215+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
216+
217+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
218+
219+ if cret == 0 {
220+ return nil
221+ }
222+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
223+ cls.Ptr = cret
224+ return cls
225+}
226+
227+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
228+//
229+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
230+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
231+// child widget.
232+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
233+
234+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
235+ return cret
236+}
237+
238+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
239+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
240+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
241+
242+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
243+
244+ if cret == 0 {
245+ return nil
246+ }
247+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
248+ cls.Ptr = cret
249+ return cls
250+}
251+
252+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
253+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
254+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
255+
256+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
257+
258+ if cret == 0 {
259+ return nil
260+ }
261+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
262+ cls.Ptr = cret
263+ return cls
264+}
265+
266+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
267+//
268+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
269+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
270+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
271+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
272+
273+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
274+ return cret
275+}
276+
277+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
183278 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
184279
185280 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
186281
187282 }
188283
189-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
284+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
190285 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
191286
192287 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
193288
194289 }
195290
196-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
291+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
197292 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
198293
199294 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
200295
201296 }
202297
298+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
299+//
300+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
301+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
302+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
303+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
304+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
305+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
306+// object is the container widget.
307+func (x *ClampScrollable) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
308+
309+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
310+
311+}
312+
313+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
314+//
315+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
316+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
317+func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
318+
319+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
320+
321+}
322+
323+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
324+//
325+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
326+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
327+// states automatically.
328+func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
329+
330+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
331+
332+}
333+
203334 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
204335 //
205336 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -242,7 +373,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
242373 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
243374 //
244375 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
245-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
376+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
246377 //
247378 // ```c
248379 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -272,13 +403,17 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
272403
273404 }
274405
275-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
276-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
406+// Updates a list of accessible states.
277407 //
278-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
279-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
408+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
409+// value types of accessible states.
410+//
411+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
412+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
413+// technologies.
280414 //
281415 // Example:
416+//
282417 // ```c
283418 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
284419 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -308,7 +443,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
308443 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
309444 //
310445 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
311-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
446+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
312447 func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBuildableId() string {
313448
314449 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-clamp.go +145 -10
@@ -194,34 +194,165 @@ func (c *Clamp) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
194194 c.Ptr = ptr
195195 }
196196
197-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
197+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
198+//
199+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
200+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
201+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
202+// successful operation.
203+//
204+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
205+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
206+func (x *Clamp) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
207+
208+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
209+
210+}
211+
212+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
213+//
214+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
215+func (x *Clamp) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
216+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
198229 func (x *Clamp) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
199230
200231 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
201232 return cret
202233 }
203234
204-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
235+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
236+func (x *Clamp) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
237+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
238+
239+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
240+
241+ if cret == 0 {
242+ return nil
243+ }
244+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
245+ cls.Ptr = cret
246+ return cls
247+}
248+
249+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
250+//
251+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
252+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
253+// child widget.
254+func (x *Clamp) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
255+
256+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
257+ return cret
258+}
259+
260+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
261+func (x *Clamp) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
262+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
263+
264+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
265+
266+ if cret == 0 {
267+ return nil
268+ }
269+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
270+ cls.Ptr = cret
271+ return cls
272+}
273+
274+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
275+func (x *Clamp) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
276+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
277+
278+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
279+
280+ if cret == 0 {
281+ return nil
282+ }
283+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
284+ cls.Ptr = cret
285+ return cls
286+}
287+
288+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
289+//
290+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
291+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
292+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
293+func (x *Clamp) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
296+ return cret
297+}
298+
299+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
205300 func (x *Clamp) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
206301
207302 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
208303
209304 }
210305
211-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
306+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
212307 func (x *Clamp) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
213308
214309 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
215310
216311 }
217312
218-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
313+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
219314 func (x *Clamp) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
220315
221316 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
222317
223318 }
224319
320+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
321+//
322+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
323+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
324+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
325+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
326+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
327+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
328+// object is the container widget.
329+func (x *Clamp) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
332+
333+}
334+
335+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
336+//
337+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
338+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
339+func (x *Clamp) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
340+
341+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
342+
343+}
344+
345+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
346+//
347+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
348+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
349+// states automatically.
350+func (x *Clamp) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+
354+}
355+
225356 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
226357 //
227358 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -264,7 +395,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acce
264395 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
265396 //
266397 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
267-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
398+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
268399 //
269400 // ```c
270401 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -294,13 +425,17 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Access
294425
295426 }
296427
297-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
298-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
428+// Updates a list of accessible states.
299429 //
300-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
301-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
430+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
431+// value types of accessible states.
432+//
433+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
434+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
435+// technologies.
302436 //
303437 // Example:
438+//
304439 // ```c
305440 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
306441 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -330,7 +465,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState
330465 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
331466 //
332467 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
333-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
468+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
334469 func (x *Clamp) GetBuildableId() string {
335470
336471 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-combo-row.go +145 -10
@@ -369,34 +369,165 @@ func (c *ComboRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
369369 c.Ptr = ptr
370370 }
371371
372-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
372+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
373+//
374+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
375+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
376+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
377+// successful operation.
378+//
379+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
380+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
381+func (x *ComboRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
382+
383+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
384+
385+}
386+
387+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
388+//
389+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
390+func (x *ComboRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
391+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
392+
393+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
394+
395+ if cret == 0 {
396+ return nil
397+ }
398+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
399+ cls.Ptr = cret
400+ return cls
401+}
402+
403+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
373404 func (x *ComboRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
374405
375406 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
376407 return cret
377408 }
378409
379-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
410+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
411+func (x *ComboRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
412+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
413+
414+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
415+
416+ if cret == 0 {
417+ return nil
418+ }
419+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
420+ cls.Ptr = cret
421+ return cls
422+}
423+
424+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
425+//
426+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
427+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
428+// child widget.
429+func (x *ComboRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
430+
431+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
432+ return cret
433+}
434+
435+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
436+func (x *ComboRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
437+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
438+
439+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
440+
441+ if cret == 0 {
442+ return nil
443+ }
444+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
445+ cls.Ptr = cret
446+ return cls
447+}
448+
449+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
450+func (x *ComboRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
451+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
452+
453+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
454+
455+ if cret == 0 {
456+ return nil
457+ }
458+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
459+ cls.Ptr = cret
460+ return cls
461+}
462+
463+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
464+//
465+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
466+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
467+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
468+func (x *ComboRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
469+
470+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
471+ return cret
472+}
473+
474+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
380475 func (x *ComboRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
381476
382477 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
383478
384479 }
385480
386-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
481+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
387482 func (x *ComboRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
388483
389484 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
390485
391486 }
392487
393-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
488+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
394489 func (x *ComboRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
395490
396491 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
397492
398493 }
399494
495+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
496+//
497+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
498+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
499+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
500+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
501+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
502+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
503+// object is the container widget.
504+func (x *ComboRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
505+
506+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
507+
508+}
509+
510+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
511+//
512+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
513+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
514+func (x *ComboRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
515+
516+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
517+
518+}
519+
520+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
521+//
522+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
523+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
524+// states automatically.
525+func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
526+
527+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
528+
529+}
530+
400531 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
401532 //
402533 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -439,7 +570,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
439570 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
440571 //
441572 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
442-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
573+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
443574 //
444575 // ```c
445576 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -469,13 +600,17 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
469600
470601 }
471602
472-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
473-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
603+// Updates a list of accessible states.
474604 //
475-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
476-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
605+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
606+// value types of accessible states.
607+//
608+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
609+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
610+// technologies.
477611 //
478612 // Example:
613+//
479614 // ```c
480615 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
481616 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -588,7 +723,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
588723 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
589724 //
590725 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
591-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
726+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
592727 func (x *ComboRow) GetBuildableId() string {
593728
594729 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-dialog.go +145 -10
@@ -536,34 +536,165 @@ func (x *Dialog) ConnectClosed(cb *func(Dialog)) uint32 {
536536 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "closed", cbRefPtr)
537537 }
538538
539-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
539+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
540+//
541+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
542+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
543+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
544+// successful operation.
545+//
546+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
547+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
548+func (x *Dialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
549+
550+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
551+
552+}
553+
554+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
555+//
556+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
557+func (x *Dialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
558+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
559+
560+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
561+
562+ if cret == 0 {
563+ return nil
564+ }
565+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
566+ cls.Ptr = cret
567+ return cls
568+}
569+
570+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
540571 func (x *Dialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
541572
542573 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
543574 return cret
544575 }
545576
546-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
577+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
578+func (x *Dialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
579+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
580+
581+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
582+
583+ if cret == 0 {
584+ return nil
585+ }
586+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
587+ cls.Ptr = cret
588+ return cls
589+}
590+
591+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
592+//
593+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
594+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
595+// child widget.
596+func (x *Dialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
597+
598+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
599+ return cret
600+}
601+
602+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
603+func (x *Dialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
604+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
607+
608+ if cret == 0 {
609+ return nil
610+ }
611+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
612+ cls.Ptr = cret
613+ return cls
614+}
615+
616+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
617+func (x *Dialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
618+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
619+
620+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
621+
622+ if cret == 0 {
623+ return nil
624+ }
625+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
626+ cls.Ptr = cret
627+ return cls
628+}
629+
630+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
631+//
632+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
633+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
634+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
635+func (x *Dialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
636+
637+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
638+ return cret
639+}
640+
641+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
547642 func (x *Dialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
548643
549644 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
550645
551646 }
552647
553-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
648+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
554649 func (x *Dialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
555650
556651 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
557652
558653 }
559654
560-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
655+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
561656 func (x *Dialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
562657
563658 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
564659
565660 }
566661
662+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
663+//
664+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
665+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
666+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
667+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
668+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
669+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
670+// object is the container widget.
671+func (x *Dialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
672+
673+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
674+
675+}
676+
677+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
678+//
679+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
680+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
681+func (x *Dialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
682+
683+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
684+
685+}
686+
687+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
688+//
689+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
690+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
691+// states automatically.
692+func (x *Dialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
693+
694+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
695+
696+}
697+
567698 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
568699 //
569700 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -606,7 +737,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
606737 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
607738 //
608739 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
609-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
740+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
610741 //
611742 // ```c
612743 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -636,13 +767,17 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
636767
637768 }
638769
639-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
640-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
770+// Updates a list of accessible states.
641771 //
642-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
643-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
772+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
773+// value types of accessible states.
774+//
775+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
776+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
777+// technologies.
644778 //
645779 // Example:
780+//
646781 // ```c
647782 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
648783 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -672,7 +807,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
672807 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
673808 //
674809 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
675-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
810+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
676811 func (x *Dialog) GetBuildableId() string {
677812
678813 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-easing.go +17 -0
@@ -98,6 +98,23 @@ const (
9898 // with bounce on both ends, combining `ADW_EASE_IN_BOUNCE` and
9999 // `ADW_EASE_OUT_BOUNCE`.
100100 EaseInOutBounceValue Easing = 30
101+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.25, 0.1) and (0.25, 1.0).
102+ //
103+ // Increases in velocity towards the middle of the animation, slowing back down
104+ // at the end.
105+ EaseValue Easing = 31
106+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.42, 0.0) and (1.0, 1.0).
107+ //
108+ // Starts off slowly, with the speed of the animation increasing until complete.
109+ EaseInValue Easing = 32
110+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.0, 0.0) and (0.58, 1.0).
111+ //
112+ // Starts quickly, slowing down the animation until complete.
113+ EaseOutValue Easing = 33
114+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.42, 0.0) and (0.58, 1.0).
115+ //
116+ // Starts off slowly, speeds up in the middle, and then slows down again.
117+ EaseInOutValue Easing = 34
101118 )
102119
103120 var xEasingEase func(Easing, float64) float64
M v4/adw/adw-entry-row.go +187 -10
@@ -338,34 +338,165 @@ func (x *EntryRow) ConnectEntryActivated(cb *func(EntryRow)) uint32 {
338338 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "entry-activated", cbRefPtr)
339339 }
340340
341-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
341+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
342+//
343+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
344+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
345+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
346+// successful operation.
347+//
348+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
349+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
350+func (x *EntryRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
357+//
358+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
359+func (x *EntryRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
360+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
361+
362+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
363+
364+ if cret == 0 {
365+ return nil
366+ }
367+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
368+ cls.Ptr = cret
369+ return cls
370+}
371+
372+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
342373 func (x *EntryRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
343374
344375 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
345376 return cret
346377 }
347378
348-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
379+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
380+func (x *EntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
381+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
382+
383+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
384+
385+ if cret == 0 {
386+ return nil
387+ }
388+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
389+ cls.Ptr = cret
390+ return cls
391+}
392+
393+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
394+//
395+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
396+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
397+// child widget.
398+func (x *EntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
399+
400+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
401+ return cret
402+}
403+
404+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
405+func (x *EntryRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
406+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
407+
408+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
409+
410+ if cret == 0 {
411+ return nil
412+ }
413+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
414+ cls.Ptr = cret
415+ return cls
416+}
417+
418+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
419+func (x *EntryRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
420+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
421+
422+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
423+
424+ if cret == 0 {
425+ return nil
426+ }
427+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
428+ cls.Ptr = cret
429+ return cls
430+}
431+
432+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
433+//
434+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
435+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
436+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
437+func (x *EntryRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
438+
439+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
440+ return cret
441+}
442+
443+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
349444 func (x *EntryRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
350445
351446 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
352447
353448 }
354449
355-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
450+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
356451 func (x *EntryRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
357452
358453 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
359454
360455 }
361456
362-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
457+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
363458 func (x *EntryRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
364459
365460 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
366461
367462 }
368463
464+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
465+//
466+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
467+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
468+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
469+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
470+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
471+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
472+// object is the container widget.
473+func (x *EntryRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
474+
475+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
476+
477+}
478+
479+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
480+//
481+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
482+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
483+func (x *EntryRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
490+//
491+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
492+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
493+// states automatically.
494+func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
495+
496+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
497+
498+}
499+
369500 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
370501 //
371502 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -408,7 +539,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
408539 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409540 //
410541 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
411-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
542+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
412543 //
413544 // ```c
414545 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -438,13 +569,17 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
438569
439570 }
440571
441-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
442-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
572+// Updates a list of accessible states.
443573 //
444-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
445-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
574+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
575+// value types of accessible states.
576+//
577+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
578+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
579+// technologies.
446580 //
447581 // Example:
582+//
448583 // ```c
449584 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
450585 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -557,13 +692,55 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
557692 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
558693 //
559694 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
560-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
695+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
561696 func (x *EntryRow) GetBuildableId() string {
562697
563698 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
564699 return cret
565700 }
566701
702+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
703+//
704+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
705+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
706+//
707+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
708+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
709+// instance:
710+//
711+// ```c
712+// static void
713+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
714+//
715+// {
716+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
717+// }
718+//
719+// static gboolean
720+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
721+//
722+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
723+//
724+// {
725+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
726+// }
727+//
728+// ```
729+//
730+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
731+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
732+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
733+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
734+//
735+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
736+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
737+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
738+func (x *EntryRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
739+
740+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
741+ return cret
742+}
743+
567744 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
568745 //
569746 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-expander-row.go +145 -10
@@ -292,34 +292,165 @@ func (c *ExpanderRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
292292 c.Ptr = ptr
293293 }
294294
295-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
295+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
296+//
297+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
298+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
299+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
300+// successful operation.
301+//
302+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
303+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
304+func (x *ExpanderRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
305+
306+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
307+
308+}
309+
310+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
311+//
312+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
313+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
314+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
315+
316+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
317+
318+ if cret == 0 {
319+ return nil
320+ }
321+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
322+ cls.Ptr = cret
323+ return cls
324+}
325+
326+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
296327 func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
297328
298329 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
299330 return cret
300331 }
301332
302-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
333+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
334+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
335+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
336+
337+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
338+
339+ if cret == 0 {
340+ return nil
341+ }
342+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
343+ cls.Ptr = cret
344+ return cls
345+}
346+
347+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
348+//
349+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
350+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
351+// child widget.
352+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
353+
354+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
355+ return cret
356+}
357+
358+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
359+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
360+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
361+
362+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
363+
364+ if cret == 0 {
365+ return nil
366+ }
367+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
368+ cls.Ptr = cret
369+ return cls
370+}
371+
372+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
373+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
374+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
375+
376+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
377+
378+ if cret == 0 {
379+ return nil
380+ }
381+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
382+ cls.Ptr = cret
383+ return cls
384+}
385+
386+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
387+//
388+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
389+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
390+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
391+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
392+
393+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
394+ return cret
395+}
396+
397+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
303398 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
304399
305400 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
306401
307402 }
308403
309-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
404+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
310405 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
311406
312407 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
313408
314409 }
315410
316-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
411+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
317412 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
318413
319414 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
320415
321416 }
322417
418+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
419+//
420+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
421+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
422+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
423+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
424+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
425+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
426+// object is the container widget.
427+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
428+
429+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
430+
431+}
432+
433+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
434+//
435+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
436+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
437+func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
438+
439+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
440+
441+}
442+
443+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
444+//
445+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
446+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
447+// states automatically.
448+func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
449+
450+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
451+
452+}
453+
323454 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
324455 //
325456 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -362,7 +493,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
362493 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
363494 //
364495 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
365-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
496+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
366497 //
367498 // ```c
368499 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -392,13 +523,17 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
392523
393524 }
394525
395-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
396-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
526+// Updates a list of accessible states.
397527 //
398-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
399-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
528+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
529+// value types of accessible states.
530+//
531+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
532+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
533+// technologies.
400534 //
401535 // Example:
536+//
402537 // ```c
403538 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
404539 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -511,7 +646,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
511646 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
512647 //
513648 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
514-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
649+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
515650 func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBuildableId() string {
516651
517652 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-flap.go +145 -10
@@ -567,34 +567,165 @@ func (x *Flap) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVa
567567
568568 }
569569
570-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
570+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
571+//
572+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
573+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
574+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
575+// successful operation.
576+//
577+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
578+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
579+func (x *Flap) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
580+
581+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
582+
583+}
584+
585+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
586+//
587+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
588+func (x *Flap) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
589+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
590+
591+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
592+
593+ if cret == 0 {
594+ return nil
595+ }
596+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
597+ cls.Ptr = cret
598+ return cls
599+}
600+
601+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
571602 func (x *Flap) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
572603
573604 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
574605 return cret
575606 }
576607
577-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
608+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
609+func (x *Flap) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
610+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
611+
612+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
613+
614+ if cret == 0 {
615+ return nil
616+ }
617+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
618+ cls.Ptr = cret
619+ return cls
620+}
621+
622+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
623+//
624+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
625+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
626+// child widget.
627+func (x *Flap) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
628+
629+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
630+ return cret
631+}
632+
633+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
634+func (x *Flap) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
635+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
636+
637+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
638+
639+ if cret == 0 {
640+ return nil
641+ }
642+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
643+ cls.Ptr = cret
644+ return cls
645+}
646+
647+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
648+func (x *Flap) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
649+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
650+
651+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
652+
653+ if cret == 0 {
654+ return nil
655+ }
656+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
657+ cls.Ptr = cret
658+ return cls
659+}
660+
661+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
662+//
663+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
664+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
665+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
666+func (x *Flap) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
667+
668+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
669+ return cret
670+}
671+
672+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
578673 func (x *Flap) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
579674
580675 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
581676
582677 }
583678
584-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
679+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
585680 func (x *Flap) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
586681
587682 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
588683
589684 }
590685
591-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
686+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
592687 func (x *Flap) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
593688
594689 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
595690
596691 }
597692
693+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
694+//
695+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
696+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
697+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
698+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
699+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
700+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
701+// object is the container widget.
702+func (x *Flap) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
703+
704+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
705+
706+}
707+
708+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
709+//
710+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
711+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
712+func (x *Flap) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
713+
714+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
715+
716+}
717+
718+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
719+//
720+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
721+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
722+// states automatically.
723+func (x *Flap) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
724+
725+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
726+
727+}
728+
598729 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
599730 //
600731 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -637,7 +768,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acces
637768 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
638769 //
639770 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
640-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
771+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
641772 //
642773 // ```c
643774 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -667,13 +798,17 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Accessi
667798
668799 }
669800
670-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
671-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
801+// Updates a list of accessible states.
672802 //
673-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
674-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
803+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
804+// value types of accessible states.
805+//
806+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
807+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
808+// technologies.
675809 //
676810 // Example:
811+//
677812 // ```c
678813 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
679814 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -703,7 +838,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState,
703838 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
704839 //
705840 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
706-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
841+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
707842 func (x *Flap) GetBuildableId() string {
708843
709844 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-header-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -388,34 +388,165 @@ func (c *HeaderBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
388388 c.Ptr = ptr
389389 }
390390
391-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
391+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
392+//
393+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
394+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
395+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
396+// successful operation.
397+//
398+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
399+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
400+func (x *HeaderBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
401+
402+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
403+
404+}
405+
406+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
407+//
408+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
409+func (x *HeaderBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
410+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
411+
412+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
413+
414+ if cret == 0 {
415+ return nil
416+ }
417+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
418+ cls.Ptr = cret
419+ return cls
420+}
421+
422+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
392423 func (x *HeaderBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
393424
394425 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
395426 return cret
396427 }
397428
398-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
429+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
430+func (x *HeaderBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
431+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
432+
433+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
434+
435+ if cret == 0 {
436+ return nil
437+ }
438+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
439+ cls.Ptr = cret
440+ return cls
441+}
442+
443+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
444+//
445+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
446+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
447+// child widget.
448+func (x *HeaderBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
449+
450+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
451+ return cret
452+}
453+
454+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
455+func (x *HeaderBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
456+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
457+
458+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
459+
460+ if cret == 0 {
461+ return nil
462+ }
463+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
464+ cls.Ptr = cret
465+ return cls
466+}
467+
468+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
469+func (x *HeaderBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
470+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
471+
472+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
473+
474+ if cret == 0 {
475+ return nil
476+ }
477+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
478+ cls.Ptr = cret
479+ return cls
480+}
481+
482+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
483+//
484+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
485+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
486+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
487+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
488+
489+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
490+ return cret
491+}
492+
493+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
399494 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
400495
401496 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
402497
403498 }
404499
405-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
500+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
406501 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
407502
408503 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
409504
410505 }
411506
412-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
507+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
413508 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
414509
415510 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
416511
417512 }
418513
514+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
515+//
516+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
517+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
518+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
519+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
520+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
521+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
522+// object is the container widget.
523+func (x *HeaderBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
524+
525+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
526+
527+}
528+
529+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
530+//
531+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
532+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
533+func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
534+
535+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
536+
537+}
538+
539+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
540+//
541+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
542+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
543+// states automatically.
544+func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
545+
546+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
547+
548+}
549+
419550 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
420551 //
421552 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -458,7 +589,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
458589 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
459590 //
460591 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
461-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
592+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
462593 //
463594 // ```c
464595 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -488,13 +619,17 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
488619
489620 }
490621
491-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
492-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
622+// Updates a list of accessible states.
493623 //
494-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
495-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
624+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
625+// value types of accessible states.
626+//
627+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
628+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
629+// technologies.
496630 //
497631 // Example:
632+//
498633 // ```c
499634 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
500635 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -524,7 +659,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleS
524659 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
525660 //
526661 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
527-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
662+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
528663 func (x *HeaderBar) GetBuildableId() string {
529664
530665 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
A v4/adw/adw-inline-view-switcher.go +548 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type InlineViewSwitcherClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *InlineViewSwitcherClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// Describes what [class@InlineViewSwitcher] toggles display.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+type InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode int
34+
35+var xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType func() types.GType
36+
37+func InlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType() types.GType {
38+ return xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType()
39+}
40+
41+const (
42+
43+ // Toggles only display labels.
44+ InlineViewSwitcherLabelsValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 0
45+ // Toggles only display icons.
46+ InlineViewSwitcherIconsValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 1
47+ // Toggles display both icons and labels.
48+ InlineViewSwitcherBothValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 2
49+)
50+
51+// A view switcher that uses a toggle group.
52+//
53+// <picture>
54+//
55+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
56+// <img src="inline-view-switcher.png" alt="inline-view-switcher">
57+//
58+// </picture>
59+//
60+// A view switcher showing pages of an [class@ViewStack] within an
61+// [class@ToggleGroup], similar to [class@ViewSwitcher].
62+//
63+// The toggles can display either an icon, a label or both. Use the
64+// [property@InlineViewSwitcher:display-mode] to control this.
65+//
66+// <picture>
67+//
68+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
69+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
70+//
71+// </picture>
72+//
73+// ## CSS nodes
74+//
75+// `AdwInlineViewSwitcher` has a single CSS node with the name
76+// `inline-view-switcher`.
77+//
78+// ## Style classes
79+//
80+// Like `AdwToggleGroup`, it can accept the [`.flat`](style-classes.html#flat_1)
81+// and [`.round`](style-classes.html#round) style classes.
82+//
83+// <picture>
84+//
85+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-style-classes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
86+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-style-classes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-style-classes">
87+//
88+// </picture>
89+//
90+// ## Accessibility
91+//
92+// The internal toggle group uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB_LIST` role. Its
93+// toggles use the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB` role.
94+type InlineViewSwitcher struct {
95+ gtk.Widget
96+}
97+
98+var xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType func() types.GType
99+
100+func InlineViewSwitcherGLibType() types.GType {
101+ return xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType()
102+}
103+
104+func InlineViewSwitcherNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *InlineViewSwitcher {
105+ cls := &InlineViewSwitcher{}
106+ cls.Ptr = ptr
107+ return cls
108+}
109+
110+var xNewInlineViewSwitcher func() uintptr
111+
112+// Creates a new `AdwInlineViewSwitcher`.
113+func NewInlineViewSwitcher() *InlineViewSwitcher {
114+ var cls *InlineViewSwitcher
115+
116+ cret := xNewInlineViewSwitcher()
117+
118+ if cret == 0 {
119+ return nil
120+ }
121+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
122+ cls = &InlineViewSwitcher{}
123+ cls.Ptr = cret
124+ return cls
125+}
126+
127+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
128+
129+// Gets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
130+// contents.
131+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetCanShrink() bool {
132+
133+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
134+ return cret
135+}
136+
137+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode func(uintptr) InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode
138+
139+// Gets the display mode of @self.
140+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetDisplayMode() InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode {
141+
142+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode(x.GoPointer())
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
147+
148+// Gets whether all toggles within @self take the same size.
149+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetHomogeneous() bool {
150+
151+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
152+ return cret
153+}
154+
155+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack func(uintptr) uintptr
156+
157+// Gets the stack @self controls.
158+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetStack() *ViewStack {
159+ var cls *ViewStack
160+
161+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack(x.GoPointer())
162+
163+ if cret == 0 {
164+ return nil
165+ }
166+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
167+ cls = &ViewStack{}
168+ cls.Ptr = cret
169+ return cls
170+}
171+
172+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
173+
174+// Sets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
175+// contents.
176+//
177+// If @can_shrink is `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
178+//
179+// See [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink].
180+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
181+
182+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
183+
184+}
185+
186+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode func(uintptr, InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode)
187+
188+// Sets the display mode of @self.
189+//
190+// Determines what the toggles display: a label, an icon or both.
191+//
192+// <picture>
193+//
194+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
195+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
196+//
197+// </picture>
198+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetDisplayMode(ModeVar InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode) {
199+
200+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode(x.GoPointer(), ModeVar)
201+
202+}
203+
204+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
205+
206+// Sets whether all toggles within @self take the same size.
207+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
208+
209+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
210+
211+}
212+
213+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack func(uintptr, uintptr)
214+
215+// Sets the stack to control.
216+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetStack(StackVar *ViewStack) {
217+
218+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack(x.GoPointer(), StackVar.GoPointer())
219+
220+}
221+
222+func (c *InlineViewSwitcher) GoPointer() uintptr {
223+ if c == nil {
224+ return 0
225+ }
226+ return c.Ptr
227+}
228+
229+func (c *InlineViewSwitcher) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
230+ c.Ptr = ptr
231+}
232+
233+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
234+//
235+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
236+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
237+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
238+// successful operation.
239+//
240+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
241+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
242+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
243+
244+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
245+
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
249+//
250+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
251+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
252+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
253+
254+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
255+
256+ if cret == 0 {
257+ return nil
258+ }
259+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
260+ cls.Ptr = cret
261+ return cls
262+}
263+
264+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
265+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
266+
267+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
268+ return cret
269+}
270+
271+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
272+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
273+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
274+
275+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
276+
277+ if cret == 0 {
278+ return nil
279+ }
280+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
281+ cls.Ptr = cret
282+ return cls
283+}
284+
285+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
286+//
287+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
288+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
289+// child widget.
290+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
291+
292+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
293+ return cret
294+}
295+
296+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
297+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
298+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
299+
300+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
301+
302+ if cret == 0 {
303+ return nil
304+ }
305+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
306+ cls.Ptr = cret
307+ return cls
308+}
309+
310+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
311+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
312+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
313+
314+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
315+
316+ if cret == 0 {
317+ return nil
318+ }
319+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
320+ cls.Ptr = cret
321+ return cls
322+}
323+
324+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
325+//
326+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
327+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
328+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
329+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
330+
331+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+ return cret
333+}
334+
335+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
336+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
337+
338+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
339+
340+}
341+
342+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
343+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
344+
345+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
346+
347+}
348+
349+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
350+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
357+//
358+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
359+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
360+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
361+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
362+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
363+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
364+// object is the container widget.
365+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
366+
367+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
368+
369+}
370+
371+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
372+//
373+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
374+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
375+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
376+
377+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
378+
379+}
380+
381+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
382+//
383+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
384+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
385+// states automatically.
386+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
387+
388+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
389+
390+}
391+
392+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
393+//
394+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
395+// value types of accessible properties.
396+//
397+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
398+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
399+// technologies.
400+//
401+// Example:
402+// ```c
403+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
404+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
405+//
406+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
407+// -1);
408+//
409+// ```
410+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
411+
412+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
413+
414+}
415+
416+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
417+//
418+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
419+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
420+//
421+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
422+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
423+
424+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
425+
426+}
427+
428+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
429+//
430+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
431+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
432+//
433+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
434+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
435+//
436+// ```c
437+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
438+//
439+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
440+// ref1, NULL,
441+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
442+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
443+// -1);
444+//
445+// ```
446+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
447+
448+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
449+
450+}
451+
452+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
453+//
454+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
455+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
456+//
457+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
458+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
459+
460+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
461+
462+}
463+
464+// Updates a list of accessible states.
465+//
466+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
467+// value types of accessible states.
468+//
469+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
470+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
471+// technologies.
472+//
473+// Example:
474+//
475+// ```c
476+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
477+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
478+//
479+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
480+// -1);
481+//
482+// ```
483+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Updates an array of accessible states.
490+//
491+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
492+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
493+//
494+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
495+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
496+
497+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
498+
499+}
500+
501+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
502+//
503+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
504+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
505+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBuildableId() string {
506+
507+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
508+ return cret
509+}
510+
511+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
512+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
513+
514+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
515+ return cret
516+}
517+
518+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
519+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
520+
521+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
522+
523+}
524+
525+func init() {
526+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
527+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
528+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
529+ if err != nil {
530+ panic(err)
531+ }
532+
533+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_display_mode_get_type")
534+
535+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_type")
536+
537+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewInlineViewSwitcher, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_new")
538+
539+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_can_shrink")
540+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_display_mode")
541+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_homogeneous")
542+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_stack")
543+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_can_shrink")
544+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_display_mode")
545+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_homogeneous")
546+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_stack")
547+
548+}
M v4/adw/adw-layout-slot.go +145 -10
@@ -81,34 +81,165 @@ func (c *LayoutSlot) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8181 c.Ptr = ptr
8282 }
8383
84-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
84+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
85+//
86+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
87+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
88+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
89+// successful operation.
90+//
91+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
92+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
93+func (x *LayoutSlot) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
94+
95+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
96+
97+}
98+
99+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
100+//
101+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
102+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
103+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
104+
105+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
106+
107+ if cret == 0 {
108+ return nil
109+ }
110+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
111+ cls.Ptr = cret
112+ return cls
113+}
114+
115+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
85116 func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
86117
87118 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
88119 return cret
89120 }
90121
91-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
122+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
123+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
124+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
125+
126+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
127+
128+ if cret == 0 {
129+ return nil
130+ }
131+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
132+ cls.Ptr = cret
133+ return cls
134+}
135+
136+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
137+//
138+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
139+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
140+// child widget.
141+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
142+
143+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
144+ return cret
145+}
146+
147+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
148+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
149+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
162+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
163+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
164+
165+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
166+
167+ if cret == 0 {
168+ return nil
169+ }
170+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
171+ cls.Ptr = cret
172+ return cls
173+}
174+
175+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
176+//
177+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
178+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
179+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
180+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
181+
182+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
183+ return cret
184+}
185+
186+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
92187 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
93188
94189 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
95190
96191 }
97192
98-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
193+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
99194 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
100195
101196 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
102197
103198 }
104199
105-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
200+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
106201 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
107202
108203 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
109204
110205 }
111206
207+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
208+//
209+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
210+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
211+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
212+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
213+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
214+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
215+// object is the container widget.
216+func (x *LayoutSlot) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
217+
218+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
219+
220+}
221+
222+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
223+//
224+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
225+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
226+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
227+
228+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
229+
230+}
231+
232+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
233+//
234+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
235+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
236+// states automatically.
237+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
238+
239+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
240+
241+}
242+
112243 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
113244 //
114245 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -151,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk
151282 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
152283 //
153284 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
154-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
285+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
155286 //
156287 // ```c
157288 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -181,13 +312,17 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.A
181312
182313 }
183314
184-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
185-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
315+// Updates a list of accessible states.
186316 //
187-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
188-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
317+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
318+// value types of accessible states.
319+//
320+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
321+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
322+// technologies.
189323 //
190324 // Example:
325+//
191326 // ```c
192327 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
193328 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -217,7 +352,7 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessible
217352 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
218353 //
219354 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
220-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
355+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
221356 func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBuildableId() string {
222357
223358 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-layout.go +1 -1
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (c *Layout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
104104 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
105105 //
106106 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
107-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
107+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
108108 func (x *Layout) GetBuildableId() string {
109109
110110 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-leaflet.go +145 -10
@@ -620,34 +620,165 @@ func (x *Leaflet) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDra
620620
621621 }
622622
623-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
623+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
624+//
625+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
626+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
627+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
628+// successful operation.
629+//
630+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
631+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
632+func (x *Leaflet) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
633+
634+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
635+
636+}
637+
638+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
639+//
640+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
641+func (x *Leaflet) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
642+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
643+
644+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
645+
646+ if cret == 0 {
647+ return nil
648+ }
649+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
650+ cls.Ptr = cret
651+ return cls
652+}
653+
654+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
624655 func (x *Leaflet) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
625656
626657 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
627658 return cret
628659 }
629660
630-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
661+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
662+func (x *Leaflet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
663+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
664+
665+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
666+
667+ if cret == 0 {
668+ return nil
669+ }
670+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
671+ cls.Ptr = cret
672+ return cls
673+}
674+
675+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
676+//
677+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
678+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
679+// child widget.
680+func (x *Leaflet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
681+
682+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
683+ return cret
684+}
685+
686+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
687+func (x *Leaflet) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
688+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
689+
690+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
691+
692+ if cret == 0 {
693+ return nil
694+ }
695+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
696+ cls.Ptr = cret
697+ return cls
698+}
699+
700+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
701+func (x *Leaflet) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
702+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
703+
704+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
705+
706+ if cret == 0 {
707+ return nil
708+ }
709+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
710+ cls.Ptr = cret
711+ return cls
712+}
713+
714+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
715+//
716+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
717+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
718+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
719+func (x *Leaflet) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
720+
721+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
722+ return cret
723+}
724+
725+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
631726 func (x *Leaflet) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
632727
633728 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
634729
635730 }
636731
637-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
732+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
638733 func (x *Leaflet) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
639734
640735 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
641736
642737 }
643738
644-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
739+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
645740 func (x *Leaflet) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
646741
647742 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
648743
649744 }
650745
746+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
747+//
748+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
749+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
750+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
751+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
752+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
753+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
754+// object is the container widget.
755+func (x *Leaflet) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
756+
757+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
758+
759+}
760+
761+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
762+//
763+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
764+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
765+func (x *Leaflet) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
766+
767+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
768+
769+}
770+
771+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
772+//
773+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
774+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
775+// states automatically.
776+func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
777+
778+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
779+
780+}
781+
651782 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
652783 //
653784 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -690,7 +821,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
690821 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
691822 //
692823 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
693-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
824+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
694825 //
695826 // ```c
696827 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -720,13 +851,17 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
720851
721852 }
722853
723-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
724-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
854+// Updates a list of accessible states.
725855 //
726-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
727-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
856+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
857+// value types of accessible states.
858+//
859+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
860+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
861+// technologies.
728862 //
729863 // Example:
864+//
730865 // ```c
731866 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
732867 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -756,7 +891,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
756891 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
757892 //
758893 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
759-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
894+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
760895 func (x *Leaflet) GetBuildableId() string {
761896
762897 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-message-dialog.go +151 -13
@@ -536,10 +536,13 @@ var xMessageDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, string)
536536
537537 // Sets the ID of the default response of @self.
538538 //
539-// If set, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd> will activate the corresponding button.
539+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
540+// of @self.
540541 //
541-// If set to `NULL` or to a non-existent response ID, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd>
542-// will do nothing.
542+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
543+// will be focused by default.
544+//
545+// See [property@Gtk.Window:default-widget].
543546 func (x *MessageDialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseVar string) {
544547
545548 xMessageDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
@@ -672,34 +675,165 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) ConnectResponse(cb *func(MessageDialog, string)) uint32
672675 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
673676 }
674677
675-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
678+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
679+//
680+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
681+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
682+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
683+// successful operation.
684+//
685+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
686+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
687+func (x *MessageDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
694+//
695+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
696+func (x *MessageDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
697+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
698+
699+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
700+
701+ if cret == 0 {
702+ return nil
703+ }
704+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
705+ cls.Ptr = cret
706+ return cls
707+}
708+
709+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
676710 func (x *MessageDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
677711
678712 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
679713 return cret
680714 }
681715
682-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
716+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
717+func (x *MessageDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
718+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
719+
720+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
721+
722+ if cret == 0 {
723+ return nil
724+ }
725+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
726+ cls.Ptr = cret
727+ return cls
728+}
729+
730+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
731+//
732+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
733+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
734+// child widget.
735+func (x *MessageDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
736+
737+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
738+ return cret
739+}
740+
741+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
742+func (x *MessageDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
743+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
744+
745+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
746+
747+ if cret == 0 {
748+ return nil
749+ }
750+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
751+ cls.Ptr = cret
752+ return cls
753+}
754+
755+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
756+func (x *MessageDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
757+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
758+
759+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
760+
761+ if cret == 0 {
762+ return nil
763+ }
764+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
765+ cls.Ptr = cret
766+ return cls
767+}
768+
769+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
770+//
771+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
772+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
773+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
774+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
775+
776+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
777+ return cret
778+}
779+
780+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
683781 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
684782
685783 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
686784
687785 }
688786
689-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
787+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
690788 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
691789
692790 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
693791
694792 }
695793
696-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
794+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
697795 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
698796
699797 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
700798
701799 }
702800
801+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
802+//
803+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
804+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
805+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
806+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
807+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
808+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
809+// object is the container widget.
810+func (x *MessageDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
811+
812+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
813+
814+}
815+
816+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
817+//
818+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
819+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
820+func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
821+
822+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
823+
824+}
825+
826+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
827+//
828+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
829+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
830+// states automatically.
831+func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
832+
833+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
834+
835+}
836+
703837 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
704838 //
705839 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -742,7 +876,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
742876 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
743877 //
744878 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
745-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
879+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
746880 //
747881 // ```c
748882 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -772,13 +906,17 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
772906
773907 }
774908
775-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
776-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
909+// Updates a list of accessible states.
777910 //
778-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
779-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
911+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
912+// value types of accessible states.
913+//
914+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
915+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
916+// technologies.
780917 //
781918 // Example:
919+//
782920 // ```c
783921 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
784922 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -808,7 +946,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
808946 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
809947 //
810948 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
811-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
949+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
812950 func (x *MessageDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
813951
814952 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-multi-layout-view.go +145 -10
@@ -259,34 +259,165 @@ func (c *MultiLayoutView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
259259 c.Ptr = ptr
260260 }
261261
262-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
262+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
263+//
264+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
265+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
266+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
267+// successful operation.
268+//
269+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
270+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
271+func (x *MultiLayoutView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
272+
273+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
274+
275+}
276+
277+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
278+//
279+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
280+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
281+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
284+
285+ if cret == 0 {
286+ return nil
287+ }
288+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
289+ cls.Ptr = cret
290+ return cls
291+}
292+
293+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
263294 func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
264295
265296 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
266297 return cret
267298 }
268299
269-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
300+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
301+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
302+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
303+
304+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
305+
306+ if cret == 0 {
307+ return nil
308+ }
309+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
310+ cls.Ptr = cret
311+ return cls
312+}
313+
314+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
315+//
316+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
317+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
318+// child widget.
319+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
320+
321+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
322+ return cret
323+}
324+
325+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
326+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
327+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
328+
329+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
330+
331+ if cret == 0 {
332+ return nil
333+ }
334+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
335+ cls.Ptr = cret
336+ return cls
337+}
338+
339+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
340+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
341+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
342+
343+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+ if cret == 0 {
346+ return nil
347+ }
348+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
349+ cls.Ptr = cret
350+ return cls
351+}
352+
353+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
354+//
355+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
356+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
357+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
358+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
359+
360+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
361+ return cret
362+}
363+
364+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
270365 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
271366
272367 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
273368
274369 }
275370
276-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
371+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
277372 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
278373
279374 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
280375
281376 }
282377
283-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
378+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
284379 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
285380
286381 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
287382
288383 }
289384
385+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
386+//
387+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
388+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
389+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
390+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
391+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
392+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
393+// object is the container widget.
394+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
395+
396+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
397+
398+}
399+
400+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
401+//
402+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
403+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
404+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
405+
406+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
407+
408+}
409+
410+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
411+//
412+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
413+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
414+// states automatically.
415+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
416+
417+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
418+
419+}
420+
290421 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
291422 //
292423 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -329,7 +460,7 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
329460 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
330461 //
331462 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
332-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
463+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
333464 //
334465 // ```c
335466 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -359,13 +490,17 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
359490
360491 }
361492
362-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
363-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
493+// Updates a list of accessible states.
364494 //
365-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
366-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
495+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
496+// value types of accessible states.
497+//
498+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
499+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
500+// technologies.
367501 //
368502 // Example:
503+//
369504 // ```c
370505 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
371506 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -395,7 +530,7 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
395530 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
396531 //
397532 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
398-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
533+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
399534 func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBuildableId() string {
400535
401536 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-split-view.go +171 -10
@@ -269,6 +269,15 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebar() *NavigationPage {
269269 return cls
270270 }
271271
272+var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition func(uintptr) gtk.PackType
273+
274+// Gets the sidebar position for @self.
275+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebarPosition() gtk.PackType {
276+
277+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer())
278+ return cret
279+}
280+
272281 var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr) float64
273282
274283 // Gets the preferred sidebar width fraction for @self.
@@ -365,6 +374,21 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebar(SidebarVar *NavigationPage) {
365374
366375 }
367376
377+var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition func(uintptr, gtk.PackType)
378+
379+// Sets the sidebar position for @self.
380+//
381+// If set to `GTK_PACK_START`, the sidebar is displayed before the content,
382+// and the sidebar will be the root page when collapsed.
383+//
384+// If set to `GTK_PACK_END`, the sidebar is displayed after the content,
385+// and the content will be the root page.
386+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebarPosition(PositionVar gtk.PackType) {
387+
388+ xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
389+
390+}
391+
368392 var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr, float64)
369393
370394 // Sets the preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width of @self.
@@ -404,34 +428,165 @@ func (c *NavigationSplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
404428 c.Ptr = ptr
405429 }
406430
407-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
431+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
432+//
433+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
434+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
435+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
436+// successful operation.
437+//
438+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
439+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
440+func (x *NavigationSplitView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
441+
442+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
443+
444+}
445+
446+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
447+//
448+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
449+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
450+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
451+
452+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
453+
454+ if cret == 0 {
455+ return nil
456+ }
457+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
458+ cls.Ptr = cret
459+ return cls
460+}
461+
462+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
408463 func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
409464
410465 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
411466 return cret
412467 }
413468
414-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
469+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
470+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
471+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
472+
473+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
474+
475+ if cret == 0 {
476+ return nil
477+ }
478+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
479+ cls.Ptr = cret
480+ return cls
481+}
482+
483+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
484+//
485+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
486+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
487+// child widget.
488+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
494+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
495+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
496+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
497+
498+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
499+
500+ if cret == 0 {
501+ return nil
502+ }
503+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
504+ cls.Ptr = cret
505+ return cls
506+}
507+
508+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
509+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
510+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
511+
512+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
513+
514+ if cret == 0 {
515+ return nil
516+ }
517+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
518+ cls.Ptr = cret
519+ return cls
520+}
521+
522+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
523+//
524+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
525+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
526+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
527+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
528+
529+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
530+ return cret
531+}
532+
533+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
415534 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
416535
417536 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
418537
419538 }
420539
421-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
540+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
422541 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
423542
424543 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
425544
426545 }
427546
428-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
547+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
429548 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
430549
431550 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432551
433552 }
434553
554+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
555+//
556+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
557+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
558+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
559+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
560+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
561+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
562+// object is the container widget.
563+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
564+
565+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
566+
567+}
568+
569+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
570+//
571+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
572+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
573+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
574+
575+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
576+
577+}
578+
579+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
580+//
581+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
582+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
583+// states automatically.
584+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
585+
586+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
587+
588+}
589+
435590 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
436591 //
437592 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -474,7 +629,7 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Properties
474629 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
475630 //
476631 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
477-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
632+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
478633 //
479634 // ```c
480635 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -504,13 +659,17 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVa
504659
505660 }
506661
507-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
508-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
662+// Updates a list of accessible states.
509663 //
510-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
511-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
664+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
665+// value types of accessible states.
666+//
667+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
668+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
669+// technologies.
512670 //
513671 // Example:
672+//
514673 // ```c
515674 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
516675 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -540,7 +699,7 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.A
540699 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
541700 //
542701 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
543-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
702+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
544703 func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
545704
546705 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -565,6 +724,7 @@ func init() {
565724 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_min_sidebar_width")
566725 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_show_content")
567726 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar")
727+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_position")
568728 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_fraction")
569729 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_unit")
570730 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetCollapsed, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_collapsed")
@@ -573,6 +733,7 @@ func init() {
573733 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_min_sidebar_width")
574734 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_show_content")
575735 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar")
736+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_position")
576737 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction")
577738 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_unit")
578739
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-view.go +351 -20
@@ -421,34 +421,165 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectShown(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
421421 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "shown", cbRefPtr)
422422 }
423423
424-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
424+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
425+//
426+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
427+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
428+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
429+// successful operation.
430+//
431+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
432+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
433+func (x *NavigationPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
434+
435+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
436+
437+}
438+
439+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
440+//
441+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
442+func (x *NavigationPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
443+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
444+
445+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
446+
447+ if cret == 0 {
448+ return nil
449+ }
450+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
451+ cls.Ptr = cret
452+ return cls
453+}
454+
455+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
425456 func (x *NavigationPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
426457
427458 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
428459 return cret
429460 }
430461
431-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
462+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
463+func (x *NavigationPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
464+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
465+
466+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
467+
468+ if cret == 0 {
469+ return nil
470+ }
471+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
472+ cls.Ptr = cret
473+ return cls
474+}
475+
476+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
477+//
478+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
479+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
480+// child widget.
481+func (x *NavigationPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
482+
483+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
484+ return cret
485+}
486+
487+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
488+func (x *NavigationPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
489+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
490+
491+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
492+
493+ if cret == 0 {
494+ return nil
495+ }
496+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
497+ cls.Ptr = cret
498+ return cls
499+}
500+
501+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
502+func (x *NavigationPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
503+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
504+
505+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
506+
507+ if cret == 0 {
508+ return nil
509+ }
510+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
511+ cls.Ptr = cret
512+ return cls
513+}
514+
515+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
516+//
517+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
518+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
519+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
520+func (x *NavigationPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
521+
522+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
523+ return cret
524+}
525+
526+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
432527 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
433528
434529 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
435530
436531 }
437532
438-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
533+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
439534 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
440535
441536 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
442537
443538 }
444539
445-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
540+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
446541 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
447542
448543 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
449544
450545 }
451546
547+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
548+//
549+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
550+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
551+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
552+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
553+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
554+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
555+// object is the container widget.
556+func (x *NavigationPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
557+
558+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
559+
560+}
561+
562+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
563+//
564+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
565+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
566+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
567+
568+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
569+
570+}
571+
572+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
573+//
574+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
575+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
576+// states automatically.
577+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
578+
579+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
580+
581+}
582+
452583 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
453584 //
454585 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -491,7 +622,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
491622 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
492623 //
493624 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
494-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
625+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
495626 //
496627 // ```c
497628 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -521,13 +652,17 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
521652
522653 }
523654
524-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
525-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
655+// Updates a list of accessible states.
526656 //
527-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
528-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
657+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
658+// value types of accessible states.
659+//
660+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
661+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
662+// technologies.
529663 //
530664 // Example:
665+//
531666 // ```c
532667 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
533668 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -557,7 +692,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Access
557692 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
558693 //
559694 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
560-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
695+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
561696 func (x *NavigationPage) GetBuildableId() string {
562697
563698 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -805,6 +940,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetAnimateTransitions() bool {
805940 return cret
806941 }
807942
943+var xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
944+
945+// Gets whether @self is horizontally homogeneous.
946+func (x *NavigationView) GetHhomogeneous() bool {
947+
948+ cret := xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
949+ return cret
950+}
951+
808952 var xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack func(uintptr) uintptr
809953
810954 // Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the pages in navigation stack.
@@ -856,6 +1000,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetPreviousPage(PageVar *NavigationPage) *NavigationPag
8561000 return cls
8571001 }
8581002
1003+var xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
1004+
1005+// Gets whether @self is vertically homogeneous.
1006+func (x *NavigationView) GetVhomogeneous() bool {
1007+
1008+ cret := xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
1009+ return cret
1010+}
1011+
8591012 var xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage func(uintptr) uintptr
8601013
8611014 // Gets the currently visible page in @self.
@@ -873,6 +1026,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetVisiblePage() *NavigationPage {
8731026 return cls
8741027 }
8751028
1029+var xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag func(uintptr) string
1030+
1031+// Gets the tag of the currently visible page in @self.
1032+func (x *NavigationView) GetVisiblePageTag() string {
1033+
1034+ cret := xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag(x.GoPointer())
1035+ return cret
1036+}
1037+
8761038 var xNavigationViewPop func(uintptr) bool
8771039
8781040 // Pops the visible page from the navigation stack.
@@ -1032,6 +1194,20 @@ func (x *NavigationView) SetAnimateTransitions(AnimateTransitionsVar bool) {
10321194
10331195 }
10341196
1197+var xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
1198+
1199+// Sets @self to be horizontally homogeneous or not.
1200+//
1201+// If the view is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
1202+// all pages.
1203+//
1204+// If it's not, the view may change width when a different page becomes visible.
1205+func (x *NavigationView) SetHhomogeneous(HhomogeneousVar bool) {
1206+
1207+ xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HhomogeneousVar)
1208+
1209+}
1210+
10351211 var xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape func(uintptr, bool)
10361212
10371213 // Sets whether pressing Escape pops the current page on @self.
@@ -1044,6 +1220,21 @@ func (x *NavigationView) SetPopOnEscape(PopOnEscapeVar bool) {
10441220
10451221 }
10461222
1223+var xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
1224+
1225+// Sets @self to be vertically homogeneous or not.
1226+//
1227+// If the view is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
1228+// all pages.
1229+//
1230+// If it's not, the view may change height when a different page becomes
1231+// visible.
1232+func (x *NavigationView) SetVhomogeneous(VhomogeneousVar bool) {
1233+
1234+ xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), VhomogeneousVar)
1235+
1236+}
1237+
10471238 func (c *NavigationView) GoPointer() uintptr {
10481239 if c == nil {
10491240 return 0
@@ -1204,34 +1395,165 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection
12041395
12051396 }
12061397
1207-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1398+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1399+//
1400+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1401+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1402+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1403+// successful operation.
1404+//
1405+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1406+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1407+func (x *NavigationView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1408+
1409+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1410+
1411+}
1412+
1413+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1414+//
1415+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1416+func (x *NavigationView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1417+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1418+
1419+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1420+
1421+ if cret == 0 {
1422+ return nil
1423+ }
1424+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1425+ cls.Ptr = cret
1426+ return cls
1427+}
1428+
1429+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
12081430 func (x *NavigationView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
12091431
12101432 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
12111433 return cret
12121434 }
12131435
1214-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1436+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1437+func (x *NavigationView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1438+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1439+
1440+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1441+
1442+ if cret == 0 {
1443+ return nil
1444+ }
1445+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1446+ cls.Ptr = cret
1447+ return cls
1448+}
1449+
1450+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1451+//
1452+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1453+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1454+// child widget.
1455+func (x *NavigationView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1456+
1457+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1458+ return cret
1459+}
1460+
1461+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1462+func (x *NavigationView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1463+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1464+
1465+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1466+
1467+ if cret == 0 {
1468+ return nil
1469+ }
1470+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1471+ cls.Ptr = cret
1472+ return cls
1473+}
1474+
1475+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1476+func (x *NavigationView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1477+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1478+
1479+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1480+
1481+ if cret == 0 {
1482+ return nil
1483+ }
1484+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1485+ cls.Ptr = cret
1486+ return cls
1487+}
1488+
1489+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1490+//
1491+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1492+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1493+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1494+func (x *NavigationView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1495+
1496+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1497+ return cret
1498+}
1499+
1500+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
12151501 func (x *NavigationView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
12161502
12171503 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
12181504
12191505 }
12201506
1221-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1507+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
12221508 func (x *NavigationView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
12231509
12241510 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
12251511
12261512 }
12271513
1228-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1514+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
12291515 func (x *NavigationView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
12301516
12311517 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
12321518
12331519 }
12341520
1521+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1522+//
1523+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1524+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1525+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1526+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1527+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1528+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1529+// object is the container widget.
1530+func (x *NavigationView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1531+
1532+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1533+
1534+}
1535+
1536+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1537+//
1538+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1539+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1540+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1541+
1542+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1543+
1544+}
1545+
1546+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1547+//
1548+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1549+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1550+// states automatically.
1551+func (x *NavigationView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1552+
1553+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1554+
1555+}
1556+
12351557 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
12361558 //
12371559 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1274,7 +1596,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
12741596 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
12751597 //
12761598 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1277-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1599+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
12781600 //
12791601 // ```c
12801602 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1304,13 +1626,17 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
13041626
13051627 }
13061628
1307-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1308-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1629+// Updates a list of accessible states.
13091630 //
1310-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1311-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1631+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1632+// value types of accessible states.
1633+//
1634+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1635+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1636+// technologies.
13121637 //
13131638 // Example:
1639+//
13141640 // ```c
13151641 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
13161642 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1340,7 +1666,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Access
13401666 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
13411667 //
13421668 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1343-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1669+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
13441670 func (x *NavigationView) GetBuildableId() string {
13451671
13461672 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1376,10 +1702,13 @@ func init() {
13761702 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewAdd, lib, "adw_navigation_view_add")
13771703 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewFindPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_find_page")
13781704 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_animate_transitions")
1705+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_hhomogeneous")
13791706 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_navigation_stack")
13801707 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_pop_on_escape")
13811708 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPreviousPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_previous_page")
1709+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_vhomogeneous")
13821710 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_visible_page")
1711+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_visible_page_tag")
13831712 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPop, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop")
13841713 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_page")
13851714 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_tag")
@@ -1389,6 +1718,8 @@ func init() {
13891718 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplace, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace")
13901719 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplaceWithTags, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace_with_tags")
13911720 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_animate_transitions")
1721+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_hhomogeneous")
13921722 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_pop_on_escape")
1723+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_vhomogeneous")
13931724
13941725 }
M v4/adw/adw-overlay-split-view.go +145 -10
@@ -522,34 +522,165 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirecti
522522
523523 }
524524
525-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
525+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
526+//
527+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
528+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
529+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
530+// successful operation.
531+//
532+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
533+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
534+func (x *OverlaySplitView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
535+
536+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
537+
538+}
539+
540+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
541+//
542+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
543+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
544+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
545+
546+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
547+
548+ if cret == 0 {
549+ return nil
550+ }
551+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
552+ cls.Ptr = cret
553+ return cls
554+}
555+
556+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
526557 func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
527558
528559 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
529560 return cret
530561 }
531562
532-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
563+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
564+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
565+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
566+
567+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
568+
569+ if cret == 0 {
570+ return nil
571+ }
572+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
573+ cls.Ptr = cret
574+ return cls
575+}
576+
577+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
578+//
579+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
580+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
581+// child widget.
582+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
583+
584+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
585+ return cret
586+}
587+
588+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
589+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
590+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
591+
592+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
593+
594+ if cret == 0 {
595+ return nil
596+ }
597+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
598+ cls.Ptr = cret
599+ return cls
600+}
601+
602+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
603+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
604+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
607+
608+ if cret == 0 {
609+ return nil
610+ }
611+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
612+ cls.Ptr = cret
613+ return cls
614+}
615+
616+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
617+//
618+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
619+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
620+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
621+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
622+
623+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
624+ return cret
625+}
626+
627+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
533628 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
534629
535630 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
536631
537632 }
538633
539-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
634+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
540635 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
541636
542637 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
543638
544639 }
545640
546-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
641+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
547642 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
548643
549644 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
550645
551646 }
552647
648+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
649+//
650+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
651+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
652+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
653+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
654+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
655+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
656+// object is the container widget.
657+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
658+
659+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
660+
661+}
662+
663+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
664+//
665+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
666+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
667+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
668+
669+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
670+
671+}
672+
673+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
674+//
675+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
676+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
677+// states automatically.
678+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
679+
680+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
681+
682+}
683+
553684 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
554685 //
555686 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -592,7 +723,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
592723 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
593724 //
594725 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
595-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
726+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
596727 //
597728 // ```c
598729 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -622,13 +753,17 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
622753
623754 }
624755
625-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
626-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
756+// Updates a list of accessible states.
627757 //
628-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
629-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
758+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
759+// value types of accessible states.
760+//
761+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
762+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
763+// technologies.
630764 //
631765 // Example:
766+//
632767 // ```c
633768 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
634769 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -658,7 +793,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acce
658793 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
659794 //
660795 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
661-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
796+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
662797 func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
663798
664799 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-password-entry-row.go +187 -10
@@ -88,34 +88,165 @@ func (c *PasswordEntryRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8888 c.Ptr = ptr
8989 }
9090
91-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
91+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
92+//
93+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
94+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
95+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
96+// successful operation.
97+//
98+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
99+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
100+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
101+
102+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
103+
104+}
105+
106+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
107+//
108+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
109+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
110+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
111+
112+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
113+
114+ if cret == 0 {
115+ return nil
116+ }
117+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
118+ cls.Ptr = cret
119+ return cls
120+}
121+
122+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
92123 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
93124
94125 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
95126 return cret
96127 }
97128
98-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
129+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
130+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
131+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
132+
133+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
134+
135+ if cret == 0 {
136+ return nil
137+ }
138+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
139+ cls.Ptr = cret
140+ return cls
141+}
142+
143+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
144+//
145+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
146+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
147+// child widget.
148+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
149+
150+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
155+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
156+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
157+
158+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
159+
160+ if cret == 0 {
161+ return nil
162+ }
163+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
164+ cls.Ptr = cret
165+ return cls
166+}
167+
168+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
169+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
170+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
171+
172+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
173+
174+ if cret == 0 {
175+ return nil
176+ }
177+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
178+ cls.Ptr = cret
179+ return cls
180+}
181+
182+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
183+//
184+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
185+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
186+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
187+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
188+
189+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
190+ return cret
191+}
192+
193+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
99194 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
100195
101196 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
102197
103198 }
104199
105-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
200+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
106201 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
107202
108203 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
109204
110205 }
111206
112-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
207+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
113208 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
114209
115210 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
116211
117212 }
118213
214+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
215+//
216+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
217+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
218+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
219+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
220+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
221+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
222+// object is the container widget.
223+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
224+
225+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
226+
227+}
228+
229+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
230+//
231+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
232+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
233+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
234+
235+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
236+
237+}
238+
239+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
240+//
241+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
242+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
243+// states automatically.
244+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
245+
246+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
247+
248+}
249+
119250 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
120251 //
121252 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -158,7 +289,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
158289 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
159290 //
160291 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
161-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
292+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
162293 //
163294 // ```c
164295 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -188,13 +319,17 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
188319
189320 }
190321
191-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
192-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
322+// Updates a list of accessible states.
193323 //
194-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
195-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
324+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
325+// value types of accessible states.
326+//
327+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
328+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
329+// technologies.
196330 //
197331 // Example:
332+//
198333 // ```c
199334 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
200335 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -307,13 +442,55 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
307442 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
308443 //
309444 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
310-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
445+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
311446 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBuildableId() string {
312447
313448 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
314449 return cret
315450 }
316451
452+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
453+//
454+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
455+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
456+//
457+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
458+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
459+// instance:
460+//
461+// ```c
462+// static void
463+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
464+//
465+// {
466+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
467+// }
468+//
469+// static gboolean
470+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
471+//
472+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
473+//
474+// {
475+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
476+// }
477+//
478+// ```
479+//
480+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
481+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
482+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
483+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
484+//
485+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
486+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
487+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
488+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
317494 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
318495 //
319496 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-dialog.go +145 -10
@@ -203,34 +203,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
203203 c.Ptr = ptr
204204 }
205205
206-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
206+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
207+//
208+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
209+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
210+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
211+// successful operation.
212+//
213+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
214+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
215+func (x *PreferencesDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
216+
217+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
218+
219+}
220+
221+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
222+//
223+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
224+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
225+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
226+
227+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
228+
229+ if cret == 0 {
230+ return nil
231+ }
232+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
233+ cls.Ptr = cret
234+ return cls
235+}
236+
237+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
207238 func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
208239
209240 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
210241 return cret
211242 }
212243
213-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
244+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
245+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
246+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
247+
248+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
249+
250+ if cret == 0 {
251+ return nil
252+ }
253+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
254+ cls.Ptr = cret
255+ return cls
256+}
257+
258+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
259+//
260+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
261+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
262+// child widget.
263+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
264+
265+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
266+ return cret
267+}
268+
269+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
270+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
271+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
272+
273+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
274+
275+ if cret == 0 {
276+ return nil
277+ }
278+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
279+ cls.Ptr = cret
280+ return cls
281+}
282+
283+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
284+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
285+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
286+
287+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
288+
289+ if cret == 0 {
290+ return nil
291+ }
292+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
293+ cls.Ptr = cret
294+ return cls
295+}
296+
297+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
298+//
299+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
300+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
301+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
302+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
303+
304+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
305+ return cret
306+}
307+
308+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
214309 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
215310
216311 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
217312
218313 }
219314
220-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
315+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
221316 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
222317
223318 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
224319
225320 }
226321
227-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
322+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
228323 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
229324
230325 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
231326
232327 }
233328
329+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
330+//
331+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
332+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
333+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
334+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
335+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
336+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
337+// object is the container widget.
338+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
339+
340+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
341+
342+}
343+
344+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
345+//
346+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
347+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
348+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
349+
350+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
351+
352+}
353+
354+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
355+//
356+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
357+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
358+// states automatically.
359+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
360+
361+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
362+
363+}
364+
234365 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
235366 //
236367 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -273,7 +404,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
273404 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
274405 //
275406 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
276-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
407+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
277408 //
278409 // ```c
279410 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -303,13 +434,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
303434
304435 }
305436
306-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
307-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
437+// Updates a list of accessible states.
308438 //
309-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
310-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
439+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
440+// value types of accessible states.
441+//
442+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
443+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
444+// technologies.
311445 //
312446 // Example:
447+//
313448 // ```c
314449 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
315450 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -339,7 +474,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
339474 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
340475 //
341476 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
342-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
477+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
343478 func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
344479
345480 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-group.go +145 -10
@@ -212,34 +212,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
212212 c.Ptr = ptr
213213 }
214214
215-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
215+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
216+//
217+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
218+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
219+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
220+// successful operation.
221+//
222+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
223+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
224+func (x *PreferencesGroup) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
225+
226+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
227+
228+}
229+
230+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
231+//
232+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
233+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
234+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
235+
236+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
237+
238+ if cret == 0 {
239+ return nil
240+ }
241+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
242+ cls.Ptr = cret
243+ return cls
244+}
245+
246+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
216247 func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
217248
218249 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
219250 return cret
220251 }
221252
222-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
253+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
254+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
255+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
271+// child widget.
272+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
279+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
280+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
281+
282+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
283+
284+ if cret == 0 {
285+ return nil
286+ }
287+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
288+ cls.Ptr = cret
289+ return cls
290+}
291+
292+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
293+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
294+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
295+
296+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
297+
298+ if cret == 0 {
299+ return nil
300+ }
301+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
302+ cls.Ptr = cret
303+ return cls
304+}
305+
306+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
307+//
308+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
309+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
310+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
311+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
312+
313+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
314+ return cret
315+}
316+
317+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
223318 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
224319
225320 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
226321
227322 }
228323
229-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
324+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
230325 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
231326
232327 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
233328
234329 }
235330
236-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
331+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
237332 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
238333
239334 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
240335
241336 }
242337
338+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
339+//
340+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
341+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
342+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
343+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
344+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
345+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
346+// object is the container widget.
347+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
348+
349+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
350+
351+}
352+
353+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
354+//
355+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
356+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
357+func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
358+
359+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
360+
361+}
362+
363+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
364+//
365+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
366+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
367+// states automatically.
368+func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
369+
370+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
371+
372+}
373+
243374 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
244375 //
245376 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -282,7 +413,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
282413 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
283414 //
284415 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
285-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
416+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
286417 //
287418 // ```c
288419 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -312,13 +443,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
312443
313444 }
314445
315-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
316-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
446+// Updates a list of accessible states.
317447 //
318-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
319-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
448+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
449+// value types of accessible states.
450+//
451+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
452+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
453+// technologies.
320454 //
321455 // Example:
456+//
322457 // ```c
323458 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
324459 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -348,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acce
348483 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
349484 //
350485 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
351-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
486+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
352487 func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBuildableId() string {
353488
354489 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-page.go +173 -10
@@ -85,6 +85,23 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) Add(GroupVar *PreferencesGroup) {
8585
8686 }
8787
88+var xPreferencesPageGetBanner func(uintptr) uintptr
89+
90+// Gets the banner displayed at the top of the page.
91+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBanner() *Banner {
92+ var cls *Banner
93+
94+ cret := xPreferencesPageGetBanner(x.GoPointer())
95+
96+ if cret == 0 {
97+ return nil
98+ }
99+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
100+ cls = &Banner{}
101+ cls.Ptr = cret
102+ return cls
103+}
104+
88105 var xPreferencesPageGetDescription func(uintptr) string
89106
90107 // Gets the description of @self.
@@ -157,6 +174,15 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) ScrollToTop() {
157174
158175 }
159176
177+var xPreferencesPageSetBanner func(uintptr, uintptr)
178+
179+// Sets the banner displayed at the top of the page.
180+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetBanner(BannerVar *Banner) {
181+
182+ xPreferencesPageSetBanner(x.GoPointer(), BannerVar.GoPointer())
183+
184+}
185+
160186 var xPreferencesPageSetDescription func(uintptr, string)
161187
162188 // Sets the description of @self.
@@ -224,34 +250,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
224250 c.Ptr = ptr
225251 }
226252
227-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
253+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
254+//
255+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
256+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
257+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
258+// successful operation.
259+//
260+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
261+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
262+func (x *PreferencesPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
265+
266+}
267+
268+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
269+//
270+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
271+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
272+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
275+
276+ if cret == 0 {
277+ return nil
278+ }
279+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
280+ cls.Ptr = cret
281+ return cls
282+}
283+
284+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
228285 func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
229286
230287 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
231288 return cret
232289 }
233290
234-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
291+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
292+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
293+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
296+
297+ if cret == 0 {
298+ return nil
299+ }
300+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
301+ cls.Ptr = cret
302+ return cls
303+}
304+
305+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
306+//
307+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
308+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
309+// child widget.
310+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
311+
312+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
313+ return cret
314+}
315+
316+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
317+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
318+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
319+
320+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
321+
322+ if cret == 0 {
323+ return nil
324+ }
325+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
326+ cls.Ptr = cret
327+ return cls
328+}
329+
330+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
331+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
332+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
333+
334+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
335+
336+ if cret == 0 {
337+ return nil
338+ }
339+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
340+ cls.Ptr = cret
341+ return cls
342+}
343+
344+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
345+//
346+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
347+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
348+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
349+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
350+
351+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
352+ return cret
353+}
354+
355+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
235356 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
236357
237358 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
238359
239360 }
240361
241-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
362+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
242363 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
243364
244365 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
245366
246367 }
247368
248-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
369+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
249370 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
250371
251372 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
252373
253374 }
254375
376+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
377+//
378+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
379+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
380+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
381+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
382+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
383+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
384+// object is the container widget.
385+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
386+
387+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
388+
389+}
390+
391+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
392+//
393+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
394+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
395+func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
396+
397+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
398+
399+}
400+
401+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
402+//
403+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
404+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
405+// states automatically.
406+func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
407+
408+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
409+
410+}
411+
255412 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
256413 //
257414 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -294,7 +451,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
294451 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
295452 //
296453 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
297-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
454+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
298455 //
299456 // ```c
300457 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -324,13 +481,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
324481
325482 }
326483
327-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
328-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
484+// Updates a list of accessible states.
329485 //
330-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
331-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
486+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
487+// value types of accessible states.
488+//
489+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
490+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
491+// technologies.
332492 //
333493 // Example:
494+//
334495 // ```c
335496 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
336497 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -360,7 +521,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
360521 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
361522 //
362523 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
363-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
524+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
364525 func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBuildableId() string {
365526
366527 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -380,6 +541,7 @@ func init() {
380541 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewPreferencesPage, lib, "adw_preferences_page_new")
381542
382543 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageAdd, lib, "adw_preferences_page_add")
544+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetBanner, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_banner")
383545 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description")
384546 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description_centered")
385547 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_icon_name")
@@ -388,6 +550,7 @@ func init() {
388550 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_use_underline")
389551 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_page_remove")
390552 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageScrollToTop, lib, "adw_preferences_page_scroll_to_top")
553+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetBanner, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_banner")
391554 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description")
392555 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description_centered")
393556 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_icon_name")
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-row.go +145 -10
@@ -159,34 +159,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
159159 c.Ptr = ptr
160160 }
161161
162-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
162+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
163+//
164+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
165+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
166+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
167+// successful operation.
168+//
169+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
170+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
171+func (x *PreferencesRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
172+
173+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
174+
175+}
176+
177+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
178+//
179+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
180+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
181+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
182+
183+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
184+
185+ if cret == 0 {
186+ return nil
187+ }
188+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
189+ cls.Ptr = cret
190+ return cls
191+}
192+
193+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
163194 func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
164195
165196 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
166197 return cret
167198 }
168199
169-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
200+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
201+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
202+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
203+
204+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
205+
206+ if cret == 0 {
207+ return nil
208+ }
209+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
210+ cls.Ptr = cret
211+ return cls
212+}
213+
214+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
215+//
216+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
217+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
218+// child widget.
219+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
220+
221+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
226+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
227+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
228+
229+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
230+
231+ if cret == 0 {
232+ return nil
233+ }
234+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
235+ cls.Ptr = cret
236+ return cls
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
240+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
254+//
255+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
256+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
257+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
258+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
259+
260+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
261+ return cret
262+}
263+
264+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
170265 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
171266
172267 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
173268
174269 }
175270
176-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
271+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
177272 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
178273
179274 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
180275
181276 }
182277
183-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
278+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
184279 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
285+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
286+//
287+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
288+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
289+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
290+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
291+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
292+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
293+// object is the container widget.
294+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
295+
296+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
297+
298+}
299+
300+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
301+//
302+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
303+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
304+func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
305+
306+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
307+
308+}
309+
310+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
311+//
312+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
313+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
314+// states automatically.
315+func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
316+
317+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
318+
319+}
320+
190321 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
191322 //
192323 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -229,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
229360 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
230361 //
231362 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
232-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
363+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
233364 //
234365 // ```c
235366 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -259,13 +390,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
259390
260391 }
261392
262-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
263-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
393+// Updates a list of accessible states.
264394 //
265-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
266-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
395+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
396+// value types of accessible states.
397+//
398+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
399+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
400+// technologies.
267401 //
268402 // Example:
403+//
269404 // ```c
270405 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
271406 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -378,7 +513,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
378513 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
379514 //
380515 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
381-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
516+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
382517 func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBuildableId() string {
383518
384519 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-window.go +145 -10
@@ -253,34 +253,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
253253 c.Ptr = ptr
254254 }
255255
256-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
256+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
257+//
258+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
259+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
260+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
261+// successful operation.
262+//
263+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
264+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
265+func (x *PreferencesWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
266+
267+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
268+
269+}
270+
271+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
272+//
273+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
274+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
275+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
276+
277+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
278+
279+ if cret == 0 {
280+ return nil
281+ }
282+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
283+ cls.Ptr = cret
284+ return cls
285+}
286+
287+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
257288 func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
258289
259290 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
260291 return cret
261292 }
262293
263-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
294+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
295+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
296+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
297+
298+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
299+
300+ if cret == 0 {
301+ return nil
302+ }
303+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
304+ cls.Ptr = cret
305+ return cls
306+}
307+
308+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
309+//
310+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
311+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
312+// child widget.
313+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
314+
315+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
316+ return cret
317+}
318+
319+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
320+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
321+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
322+
323+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
324+
325+ if cret == 0 {
326+ return nil
327+ }
328+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
329+ cls.Ptr = cret
330+ return cls
331+}
332+
333+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
334+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
335+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
336+
337+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
338+
339+ if cret == 0 {
340+ return nil
341+ }
342+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
343+ cls.Ptr = cret
344+ return cls
345+}
346+
347+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
348+//
349+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
350+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
351+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
352+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
353+
354+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
355+ return cret
356+}
357+
358+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
264359 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
265360
266361 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
267362
268363 }
269364
270-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
365+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
271366 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
272367
273368 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
274369
275370 }
276371
277-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
372+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
278373 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
279374
280375 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
281376
282377 }
283378
379+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
380+//
381+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
382+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
383+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
384+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
385+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
386+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
387+// object is the container widget.
388+func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
389+
390+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
391+
392+}
393+
394+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
395+//
396+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
397+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
398+func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
399+
400+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
401+
402+}
403+
404+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
405+//
406+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
407+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
408+// states automatically.
409+func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
410+
411+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
412+
413+}
414+
284415 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
285416 //
286417 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -323,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
323454 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
324455 //
325456 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
326-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
457+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
327458 //
328459 // ```c
329460 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -353,13 +484,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
353484
354485 }
355486
356-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
357-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
487+// Updates a list of accessible states.
358488 //
359-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
360-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
489+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
490+// value types of accessible states.
491+//
492+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
493+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
494+// technologies.
361495 //
362496 // Example:
497+//
363498 // ```c
364499 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
365500 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -389,7 +524,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
389524 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
390525 //
391526 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
392-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
527+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
393528 func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
394529
395530 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-spin-row.go +187 -10
@@ -392,34 +392,165 @@ func (x *SpinRow) ConnectWrapped(cb *func(SpinRow)) uint32 {
392392 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "wrapped", cbRefPtr)
393393 }
394394
395-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
395+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
396+//
397+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
398+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
399+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
400+// successful operation.
401+//
402+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
403+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
404+func (x *SpinRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
405+
406+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
407+
408+}
409+
410+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
411+//
412+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
413+func (x *SpinRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
414+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
415+
416+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
417+
418+ if cret == 0 {
419+ return nil
420+ }
421+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
422+ cls.Ptr = cret
423+ return cls
424+}
425+
426+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
396427 func (x *SpinRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
397428
398429 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
399430 return cret
400431 }
401432
402-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
433+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
434+func (x *SpinRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
435+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
436+
437+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
438+
439+ if cret == 0 {
440+ return nil
441+ }
442+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
443+ cls.Ptr = cret
444+ return cls
445+}
446+
447+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
448+//
449+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
450+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
451+// child widget.
452+func (x *SpinRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
453+
454+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
455+ return cret
456+}
457+
458+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
459+func (x *SpinRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
460+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
461+
462+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
463+
464+ if cret == 0 {
465+ return nil
466+ }
467+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
468+ cls.Ptr = cret
469+ return cls
470+}
471+
472+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
473+func (x *SpinRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
474+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
475+
476+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
477+
478+ if cret == 0 {
479+ return nil
480+ }
481+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
482+ cls.Ptr = cret
483+ return cls
484+}
485+
486+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
487+//
488+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
489+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
490+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
491+func (x *SpinRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
492+
493+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
494+ return cret
495+}
496+
497+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
403498 func (x *SpinRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
404499
405500 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
406501
407502 }
408503
409-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
504+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
410505 func (x *SpinRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
411506
412507 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
413508
414509 }
415510
416-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
511+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
417512 func (x *SpinRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
418513
419514 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
420515
421516 }
422517
518+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
519+//
520+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
521+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
522+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
523+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
524+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
525+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
526+// object is the container widget.
527+func (x *SpinRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
528+
529+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
530+
531+}
532+
533+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
534+//
535+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
536+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
537+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
538+
539+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
540+
541+}
542+
543+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
544+//
545+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
546+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
547+// states automatically.
548+func (x *SpinRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
549+
550+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
551+
552+}
553+
423554 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
424555 //
425556 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -462,7 +593,7 @@ func (x *SpinRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
462593 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
463594 //
464595 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
465-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
596+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
466597 //
467598 // ```c
468599 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -492,13 +623,17 @@ func (x *SpinRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
492623
493624 }
494625
495-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
496-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
626+// Updates a list of accessible states.
497627 //
498-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
499-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
628+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
629+// value types of accessible states.
630+//
631+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
632+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
633+// technologies.
500634 //
501635 // Example:
636+//
502637 // ```c
503638 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
504639 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -611,13 +746,55 @@ func (x *SpinRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
611746 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
612747 //
613748 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
614-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
749+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
615750 func (x *SpinRow) GetBuildableId() string {
616751
617752 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
618753 return cret
619754 }
620755
756+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
757+//
758+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
759+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
760+//
761+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
762+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
763+// instance:
764+//
765+// ```c
766+// static void
767+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
768+//
769+// {
770+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
771+// }
772+//
773+// static gboolean
774+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
775+//
776+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
777+//
778+// {
779+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
780+// }
781+//
782+// ```
783+//
784+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
785+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
786+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
787+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
788+//
789+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
790+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
791+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
792+func (x *SpinRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
793+
794+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
795+ return cret
796+}
797+
621798 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
622799 //
623800 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-spinner.go +149 -10
@@ -58,6 +58,10 @@ func (x *SpinnerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5858 //
5959 // `AdwSpinner` has a single node with the name `image` and the style class
6060 // `.spinner`.
61+//
62+// ## Accessibility
63+//
64+// `AdwSpinner` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.progress-bar] role.
6165 type Spinner struct {
6266 gtk.Widget
6367 }
@@ -102,34 +106,165 @@ func (c *Spinner) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
102106 c.Ptr = ptr
103107 }
104108
105-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
109+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
110+//
111+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
112+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
113+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
114+// successful operation.
115+//
116+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
117+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
118+func (x *Spinner) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
119+
120+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
121+
122+}
123+
124+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
125+//
126+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
127+func (x *Spinner) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
128+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
129+
130+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
131+
132+ if cret == 0 {
133+ return nil
134+ }
135+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
136+ cls.Ptr = cret
137+ return cls
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
106141 func (x *Spinner) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
107142
108143 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
109144 return cret
110145 }
111146
112-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
147+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
148+func (x *Spinner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
149+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
162+//
163+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165+// child widget.
166+func (x *Spinner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
167+
168+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
173+func (x *Spinner) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
174+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
175+
176+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
177+
178+ if cret == 0 {
179+ return nil
180+ }
181+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
182+ cls.Ptr = cret
183+ return cls
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
187+func (x *Spinner) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
188+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
189+
190+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
191+
192+ if cret == 0 {
193+ return nil
194+ }
195+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
196+ cls.Ptr = cret
197+ return cls
198+}
199+
200+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
201+//
202+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
203+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
204+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
205+func (x *Spinner) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
206+
207+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
113212 func (x *Spinner) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
114213
115214 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
116215
117216 }
118217
119-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
218+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
120219 func (x *Spinner) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
121220
122221 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
123222
124223 }
125224
126-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
225+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
127226 func (x *Spinner) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
128227
129228 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
130229
131230 }
132231
232+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
235+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
236+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
237+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
238+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
239+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
240+// object is the container widget.
241+func (x *Spinner) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
242+
243+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
244+
245+}
246+
247+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
248+//
249+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
250+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
251+func (x *Spinner) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
252+
253+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
258+//
259+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
260+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
261+// states automatically.
262+func (x *Spinner) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
265+
266+}
267+
133268 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
134269 //
135270 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -172,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
172307 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
173308 //
174309 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
175-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
310+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
176311 //
177312 // ```c
178313 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -202,13 +337,17 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
202337
203338 }
204339
205-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
206-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
340+// Updates a list of accessible states.
207341 //
208-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
209-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
342+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
343+// value types of accessible states.
344+//
345+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
346+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
347+// technologies.
210348 //
211349 // Example:
350+//
212351 // ```c
213352 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
214353 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -238,7 +377,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
238377 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
239378 //
240379 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
241-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
380+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
242381 func (x *Spinner) GetBuildableId() string {
243382
244383 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-split-button.go +145 -10
@@ -405,34 +405,165 @@ func (x *SplitButton) ConnectClicked(cb *func(SplitButton)) uint32 {
405405 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "clicked", cbRefPtr)
406406 }
407407
408-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
408+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
409+//
410+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
411+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
412+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
413+// successful operation.
414+//
415+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
416+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
417+func (x *SplitButton) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
418+
419+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
420+
421+}
422+
423+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
424+//
425+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
426+func (x *SplitButton) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
427+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
428+
429+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
430+
431+ if cret == 0 {
432+ return nil
433+ }
434+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
435+ cls.Ptr = cret
436+ return cls
437+}
438+
439+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
409440 func (x *SplitButton) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
410441
411442 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
412443 return cret
413444 }
414445
415-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
446+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
447+func (x *SplitButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
448+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
449+
450+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
451+
452+ if cret == 0 {
453+ return nil
454+ }
455+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
456+ cls.Ptr = cret
457+ return cls
458+}
459+
460+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
461+//
462+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
463+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
464+// child widget.
465+func (x *SplitButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
466+
467+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
468+ return cret
469+}
470+
471+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
472+func (x *SplitButton) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
473+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
474+
475+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
476+
477+ if cret == 0 {
478+ return nil
479+ }
480+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
481+ cls.Ptr = cret
482+ return cls
483+}
484+
485+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
486+func (x *SplitButton) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
487+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
488+
489+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
490+
491+ if cret == 0 {
492+ return nil
493+ }
494+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
495+ cls.Ptr = cret
496+ return cls
497+}
498+
499+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
500+//
501+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
502+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
503+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
504+func (x *SplitButton) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
505+
506+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
507+ return cret
508+}
509+
510+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
416511 func (x *SplitButton) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
417512
418513 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
419514
420515 }
421516
422-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
517+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
423518 func (x *SplitButton) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
424519
425520 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
426521
427522 }
428523
429-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
524+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
430525 func (x *SplitButton) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
431526
432527 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
433528
434529 }
435530
531+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
532+//
533+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
534+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
535+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
536+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
537+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
538+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
539+// object is the container widget.
540+func (x *SplitButton) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
541+
542+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
543+
544+}
545+
546+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
547+//
548+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
549+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
550+func (x *SplitButton) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
551+
552+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
553+
554+}
555+
556+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
557+//
558+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
559+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
560+// states automatically.
561+func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
562+
563+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
564+
565+}
566+
436567 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
437568 //
438569 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -475,7 +606,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
475606 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
476607 //
477608 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
478-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
609+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
479610 //
480611 // ```c
481612 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -505,13 +636,17 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
505636
506637 }
507638
508-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
509-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
639+// Updates a list of accessible states.
510640 //
511-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
512-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
641+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
642+// value types of accessible states.
643+//
644+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
645+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
646+// technologies.
513647 //
514648 // Example:
649+//
515650 // ```c
516651 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
517652 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -624,7 +759,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
624759 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
625760 //
626761 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
627-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
762+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
628763 func (x *SplitButton) GetBuildableId() string {
629764
630765 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-squeezer.go +145 -10
@@ -389,34 +389,165 @@ func (c *Squeezer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
389389 c.Ptr = ptr
390390 }
391391
392-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
392+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
393+//
394+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
395+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
396+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
397+// successful operation.
398+//
399+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
400+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
401+func (x *Squeezer) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
402+
403+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
404+
405+}
406+
407+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
408+//
409+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
410+func (x *Squeezer) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
411+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
412+
413+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
414+
415+ if cret == 0 {
416+ return nil
417+ }
418+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
419+ cls.Ptr = cret
420+ return cls
421+}
422+
423+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
393424 func (x *Squeezer) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
394425
395426 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
396427 return cret
397428 }
398429
399-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
430+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
431+func (x *Squeezer) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
432+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
433+
434+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
435+
436+ if cret == 0 {
437+ return nil
438+ }
439+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
440+ cls.Ptr = cret
441+ return cls
442+}
443+
444+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
445+//
446+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
447+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
448+// child widget.
449+func (x *Squeezer) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
450+
451+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
452+ return cret
453+}
454+
455+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
456+func (x *Squeezer) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
457+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
458+
459+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
460+
461+ if cret == 0 {
462+ return nil
463+ }
464+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
465+ cls.Ptr = cret
466+ return cls
467+}
468+
469+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
470+func (x *Squeezer) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
471+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
472+
473+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
474+
475+ if cret == 0 {
476+ return nil
477+ }
478+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
479+ cls.Ptr = cret
480+ return cls
481+}
482+
483+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
484+//
485+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
486+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
487+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
488+func (x *Squeezer) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
494+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
400495 func (x *Squeezer) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
401496
402497 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
403498
404499 }
405500
406-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
501+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
407502 func (x *Squeezer) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
408503
409504 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
410505
411506 }
412507
413-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
508+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
414509 func (x *Squeezer) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
415510
416511 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
417512
418513 }
419514
515+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
516+//
517+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
518+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
519+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
520+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
521+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
522+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
523+// object is the container widget.
524+func (x *Squeezer) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
525+
526+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
527+
528+}
529+
530+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
531+//
532+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
533+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
534+func (x *Squeezer) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
535+
536+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
537+
538+}
539+
540+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
541+//
542+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
543+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
544+// states automatically.
545+func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
546+
547+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
548+
549+}
550+
420551 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
421552 //
422553 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -459,7 +590,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
459590 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
460591 //
461592 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
462-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
593+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
463594 //
464595 // ```c
465596 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -489,13 +620,17 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
489620
490621 }
491622
492-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
493-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
623+// Updates a list of accessible states.
494624 //
495-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
496-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
625+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
626+// value types of accessible states.
627+//
628+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
629+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
630+// technologies.
497631 //
498632 // Example:
633+//
499634 // ```c
500635 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
501636 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -525,7 +660,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSt
525660 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
526661 //
527662 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
528-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
663+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
529664 func (x *Squeezer) GetBuildableId() string {
530665
531666 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-status-page.go +145 -10
@@ -214,34 +214,165 @@ func (c *StatusPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
214214 c.Ptr = ptr
215215 }
216216
217-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
217+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
218+//
219+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
220+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
221+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
222+// successful operation.
223+//
224+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
225+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
226+func (x *StatusPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
227+
228+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
229+
230+}
231+
232+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
235+func (x *StatusPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
236+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
237+
238+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
239+
240+ if cret == 0 {
241+ return nil
242+ }
243+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
244+ cls.Ptr = cret
245+ return cls
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
218249 func (x *StatusPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
219250
220251 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
221252 return cret
222253 }
223254
224-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
255+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
256+func (x *StatusPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
257+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
258+
259+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
260+
261+ if cret == 0 {
262+ return nil
263+ }
264+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
265+ cls.Ptr = cret
266+ return cls
267+}
268+
269+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
270+//
271+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
272+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
273+// child widget.
274+func (x *StatusPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
275+
276+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
277+ return cret
278+}
279+
280+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
281+func (x *StatusPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
282+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
283+
284+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
285+
286+ if cret == 0 {
287+ return nil
288+ }
289+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
290+ cls.Ptr = cret
291+ return cls
292+}
293+
294+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
295+func (x *StatusPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
296+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
297+
298+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
299+
300+ if cret == 0 {
301+ return nil
302+ }
303+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
304+ cls.Ptr = cret
305+ return cls
306+}
307+
308+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
309+//
310+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
311+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
312+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
313+func (x *StatusPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
314+
315+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
316+ return cret
317+}
318+
319+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
225320 func (x *StatusPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
226321
227322 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
228323
229324 }
230325
231-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
326+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
232327 func (x *StatusPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
233328
234329 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
235330
236331 }
237332
238-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
333+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
239334 func (x *StatusPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
240335
241336 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
242337
243338 }
244339
340+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
341+//
342+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
343+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
344+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
345+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
346+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
347+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
348+// object is the container widget.
349+func (x *StatusPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
350+
351+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
352+
353+}
354+
355+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
356+//
357+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
358+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
359+func (x *StatusPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
360+
361+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
362+
363+}
364+
365+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
366+//
367+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
368+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
369+// states automatically.
370+func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
371+
372+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
373+
374+}
375+
245376 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
246377 //
247378 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -284,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk
284415 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
285416 //
286417 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
287-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
418+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
288419 //
289420 // ```c
290421 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -314,13 +445,17 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.A
314445
315446 }
316447
317-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
318-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
448+// Updates a list of accessible states.
319449 //
320-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
321-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
450+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
451+// value types of accessible states.
452+//
453+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
454+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
455+// technologies.
322456 //
323457 // Example:
458+//
324459 // ```c
325460 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
326461 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -350,7 +485,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessible
350485 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
351486 //
352487 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
353-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
488+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
354489 func (x *StatusPage) GetBuildableId() string {
355490
356491 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-style-manager.go +30 -0
@@ -141,6 +141,20 @@ func (x *StyleManager) GetDisplay() *gdk.Display {
141141 return cls
142142 }
143143
144+var xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName func(uintptr) string
145+
146+// Gets the system document font.
147+//
148+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
149+// e.g. "Adwaita Sans 11".
150+//
151+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
152+func (x *StyleManager) GetDocumentFontName() string {
153+
154+ cret := xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName(x.GoPointer())
155+ return cret
156+}
157+
144158 var xStyleManagerGetHighContrast func(uintptr) bool
145159
146160 // Gets whether the application is using high contrast appearance.
@@ -152,6 +166,20 @@ func (x *StyleManager) GetHighContrast() bool {
152166 return cret
153167 }
154168
169+var xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName func(uintptr) string
170+
171+// Gets the system monospace font.
172+//
173+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
174+// e.g. "Adwaita Mono 11".
175+//
176+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
177+func (x *StyleManager) GetMonospaceFontName() string {
178+
179+ cret := xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName(x.GoPointer())
180+ return cret
181+}
182+
155183 var xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors func(uintptr) bool
156184
157185 // Gets whether the system supports accent colors.
@@ -291,7 +319,9 @@ func init() {
291319 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_color_scheme")
292320 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDark, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_dark")
293321 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDisplay, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_display")
322+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_document_font_name")
294323 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetHighContrast, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_high_contrast")
324+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_monospace_font_name")
295325 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_accent_colors")
296326 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsColorSchemes, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_color_schemes")
297327 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerSetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_set_color_scheme")
M v4/adw/adw-switch-row.go +145 -10
@@ -119,34 +119,165 @@ func (c *SwitchRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
119119 c.Ptr = ptr
120120 }
121121
122-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
122+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
123+//
124+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
125+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
126+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
127+// successful operation.
128+//
129+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
130+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
131+func (x *SwitchRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
132+
133+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
134+
135+}
136+
137+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
138+//
139+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
140+func (x *SwitchRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
141+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
142+
143+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
144+
145+ if cret == 0 {
146+ return nil
147+ }
148+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
149+ cls.Ptr = cret
150+ return cls
151+}
152+
153+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
123154 func (x *SwitchRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
124155
125156 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
126157 return cret
127158 }
128159
129-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
160+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
161+func (x *SwitchRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
162+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
163+
164+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
165+
166+ if cret == 0 {
167+ return nil
168+ }
169+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
170+ cls.Ptr = cret
171+ return cls
172+}
173+
174+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
175+//
176+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
177+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
178+// child widget.
179+func (x *SwitchRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
180+
181+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
182+ return cret
183+}
184+
185+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
186+func (x *SwitchRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
187+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
188+
189+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
190+
191+ if cret == 0 {
192+ return nil
193+ }
194+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
195+ cls.Ptr = cret
196+ return cls
197+}
198+
199+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
200+func (x *SwitchRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
201+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
202+
203+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
204+
205+ if cret == 0 {
206+ return nil
207+ }
208+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
209+ cls.Ptr = cret
210+ return cls
211+}
212+
213+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
214+//
215+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
216+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
217+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
218+func (x *SwitchRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
219+
220+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
221+ return cret
222+}
223+
224+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
130225 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
131226
132227 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
133228
134229 }
135230
136-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
231+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
137232 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
138233
139234 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
140235
141236 }
142237
143-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
238+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
144239 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
145240
146241 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
147242
148243 }
149244
245+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
246+//
247+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
248+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
249+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
250+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
251+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
252+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
253+// object is the container widget.
254+func (x *SwitchRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
255+
256+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
257+
258+}
259+
260+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
261+//
262+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
263+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
264+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
265+
266+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
267+
268+}
269+
270+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
271+//
272+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
273+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
274+// states automatically.
275+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
276+
277+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
278+
279+}
280+
150281 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
151282 //
152283 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -189,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
189320 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
190321 //
191322 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
192-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
323+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
193324 //
194325 // ```c
195326 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -219,13 +350,17 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
219350
220351 }
221352
222-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
223-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
353+// Updates a list of accessible states.
224354 //
225-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
226-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
355+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
356+// value types of accessible states.
357+//
358+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
359+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
360+// technologies.
227361 //
228362 // Example:
363+//
229364 // ```c
230365 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
231366 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -338,7 +473,7 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
338473 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
339474 //
340475 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
341-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
476+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
342477 func (x *SwitchRow) GetBuildableId() string {
343478
344479 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -370,34 +370,165 @@ func (x *TabBar) ConnectExtraDragValue(cb *func(TabBar, uintptr, uintptr) gdk.Dr
370370 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "extra-drag-value", cbRefPtr)
371371 }
372372
373-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
373+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
374+//
375+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
376+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
377+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
378+// successful operation.
379+//
380+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
381+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
382+func (x *TabBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
383+
384+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
385+
386+}
387+
388+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
389+//
390+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
391+func (x *TabBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
392+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
393+
394+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
395+
396+ if cret == 0 {
397+ return nil
398+ }
399+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
400+ cls.Ptr = cret
401+ return cls
402+}
403+
404+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
374405 func (x *TabBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
375406
376407 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
377408 return cret
378409 }
379410
380-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
411+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
412+func (x *TabBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
413+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
414+
415+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
416+
417+ if cret == 0 {
418+ return nil
419+ }
420+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
421+ cls.Ptr = cret
422+ return cls
423+}
424+
425+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
426+//
427+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
428+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
429+// child widget.
430+func (x *TabBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
431+
432+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
433+ return cret
434+}
435+
436+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
437+func (x *TabBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
438+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
439+
440+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
441+
442+ if cret == 0 {
443+ return nil
444+ }
445+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
446+ cls.Ptr = cret
447+ return cls
448+}
449+
450+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
451+func (x *TabBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
452+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
453+
454+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
455+
456+ if cret == 0 {
457+ return nil
458+ }
459+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
460+ cls.Ptr = cret
461+ return cls
462+}
463+
464+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
465+//
466+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
467+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
468+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
469+func (x *TabBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
470+
471+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
472+ return cret
473+}
474+
475+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
381476 func (x *TabBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
382477
383478 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
384479
385480 }
386481
387-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
482+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
388483 func (x *TabBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
389484
390485 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
391486
392487 }
393488
394-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
489+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
395490 func (x *TabBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
396491
397492 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
398493
399494 }
400495
496+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
497+//
498+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
499+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
500+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
501+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
502+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
503+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
504+// object is the container widget.
505+func (x *TabBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
506+
507+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
508+
509+}
510+
511+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
512+//
513+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
514+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
515+func (x *TabBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
516+
517+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
518+
519+}
520+
521+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
522+//
523+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
524+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
525+// states automatically.
526+func (x *TabBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
527+
528+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
529+
530+}
531+
401532 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
402533 //
403534 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -440,7 +571,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
440571 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
441572 //
442573 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
443-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
574+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
444575 //
445576 // ```c
446577 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -470,13 +601,17 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
470601
471602 }
472603
473-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
474-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
604+// Updates a list of accessible states.
475605 //
476-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
477-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
606+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
607+// value types of accessible states.
608+//
609+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
610+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
611+// technologies.
478612 //
479613 // Example:
614+//
480615 // ```c
481616 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
482617 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -506,7 +641,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
506641 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
507642 //
508643 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
509-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
644+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
510645 func (x *TabBar) GetBuildableId() string {
511646
512647 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-button.go +145 -10
@@ -168,34 +168,165 @@ func (x *TabButton) ConnectClicked(cb *func(TabButton)) uint32 {
168168 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "clicked", cbRefPtr)
169169 }
170170
171-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
171+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
172+//
173+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
174+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
175+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
176+// successful operation.
177+//
178+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
179+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
180+func (x *TabButton) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
181+
182+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
183+
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
187+//
188+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
189+func (x *TabButton) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
190+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
191+
192+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
193+
194+ if cret == 0 {
195+ return nil
196+ }
197+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
172203 func (x *TabButton) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
173204
174205 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
175206 return cret
176207 }
177208
178-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
209+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
210+func (x *TabButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
211+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
212+
213+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
214+
215+ if cret == 0 {
216+ return nil
217+ }
218+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
219+ cls.Ptr = cret
220+ return cls
221+}
222+
223+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
224+//
225+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
226+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
227+// child widget.
228+func (x *TabButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
229+
230+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
231+ return cret
232+}
233+
234+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
235+func (x *TabButton) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
236+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
237+
238+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
239+
240+ if cret == 0 {
241+ return nil
242+ }
243+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
244+ cls.Ptr = cret
245+ return cls
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
249+func (x *TabButton) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
250+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
251+
252+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
253+
254+ if cret == 0 {
255+ return nil
256+ }
257+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
258+ cls.Ptr = cret
259+ return cls
260+}
261+
262+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
263+//
264+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
265+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
266+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
267+func (x *TabButton) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
268+
269+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
270+ return cret
271+}
272+
273+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
179274 func (x *TabButton) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
180275
181276 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
182277
183278 }
184279
185-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
280+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
186281 func (x *TabButton) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
187282
188283 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
189284
190285 }
191286
192-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
287+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
193288 func (x *TabButton) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
194289
195290 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
196291
197292 }
198293
294+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
295+//
296+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
297+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
298+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
299+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
300+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
301+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
302+// object is the container widget.
303+func (x *TabButton) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
304+
305+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
306+
307+}
308+
309+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
310+//
311+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
312+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
313+func (x *TabButton) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
314+
315+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
316+
317+}
318+
319+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
320+//
321+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
322+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
323+// states automatically.
324+func (x *TabButton) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
325+
326+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
327+
328+}
329+
199330 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
200331 //
201332 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -238,7 +369,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
238369 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
239370 //
240371 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
241-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
372+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
242373 //
243374 // ```c
244375 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -268,13 +399,17 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
268399
269400 }
270401
271-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
272-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
402+// Updates a list of accessible states.
273403 //
274-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
275-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
404+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
405+// value types of accessible states.
406+//
407+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
408+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
409+// technologies.
276410 //
277411 // Example:
412+//
278413 // ```c
279414 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
280415 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -387,7 +522,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
387522 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
388523 //
389524 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
390-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
525+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
391526 func (x *TabButton) GetBuildableId() string {
392527
393528 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-overview.go +145 -10
@@ -475,34 +475,165 @@ func (x *TabOverview) ConnectExtraDragValue(cb *func(TabOverview, uintptr, uintp
475475 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "extra-drag-value", cbRefPtr)
476476 }
477477
478-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
478+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
479+//
480+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
481+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
482+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
483+// successful operation.
484+//
485+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
486+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
487+func (x *TabOverview) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
488+
489+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
490+
491+}
492+
493+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
494+//
495+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
496+func (x *TabOverview) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
497+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
498+
499+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
500+
501+ if cret == 0 {
502+ return nil
503+ }
504+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
505+ cls.Ptr = cret
506+ return cls
507+}
508+
509+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
479510 func (x *TabOverview) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
480511
481512 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
482513 return cret
483514 }
484515
485-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
516+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
517+func (x *TabOverview) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
518+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
519+
520+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
521+
522+ if cret == 0 {
523+ return nil
524+ }
525+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
526+ cls.Ptr = cret
527+ return cls
528+}
529+
530+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
531+//
532+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
533+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
534+// child widget.
535+func (x *TabOverview) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
536+
537+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
538+ return cret
539+}
540+
541+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
542+func (x *TabOverview) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
543+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
544+
545+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
546+
547+ if cret == 0 {
548+ return nil
549+ }
550+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
551+ cls.Ptr = cret
552+ return cls
553+}
554+
555+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
556+func (x *TabOverview) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
557+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
558+
559+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
560+
561+ if cret == 0 {
562+ return nil
563+ }
564+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
565+ cls.Ptr = cret
566+ return cls
567+}
568+
569+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
570+//
571+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
572+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
573+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
574+func (x *TabOverview) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
575+
576+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
577+ return cret
578+}
579+
580+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
486581 func (x *TabOverview) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
487582
488583 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
489584
490585 }
491586
492-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
587+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
493588 func (x *TabOverview) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
494589
495590 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
496591
497592 }
498593
499-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
594+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
500595 func (x *TabOverview) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
501596
502597 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
503598
504599 }
505600
601+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
602+//
603+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
604+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
605+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
606+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
607+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
608+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
609+// object is the container widget.
610+func (x *TabOverview) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
611+
612+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
613+
614+}
615+
616+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
617+//
618+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
619+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
620+func (x *TabOverview) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
621+
622+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
623+
624+}
625+
626+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
627+//
628+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
629+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
630+// states automatically.
631+func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
632+
633+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
634+
635+}
636+
506637 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
507638 //
508639 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -545,7 +676,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
545676 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
546677 //
547678 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
548-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
679+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
549680 //
550681 // ```c
551682 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -575,13 +706,17 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
575706
576707 }
577708
578-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
579-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
709+// Updates a list of accessible states.
580710 //
581-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
582-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
711+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
712+// value types of accessible states.
713+//
714+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
715+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
716+// technologies.
583717 //
584718 // Example:
719+//
585720 // ```c
586721 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
587722 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -611,7 +746,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
611746 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
612747 //
613748 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
614-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
749+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
615750 func (x *TabOverview) GetBuildableId() string {
616751
617752 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-view.go +289 -19
@@ -508,34 +508,165 @@ func (c *TabPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
508508 c.Ptr = ptr
509509 }
510510
511-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
511+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
512+//
513+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
514+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
515+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
516+// successful operation.
517+//
518+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
519+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
520+func (x *TabPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
521+
522+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
523+
524+}
525+
526+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
527+//
528+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
529+func (x *TabPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
530+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
531+
532+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
533+
534+ if cret == 0 {
535+ return nil
536+ }
537+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
538+ cls.Ptr = cret
539+ return cls
540+}
541+
542+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
512543 func (x *TabPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
513544
514545 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
515546 return cret
516547 }
517548
518-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
549+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
550+func (x *TabPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
551+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
552+
553+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
554+
555+ if cret == 0 {
556+ return nil
557+ }
558+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
559+ cls.Ptr = cret
560+ return cls
561+}
562+
563+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
564+//
565+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
566+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
567+// child widget.
568+func (x *TabPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
569+
570+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
571+ return cret
572+}
573+
574+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
575+func (x *TabPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
576+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
577+
578+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
579+
580+ if cret == 0 {
581+ return nil
582+ }
583+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
584+ cls.Ptr = cret
585+ return cls
586+}
587+
588+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
589+func (x *TabPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
590+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
591+
592+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
593+
594+ if cret == 0 {
595+ return nil
596+ }
597+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
598+ cls.Ptr = cret
599+ return cls
600+}
601+
602+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
603+//
604+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
605+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
606+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
607+func (x *TabPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
608+
609+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
610+ return cret
611+}
612+
613+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
519614 func (x *TabPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
520615
521616 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
522617
523618 }
524619
525-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
620+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
526621 func (x *TabPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
527622
528623 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
529624
530625 }
531626
532-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
627+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
533628 func (x *TabPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
534629
535630 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
536631
537632 }
538633
634+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
635+//
636+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
637+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
638+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
639+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
640+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
641+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
642+// object is the container widget.
643+func (x *TabPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
644+
645+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
646+
647+}
648+
649+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
650+//
651+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
652+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
653+func (x *TabPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
654+
655+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
656+
657+}
658+
659+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
660+//
661+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
662+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
663+// states automatically.
664+func (x *TabPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
665+
666+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
667+
668+}
669+
539670 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
540671 //
541672 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -578,7 +709,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
578709 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
579710 //
580711 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
581-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
712+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
582713 //
583714 // ```c
584715 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -608,13 +739,17 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
608739
609740 }
610741
611-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
612-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
742+// Updates a list of accessible states.
613743 //
614-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
615-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
744+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
745+// value types of accessible states.
746+//
747+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
748+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
749+// technologies.
616750 //
617751 // Example:
752+//
618753 // ```c
619754 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
620755 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1498,34 +1633,165 @@ func (x *TabView) ConnectSetupMenu(cb *func(TabView, uintptr)) uint32 {
14981633 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "setup-menu", cbRefPtr)
14991634 }
15001635
1501-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1636+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1637+//
1638+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1639+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1640+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1641+// successful operation.
1642+//
1643+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1644+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1645+func (x *TabView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1646+
1647+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1648+
1649+}
1650+
1651+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1652+//
1653+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1654+func (x *TabView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1655+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1656+
1657+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1658+
1659+ if cret == 0 {
1660+ return nil
1661+ }
1662+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1663+ cls.Ptr = cret
1664+ return cls
1665+}
1666+
1667+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
15021668 func (x *TabView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
15031669
15041670 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
15051671 return cret
15061672 }
15071673
1508-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1674+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1675+func (x *TabView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1676+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1677+
1678+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1679+
1680+ if cret == 0 {
1681+ return nil
1682+ }
1683+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1684+ cls.Ptr = cret
1685+ return cls
1686+}
1687+
1688+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1689+//
1690+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1691+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1692+// child widget.
1693+func (x *TabView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1694+
1695+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1696+ return cret
1697+}
1698+
1699+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1700+func (x *TabView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1701+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1702+
1703+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1704+
1705+ if cret == 0 {
1706+ return nil
1707+ }
1708+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1709+ cls.Ptr = cret
1710+ return cls
1711+}
1712+
1713+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1714+func (x *TabView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1715+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1716+
1717+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1718+
1719+ if cret == 0 {
1720+ return nil
1721+ }
1722+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1723+ cls.Ptr = cret
1724+ return cls
1725+}
1726+
1727+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1728+//
1729+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1730+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1731+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1732+func (x *TabView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1733+
1734+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1735+ return cret
1736+}
1737+
1738+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
15091739 func (x *TabView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
15101740
15111741 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
15121742
15131743 }
15141744
1515-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1745+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
15161746 func (x *TabView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
15171747
15181748 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
15191749
15201750 }
15211751
1522-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1752+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
15231753 func (x *TabView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
15241754
15251755 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
15261756
15271757 }
15281758
1759+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1760+//
1761+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1762+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1763+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1764+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1765+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1766+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1767+// object is the container widget.
1768+func (x *TabView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1769+
1770+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1771+
1772+}
1773+
1774+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1775+//
1776+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1777+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1778+func (x *TabView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1779+
1780+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1781+
1782+}
1783+
1784+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1785+//
1786+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1787+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1788+// states automatically.
1789+func (x *TabView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1790+
1791+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1792+
1793+}
1794+
15291795 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
15301796 //
15311797 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1568,7 +1834,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
15681834 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
15691835 //
15701836 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1571-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1837+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
15721838 //
15731839 // ```c
15741840 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1598,13 +1864,17 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
15981864
15991865 }
16001866
1601-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1602-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1867+// Updates a list of accessible states.
16031868 //
1604-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1605-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1869+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1870+// value types of accessible states.
1871+//
1872+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1873+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1874+// technologies.
16061875 //
16071876 // Example:
1877+//
16081878 // ```c
16091879 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
16101880 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1634,7 +1904,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
16341904 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
16351905 //
16361906 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1637-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1907+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
16381908 func (x *TabView) GetBuildableId() string {
16391909
16401910 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-toast-overlay.go +161 -11
@@ -35,6 +35,9 @@ func (x *ToastOverlayClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 // main child, on top of which it can display a [class@Toast], overlaid.
3636 // Toasts can be shown with [method@ToastOverlay.add_toast].
3737 //
38+// Use [method@ToastOverlay.dismiss_all] to dismiss all toasts at once, or
39+// [method@Toast.dismiss] to dismiss a single toast.
40+//
3841 // See [class@Toast] for details.
3942 //
4043 // ## CSS nodes
@@ -64,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlayClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6467 //
6568 // ## Accessibility
6669 //
67-// `AdwToastOverlay` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB_GROUP` role.
70+// `AdwToastOverlay` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.GROUP] role.
6871 type ToastOverlay struct {
6972 gtk.Widget
7073 }
@@ -116,6 +119,17 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) AddToast(ToastVar *Toast) {
116119
117120 }
118121
122+var xToastOverlayDismissAll func(uintptr)
123+
124+// Dismisses all displayed toasts.
125+//
126+// Use [method@Toast.dismiss] to dismiss a single toast.
127+func (x *ToastOverlay) DismissAll() {
128+
129+ xToastOverlayDismissAll(x.GoPointer())
130+
131+}
132+
119133 var xToastOverlayGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
120134
121135 // Gets the child widget of @self.
@@ -153,34 +167,165 @@ func (c *ToastOverlay) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
153167 c.Ptr = ptr
154168 }
155169
156-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
170+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
171+//
172+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
173+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
174+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
175+// successful operation.
176+//
177+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
178+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
179+func (x *ToastOverlay) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
180+
181+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
182+
183+}
184+
185+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
186+//
187+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
188+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
189+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
190+
191+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
192+
193+ if cret == 0 {
194+ return nil
195+ }
196+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
197+ cls.Ptr = cret
198+ return cls
199+}
200+
201+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
157202 func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
158203
159204 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
160205 return cret
161206 }
162207
163-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
208+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
209+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
210+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
211+
212+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
213+
214+ if cret == 0 {
215+ return nil
216+ }
217+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
218+ cls.Ptr = cret
219+ return cls
220+}
221+
222+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
223+//
224+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
225+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
226+// child widget.
227+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
228+
229+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
230+ return cret
231+}
232+
233+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
234+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
235+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
236+
237+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
238+
239+ if cret == 0 {
240+ return nil
241+ }
242+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
243+ cls.Ptr = cret
244+ return cls
245+}
246+
247+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
248+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
249+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
250+
251+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
252+
253+ if cret == 0 {
254+ return nil
255+ }
256+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
257+ cls.Ptr = cret
258+ return cls
259+}
260+
261+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
262+//
263+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
264+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
265+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
266+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
267+
268+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
269+ return cret
270+}
271+
272+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
164273 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
165274
166275 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
167276
168277 }
169278
170-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
279+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
171280 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
172281
173282 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
174283
175284 }
176285
177-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
286+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
178287 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
179288
180289 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
181290
182291 }
183292
293+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
294+//
295+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
296+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
297+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
298+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
299+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
300+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
301+// object is the container widget.
302+func (x *ToastOverlay) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
303+
304+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
305+
306+}
307+
308+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
309+//
310+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
311+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
312+func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
313+
314+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
315+
316+}
317+
318+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
319+//
320+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
321+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
322+// states automatically.
323+func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
324+
325+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
326+
327+}
328+
184329 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
185330 //
186331 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -223,7 +368,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []g
223368 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
224369 //
225370 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
226-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
371+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
227372 //
228373 // ```c
229374 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -253,13 +398,17 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk
253398
254399 }
255400
256-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
257-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
401+// Updates a list of accessible states.
258402 //
259-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
260-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
403+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
404+// value types of accessible states.
405+//
406+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
407+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
408+// technologies.
261409 //
262410 // Example:
411+//
263412 // ```c
264413 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
265414 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -289,7 +438,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessib
289438 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
290439 //
291440 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
292-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
441+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
293442 func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBuildableId() string {
294443
295444 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -309,6 +458,7 @@ func init() {
309458 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToastOverlay, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_new")
310459
311460 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayAddToast, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_add_toast")
461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayDismissAll, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_dismiss_all")
312462 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayGetChild, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_get_child")
313463 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlaySetChild, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_set_child")
314464
A v4/adw/adw-toggle-group.go +917 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type ToggleClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gobject.ObjectClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *ToggleClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+type ToggleGroupClass struct {
26+ _ structs.HostLayout
27+
28+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
29+}
30+
31+func (x *ToggleGroupClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
32+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
33+}
34+
35+// A toggle within [class@ToggleGroup].
36+//
37+// `AdwToggle` can optionally have a name, set with [property@Toggle:name].
38+// If the name is set, [property@ToggleGroup:active-name] can be used to access
39+// toggles instead of index.
40+type Toggle struct {
41+ gobject.Object
42+}
43+
44+var xToggleGLibType func() types.GType
45+
46+func ToggleGLibType() types.GType {
47+ return xToggleGLibType()
48+}
49+
50+func ToggleNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Toggle {
51+ cls := &Toggle{}
52+ cls.Ptr = ptr
53+ return cls
54+}
55+
56+var xNewToggle func() uintptr
57+
58+// Creates a new `AdwToggle`.
59+func NewToggle() *Toggle {
60+ var cls *Toggle
61+
62+ cret := xNewToggle()
63+
64+ if cret == 0 {
65+ return nil
66+ }
67+ cls = &Toggle{}
68+ cls.Ptr = cret
69+ return cls
70+}
71+
72+var xToggleGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
73+
74+// Gets the child widget of @self.
75+func (x *Toggle) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
76+ var cls *gtk.Widget
77+
78+ cret := xToggleGetChild(x.GoPointer())
79+
80+ if cret == 0 {
81+ return nil
82+ }
83+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
84+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
85+ cls.Ptr = cret
86+ return cls
87+}
88+
89+var xToggleGetEnabled func(uintptr) bool
90+
91+// Gets whether @self is enabled.
92+func (x *Toggle) GetEnabled() bool {
93+
94+ cret := xToggleGetEnabled(x.GoPointer())
95+ return cret
96+}
97+
98+var xToggleGetIconName func(uintptr) string
99+
100+// Gets the icon name of @self.
101+func (x *Toggle) GetIconName() string {
102+
103+ cret := xToggleGetIconName(x.GoPointer())
104+ return cret
105+}
106+
107+var xToggleGetIndex func(uintptr) uint
108+
109+// Gets the index of @self within its toggle group.
110+func (x *Toggle) GetIndex() uint {
111+
112+ cret := xToggleGetIndex(x.GoPointer())
113+ return cret
114+}
115+
116+var xToggleGetLabel func(uintptr) string
117+
118+// Gets the label of @self.
119+func (x *Toggle) GetLabel() string {
120+
121+ cret := xToggleGetLabel(x.GoPointer())
122+ return cret
123+}
124+
125+var xToggleGetName func(uintptr) string
126+
127+// Gets the name of @self.
128+func (x *Toggle) GetName() string {
129+
130+ cret := xToggleGetName(x.GoPointer())
131+ return cret
132+}
133+
134+var xToggleGetTooltip func(uintptr) string
135+
136+// Gets the tooltip of @self.
137+func (x *Toggle) GetTooltip() string {
138+
139+ cret := xToggleGetTooltip(x.GoPointer())
140+ return cret
141+}
142+
143+var xToggleGetUseUnderline func(uintptr) bool
144+
145+// Gets whether @self uses underlines.
146+func (x *Toggle) GetUseUnderline() bool {
147+
148+ cret := xToggleGetUseUnderline(x.GoPointer())
149+ return cret
150+}
151+
152+var xToggleSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
153+
154+// Sets the child of @self to @child.
155+//
156+// When the child is set, icon and label are not displayed.
157+//
158+// It's recommended to still set the label, as it can still be used by the
159+// screen reader.
160+func (x *Toggle) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
161+
162+ xToggleSetChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
163+
164+}
165+
166+var xToggleSetEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
167+
168+// Sets whether @self is enabled.
169+func (x *Toggle) SetEnabled(EnabledVar bool) {
170+
171+ xToggleSetEnabled(x.GoPointer(), EnabledVar)
172+
173+}
174+
175+var xToggleSetIconName func(uintptr, string)
176+
177+// Sets the icon name of @self to @icon_name.
178+//
179+// The icon will be displayed alone or next to the label, unless
180+// [property@Toggle:child] is set.
181+func (x *Toggle) SetIconName(IconNameVar string) {
182+
183+ xToggleSetIconName(x.GoPointer(), IconNameVar)
184+
185+}
186+
187+var xToggleSetLabel func(uintptr, string)
188+
189+// Sets the label of @self to @label.
190+//
191+// The label will be displayed alone or next to the icon, unless
192+// [property@Toggle:child] is set, but will still be read out by the screen
193+// reader.
194+func (x *Toggle) SetLabel(LabelVar string) {
195+
196+ xToggleSetLabel(x.GoPointer(), LabelVar)
197+
198+}
199+
200+var xToggleSetName func(uintptr, string)
201+
202+// Sets the name of @self to @name.
203+//
204+// Allows accessing @self by its name instead of index.
205+//
206+// See [property@ToggleGroup:active-name].
207+func (x *Toggle) SetName(NameVar string) {
208+
209+ xToggleSetName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
210+
211+}
212+
213+var xToggleSetTooltip func(uintptr, string)
214+
215+// Sets the tooltip of @self to @tooltip.
216+//
217+// @tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
218+func (x *Toggle) SetTooltip(TooltipVar string) {
219+
220+ xToggleSetTooltip(x.GoPointer(), TooltipVar)
221+
222+}
223+
224+var xToggleSetUseUnderline func(uintptr, bool)
225+
226+// Sets whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic.
227+//
228+// See [property@Toggle:label].
229+func (x *Toggle) SetUseUnderline(UseUnderlineVar bool) {
230+
231+ xToggleSetUseUnderline(x.GoPointer(), UseUnderlineVar)
232+
233+}
234+
235+func (c *Toggle) GoPointer() uintptr {
236+ if c == nil {
237+ return 0
238+ }
239+ return c.Ptr
240+}
241+
242+func (c *Toggle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
243+ c.Ptr = ptr
244+}
245+
246+// A group of exclusive toggles.
247+//
248+// <picture>
249+//
250+// <source srcset="toggle-group-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
251+// <img src="toggle-group.png" alt="toggle-group">
252+//
253+// </picture>
254+//
255+// `AdwToggleGroup` presents a set of exclusive toggles, represented as
256+// [class@Toggle] objects. Each toggle can display an icon, a label, an icon
257+// and a label, or a custom child.
258+//
259+// Toggles are indexed by their position, with the first toggle being equivalent
260+// to 0, and so on. Use the [property@ToggleGroup:active] to get that position.
261+//
262+// Toggles can also have optional names, set via the [property@Toggle:name]
263+// property. The name of the active toggle can be accessed via the
264+// [property@ToggleGroup:active-name] property.
265+//
266+// `AdwToggle` objects can be retrieved via their index or name, using
267+// [method@ToggleGroup.get_toggle] or [method@ToggleGroup.get_toggle_by_name]
268+// respectively. `AdwToggleGroup` also provides a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel] of
269+// its toggles via the [property@ToggleGroup:toggles] property.
270+//
271+// `AdwToggleGroup` is orientable, and the toggles can be displayed horizontally
272+// or vertically. This is mostly useful for icon-only toggles.
273+//
274+// Use the [property@ToggleGroup:homogeneous] property to make the toggles take
275+// the same size, and the [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink] to control whether
276+// the toggles can ellipsize.
277+//
278+// Example of an `AdwToggleGroup` UI definition:
279+//
280+// ```xml
281+//
282+// <object class="AdwToggleGroup">
283+// <property name="active-name">picture</property>
284+// <child>
285+// <object class="AdwToggle">
286+// <property name="icon-name">camera-photo-symbolic</property>
287+// <property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Picture Mode</property>
288+// <property name="name">picture</property>
289+// </object>
290+// </child>
291+// <child>
292+// <object class="AdwToggle">
293+// <property name="icon-name">camera-video-symbolic</property>
294+// <property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Recording Mode</property>
295+// <property name="name">recording</property>
296+// </object>
297+// </child>
298+// </object>
299+//
300+// ```
301+//
302+// See also: [class@InlineViewSwitcher].
303+//
304+// ## CSS nodes
305+//
306+// `AdwToggleGroup` has a main CSS node with the name `toggle-group`.
307+//
308+// Its toggles have CSS nodes with the name `toggle`, and its separators have nodes
309+// with the name `separator`.
310+//
311+// Toggle nodes will have a different style classes depending on their content:
312+// `.text-button` for labels, `.image-button` for icons, `.image-text-button`
313+// for both or no style class for custom children.
314+//
315+// The hidden separators use the `.hidden` style class.
316+//
317+// ## Style classes
318+//
319+// `AdwToggleGroup` can use the [`.flat`](style-classes.html#flat_1) style class
320+// to remove its background and make it look like a group of buttons.
321+//
322+// <picture>
323+//
324+// <source srcset="toggle-group-flat-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
325+// <img src="toggle-group-flat.png" alt="toggle-group-flat">
326+//
327+// </picture>
328+//
329+// It can also use the [`.round`](style-classes.html#round) style class to make
330+// its toggles and the group itself rounded.
331+//
332+// <picture>
333+//
334+// <source srcset="toggle-group-round-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
335+// <img src="toggle-group-round.png" alt="toggle-group-round">
336+//
337+// </picture>
338+//
339+// They can also be combined with each other.
340+//
341+// <picture>
342+//
343+// <source srcset="toggle-group-flat-round-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
344+// <img src="toggle-group-flat-round.png" alt="toggle-group-flat-round">
345+//
346+// </picture>
347+//
348+// ## Accessibility
349+//
350+// `AdwToggleGroup` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_RADIO_GROUP` role. Its toggles
351+// use the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_RADIO` role.
352+type ToggleGroup struct {
353+ gtk.Widget
354+}
355+
356+var xToggleGroupGLibType func() types.GType
357+
358+func ToggleGroupGLibType() types.GType {
359+ return xToggleGroupGLibType()
360+}
361+
362+func ToggleGroupNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ToggleGroup {
363+ cls := &ToggleGroup{}
364+ cls.Ptr = ptr
365+ return cls
366+}
367+
368+var xNewToggleGroup func() uintptr
369+
370+// Creates a new `AdwToggleGroup`.
371+func NewToggleGroup() *ToggleGroup {
372+ var cls *ToggleGroup
373+
374+ cret := xNewToggleGroup()
375+
376+ if cret == 0 {
377+ return nil
378+ }
379+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
380+ cls = &ToggleGroup{}
381+ cls.Ptr = cret
382+ return cls
383+}
384+
385+var xToggleGroupAdd func(uintptr, uintptr)
386+
387+// Adds a toggle to @self.
388+func (x *ToggleGroup) Add(ToggleVar *Toggle) {
389+
390+ xToggleGroupAdd(x.GoPointer(), ToggleVar.GoPointer())
391+
392+}
393+
394+var xToggleGroupGetActive func(uintptr) uint
395+
396+// Gets the index of the active toggle in @self.
397+//
398+// Returns `GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION` if no toggle is active.
399+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetActive() uint {
400+
401+ cret := xToggleGroupGetActive(x.GoPointer())
402+ return cret
403+}
404+
405+var xToggleGroupGetActiveName func(uintptr) string
406+
407+// Gets the name of the active toggle in @self.
408+//
409+// Can be `NULL` if the currently active toggle doesn't have a name.
410+//
411+// See [property@Toggle:name].
412+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetActiveName() string {
413+
414+ cret := xToggleGroupGetActiveName(x.GoPointer())
415+ return cret
416+}
417+
418+var xToggleGroupGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
419+
420+// Gets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
421+// contents.
422+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetCanShrink() bool {
423+
424+ cret := xToggleGroupGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
425+ return cret
426+}
427+
428+var xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
429+
430+// Gets whether all toggles take the same size.
431+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetHomogeneous() bool {
432+
433+ cret := xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
434+ return cret
435+}
436+
437+var xToggleGroupGetNToggles func(uintptr) uint
438+
439+// Gets the number of toggles within @self.
440+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetNToggles() uint {
441+
442+ cret := xToggleGroupGetNToggles(x.GoPointer())
443+ return cret
444+}
445+
446+var xToggleGroupGetToggle func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
447+
448+// Gets the toggle with @index from @self.
449+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggle(IndexVar uint) *Toggle {
450+ var cls *Toggle
451+
452+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggle(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar)
453+
454+ if cret == 0 {
455+ return nil
456+ }
457+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
458+ cls = &Toggle{}
459+ cls.Ptr = cret
460+ return cls
461+}
462+
463+var xToggleGroupGetToggleByName func(uintptr, string) uintptr
464+
465+// Gets the toggle with the name @name from @self.
466+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggleByName(NameVar string) *Toggle {
467+ var cls *Toggle
468+
469+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggleByName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
470+
471+ if cret == 0 {
472+ return nil
473+ }
474+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
475+ cls = &Toggle{}
476+ cls.Ptr = cret
477+ return cls
478+}
479+
480+var xToggleGroupGetToggles func(uintptr) uintptr
481+
482+// Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the toggles of the group.
483+//
484+// This can be used to keep an up-to-date view. The model also implements
485+// [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel] and can be used to track and change the active
486+// toggle.
487+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggles() *gtk.SelectionModelBase {
488+ var cls *gtk.SelectionModelBase
489+
490+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggles(x.GoPointer())
491+
492+ if cret == 0 {
493+ return nil
494+ }
495+ cls = &gtk.SelectionModelBase{}
496+ cls.Ptr = cret
497+ return cls
498+}
499+
500+var xToggleGroupRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
501+
502+// Removes @toggle from @self.
503+func (x *ToggleGroup) Remove(ToggleVar *Toggle) {
504+
505+ xToggleGroupRemove(x.GoPointer(), ToggleVar.GoPointer())
506+
507+}
508+
509+var xToggleGroupRemoveAll func(uintptr)
510+
511+// Removes all toggles from @self.
512+func (x *ToggleGroup) RemoveAll() {
513+
514+ xToggleGroupRemoveAll(x.GoPointer())
515+
516+}
517+
518+var xToggleGroupSetActive func(uintptr, uint)
519+
520+// Sets the active toggle for @self.
521+//
522+// If the index is larger than the number of toggles in @self, unsets the
523+// current active toggle.
524+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetActive(ActiveVar uint) {
525+
526+ xToggleGroupSetActive(x.GoPointer(), ActiveVar)
527+
528+}
529+
530+var xToggleGroupSetActiveName func(uintptr, string)
531+
532+// Sets the active toggle for @self.
533+//
534+// The name can be set via [property@Toggle:name].
535+//
536+// If @name is `NULL`, unset the current active toggle instead.
537+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetActiveName(NameVar string) {
538+
539+ xToggleGroupSetActiveName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
540+
541+}
542+
543+var xToggleGroupSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
544+
545+// Sets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
546+// contents.
547+//
548+// If @can_shrink is `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
549+//
550+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
551+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
552+
553+ xToggleGroupSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
554+
555+}
556+
557+var xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
558+
559+// Sets whether all toggles take the same size.
560+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
561+
562+ xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
563+
564+}
565+
566+func (c *ToggleGroup) GoPointer() uintptr {
567+ if c == nil {
568+ return 0
569+ }
570+ return c.Ptr
571+}
572+
573+func (c *ToggleGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
574+ c.Ptr = ptr
575+}
576+
577+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
578+//
579+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
580+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
581+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
582+// successful operation.
583+//
584+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
585+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
586+func (x *ToggleGroup) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
587+
588+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
589+
590+}
591+
592+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
593+//
594+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
595+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
596+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
597+
598+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
599+
600+ if cret == 0 {
601+ return nil
602+ }
603+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
604+ cls.Ptr = cret
605+ return cls
606+}
607+
608+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
609+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
610+
611+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
612+ return cret
613+}
614+
615+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
616+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
617+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
618+
619+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
620+
621+ if cret == 0 {
622+ return nil
623+ }
624+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
625+ cls.Ptr = cret
626+ return cls
627+}
628+
629+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
630+//
631+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
632+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
633+// child widget.
634+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
635+
636+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
637+ return cret
638+}
639+
640+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
641+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
642+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
643+
644+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
645+
646+ if cret == 0 {
647+ return nil
648+ }
649+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
650+ cls.Ptr = cret
651+ return cls
652+}
653+
654+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
655+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
656+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
657+
658+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
659+
660+ if cret == 0 {
661+ return nil
662+ }
663+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
664+ cls.Ptr = cret
665+ return cls
666+}
667+
668+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
669+//
670+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
671+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
672+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
673+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
674+
675+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
676+ return cret
677+}
678+
679+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
680+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
681+
682+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
683+
684+}
685+
686+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
687+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
694+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
695+
696+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
697+
698+}
699+
700+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
701+//
702+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
703+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
704+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
705+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
706+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
707+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
708+// object is the container widget.
709+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
710+
711+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
712+
713+}
714+
715+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
716+//
717+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
718+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
719+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
720+
721+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
722+
723+}
724+
725+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
726+//
727+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
728+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
729+// states automatically.
730+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
731+
732+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
733+
734+}
735+
736+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
737+//
738+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
739+// value types of accessible properties.
740+//
741+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
742+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
743+// technologies.
744+//
745+// Example:
746+// ```c
747+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
748+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
749+//
750+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
751+// -1);
752+//
753+// ```
754+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
755+
756+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
757+
758+}
759+
760+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
761+//
762+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
763+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
764+//
765+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
766+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
767+
768+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
769+
770+}
771+
772+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
773+//
774+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
775+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
776+//
777+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
778+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
779+//
780+// ```c
781+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
782+//
783+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
784+// ref1, NULL,
785+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
786+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
787+// -1);
788+//
789+// ```
790+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
791+
792+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
793+
794+}
795+
796+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
797+//
798+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
799+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
800+//
801+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
802+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
803+
804+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
805+
806+}
807+
808+// Updates a list of accessible states.
809+//
810+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
811+// value types of accessible states.
812+//
813+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
814+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
815+// technologies.
816+//
817+// Example:
818+//
819+// ```c
820+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
821+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
822+//
823+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
824+// -1);
825+//
826+// ```
827+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
828+
829+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
830+
831+}
832+
833+// Updates an array of accessible states.
834+//
835+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
836+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
837+//
838+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
839+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
840+
841+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
842+
843+}
844+
845+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
846+//
847+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
848+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
849+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBuildableId() string {
850+
851+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
852+ return cret
853+}
854+
855+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
856+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
857+
858+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
859+ return cret
860+}
861+
862+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
863+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
864+
865+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
866+
867+}
868+
869+func init() {
870+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
871+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
872+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
873+ if err != nil {
874+ panic(err)
875+ }
876+
877+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGLibType, lib, "adw_toggle_get_type")
878+
879+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToggle, lib, "adw_toggle_new")
880+
881+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetChild, lib, "adw_toggle_get_child")
882+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetEnabled, lib, "adw_toggle_get_enabled")
883+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetIconName, lib, "adw_toggle_get_icon_name")
884+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetIndex, lib, "adw_toggle_get_index")
885+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetLabel, lib, "adw_toggle_get_label")
886+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetName, lib, "adw_toggle_get_name")
887+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetTooltip, lib, "adw_toggle_get_tooltip")
888+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_toggle_get_use_underline")
889+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetChild, lib, "adw_toggle_set_child")
890+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetEnabled, lib, "adw_toggle_set_enabled")
891+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetIconName, lib, "adw_toggle_set_icon_name")
892+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetLabel, lib, "adw_toggle_set_label")
893+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetName, lib, "adw_toggle_set_name")
894+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetTooltip, lib, "adw_toggle_set_tooltip")
895+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_toggle_set_use_underline")
896+
897+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGLibType, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_type")
898+
899+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToggleGroup, lib, "adw_toggle_group_new")
900+
901+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupAdd, lib, "adw_toggle_group_add")
902+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetActive, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_active")
903+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetActiveName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_active_name")
904+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_can_shrink")
905+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_homogeneous")
906+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetNToggles, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_n_toggles")
907+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggle, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggle")
908+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggleByName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggle_by_name")
909+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggles, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggles")
910+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupRemove, lib, "adw_toggle_group_remove")
911+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupRemoveAll, lib, "adw_toggle_group_remove_all")
912+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetActive, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_active")
913+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetActiveName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_active_name")
914+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_can_shrink")
915+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_homogeneous")
916+
917+}
M v4/adw/adw-toolbar-view.go +145 -10
@@ -505,34 +505,165 @@ func (c *ToolbarView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
505505 c.Ptr = ptr
506506 }
507507
508-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
508+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
509+//
510+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
511+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
512+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
513+// successful operation.
514+//
515+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
516+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
517+func (x *ToolbarView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
518+
519+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
520+
521+}
522+
523+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
524+//
525+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
526+func (x *ToolbarView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
527+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
528+
529+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
530+
531+ if cret == 0 {
532+ return nil
533+ }
534+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
535+ cls.Ptr = cret
536+ return cls
537+}
538+
539+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
509540 func (x *ToolbarView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
510541
511542 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
512543 return cret
513544 }
514545
515-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
546+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
547+func (x *ToolbarView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
548+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
549+
550+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
551+
552+ if cret == 0 {
553+ return nil
554+ }
555+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
556+ cls.Ptr = cret
557+ return cls
558+}
559+
560+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
561+//
562+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
563+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
564+// child widget.
565+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
566+
567+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
568+ return cret
569+}
570+
571+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
572+func (x *ToolbarView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
573+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
574+
575+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
576+
577+ if cret == 0 {
578+ return nil
579+ }
580+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
581+ cls.Ptr = cret
582+ return cls
583+}
584+
585+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
586+func (x *ToolbarView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
587+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
588+
589+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
590+
591+ if cret == 0 {
592+ return nil
593+ }
594+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
595+ cls.Ptr = cret
596+ return cls
597+}
598+
599+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
600+//
601+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
602+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
603+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
604+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
607+ return cret
608+}
609+
610+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
516611 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
517612
518613 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
519614
520615 }
521616
522-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
617+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
523618 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
524619
525620 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
526621
527622 }
528623
529-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
624+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
530625 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
531626
532627 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
533628
534629 }
535630
631+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
632+//
633+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
634+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
635+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
636+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
637+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
638+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
639+// object is the container widget.
640+func (x *ToolbarView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
641+
642+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
643+
644+}
645+
646+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
647+//
648+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
649+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
650+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
651+
652+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
653+
654+}
655+
656+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
657+//
658+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
659+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
660+// states automatically.
661+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
662+
663+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
664+
665+}
666+
536667 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
537668 //
538669 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -575,7 +706,7 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
575706 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
576707 //
577708 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
578-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
709+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
579710 //
580711 // ```c
581712 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -605,13 +736,17 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
605736
606737 }
607738
608-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
609-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
739+// Updates a list of accessible states.
610740 //
611-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
612-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
741+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
742+// value types of accessible states.
743+//
744+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
745+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
746+// technologies.
613747 //
614748 // Example:
749+//
615750 // ```c
616751 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
617752 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -641,7 +776,7 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
641776 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
642777 //
643778 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
644-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
779+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
645780 func (x *ToolbarView) GetBuildableId() string {
646781
647782 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-version.go +3 -3
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ const (
1010 // Adwaita major version component (e.g. 1 if the version is 1.2.3).
1111 MAJOR_VERSION int = 1
1212 // Adwaita micro version component (e.g. 3 if the version is 1.2.3).
13- MICRO_VERSION int = 4
13+ MICRO_VERSION int = 7
1414 // Adwaita minor version component (e.g. 2 if the version is 1.2.3).
15- MINOR_VERSION int = 6
15+ MINOR_VERSION int = 7
1616 // Adwaita version, encoded as a string, useful for printing and
1717 // concatenation.
18- VERSION_S string = "1.6.4"
18+ VERSION_S string = "1.7.7"
1919 )
2020
2121 var xGetMajorVersion func() uint
M v4/adw/adw-view-stack.go +353 -21
@@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ func (x *ViewStackPagesClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5959 // [property@ViewStackPage:needs-attention], and
6060 // [property@ViewStackPage:badge-number] properties.
6161 //
62-// Unlike [class@Gtk.Stack], transitions between views are not animated.
62+// Unlike [class@Gtk.Stack], transitions between views can only be animated via
63+// a crossfade and size changes are always interpolated. Animations are disabled
64+// by default. Use [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] to enable them.
6365 //
6466 // `AdwViewStack` maintains a [class@ViewStackPage] object for each added child,
6567 // which holds additional per-child properties. You obtain the
@@ -225,6 +227,19 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetChildByName(NameVar string) *gtk.Widget {
225227 return cls
226228 }
227229
230+var xViewStackGetEnableTransitions func(uintptr) bool
231+
232+// Gets whether @self uses a crossfade transition between pages.
233+//
234+// Use [property@ViewStack:transition-duration] to control the duration, and
235+// [property@ViewStack:transition-running] to know when the transition is
236+// running.
237+func (x *ViewStack) GetEnableTransitions() bool {
238+
239+ cret := xViewStackGetEnableTransitions(x.GoPointer())
240+ return cret
241+}
242+
228243 var xViewStackGetHhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
229244
230245 // Gets whether @self is horizontally homogeneous.
@@ -271,6 +286,28 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetPages() *gtk.SelectionModelBase {
271286 return cls
272287 }
273288
289+var xViewStackGetTransitionDuration func(uintptr) uint
290+
291+// Gets the transition animation duration for @self.
292+func (x *ViewStack) GetTransitionDuration() uint {
293+
294+ cret := xViewStackGetTransitionDuration(x.GoPointer())
295+ return cret
296+}
297+
298+var xViewStackGetTransitionRunning func(uintptr) bool
299+
300+// Gets whether a transition is currently running for @self.
301+//
302+// If a transition is impossible, the property value will be set to `TRUE` and
303+// then immediately to `FALSE`, so it's possible to rely on its notifications
304+// to know that a transition has happened.
305+func (x *ViewStack) GetTransitionRunning() bool {
306+
307+ cret := xViewStackGetTransitionRunning(x.GoPointer())
308+ return cret
309+}
310+
274311 var xViewStackGetVhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
275312
276313 // Gets whether @self is vertically homogeneous.
@@ -315,6 +352,15 @@ func (x *ViewStack) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
315352
316353 }
317354
355+var xViewStackSetEnableTransitions func(uintptr, bool)
356+
357+// Sets whether @self uses a crossfade transition between pages.
358+func (x *ViewStack) SetEnableTransitions(EnableTransitionsVar bool) {
359+
360+ xViewStackSetEnableTransitions(x.GoPointer(), EnableTransitionsVar)
361+
362+}
363+
318364 var xViewStackSetHhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
319365
320366 // Sets @self to be horizontally homogeneous or not.
@@ -330,6 +376,17 @@ func (x *ViewStack) SetHhomogeneous(HhomogeneousVar bool) {
330376
331377 }
332378
379+var xViewStackSetTransitionDuration func(uintptr, uint)
380+
381+// Sets the transition animation duration for @self.
382+//
383+// Only used when [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] is set to `TRUE`.
384+func (x *ViewStack) SetTransitionDuration(DurationVar uint) {
385+
386+ xViewStackSetTransitionDuration(x.GoPointer(), DurationVar)
387+
388+}
389+
333390 var xViewStackSetVhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
334391
335392 // Sets @self to be vertically homogeneous or not.
@@ -376,34 +433,165 @@ func (c *ViewStack) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
376433 c.Ptr = ptr
377434 }
378435
379-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
436+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
437+//
438+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
439+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
440+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
441+// successful operation.
442+//
443+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
444+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
445+func (x *ViewStack) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
446+
447+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
448+
449+}
450+
451+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
452+//
453+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
454+func (x *ViewStack) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
455+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
456+
457+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
458+
459+ if cret == 0 {
460+ return nil
461+ }
462+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
463+ cls.Ptr = cret
464+ return cls
465+}
466+
467+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
380468 func (x *ViewStack) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
381469
382470 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
383471 return cret
384472 }
385473
386-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
474+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
475+func (x *ViewStack) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
476+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
477+
478+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
479+
480+ if cret == 0 {
481+ return nil
482+ }
483+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
484+ cls.Ptr = cret
485+ return cls
486+}
487+
488+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
489+//
490+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
491+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
492+// child widget.
493+func (x *ViewStack) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
494+
495+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
496+ return cret
497+}
498+
499+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
500+func (x *ViewStack) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
501+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
502+
503+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
504+
505+ if cret == 0 {
506+ return nil
507+ }
508+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
509+ cls.Ptr = cret
510+ return cls
511+}
512+
513+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
514+func (x *ViewStack) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
515+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
516+
517+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
518+
519+ if cret == 0 {
520+ return nil
521+ }
522+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
523+ cls.Ptr = cret
524+ return cls
525+}
526+
527+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
528+//
529+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
530+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
531+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
532+func (x *ViewStack) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
533+
534+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
535+ return cret
536+}
537+
538+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
387539 func (x *ViewStack) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
388540
389541 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
390542
391543 }
392544
393-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
545+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
394546 func (x *ViewStack) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
395547
396548 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
397549
398550 }
399551
400-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
552+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
401553 func (x *ViewStack) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
402554
403555 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
404556
405557 }
406558
559+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
560+//
561+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
562+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
563+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
564+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
565+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
566+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
567+// object is the container widget.
568+func (x *ViewStack) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
569+
570+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
571+
572+}
573+
574+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
575+//
576+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
577+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
578+func (x *ViewStack) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
579+
580+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
581+
582+}
583+
584+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
585+//
586+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
587+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
588+// states automatically.
589+func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
590+
591+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
592+
593+}
594+
407595 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
408596 //
409597 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -446,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
446634 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
447635 //
448636 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
449-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
637+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
450638 //
451639 // ```c
452640 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -476,13 +664,17 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
476664
477665 }
478666
479-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
480-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
667+// Updates a list of accessible states.
481668 //
482-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
483-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
669+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
670+// value types of accessible states.
671+//
672+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
673+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
674+// technologies.
484675 //
485676 // Example:
677+//
486678 // ```c
487679 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
488680 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -512,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleS
512704 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
513705 //
514706 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
515-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
707+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
516708 func (x *ViewStack) GetBuildableId() string {
517709
518710 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -703,34 +895,165 @@ func (c *ViewStackPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
703895 c.Ptr = ptr
704896 }
705897
706-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
898+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
899+//
900+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
901+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
902+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
903+// successful operation.
904+//
905+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
906+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
907+func (x *ViewStackPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
908+
909+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
910+
911+}
912+
913+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
914+//
915+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
916+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
917+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
918+
919+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
920+
921+ if cret == 0 {
922+ return nil
923+ }
924+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
925+ cls.Ptr = cret
926+ return cls
927+}
928+
929+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
707930 func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
708931
709932 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
710933 return cret
711934 }
712935
713-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
936+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
937+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
938+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
939+
940+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
941+
942+ if cret == 0 {
943+ return nil
944+ }
945+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
946+ cls.Ptr = cret
947+ return cls
948+}
949+
950+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
951+//
952+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
953+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
954+// child widget.
955+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
956+
957+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
958+ return cret
959+}
960+
961+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
962+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
963+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
964+
965+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
966+
967+ if cret == 0 {
968+ return nil
969+ }
970+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
971+ cls.Ptr = cret
972+ return cls
973+}
974+
975+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
976+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
977+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
978+
979+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
980+
981+ if cret == 0 {
982+ return nil
983+ }
984+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
985+ cls.Ptr = cret
986+ return cls
987+}
988+
989+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
990+//
991+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
992+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
993+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
994+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
995+
996+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
997+ return cret
998+}
999+
1000+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
7141001 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
7151002
7161003 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
7171004
7181005 }
7191006
720-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1007+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
7211008 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
7221009
7231010 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
7241011
7251012 }
7261013
727-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1014+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
7281015 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
7291016
7301017 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
7311018
7321019 }
7331020
1021+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1022+//
1023+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1024+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1025+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1026+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1027+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1028+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1029+// object is the container widget.
1030+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1031+
1032+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1033+
1034+}
1035+
1036+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1037+//
1038+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1039+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1040+func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1041+
1042+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1043+
1044+}
1045+
1046+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1047+//
1048+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1049+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1050+// states automatically.
1051+func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1052+
1053+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1054+
1055+}
1056+
7341057 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
7351058 //
7361059 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -773,7 +1096,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
7731096 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
7741097 //
7751098 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
776-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1099+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
7771100 //
7781101 // ```c
7791102 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -803,13 +1126,17 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
8031126
8041127 }
8051128
806-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
807-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1129+// Updates a list of accessible states.
8081130 //
809-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
810-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1131+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1132+// value types of accessible states.
1133+//
1134+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1135+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1136+// technologies.
8111137 //
8121138 // Example:
1139+//
8131140 // ```c
8141141 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
8151142 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1043,7 +1370,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectRange(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint, UnselectR
10431370
10441371 // Helper function for implementations of `GtkSelectionModel`.
10451372 //
1046-// Call this when a the selection changes to emit the
1373+// Call this when the selection changes to emit the
10471374 // [signal@Gtk.SelectionModel::selection-changed] signal.
10481375 func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectionChanged(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint) {
10491376
@@ -1131,14 +1458,19 @@ func init() {
11311458 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackAddTitled, lib, "adw_view_stack_add_titled")
11321459 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackAddTitledWithIcon, lib, "adw_view_stack_add_titled_with_icon")
11331460 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetChildByName, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_child_by_name")
1461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetEnableTransitions, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_enable_transitions")
11341462 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_hhomogeneous")
11351463 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetPage, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_page")
11361464 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetPages, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_pages")
1465+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetTransitionDuration, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_transition_duration")
1466+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetTransitionRunning, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_transition_running")
11371467 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_vhomogeneous")
11381468 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVisibleChild, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_visible_child")
11391469 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVisibleChildName, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_visible_child_name")
11401470 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackRemove, lib, "adw_view_stack_remove")
1471+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetEnableTransitions, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_enable_transitions")
11411472 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_hhomogeneous")
1473+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetTransitionDuration, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_transition_duration")
11421474 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_vhomogeneous")
11431475 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVisibleChild, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_visible_child")
11441476 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVisibleChildName, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_visible_child_name")
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -173,34 +173,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
173173 c.Ptr = ptr
174174 }
175175
176-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
176+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
177+//
178+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
179+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
180+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
181+// successful operation.
182+//
183+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
184+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
185+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
186+
187+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
192+//
193+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
194+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
195+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
196+
197+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
198+
199+ if cret == 0 {
200+ return nil
201+ }
202+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
203+ cls.Ptr = cret
204+ return cls
205+}
206+
207+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
177208 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
178209
179210 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
180211 return cret
181212 }
182213
183-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
214+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
215+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
216+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
229+//
230+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232+// child widget.
233+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
234+
235+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
240+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
254+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
271+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
272+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
184279 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
190-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
285+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
191286 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
192287
193288 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
194289
195290 }
196291
197-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
292+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
198293 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
199294
200295 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
201296
202297 }
203298
299+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
300+//
301+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
302+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
303+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
304+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
305+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
306+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
307+// object is the container widget.
308+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
309+
310+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
311+
312+}
313+
314+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
315+//
316+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
317+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
318+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
325+//
326+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
327+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
328+// states automatically.
329+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+
333+}
334+
204335 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
205336 //
206337 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -243,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
243374 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
244375 //
245376 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
246-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
377+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
247378 //
248379 // ```c
249380 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -273,13 +404,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
273404
274405 }
275406
276-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
277-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
407+// Updates a list of accessible states.
278408 //
279-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
280-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
410+// value types of accessible states.
411+//
412+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
413+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
414+// technologies.
281415 //
282416 // Example:
417+//
283418 // ```c
284419 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
285420 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -309,7 +444,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
309444 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
310445 //
311446 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
312-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
447+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
313448 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBuildableId() string {
314449
315450 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-title.go +145 -10
@@ -233,34 +233,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
233233 c.Ptr = ptr
234234 }
235235
236-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
236+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
237+//
238+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
239+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
240+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
241+// successful operation.
242+//
243+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
244+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
245+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
246+
247+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
248+
249+}
250+
251+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
252+//
253+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
254+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
237268 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
238269
239270 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
240271 return cret
241272 }
242273
243-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
274+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
275+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
276+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
277+
278+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
279+
280+ if cret == 0 {
281+ return nil
282+ }
283+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
284+ cls.Ptr = cret
285+ return cls
286+}
287+
288+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
289+//
290+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
291+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
292+// child widget.
293+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
296+ return cret
297+}
298+
299+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
300+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
301+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
302+
303+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
304+
305+ if cret == 0 {
306+ return nil
307+ }
308+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
309+ cls.Ptr = cret
310+ return cls
311+}
312+
313+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
314+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
315+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
316+
317+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
318+
319+ if cret == 0 {
320+ return nil
321+ }
322+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
323+ cls.Ptr = cret
324+ return cls
325+}
326+
327+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
328+//
329+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
330+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
331+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
332+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
333+
334+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
335+ return cret
336+}
337+
338+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
244339 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
245340
246341 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
247342
248343 }
249344
250-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
345+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
251346 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
252347
253348 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
254349
255350 }
256351
257-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
352+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
258353 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
259354
260355 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
261356
262357 }
263358
359+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
360+//
361+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
362+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
363+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
364+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
365+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
366+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
367+// object is the container widget.
368+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
369+
370+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
371+
372+}
373+
374+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
375+//
376+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
377+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
378+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
379+
380+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
381+
382+}
383+
384+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
385+//
386+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
387+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
388+// states automatically.
389+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
390+
391+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
392+
393+}
394+
264395 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
265396 //
266397 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -303,7 +434,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
303434 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
304435 //
305436 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
306-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
437+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
307438 //
308439 // ```c
309440 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -333,13 +464,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
333464
334465 }
335466
336-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
337-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
467+// Updates a list of accessible states.
338468 //
339-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
340-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
469+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
470+// value types of accessible states.
471+//
472+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
473+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
474+// technologies.
341475 //
342476 // Example:
477+//
343478 // ```c
344479 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
345480 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -369,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
369504 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
370505 //
371506 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
372-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
507+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
373508 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBuildableId() string {
374509
375510 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher.go +145 -10
@@ -199,34 +199,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcher) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199199 c.Ptr = ptr
200200 }
201201
202-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
202+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
203+//
204+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
205+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
206+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
207+// successful operation.
208+//
209+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
210+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
211+func (x *ViewSwitcher) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
212+
213+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
214+
215+}
216+
217+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
218+//
219+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
220+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
221+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
222+
223+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
224+
225+ if cret == 0 {
226+ return nil
227+ }
228+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
229+ cls.Ptr = cret
230+ return cls
231+}
232+
233+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
203234 func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
204235
205236 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
206237 return cret
207238 }
208239
209-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
240+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
241+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
242+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
243+
244+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
245+
246+ if cret == 0 {
247+ return nil
248+ }
249+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
250+ cls.Ptr = cret
251+ return cls
252+}
253+
254+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
255+//
256+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
257+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
258+// child widget.
259+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
260+
261+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
262+ return cret
263+}
264+
265+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
266+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
267+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
268+
269+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
270+
271+ if cret == 0 {
272+ return nil
273+ }
274+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
275+ cls.Ptr = cret
276+ return cls
277+}
278+
279+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
280+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
281+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
284+
285+ if cret == 0 {
286+ return nil
287+ }
288+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
289+ cls.Ptr = cret
290+ return cls
291+}
292+
293+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
294+//
295+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
296+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
297+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
298+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
299+
300+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
301+ return cret
302+}
303+
304+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
210305 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
211306
212307 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
213308
214309 }
215310
216-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
311+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
217312 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
218313
219314 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
220315
221316 }
222317
223-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
318+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
224319 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
225320
226321 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
227322
228323 }
229324
325+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
326+//
327+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
328+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
329+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
330+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
331+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
332+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
333+// object is the container widget.
334+func (x *ViewSwitcher) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
335+
336+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
337+
338+}
339+
340+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
341+//
342+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
343+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
344+func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
345+
346+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
347+
348+}
349+
350+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
351+//
352+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
353+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
354+// states automatically.
355+func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
356+
357+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
358+
359+}
360+
230361 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
231362 //
232363 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -269,7 +400,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []g
269400 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
270401 //
271402 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
272-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
403+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
273404 //
274405 // ```c
275406 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -299,13 +430,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk
299430
300431 }
301432
302-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
303-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
433+// Updates a list of accessible states.
304434 //
305-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
306-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
435+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
436+// value types of accessible states.
437+//
438+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
439+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
440+// technologies.
307441 //
308442 // Example:
443+//
309444 // ```c
310445 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
311446 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -335,7 +470,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessib
335470 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
336471 //
337472 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
338-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
473+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
339474 func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBuildableId() string {
340475
341476 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-window-title.go +145 -10
@@ -122,34 +122,165 @@ func (c *WindowTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
122122 c.Ptr = ptr
123123 }
124124
125-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
125+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
126+//
127+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
128+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
129+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
130+// successful operation.
131+//
132+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
133+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
134+func (x *WindowTitle) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
135+
136+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
137+
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
141+//
142+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
143+func (x *WindowTitle) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
144+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
145+
146+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
147+
148+ if cret == 0 {
149+ return nil
150+ }
151+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
152+ cls.Ptr = cret
153+ return cls
154+}
155+
156+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
126157 func (x *WindowTitle) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
127158
128159 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
129160 return cret
130161 }
131162
132-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
163+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
164+func (x *WindowTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
165+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
166+
167+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
168+
169+ if cret == 0 {
170+ return nil
171+ }
172+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
173+ cls.Ptr = cret
174+ return cls
175+}
176+
177+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
178+//
179+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
180+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
181+// child widget.
182+func (x *WindowTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
183+
184+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
185+ return cret
186+}
187+
188+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
189+func (x *WindowTitle) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
190+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
191+
192+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
193+
194+ if cret == 0 {
195+ return nil
196+ }
197+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
203+func (x *WindowTitle) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
204+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
205+
206+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
207+
208+ if cret == 0 {
209+ return nil
210+ }
211+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
212+ cls.Ptr = cret
213+ return cls
214+}
215+
216+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
217+//
218+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
219+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
220+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
221+func (x *WindowTitle) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
222+
223+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
224+ return cret
225+}
226+
227+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
133228 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
134229
135230 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
136231
137232 }
138233
139-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
234+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
140235 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
141236
142237 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
143238
144239 }
145240
146-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
241+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
147242 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
148243
149244 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
150245
151246 }
152247
248+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
249+//
250+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
251+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
252+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
253+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
254+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
255+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
256+// object is the container widget.
257+func (x *WindowTitle) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
258+
259+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
260+
261+}
262+
263+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
264+//
265+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
266+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
267+func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
270+
271+}
272+
273+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
274+//
275+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
276+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
277+// states automatically.
278+func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
279+
280+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
281+
282+}
283+
153284 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
154285 //
155286 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -192,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
192323 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
193324 //
194325 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
195-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
326+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
196327 //
197328 // ```c
198329 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -222,13 +353,17 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
222353
223354 }
224355
225-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
226-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
356+// Updates a list of accessible states.
227357 //
228-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
229-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
358+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
359+// value types of accessible states.
360+//
361+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
362+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
363+// technologies.
230364 //
231365 // Example:
366+//
232367 // ```c
233368 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
234369 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -258,7 +393,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
258393 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
259394 //
260395 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
261-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
396+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
262397 func (x *WindowTitle) GetBuildableId() string {
263398
264399 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-window.go +179 -10
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
106106 // UI state. `AdwWindow` defaults to the minimum size of 360×200 px. If that's
107107 // too small, set the [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
108108 // [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] properties manually.
109+//
110+// ## Adaptive Preview
111+//
112+// `AdwWindow` has a debug tool called adaptive preview. It can be opened from
113+// GTK Inspector or by pressing <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>M</kbd>,
114+// and controlled via the [property@Window:adaptive-preview] property.
109115 type Window struct {
110116 gtk.Window
111117 }
@@ -148,6 +154,15 @@ func (x *Window) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
148154
149155 }
150156
157+var xWindowGetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr) bool
158+
159+// Gets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
160+func (x *Window) GetAdaptivePreview() bool {
161+
162+ cret := xWindowGetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer())
163+ return cret
164+}
165+
151166 var xWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
152167
153168 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -219,6 +234,23 @@ func (x *Window) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
219234 return cls
220235 }
221236
237+var xWindowSetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr, bool)
238+
239+// Sets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
240+//
241+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
242+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
243+//
244+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
245+// allows applications to open it manually.
246+//
247+// Most applications should not use this function.
248+func (x *Window) SetAdaptivePreview(AdaptivePreviewVar bool) {
249+
250+ xWindowSetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer(), AdaptivePreviewVar)
251+
252+}
253+
222254 var xWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
223255
224256 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -241,34 +273,165 @@ func (c *Window) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
241273 c.Ptr = ptr
242274 }
243275
244-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
276+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
277+//
278+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
279+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
280+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
281+// successful operation.
282+//
283+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
284+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
285+func (x *Window) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
286+
287+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
288+
289+}
290+
291+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
292+//
293+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
294+func (x *Window) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
295+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
296+
297+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
298+
299+ if cret == 0 {
300+ return nil
301+ }
302+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
303+ cls.Ptr = cret
304+ return cls
305+}
306+
307+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
245308 func (x *Window) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
246309
247310 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
248311 return cret
249312 }
250313
251-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
314+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
315+func (x *Window) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
316+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
317+
318+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
319+
320+ if cret == 0 {
321+ return nil
322+ }
323+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
324+ cls.Ptr = cret
325+ return cls
326+}
327+
328+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
329+//
330+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
331+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
332+// child widget.
333+func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
334+
335+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
336+ return cret
337+}
338+
339+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
340+func (x *Window) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
341+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
342+
343+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+ if cret == 0 {
346+ return nil
347+ }
348+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
349+ cls.Ptr = cret
350+ return cls
351+}
352+
353+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
354+func (x *Window) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
355+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
356+
357+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
358+
359+ if cret == 0 {
360+ return nil
361+ }
362+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
363+ cls.Ptr = cret
364+ return cls
365+}
366+
367+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
368+//
369+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
370+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
371+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
372+func (x *Window) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
373+
374+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
375+ return cret
376+}
377+
378+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
252379 func (x *Window) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
253380
254381 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
255382
256383 }
257384
258-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
385+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
259386 func (x *Window) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
260387
261388 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
262389
263390 }
264391
265-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
392+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
266393 func (x *Window) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
267394
268395 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
269396
270397 }
271398
399+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
400+//
401+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
402+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
403+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
404+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
405+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
406+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
407+// object is the container widget.
408+func (x *Window) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
409+
410+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
411+
412+}
413+
414+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
415+//
416+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
417+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
418+func (x *Window) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
419+
420+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
421+
422+}
423+
424+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
425+//
426+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
427+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
428+// states automatically.
429+func (x *Window) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
430+
431+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432+
433+}
434+
272435 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
273436 //
274437 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -311,7 +474,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
311474 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
312475 //
313476 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
314-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
477+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
315478 //
316479 // ```c
317480 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -341,13 +504,17 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
341504
342505 }
343506
344-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
345-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
507+// Updates a list of accessible states.
346508 //
347-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
348-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
509+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
510+// value types of accessible states.
511+//
512+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
513+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
514+// technologies.
349515 //
350516 // Example:
517+//
351518 // ```c
352519 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
353520 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -377,7 +544,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
377544 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
378545 //
379546 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
380-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
547+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
381548 func (x *Window) GetBuildableId() string {
382549
383550 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -504,10 +671,12 @@ func init() {
504671 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWindow, lib, "adw_window_new")
505672
506673 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_add_breakpoint")
674+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_window_get_adaptive_preview")
507675 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_window_get_content")
508676 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_get_current_breakpoint")
509677 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_window_get_dialogs")
510678 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_window_get_visible_dialog")
679+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowSetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_window_set_adaptive_preview")
511680 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_window_set_content")
512681
513682 }
A v4/adw/adw-wrap-box.go +810 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type WrapBoxClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *WrapBoxClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A box-like widget that can wrap into multiple lines.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="wrap-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="wrap-box.png" alt="wrap-box">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+//
34+// `AdwWrapBox` is similar to [class@Gtk.Box], but can wrap lines when the
35+// widgets cannot fit otherwise. Unlike [class@Gtk.FlowBox], the children aren't
36+// arranged into a grid and behave more like words in a wrapping label.
37+//
38+// Like `GtkBox`, `AdwWrapBox` is orientable and has spacing:
39+//
40+// - [property@WrapBox:child-spacing] between children in the same line;
41+// - [property@WrapBox:line-spacing] between lines.
42+//
43+// ::: note
44+//
45+// Unlike `GtkBox`, `AdwWrapBox` cannot follow the CSS `border-spacing`
46+// property.
47+//
48+// Use the [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length] property to determine the
49+// layout's natural size, e.g. when using it in a [class@Gtk.Popover].
50+//
51+// Normally, a horizontal `AdwWrapBox` wraps left to right and top to bottom
52+// for left-to-right languages. Both of these directions can be reversed, using
53+// the [property@WrapBox:pack-direction] and [property@WrapBox:wrap-reverse]
54+// properties. Additionally, the alignment of each line can be controlled with
55+// the [property@WrapBox:align] property.
56+//
57+// Lines can be justified using the [property@WrapBox:justify] property, filling
58+// the entire line by either increasing child size or spacing depending on the
59+// value. Set [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] to justify the last line as
60+// well.
61+//
62+// By default, `AdwWrapBox` wraps as soon as the previous line cannot fit any
63+// more children without shrinking them past their natural size. Set
64+// [property@WrapBox:wrap-policy] to [enum@Adw.WrapPolicy.MINIMUM] to only wrap
65+// once all the children in the previous line have been shrunk to their minimum
66+// size.
67+//
68+// To make each line take the same amount of space, set
69+// [property@WrapBox:line-homogeneous] to `TRUE`.
70+//
71+// Spacing and natural line length can scale with the text scale factor, use the
72+// [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit], [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit]
73+// and/or [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit] properties to enable that
74+// behavior.
75+//
76+// See [class@WrapLayout].
77+//
78+// ## CSS nodes
79+//
80+// `AdwWrapBox` uses a single CSS node with name `wrap-box`.
81+//
82+// ## Accessibility
83+//
84+// `AdwWrapBox` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
85+type WrapBox struct {
86+ gtk.Widget
87+}
88+
89+var xWrapBoxGLibType func() types.GType
90+
91+func WrapBoxGLibType() types.GType {
92+ return xWrapBoxGLibType()
93+}
94+
95+func WrapBoxNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *WrapBox {
96+ cls := &WrapBox{}
97+ cls.Ptr = ptr
98+ return cls
99+}
100+
101+var xNewWrapBox func() uintptr
102+
103+// Creates a new `AdwWrapBox`.
104+func NewWrapBox() *WrapBox {
105+ var cls *WrapBox
106+
107+ cret := xNewWrapBox()
108+
109+ if cret == 0 {
110+ return nil
111+ }
112+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
113+ cls = &WrapBox{}
114+ cls.Ptr = cret
115+ return cls
116+}
117+
118+var xWrapBoxAppend func(uintptr, uintptr)
119+
120+// Adds @child as the last child to @self.
121+func (x *WrapBox) Append(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
122+
123+ xWrapBoxAppend(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
124+
125+}
126+
127+var xWrapBoxGetAlign func(uintptr) float32
128+
129+// Gets the alignment of the children within each line.
130+func (x *WrapBox) GetAlign() float32 {
131+
132+ cret := xWrapBoxGetAlign(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing func(uintptr) int
137+
138+// Gets spacing between widgets on the same line.
139+func (x *WrapBox) GetChildSpacing() int {
140+
141+ cret := xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer())
142+ return cret
143+}
144+
145+var xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
146+
147+// Gets the length unit for child spacing.
148+func (x *WrapBox) GetChildSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
149+
150+ cret := xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+var xWrapBoxGetJustify func(uintptr) JustifyMode
155+
156+// Gets whether and how each complete line is stretched to fill the entire widget.
157+func (x *WrapBox) GetJustify() JustifyMode {
158+
159+ cret := xWrapBoxGetJustify(x.GoPointer())
160+ return cret
161+}
162+
163+var xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr) bool
164+
165+// Gets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
166+func (x *WrapBox) GetJustifyLastLine() bool {
167+
168+ cret := xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer())
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+var xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
173+
174+// Gets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
175+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineHomogeneous() bool {
176+
177+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
178+ return cret
179+}
180+
181+var xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing func(uintptr) int
182+
183+// Gets the spacing between lines.
184+//
185+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit].
186+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineSpacing() int {
187+
188+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer())
189+ return cret
190+}
191+
192+var xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
193+
194+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
195+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
196+
197+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
198+ return cret
199+}
200+
201+var xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr) int
202+
203+// Gets the natural size for each line.
204+func (x *WrapBox) GetNaturalLineLength() int {
205+
206+ cret := xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+var xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
211+
212+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
213+func (x *WrapBox) GetNaturalLineLengthUnit() LengthUnit {
214+
215+ cret := xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer())
216+ return cret
217+}
218+
219+var xWrapBoxGetPackDirection func(uintptr) PackDirection
220+
221+// Gets the direction children are packed in each line.
222+func (x *WrapBox) GetPackDirection() PackDirection {
223+
224+ cret := xWrapBoxGetPackDirection(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
228+var xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy func(uintptr) WrapPolicy
229+
230+// Gets the policy for line wrapping.
231+func (x *WrapBox) GetWrapPolicy() WrapPolicy {
232+
233+ cret := xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer())
234+ return cret
235+}
236+
237+var xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse func(uintptr) bool
238+
239+// Gets whether wrap direction is reversed.
240+func (x *WrapBox) GetWrapReverse() bool {
241+
242+ cret := xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer())
243+ return cret
244+}
245+
246+var xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
247+
248+// Inserts @child in the position after @sibling in the list of @self children.
249+//
250+// If @sibling is `NULL`, inserts @child at the first position.
251+func (x *WrapBox) InsertChildAfter(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, SiblingVar *gtk.Widget) {
252+
253+ xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), SiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+var xWrapBoxPrepend func(uintptr, uintptr)
258+
259+// Adds @child as the first child to @self.
260+func (x *WrapBox) Prepend(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
261+
262+ xWrapBoxPrepend(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xWrapBoxRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
267+
268+// Removes a child widget from @self.
269+//
270+// The child must have been added before with [method@Adw.WrapBox.append],
271+// [method@Adw.WrapBox.prepend], or [method@Adw.WrapBox.insert_child_after].
272+func (x *WrapBox) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
273+
274+ xWrapBoxRemove(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
275+
276+}
277+
278+var xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
279+
280+// Moves @child to the position after @sibling in the list of @self children.
281+//
282+// If @sibling is `NULL`, moves @child to the first position.
283+func (x *WrapBox) ReorderChildAfter(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, SiblingVar *gtk.Widget) {
284+
285+ xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), SiblingVar.GoPointer())
286+
287+}
288+
289+var xWrapBoxSetAlign func(uintptr, float32)
290+
291+// Sets the alignment of the children within each line.
292+//
293+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
294+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of the
295+// line.
296+//
297+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapBox:justify] is set to
298+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
299+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
300+func (x *WrapBox) SetAlign(AlignVar float32) {
301+
302+ xWrapBoxSetAlign(x.GoPointer(), AlignVar)
303+
304+}
305+
306+var xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing func(uintptr, int)
307+
308+// Sets the spacing between widgets on the same line.
309+//
310+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit].
311+func (x *WrapBox) SetChildSpacing(ChildSpacingVar int) {
312+
313+ xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer(), ChildSpacingVar)
314+
315+}
316+
317+var xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
318+
319+// Sets the length unit for child spacing.
320+//
321+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
322+//
323+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing].
324+func (x *WrapBox) SetChildSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
325+
326+ xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
327+
328+}
329+
330+var xWrapBoxSetJustify func(uintptr, JustifyMode)
331+
332+// Determines whether and how each complete line should be stretched to fill
333+// the entire widget.
334+//
335+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_FILL`, each widget in the line will be stretched,
336+// keeping consistent spacing, so that the line fills the entire widget.
337+//
338+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_SPREAD`, the spacing between widgets will be
339+// increased, keeping widget sizes intact. The first and last widget will be
340+// aligned with the beginning and end of the line. If the line only contains a
341+// single widget, it will be stretched regardless.
342+//
343+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, the line will not be stretched and the children
344+// will be placed together within the line, according to
345+// [property@WrapBox:align].
346+//
347+// By default this doesn't affect the last line, as it will be incomplete. Use
348+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] to justify it as well.
349+func (x *WrapBox) SetJustify(JustifyVar JustifyMode) {
350+
351+ xWrapBoxSetJustify(x.GoPointer(), JustifyVar)
352+
353+}
354+
355+var xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr, bool)
356+
357+// Sets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
358+//
359+// See [property@WrapBox:justify].
360+func (x *WrapBox) SetJustifyLastLine(JustifyLastLineVar bool) {
361+
362+ xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer(), JustifyLastLineVar)
363+
364+}
365+
366+var xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
367+
368+// Sets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
369+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
370+
371+ xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
372+
373+}
374+
375+var xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing func(uintptr, int)
376+
377+// Sets the spacing between lines.
378+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineSpacing(LineSpacingVar int) {
379+
380+ xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer(), LineSpacingVar)
381+
382+}
383+
384+var xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
385+
386+// Sets the length unit for line spacing.
387+//
388+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
389+//
390+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing].
391+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
392+
393+ xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
394+
395+}
396+
397+var xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr, int)
398+
399+// Sets the natural size for each line.
400+//
401+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
402+// popovers.
403+//
404+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit].
405+func (x *WrapBox) SetNaturalLineLength(NaturalLineLengthVar int) {
406+
407+ xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer(), NaturalLineLengthVar)
408+
409+}
410+
411+var xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
412+
413+// Sets the length unit for natural line length.
414+//
415+// Allows the length to vary depending on the text scale factor.
416+//
417+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length].
418+func (x *WrapBox) SetNaturalLineLengthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
419+
420+ xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
421+
422+}
423+
424+var xWrapBoxSetPackDirection func(uintptr, PackDirection)
425+
426+// Sets the direction children are packed in each line.
427+func (x *WrapBox) SetPackDirection(PackDirectionVar PackDirection) {
428+
429+ xWrapBoxSetPackDirection(x.GoPointer(), PackDirectionVar)
430+
431+}
432+
433+var xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy func(uintptr, WrapPolicy)
434+
435+// Sets the policy for line wrapping.
436+//
437+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_NATURAL`, the box will wrap to the next line as soon as
438+// the previous line cannot fit any more children without shrinking them past
439+// their natural size.
440+//
441+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_MINIMUM`, the box will try to fit as many children into
442+// each line as possible, shrinking them down to their minimum size before
443+// wrapping to the next line.
444+func (x *WrapBox) SetWrapPolicy(WrapPolicyVar WrapPolicy) {
445+
446+ xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer(), WrapPolicyVar)
447+
448+}
449+
450+var xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse func(uintptr, bool)
451+
452+// Sets whether wrap direction should be reversed.
453+//
454+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
455+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
456+// respectively.
457+func (x *WrapBox) SetWrapReverse(WrapReverseVar bool) {
458+
459+ xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer(), WrapReverseVar)
460+
461+}
462+
463+func (c *WrapBox) GoPointer() uintptr {
464+ if c == nil {
465+ return 0
466+ }
467+ return c.Ptr
468+}
469+
470+func (c *WrapBox) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
471+ c.Ptr = ptr
472+}
473+
474+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
475+//
476+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
477+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
478+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
479+// successful operation.
480+//
481+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
482+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
483+func (x *WrapBox) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
490+//
491+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
492+func (x *WrapBox) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
493+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
494+
495+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
496+
497+ if cret == 0 {
498+ return nil
499+ }
500+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
501+ cls.Ptr = cret
502+ return cls
503+}
504+
505+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
506+func (x *WrapBox) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
507+
508+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
509+ return cret
510+}
511+
512+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
513+func (x *WrapBox) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
514+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
515+
516+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
517+
518+ if cret == 0 {
519+ return nil
520+ }
521+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
522+ cls.Ptr = cret
523+ return cls
524+}
525+
526+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
527+//
528+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
529+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
530+// child widget.
531+func (x *WrapBox) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
532+
533+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
534+ return cret
535+}
536+
537+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
538+func (x *WrapBox) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
539+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
540+
541+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
542+
543+ if cret == 0 {
544+ return nil
545+ }
546+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
547+ cls.Ptr = cret
548+ return cls
549+}
550+
551+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
552+func (x *WrapBox) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
553+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
554+
555+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
556+
557+ if cret == 0 {
558+ return nil
559+ }
560+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
561+ cls.Ptr = cret
562+ return cls
563+}
564+
565+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
566+//
567+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
568+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
569+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
570+func (x *WrapBox) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
571+
572+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
573+ return cret
574+}
575+
576+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
577+func (x *WrapBox) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
578+
579+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
580+
581+}
582+
583+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
584+func (x *WrapBox) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
585+
586+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
587+
588+}
589+
590+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
591+func (x *WrapBox) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
592+
593+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
594+
595+}
596+
597+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
598+//
599+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
600+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
601+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
602+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
603+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
604+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
605+// object is the container widget.
606+func (x *WrapBox) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
607+
608+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
609+
610+}
611+
612+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
613+//
614+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
615+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
616+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
617+
618+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
619+
620+}
621+
622+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
623+//
624+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
625+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
626+// states automatically.
627+func (x *WrapBox) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
628+
629+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
630+
631+}
632+
633+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
634+//
635+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
636+// value types of accessible properties.
637+//
638+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
639+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
640+// technologies.
641+//
642+// Example:
643+// ```c
644+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
645+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
646+//
647+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
648+// -1);
649+//
650+// ```
651+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
652+
653+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
654+
655+}
656+
657+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
658+//
659+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
660+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
661+//
662+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
663+func (x *WrapBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
664+
665+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
666+
667+}
668+
669+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
670+//
671+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
672+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
673+//
674+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
675+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
676+//
677+// ```c
678+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
679+//
680+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
681+// ref1, NULL,
682+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
683+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
684+// -1);
685+//
686+// ```
687+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
694+//
695+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
696+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
697+//
698+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
699+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
700+
701+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
702+
703+}
704+
705+// Updates a list of accessible states.
706+//
707+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
708+// value types of accessible states.
709+//
710+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
711+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
712+// technologies.
713+//
714+// Example:
715+//
716+// ```c
717+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
718+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
719+//
720+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
721+// -1);
722+//
723+// ```
724+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
725+
726+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
727+
728+}
729+
730+// Updates an array of accessible states.
731+//
732+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
733+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
734+//
735+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
736+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
737+
738+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
739+
740+}
741+
742+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
743+//
744+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
745+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
746+func (x *WrapBox) GetBuildableId() string {
747+
748+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
749+ return cret
750+}
751+
752+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
753+func (x *WrapBox) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
754+
755+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
756+ return cret
757+}
758+
759+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
760+func (x *WrapBox) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
761+
762+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
763+
764+}
765+
766+func init() {
767+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
768+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
769+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
770+ if err != nil {
771+ panic(err)
772+ }
773+
774+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_type")
775+
776+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWrapBox, lib, "adw_wrap_box_new")
777+
778+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxAppend, lib, "adw_wrap_box_append")
779+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_align")
780+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_child_spacing")
781+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_child_spacing_unit")
782+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_justify")
783+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_justify_last_line")
784+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_homogeneous")
785+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_spacing")
786+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_spacing_unit")
787+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_natural_line_length")
788+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_natural_line_length_unit")
789+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_pack_direction")
790+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_wrap_policy")
791+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_wrap_reverse")
792+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter, lib, "adw_wrap_box_insert_child_after")
793+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxPrepend, lib, "adw_wrap_box_prepend")
794+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxRemove, lib, "adw_wrap_box_remove")
795+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter, lib, "adw_wrap_box_reorder_child_after")
796+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_align")
797+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_child_spacing")
798+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_child_spacing_unit")
799+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_justify")
800+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_justify_last_line")
801+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_homogeneous")
802+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_spacing")
803+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_spacing_unit")
804+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_natural_line_length")
805+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_natural_line_length_unit")
806+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_pack_direction")
807+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_wrap_policy")
808+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_wrap_reverse")
809+
810+}
A v4/adw/adw-wrap-layout.go +540 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
12+)
13+
14+type WrapLayoutClass struct {
15+ _ structs.HostLayout
16+
17+ ParentClass gtk.LayoutManagerClass
18+}
19+
20+func (x *WrapLayoutClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Describes line justify behaviors in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
25+//
26+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify] and [property@WrapBox:justify].
27+type JustifyMode int
28+
29+var xJustifyModeGLibType func() types.GType
30+
31+func JustifyModeGLibType() types.GType {
32+ return xJustifyModeGLibType()
33+}
34+
35+const (
36+
37+ // Don't justify children within a line.
38+ JustifyNoneValue JustifyMode = 0
39+ // Stretch each child within the line, keeping consistent
40+ // spacing, so that the line fills the entire length.
41+ JustifyFillValue JustifyMode = 1
42+ // Increase spacing between children, moving the children
43+ // so that the first and last child are aligned with the beginning and end
44+ // of the line. If the line only contains a single widget, it will be
45+ // stretched regardless.
46+ JustifySpreadValue JustifyMode = 2
47+)
48+
49+// Describes child packing behavior in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
50+//
51+// See [property@WrapLayout:pack-direction] and
52+// [property@WrapBox:pack-direction].
53+type PackDirection int
54+
55+var xPackDirectionGLibType func() types.GType
56+
57+func PackDirectionGLibType() types.GType {
58+ return xPackDirectionGLibType()
59+}
60+
61+const (
62+
63+ // Pack children from left to right for LTR languages,
64+ // or top to bottom vertically.
65+ PackStartToEndValue PackDirection = 0
66+ // Pack children from right to left for LTR languages,
67+ // or bottom to top vertically.
68+ PackEndToStartValue PackDirection = 1
69+)
70+
71+// Describes line wrapping behavior in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
72+//
73+// See [property@WrapLayout:wrap-policy] and [property@WrapBox:wrap-policy].
74+type WrapPolicy int
75+
76+var xWrapPolicyGLibType func() types.GType
77+
78+func WrapPolicyGLibType() types.GType {
79+ return xWrapPolicyGLibType()
80+}
81+
82+const (
83+
84+ // Fit as many children into each line as possible, shrinking
85+ // them down to their minimum size before wrapping to the next line.
86+ WrapMinimumValue WrapPolicy = 0
87+ // Wrap to the next line as soon as the previous line cannot
88+ // fit any more children without shrinking them past their natural size.
89+ WrapNaturalValue WrapPolicy = 1
90+)
91+
92+// A box-like layout that can wrap into multiple lines.
93+//
94+// <picture>
95+//
96+// <source srcset="wrap-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
97+// <img src="wrap-box.png" alt="wrap-box">
98+//
99+// </picture>
100+//
101+// `AdwWrapLayout` is similar to [class@Gtk.BoxLayout], but can wrap lines when
102+// the widgets cannot fit otherwise. Unlike [class@Gtk.FlowBox], the children
103+// aren't arranged into a grid and behave more like words in a wrapping label.
104+//
105+// Like `GtkBoxLayout`, `AdwWrapLayout` is orientable and has spacing:
106+//
107+// - [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing] between children in the same line;
108+// - [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing] between lines.
109+//
110+// ::: note
111+//
112+// Unlike `GtkBoxLayout`, `AdwWrapLayout` cannot follow the CSS
113+// `border-spacing` property.
114+//
115+// Use the [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length] property to determine the
116+// layout's natural size, e.g. when using it in a [class@Gtk.Popover].
117+//
118+// Normally, a horizontal `AdwWrapLayout` wraps left to right and top to bottom
119+// for left-to-right languages. Both of these directions can be reversed, using
120+// the [property@WrapLayout:pack-direction] and
121+// [property@WrapLayout:wrap-reverse] properties. Additionally, the alignment
122+// of each line can be controlled with the [property@WrapLayout:align] property.
123+//
124+// Lines can be justified using the [property@WrapLayout:justify] property,
125+// filling the entire line by either increasing child size or spacing depending
126+// on the value. Set [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] to justify the last
127+// line as well.
128+//
129+// By default, `AdwWrapLayout` wraps as soon as the previous line cannot fit
130+// any more children without shrinking them past their natural size. Set
131+// [property@WrapLayout:wrap-policy] to [enum@Adw.WrapPolicy.MINIMUM] to only
132+// wrap once all the children in the previous line have been shrunk to their
133+// minimum size.
134+//
135+// To make each line take the same amount of space, set
136+// [property@WrapLayout:line-homogeneous] to `TRUE`.
137+//
138+// Spacing and natural line length can scale with the text scale factor, use the
139+// [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit],
140+// [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit] and/or
141+// [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit] properties to enable that
142+// behavior.
143+//
144+// See [class@WrapBox].
145+type WrapLayout struct {
146+ gtk.LayoutManager
147+}
148+
149+var xWrapLayoutGLibType func() types.GType
150+
151+func WrapLayoutGLibType() types.GType {
152+ return xWrapLayoutGLibType()
153+}
154+
155+func WrapLayoutNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *WrapLayout {
156+ cls := &WrapLayout{}
157+ cls.Ptr = ptr
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+var xNewWrapLayout func() uintptr
162+
163+// Creates a new `AdwWrapLayout`.
164+func NewWrapLayout() *WrapLayout {
165+ var cls *WrapLayout
166+
167+ cret := xNewWrapLayout()
168+
169+ if cret == 0 {
170+ return nil
171+ }
172+ cls = &WrapLayout{}
173+ cls.Ptr = cret
174+ return cls
175+}
176+
177+var xWrapLayoutGetAlign func(uintptr) float32
178+
179+// Gets the alignment of the children within each line.
180+func (x *WrapLayout) GetAlign() float32 {
181+
182+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetAlign(x.GoPointer())
183+ return cret
184+}
185+
186+var xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing func(uintptr) int
187+
188+// Gets spacing between widgets on the same line.
189+func (x *WrapLayout) GetChildSpacing() int {
190+
191+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer())
192+ return cret
193+}
194+
195+var xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
196+
197+// Gets the length unit for child spacing.
198+func (x *WrapLayout) GetChildSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
199+
200+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
201+ return cret
202+}
203+
204+var xWrapLayoutGetJustify func(uintptr) JustifyMode
205+
206+// Gets whether and how each complete line is stretched to fill the entire widget.
207+func (x *WrapLayout) GetJustify() JustifyMode {
208+
209+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetJustify(x.GoPointer())
210+ return cret
211+}
212+
213+var xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr) bool
214+
215+// Gets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
216+func (x *WrapLayout) GetJustifyLastLine() bool {
217+
218+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer())
219+ return cret
220+}
221+
222+var xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
223+
224+// Gets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
225+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineHomogeneous() bool {
226+
227+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
228+ return cret
229+}
230+
231+var xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing func(uintptr) int
232+
233+// Gets the spacing between lines.
234+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineSpacing() int {
235+
236+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer())
237+ return cret
238+}
239+
240+var xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
241+
242+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
243+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
244+
245+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
246+ return cret
247+}
248+
249+var xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr) int
250+
251+// Gets the natural size for each line.
252+func (x *WrapLayout) GetNaturalLineLength() int {
253+
254+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer())
255+ return cret
256+}
257+
258+var xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
259+
260+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
261+func (x *WrapLayout) GetNaturalLineLengthUnit() LengthUnit {
262+
263+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer())
264+ return cret
265+}
266+
267+var xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection func(uintptr) PackDirection
268+
269+// Gets the direction children are packed in each line.
270+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPackDirection() PackDirection {
271+
272+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection(x.GoPointer())
273+ return cret
274+}
275+
276+var xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy func(uintptr) WrapPolicy
277+
278+// Gets the policy for line wrapping.
279+func (x *WrapLayout) GetWrapPolicy() WrapPolicy {
280+
281+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer())
282+ return cret
283+}
284+
285+var xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse func(uintptr) bool
286+
287+// Gets whether wrap direction is reversed.
288+func (x *WrapLayout) GetWrapReverse() bool {
289+
290+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer())
291+ return cret
292+}
293+
294+var xWrapLayoutSetAlign func(uintptr, float32)
295+
296+// Sets the alignment of the children within each line.
297+//
298+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
299+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of the
300+// line.
301+//
302+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapLayout:justify] is set to
303+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
304+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
305+func (x *WrapLayout) SetAlign(AlignVar float32) {
306+
307+ xWrapLayoutSetAlign(x.GoPointer(), AlignVar)
308+
309+}
310+
311+var xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing func(uintptr, int)
312+
313+// Sets the spacing between widgets on the same line.
314+//
315+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit].
316+func (x *WrapLayout) SetChildSpacing(ChildSpacingVar int) {
317+
318+ xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer(), ChildSpacingVar)
319+
320+}
321+
322+var xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
323+
324+// Sets the length unit for child spacing.
325+//
326+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
327+//
328+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing].
329+func (x *WrapLayout) SetChildSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
330+
331+ xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
332+
333+}
334+
335+var xWrapLayoutSetJustify func(uintptr, JustifyMode)
336+
337+// Sets whether and how each complete line should be stretched to fill the
338+// entire widget.
339+//
340+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_FILL`, each widget in the line will be stretched,
341+// keeping consistent spacing, so that the line fills the entire widget.
342+//
343+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_SPREAD`, the spacing between widgets will be
344+// increased, keeping widget sizes intact. The first and last widget will be
345+// aligned with the beginning and end of the line. If the line only contains a
346+// single widget, it will be stretched regardless.
347+//
348+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, the line will not be stretched and the children
349+// will be placed together within the line, according to
350+// [property@WrapLayout:align].
351+//
352+// By default this doesn't affect the last line, as it will be incomplete. Use
353+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] to justify it as well.
354+func (x *WrapLayout) SetJustify(JustifyVar JustifyMode) {
355+
356+ xWrapLayoutSetJustify(x.GoPointer(), JustifyVar)
357+
358+}
359+
360+var xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr, bool)
361+
362+// Sets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
363+//
364+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify].
365+func (x *WrapLayout) SetJustifyLastLine(JustifyLastLineVar bool) {
366+
367+ xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer(), JustifyLastLineVar)
368+
369+}
370+
371+var xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
372+
373+// Sets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
374+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
375+
376+ xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
377+
378+}
379+
380+var xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing func(uintptr, int)
381+
382+// Sets the spacing between lines.
383+//
384+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit].
385+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineSpacing(LineSpacingVar int) {
386+
387+ xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer(), LineSpacingVar)
388+
389+}
390+
391+var xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
392+
393+// Sets the length unit for line spacing.
394+//
395+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
396+//
397+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing].
398+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
399+
400+ xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
401+
402+}
403+
404+var xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr, int)
405+
406+// Sets the natural size for each line.
407+//
408+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
409+// popovers.
410+//
411+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit].
412+func (x *WrapLayout) SetNaturalLineLength(NaturalLineLengthVar int) {
413+
414+ xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer(), NaturalLineLengthVar)
415+
416+}
417+
418+var xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
419+
420+// Sets the length unit for natural line length.
421+//
422+// Allows the length to vary depending on the text scale factor.
423+//
424+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length].
425+func (x *WrapLayout) SetNaturalLineLengthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
426+
427+ xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
428+
429+}
430+
431+var xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection func(uintptr, PackDirection)
432+
433+// Sets the direction children are packed in each line.
434+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPackDirection(PackDirectionVar PackDirection) {
435+
436+ xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection(x.GoPointer(), PackDirectionVar)
437+
438+}
439+
440+var xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy func(uintptr, WrapPolicy)
441+
442+// Sets the policy for line wrapping.
443+//
444+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_NATURAL`, the box will wrap to the next line as soon as
445+// the previous line cannot fit any more children without shrinking them past
446+// their natural size.
447+//
448+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_MINIMUM`, the box will try to fit as many children into
449+// each line as possible, shrinking them down to their minimum size before
450+// wrapping to the next line.
451+func (x *WrapLayout) SetWrapPolicy(WrapPolicyVar WrapPolicy) {
452+
453+ xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer(), WrapPolicyVar)
454+
455+}
456+
457+var xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse func(uintptr, bool)
458+
459+// Sets whether wrap direction should be reversed.
460+//
461+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
462+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
463+// respectively.
464+func (x *WrapLayout) SetWrapReverse(WrapReverseVar bool) {
465+
466+ xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer(), WrapReverseVar)
467+
468+}
469+
470+func (c *WrapLayout) GoPointer() uintptr {
471+ if c == nil {
472+ return 0
473+ }
474+ return c.Ptr
475+}
476+
477+func (c *WrapLayout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
478+ c.Ptr = ptr
479+}
480+
481+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
482+func (x *WrapLayout) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
483+
484+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
485+ return cret
486+}
487+
488+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
489+func (x *WrapLayout) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
490+
491+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
492+
493+}
494+
495+func init() {
496+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
497+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
498+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
499+ if err != nil {
500+ panic(err)
501+ }
502+
503+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xJustifyModeGLibType, lib, "adw_justify_mode_get_type")
504+
505+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPackDirectionGLibType, lib, "adw_pack_direction_get_type")
506+
507+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapPolicyGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_policy_get_type")
508+
509+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_type")
510+
511+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWrapLayout, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_new")
512+
513+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_align")
514+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_child_spacing")
515+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_child_spacing_unit")
516+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_justify")
517+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_justify_last_line")
518+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_homogeneous")
519+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_spacing")
520+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_spacing_unit")
521+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_natural_line_length")
522+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_natural_line_length_unit")
523+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_pack_direction")
524+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_wrap_policy")
525+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_wrap_reverse")
526+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_align")
527+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_child_spacing")
528+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_child_spacing_unit")
529+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_justify")
530+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_justify_last_line")
531+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_homogeneous")
532+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_spacing")
533+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_spacing_unit")
534+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_natural_line_length")
535+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_natural_line_length_unit")
536+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_pack_direction")
537+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_wrap_policy")
538+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_wrap_reverse")
539+
540+}
M v4/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.go +1 -1
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import (
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1010 )
1111
12-// `GdkAppLaunchContext` handles launching an application in a graphical context.
12+// Handles launching an application in a graphical context.
1313 //
1414 // It is an implementation of `GAppLaunchContext` that provides startup
1515 // notification and allows to launch applications on a specific workspace.
M v4/gdk/gdkcairo.go +1 -1
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import (
1010
1111 var xCairoDrawFromGl func(*cairo.Context, uintptr, int, int, int, int, int, int, int)
1212
13-// The main way to not draw GL content in GTK.
13+// Draws GL content onto a cairo context.
1414 //
1515 // It takes a render buffer ID (@source_type == GL_RENDERBUFFER) or a texture
1616 // id (@source_type == GL_TEXTURE) and draws it onto @cr with an OVER operation,
M v4/gdk/gdkcairocontext.go +1 -2
@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
99 )
1010
11-// `GdkCairoContext` is an object representing the platform-specific
12-// draw context.
11+// Represents the platform-specific draw context.
1312 //
1413 // `GdkCairoContext`s are created for a surface using
1514 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_cairo_context], and the context
A v4/gdk/gdkcicpparams.go +226 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+)
14+
15+type CicpParamsClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+}
18+
19+func (x *CicpParamsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
20+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
21+}
22+
23+// The values of this enumeration describe whether image data uses
24+// the full range of 8-bit values.
25+//
26+// In digital broadcasting, it is common to reserve the lowest and
27+// highest values. Typically the allowed values for the narrow range
28+// are 16-235 for Y and 16-240 for u,v (when dealing with YUV data).
29+type CicpRange int
30+
31+var xCicpRangeGLibType func() types.GType
32+
33+func CicpRangeGLibType() types.GType {
34+ return xCicpRangeGLibType()
35+}
36+
37+const (
38+
39+ // The values use the range of 16-235 (for Y) and 16-240 for u and v.
40+ CicpRangeNarrowValue CicpRange = 0
41+ // The values use the full range.
42+ CicpRangeFullValue CicpRange = 1
43+)
44+
45+// Contains the parameters that define a colorstate with cicp parameters.
46+//
47+// Cicp parameters are specified in the ITU-T H.273
48+// [specification](https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.273/en).
49+//
50+// See the documentation of individual properties for supported values.
51+//
52+// The 'unspecified' value (2) is not treated in any special way, and
53+// must be replaced by a different value before creating a color state.
54+//
55+// `GdkCicpParams` can be used as a builder object to construct a color
56+// state from Cicp data with [method@Gdk.CicpParams.build_color_state].
57+// The function will return an error if the given parameters are not
58+// supported.
59+//
60+// You can obtain a `GdkCicpParams` object from a color state with
61+// [method@Gdk.ColorState.create_cicp_params]. This can be used to
62+// create a variant of a color state, by changing just one of the cicp
63+// parameters, or just to obtain information about the color state.
64+type CicpParams struct {
65+ gobject.Object
66+}
67+
68+var xCicpParamsGLibType func() types.GType
69+
70+func CicpParamsGLibType() types.GType {
71+ return xCicpParamsGLibType()
72+}
73+
74+func CicpParamsNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *CicpParams {
75+ cls := &CicpParams{}
76+ cls.Ptr = ptr
77+ return cls
78+}
79+
80+var xNewCicpParams func() uintptr
81+
82+// Creates a new `GdkCicpParams` object.
83+//
84+// The initial values of the properties are the values for "undefined"
85+// and need to be set before a color state object can be built.
86+func NewCicpParams() *CicpParams {
87+ var cls *CicpParams
88+
89+ cret := xNewCicpParams()
90+
91+ if cret == 0 {
92+ return nil
93+ }
94+ cls = &CicpParams{}
95+ cls.Ptr = cret
96+ return cls
97+}
98+
99+var xCicpParamsBuildColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
100+
101+// Creates a new `GdkColorState` object for the cicp parameters in @self.
102+//
103+// Note that this may fail if the cicp parameters in @self are not
104+// supported by GTK. In that case, `NULL` is returned, and @error is set
105+// with an error message that can be presented to the user.
106+func (x *CicpParams) BuildColorState() (*ColorState, error) {
107+ var cerr *glib.Error
108+
109+ cret := xCicpParamsBuildColorState(x.GoPointer())
110+ if cerr == nil {
111+ return cret, nil
112+ }
113+ return cret, cerr
114+
115+}
116+
117+var xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries func(uintptr) uint
118+
119+// Returns the value of the color-primaries property
120+// of @self.
121+func (x *CicpParams) GetColorPrimaries() uint {
122+
123+ cret := xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
127+var xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients func(uintptr) uint
128+
129+// Gets the matrix-coefficients property of @self.
130+func (x *CicpParams) GetMatrixCoefficients() uint {
131+
132+ cret := xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xCicpParamsGetRange func(uintptr) CicpRange
137+
138+// Gets the range property of @self.
139+func (x *CicpParams) GetRange() CicpRange {
140+
141+ cret := xCicpParamsGetRange(x.GoPointer())
142+ return cret
143+}
144+
145+var xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction func(uintptr) uint
146+
147+// Gets the transfer-function property of @self.
148+func (x *CicpParams) GetTransferFunction() uint {
149+
150+ cret := xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction(x.GoPointer())
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+var xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries func(uintptr, uint)
155+
156+// Sets the color-primaries property of @self.
157+func (x *CicpParams) SetColorPrimaries(ColorPrimariesVar uint) {
158+
159+ xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries(x.GoPointer(), ColorPrimariesVar)
160+
161+}
162+
163+var xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients func(uintptr, uint)
164+
165+// @self a `GdkCicpParams`
166+// Sets the matrix-coefficients property of @self.
167+func (x *CicpParams) SetMatrixCoefficients(MatrixCoefficientsVar uint) {
168+
169+ xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients(x.GoPointer(), MatrixCoefficientsVar)
170+
171+}
172+
173+var xCicpParamsSetRange func(uintptr, CicpRange)
174+
175+// Sets the range property of @self
176+func (x *CicpParams) SetRange(RangeVar CicpRange) {
177+
178+ xCicpParamsSetRange(x.GoPointer(), RangeVar)
179+
180+}
181+
182+var xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction func(uintptr, uint)
183+
184+// Sets the transfer-function property of @self.
185+func (x *CicpParams) SetTransferFunction(TransferFunctionVar uint) {
186+
187+ xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction(x.GoPointer(), TransferFunctionVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+func (c *CicpParams) GoPointer() uintptr {
192+ if c == nil {
193+ return 0
194+ }
195+ return c.Ptr
196+}
197+
198+func (c *CicpParams) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199+ c.Ptr = ptr
200+}
201+
202+func init() {
203+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
204+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
205+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
206+ if err != nil {
207+ panic(err)
208+ }
209+
210+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpRangeGLibType, lib, "gdk_cicp_range_get_type")
211+
212+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGLibType, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_type")
213+
214+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCicpParams, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_new")
215+
216+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsBuildColorState, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_build_color_state")
217+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_color_primaries")
218+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_matrix_coefficients")
219+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetRange, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_range")
220+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_transfer_function")
221+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_color_primaries")
222+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_matrix_coefficients")
223+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetRange, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_range")
224+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_transfer_function")
225+
226+}
M v4/gdk/gdkclipboard.go +6 -20
@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// The `GdkClipboard` object represents data shared between applications or
16-// inside an application.
15+// Represents data shared between applications or inside an application.
1716 //
1817 // To get a `GdkClipboard` object, use [method@Gdk.Display.get_clipboard] or
1918 // [method@Gdk.Display.get_primary_clipboard]. You can find out about the data
@@ -111,9 +110,6 @@ var xClipboardReadAsync func(uintptr, []string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
111110 // Asynchronously requests an input stream to read the @clipboard's
112111 // contents from.
113112 //
114-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
115-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_finish] to get the result of the operation.
116-//
117113 // The clipboard will choose the most suitable mime type from the given list
118114 // to fulfill the request, preferring the ones listed first.
119115 func (x *Clipboard) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar []string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
@@ -149,9 +145,6 @@ var xClipboardReadTextAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
149145
150146 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to a string.
151147 //
152-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
153-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_text_finish] to get the result.
154-//
155148 // This is a simple wrapper around [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_async].
156149 // Use that function or [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async] directly if you
157150 // need more control over the operation.
@@ -181,9 +174,6 @@ var xClipboardReadTextureAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
181174
182175 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to a `GdkPixbuf`.
183176 //
184-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
185-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_texture_finish] to get the result.
186-//
187177 // This is a simple wrapper around [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_async].
188178 // Use that function or [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async] directly if you
189179 // need more control over the operation.
@@ -221,9 +211,6 @@ var xClipboardReadValueAsync func(uintptr, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, u
221211 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to the given
222212 // @type.
223213 //
224-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then call
225-// [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_finish] to get the resulting `GValue`.
226-//
227214 // For local clipboard contents that are available in the given `GType`,
228215 // the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will try to use
229216 // [func@content_deserialize_async] to convert the clipboard's data.
@@ -254,8 +241,8 @@ var xClipboardSet func(uintptr, types.GType, ...interface{})
254241 // Sets the clipboard to contain the value collected from the given varargs.
255242 //
256243 // Values should be passed the same way they are passed to other value
257-// collecting APIs, such as [`method@GObject.Object.set`] or
258-// [`func@GObject.signal_emit`].
244+// collecting APIs, such as [method@GObject.Object.set] or
245+// [func@GObject.signal_emit].
259246 //
260247 // ```c
261248 // gdk_clipboard_set (clipboard, GTK_TYPE_STRING, "Hello World");
@@ -330,15 +317,14 @@ var xClipboardStoreAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
330317 //
331318 // If the clipboard is not local, this function does nothing but report success.
332319 //
333-// The @callback must call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.store_finish].
334-//
335320 // The purpose of this call is to preserve clipboard contents beyond the
336321 // lifetime of an application, so this function is typically called on
337322 // exit. Depending on the platform, the functionality may not be available
338323 // unless a "clipboard manager" is running.
339324 //
340-// This function is called automatically when a [class@Gtk.Application] is
341-// shut down, so you likely don't need to call it.
325+// This function is called automatically when a
326+// [GtkApplication](../gtk4/class.Application.html)
327+// is shut down, so you likely don't need to call it.
342328 func (x *Clipboard) StoreAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
343329
344330 xClipboardStoreAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
A v4/gdk/gdkcolorstate.go +114 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+)
8+
9+var xColorStateGetOklab func() *ColorState
10+
11+// Returns the color state object representing the oklab color space.
12+//
13+// This is a perceptually uniform color state.
14+func ColorStateGetOklab() *ColorState {
15+
16+ cret := xColorStateGetOklab()
17+ return cret
18+}
19+
20+var xColorStateGetOklch func() *ColorState
21+
22+// Returns the color state object representing the oklch color space.
23+//
24+// This is the polar variant of oklab, in which the hue is encoded as
25+// a polar coordinate.
26+func ColorStateGetOklch() *ColorState {
27+
28+ cret := xColorStateGetOklch()
29+ return cret
30+}
31+
32+var xColorStateGetRec2100Linear func() *ColorState
33+
34+// Returns the color state object representing the linear rec2100 color space.
35+//
36+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.2020-2 and BT.2100-0 and a linear
37+// transfer function.
38+//
39+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 9/8/0/1.
40+//
41+// See e.g. [the CSS HDR Module](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-hdr/#valdef-color-rec2100-linear)
42+// for details about this colorstate.
43+func ColorStateGetRec2100Linear() *ColorState {
44+
45+ cret := xColorStateGetRec2100Linear()
46+ return cret
47+}
48+
49+var xColorStateGetRec2100Pq func() *ColorState
50+
51+// Returns the color state object representing the rec2100-pq color space.
52+//
53+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.2020-2 and BT.2100-0 and the transfer
54+// function defined by SMPTE ST 2084 and BT.2100-2.
55+//
56+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 9/16/0/1.
57+//
58+// See e.g. [the CSS HDR Module](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-hdr/#valdef-color-rec2100-pq)
59+// for details about this colorstate.
60+func ColorStateGetRec2100Pq() *ColorState {
61+
62+ cret := xColorStateGetRec2100Pq()
63+ return cret
64+}
65+
66+var xColorStateGetSrgb func() *ColorState
67+
68+// Returns the color state object representing the sRGB color space.
69+//
70+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.709-6 and the transfer function
71+// defined by IEC 61966-2-1.
72+//
73+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 1/13/0/1.
74+//
75+// See e.g. [the CSS Color Module](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#predefined-sRGB)
76+// for details about this colorstate.
77+func ColorStateGetSrgb() *ColorState {
78+
79+ cret := xColorStateGetSrgb()
80+ return cret
81+}
82+
83+var xColorStateGetSrgbLinear func() *ColorState
84+
85+// Returns the color state object representing the linearized sRGB color space.
86+//
87+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.709-6 and a linear transfer function.
88+//
89+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 1/8/0/1.
90+//
91+// See e.g. [the CSS Color Module](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#predefined-sRGB-linear)
92+// for details about this colorstate.
93+func ColorStateGetSrgbLinear() *ColorState {
94+
95+ cret := xColorStateGetSrgbLinear()
96+ return cret
97+}
98+
99+func init() {
100+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
101+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
102+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
103+ if err != nil {
104+ panic(err)
105+ }
106+
107+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetOklab, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_oklab")
108+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetOklch, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_oklch")
109+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetRec2100Linear, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_rec2100_linear")
110+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetRec2100Pq, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_rec2100_pq")
111+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetSrgb, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_srgb")
112+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetSrgbLinear, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_srgb_linear")
113+
114+}
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.go +10 -14
@@ -19,13 +19,10 @@ type ContentDeserializeFunc func(uintptr)
1919
2020 var xContentDeserializeAsync func(uintptr, string, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
2121
22-// Read content from the given input stream and deserialize it, asynchronously.
22+// Reads content from the given input stream and deserialize it, asynchronously.
2323 //
24-// The default I/O priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
24+// The default I/O priority is `G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT` (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
2525 // indicate a higher priority.
26-//
27-// When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then
28-// call [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_finish] to get the result of the operation.
2926 func ContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar types.GType, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
3027
3128 xContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, TypeVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -55,8 +52,7 @@ func ContentRegisterDeserializer(MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar types.GType, Deseri
5552
5653 }
5754
58-// A `GdkContentDeserializer` is used to deserialize content received via
59-// inter-application data transfers.
55+// Deserializes content received via inter-application data transfers.
6056 //
6157 // The `GdkContentDeserializer` transforms serialized content that is
6258 // identified by a mime type into an object identified by a GType.
@@ -218,7 +214,7 @@ func (c *ContentDeserializer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
218214 c.Ptr = ptr
219215 }
220216
221-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
217+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
222218 func (x *ContentDeserializer) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
223219 var cls *gobject.Object
224220
@@ -240,14 +236,14 @@ func (x *ContentDeserializer) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
240236 return cret
241237 }
242238
243-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
244-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
245-// %FALSE.
239+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
240+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
241+// `FALSE`.
246242 //
247-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
248-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
243+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
244+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
249245 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
250-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
246+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
251247 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
252248 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
253249 func (x *ContentDeserializer) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentformats.go +1 -2
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// A `GdkContentFormatsBuilder` is an auxiliary struct used to create
15-// new `GdkContentFormats`, and should not be kept around.
14+// Creates `GdkContentFormats` objects.
1615 type ContentFormatsBuilder struct {
1716 _ structs.HostLayout
1817 }
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.go +5 -7
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 }
4444
4545 // OverrideContentChanged sets the callback function.
46+// Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
4647 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider)) {
4748 if cb == nil {
4849 x.xContentChanged = 0
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider))
5455 }
5556
5657 // GetContentChanged gets the callback function.
58+// Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
5759 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetContentChanged() func(*ContentProvider) {
5860 if x.xContentChanged == 0 {
5961 return nil
@@ -226,8 +228,8 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetGetValue() func(*ContentProvider, *gobject.Val
226228 }
227229 }
228230
229-// A `GdkContentProvider` is used to provide content for the clipboard or
230-// for drag-and-drop operations in a number of formats.
231+// Provides content for the clipboard or for drag-and-drop operations
232+// in a number of formats.
231233 //
232234 // To create a `GdkContentProvider`, use [ctor@Gdk.ContentProvider.new_for_value]
233235 // or [ctor@Gdk.ContentProvider.new_for_bytes].
@@ -319,7 +321,7 @@ var xNewContentProviderUnion func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
319321 //
320322 // gdk_content_provider_new_union ((GdkContentProvider *[2]) {
321323 // gdk_content_provider_new_typed (G_TYPE_FILE, file),
322-// gdk_content_provider_new_typed (G_TYPE_TEXTURE, texture)
324+// gdk_content_provider_new_typed (GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE, texture)
323325 // }, 2);
324326 //
325327 // ```
@@ -393,10 +395,6 @@ var xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int, uintp
393395 // Asynchronously writes the contents of @provider to @stream in the given
394396 // @mime_type.
395397 //
396-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then call
397-// [method@Gdk.ContentProvider.write_mime_type_finish] to get the result
398-// of the operation.
399-//
400398 // The given mime type does not need to be listed in the formats returned by
401399 // [method@Gdk.ContentProvider.ref_formats]. However, if the given `GType` is
402400 // not supported, `G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED` will be reported.
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.go +8 -12
@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ var xContentSerializeAsync func(uintptr, string, *gobject.Value, int, uintptr, u
3232 //
3333 // The default I/O priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
3434 // indicate a higher priority.
35-//
36-// When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then
37-// call [func@Gdk.content_serialize_finish] to get the result of the operation.
3835 func ContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, MimeTypeVar string, ValueVar *gobject.Value, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
3936
4037 xContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, ValueVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -55,8 +52,7 @@ func ContentSerializeFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
5552
5653 }
5754
58-// A `GdkContentSerializer` is used to serialize content for
59-// inter-application data transfers.
55+// Serializes content for inter-application data transfers.
6056 //
6157 // The `GdkContentSerializer` transforms an object that is identified
6258 // by a GType into a serialized form (i.e. a byte stream) that is
@@ -219,7 +215,7 @@ func (c *ContentSerializer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
219215 c.Ptr = ptr
220216 }
221217
222-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
218+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
223219 func (x *ContentSerializer) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
224220 var cls *gobject.Object
225221
@@ -241,14 +237,14 @@ func (x *ContentSerializer) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
241237 return cret
242238 }
243239
244-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
245-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
246-// %FALSE.
240+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
241+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
242+// `FALSE`.
247243 //
248-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
249-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
244+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
245+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
250246 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
251-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
247+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
252248 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
253249 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
254250 func (x *ContentSerializer) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gdk/gdkcursor.go +77 -13
@@ -4,11 +4,26 @@ package gdk
44 import (
55 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
78 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
89 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
910 )
1011
11-// `GdkCursor` is used to create and destroy cursors.
12+// The type of callback used by a dynamic `GdkCursor` to generate
13+// a texture for the cursor image at the given @cursor_size
14+// and @scale.
15+//
16+// The actual cursor size in application pixels may be different
17+// from @cursor_size x @cursor_size, and will be returned in
18+// @width, @height. The returned texture should have a size that
19+// corresponds to the actual cursor size, in device pixels (i.e.
20+// application pixels, multiplied by @scale).
21+//
22+// This function may fail and return `NULL`, in which case
23+// the fallback cursor will be used.
24+type CursorGetTextureCallback func(uintptr, int, float64, int, int, int, int, uintptr) uintptr
25+
26+// Used to create and destroy cursors.
1227 //
1328 // Cursors are immutable objects, so once you created them, there is no way
1429 // to modify them later. You should create a new cursor when you want to change
@@ -17,7 +32,8 @@ import (
1732 // Cursors by themselves are not very interesting: they must be bound to a
1833 // window for users to see them. This is done with [method@Gdk.Surface.set_cursor]
1934 // or [method@Gdk.Surface.set_device_cursor]. Applications will typically
20-// use higher-level GTK functions such as [method@Gtk.Widget.set_cursor] instead.
35+// use higher-level GTK functions such as [gtk_widget_set_cursor()](../gtk4/method.Widget.set_cursor.html)
36+// instead.
2137 //
2238 // Cursors are not bound to a given [class@Gdk.Display], so they can be shared.
2339 // However, the appearance of cursors may vary when used on different
@@ -57,6 +73,25 @@ func CursorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Cursor {
5773 return cls
5874 }
5975
76+var xNewCursorFromCallback func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
77+
78+// Creates a new callback-based cursor object.
79+//
80+// Cursors of this kind produce textures for the cursor
81+// image on demand, when the @callback is called.
82+func NewCursorFromCallback(CallbackVar *CursorGetTextureCallback, DataVar uintptr, DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor {
83+ var cls *Cursor
84+
85+ cret := xNewCursorFromCallback(glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), DataVar, glib.NewCallback(DestroyVar), FallbackVar.GoPointer())
86+
87+ if cret == 0 {
88+ return nil
89+ }
90+ cls = &Cursor{}
91+ cls.Ptr = cret
92+ return cls
93+}
94+
6095 var xNewCursorFromName func(string, uintptr) uintptr
6196
6297 // Creates a new cursor by looking up @name in the current cursor
@@ -65,17 +100,45 @@ var xNewCursorFromName func(string, uintptr) uintptr
65100 // A recommended set of cursor names that will work across different
66101 // platforms can be found in the CSS specification:
67102 //
68-// | | | | |
69-// | --- | --- | ---- | --- |
70-// | "none" | ![](default_cursor.png) "default" | ![](help_cursor.png) "help" | ![](pointer_cursor.png) "pointer" |
71-// | ![](context_menu_cursor.png) "context-menu" | ![](progress_cursor.png) "progress" | ![](wait_cursor.png) "wait" | ![](cell_cursor.png) "cell" |
72-// | ![](crosshair_cursor.png) "crosshair" | ![](text_cursor.png) "text" | ![](vertical_text_cursor.png) "vertical-text" | ![](alias_cursor.png) "alias" |
73-// | ![](copy_cursor.png) "copy" | ![](no_drop_cursor.png) "no-drop" | ![](move_cursor.png) "move" | ![](not_allowed_cursor.png) "not-allowed" |
74-// | ![](grab_cursor.png) "grab" | ![](grabbing_cursor.png) "grabbing" | ![](all_scroll_cursor.png) "all-scroll" | ![](col_resize_cursor.png) "col-resize" |
75-// | ![](row_resize_cursor.png) "row-resize" | ![](n_resize_cursor.png) "n-resize" | ![](e_resize_cursor.png) "e-resize" | ![](s_resize_cursor.png) "s-resize" |
76-// | ![](w_resize_cursor.png) "w-resize" | ![](ne_resize_cursor.png) "ne-resize" | ![](nw_resize_cursor.png) "nw-resize" | ![](sw_resize_cursor.png) "sw-resize" |
77-// | ![](se_resize_cursor.png) "se-resize" | ![](ew_resize_cursor.png) "ew-resize" | ![](ns_resize_cursor.png) "ns-resize" | ![](nesw_resize_cursor.png) "nesw-resize" |
78-// | ![](nwse_resize_cursor.png) "nwse-resize" | ![](zoom_in_cursor.png) "zoom-in" | ![](zoom_out_cursor.png) "zoom-out" | |
103+// | | | |
104+// | --- | --- | --- |
105+// | | "none" | No cursor |
106+// | ![](default_cursor.png) | "default" | The default cursor |
107+// | ![](help_cursor.png) | "help" | Help is available |
108+// | ![](pointer_cursor.png) | "pointer" | Indicates a link or interactive element |
109+// | ![](context_menu_cursor.png) |"context-menu" | A context menu is available |
110+// | ![](progress_cursor.png) | "progress" | Progress indicator |
111+// | ![](wait_cursor.png) | "wait" | Busy cursor |
112+// | ![](cell_cursor.png) | "cell" | Cell(s) may be selected |
113+// | ![](crosshair_cursor.png) | "crosshair" | Simple crosshair |
114+// | ![](text_cursor.png) | "text" | Text may be selected |
115+// | ![](vertical_text_cursor.png) | "vertical-text" | Vertical text may be selected |
116+// | ![](alias_cursor.png) | "alias" | DND: Something will be linked |
117+// | ![](copy_cursor.png) | "copy" | DND: Something will be copied |
118+// | ![](move_cursor.png) | "move" | DND: Something will be moved |
119+// | ![](dnd_ask_cursor.png) | "dnd-ask" | DND: User can choose action to be carried out |
120+// | ![](no_drop_cursor.png) | "no-drop" | DND: Can't drop here |
121+// | ![](not_allowed_cursor.png) | "not-allowed" | DND: Action will not be carried out |
122+// | ![](grab_cursor.png) | "grab" | DND: Something can be grabbed |
123+// | ![](grabbing_cursor.png) | "grabbing" | DND: Something is being grabbed |
124+// | ![](n_resize_cursor.png) | "n-resize" | Resizing: Move north border |
125+// | ![](e_resize_cursor.png) | "e-resize" | Resizing: Move east border |
126+// | ![](s_resize_cursor.png) | "s-resize" | Resizing: Move south border |
127+// | ![](w_resize_cursor.png) | "w-resize" | Resizing: Move west border |
128+// | ![](ne_resize_cursor.png) | "ne-resize" | Resizing: Move north-east corner |
129+// | ![](nw_resize_cursor.png) | "nw-resize" | Resizing: Move north-west corner |
130+// | ![](sw_resize_cursor.png) | "sw-resize" | Resizing: Move south-west corner |
131+// | ![](se_resize_cursor.png) | "se-resize" | Resizing: Move south-east corner |
132+// | ![](col_resize_cursor.png) | "col-resize" | Resizing: Move an item or border horizontally |
133+// | ![](row_resize_cursor.png) | "row-resize" | Resizing: Move an item or border vertically |
134+// | ![](ew_resize_cursor.png) | "ew-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved horizontally |
135+// | ![](ns_resize_cursor.png) | "ns-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved vertically |
136+// | ![](nesw_resize_cursor.png) | "nesw-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved diagonally, north-east to south-west |
137+// | ![](nwse_resize_cursor.png) | "nwse-resize" | Moving: something can be moved diagonally, north-west to south-east |
138+// | ![](all_resize_cursor.png) | "all-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved in any direction |
139+// | ![](all_scroll_cursor.png) | "all-scroll" | Can scroll in any direction |
140+// | ![](zoom_in_cursor.png) | "zoom-in" | Zoom in |
141+// | ![](zoom_out_cursor.png) | "zoom-out" | Zoom out |
79142 func NewCursorFromName(NameVar string, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor {
80143 var cls *Cursor
81144
@@ -209,6 +272,7 @@ func init() {
209272
210273 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCursorGLibType, lib, "gdk_cursor_get_type")
211274
275+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromCallback, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_callback")
212276 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromName, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_name")
213277 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromTexture, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_texture")
214278
M v4/gdk/gdkdevice.go +29 -3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import (
1313 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/pango"
1414 )
1515
16-// A `GdkTimeCoord` stores a single event in a motion history.
16+// Stores a single event in a motion history.
1717 //
1818 // To check whether an axis is present, check whether the corresponding
1919 // flag from the [flags@Gdk.AxisFlags] enumeration is set in the @flags
@@ -64,8 +64,7 @@ const (
6464 SourceTabletPadValue InputSource = 6
6565 )
6666
67-// The `GdkDevice` object represents an input device, such
68-// as a keyboard, a mouse, or a touchpad.
67+// Represents an input device, such as a keyboard, mouse or touchpad.
6968 //
7069 // See the [class@Gdk.Seat] documentation for more information
7170 // about the various kinds of devices, and their relationships.
@@ -85,6 +84,20 @@ func DeviceNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Device {
8584 return cls
8685 }
8786
87+var xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex func(uintptr) int
88+
89+// Retrieves the index of the active layout of the keyboard.
90+//
91+// If there is no valid active layout for the `GdkDevice`, this function will
92+// return -1;
93+//
94+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
95+func (x *Device) GetActiveLayoutIndex() int {
96+
97+ cret := xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex(x.GoPointer())
98+ return cret
99+}
100+
88101 var xDeviceGetCapsLockState func(uintptr) bool
89102
90103 // Retrieves whether the Caps Lock modifier of the keyboard is locked.
@@ -156,6 +169,17 @@ func (x *Device) GetHasCursor() bool {
156169 return cret
157170 }
158171
172+var xDeviceGetLayoutNames func(uintptr) []string
173+
174+// Retrieves the names of the layouts of the keyboard.
175+//
176+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
177+func (x *Device) GetLayoutNames() []string {
178+
179+ cret := xDeviceGetLayoutNames(x.GoPointer())
180+ return cret
181+}
182+
159183 var xDeviceGetModifierState func(uintptr) ModifierType
160184
161185 // Retrieves the current modifier state of the keyboard.
@@ -398,11 +422,13 @@ func init() {
398422
399423 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGLibType, lib, "gdk_device_get_type")
400424
425+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex, lib, "gdk_device_get_active_layout_index")
401426 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetCapsLockState, lib, "gdk_device_get_caps_lock_state")
402427 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDeviceTool, lib, "gdk_device_get_device_tool")
403428 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDirection, lib, "gdk_device_get_direction")
404429 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_device_get_display")
405430 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetHasCursor, lib, "gdk_device_get_has_cursor")
431+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetLayoutNames, lib, "gdk_device_get_layout_names")
406432 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetModifierState, lib, "gdk_device_get_modifier_state")
407433 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetName, lib, "gdk_device_get_name")
408434 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetNumLockState, lib, "gdk_device_get_num_lock_state")
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicepad.go +1 -2
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ func (x *DevicePadInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1818 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
1919 }
2020
21-// `GdkDevicePad` is an interface implemented by devices of type
22-// %GDK_SOURCE_TABLET_PAD
21+// An interface for tablet pad devices.
2322 //
2423 // It allows querying the features provided by the pad device.
2524 //
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicetool.go +2 -2
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ var xDeviceToolGetHardwareId func(uintptr) uint64
6868
6969 // Gets the hardware ID of this tool, or 0 if it's not known.
7070 //
71-// When non-zero, the identificator is unique for the given tool model,
71+// When non-zero, the identifier is unique for the given tool model,
7272 // meaning that two identical tools will share the same @hardware_id,
7373 // but will have different serial numbers (see
7474 // [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_serial]).
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ var xDeviceToolGetHardwareId func(uintptr) uint64
7676 // This is a more concrete (and device specific) method to identify
7777 // a `GdkDeviceTool` than [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_tool_type],
7878 // as a tablet may support multiple devices with the same
79-// `GdkDeviceToolType`, but different hardware identificators.
79+// `GdkDeviceToolType`, but different hardware identifiers.
8080 func (x *DeviceTool) GetHardwareId() uint64 {
8181
8282 cret := xDeviceToolGetHardwareId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplay.go +35 -11
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// `GdkDisplay` objects are the GDK representation of a workstation.
15+// A representation of a workstation.
1616 //
1717 // Their purpose are two-fold:
1818 //
@@ -172,13 +172,27 @@ func (x *Display) GetDefaultSeat() *Seat {
172172 return cls
173173 }
174174
175+var xDisplayGetDmabufFormats func(uintptr) *DmabufFormats
176+
177+// Returns the dma-buf formats that are supported on this display.
178+//
179+// GTK may use OpenGL or Vulkan to support some formats.
180+// Calling this function will then initialize them if they aren't yet.
181+//
182+// The formats returned by this function can be used for negotiating
183+// buffer formats with producers such as v4l, pipewire or GStreamer.
184+//
185+// To learn more about dma-bufs, see [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder].
186+func (x *Display) GetDmabufFormats() *DmabufFormats {
187+
188+ cret := xDisplayGetDmabufFormats(x.GoPointer())
189+ return cret
190+}
191+
175192 var xDisplayGetMonitorAtSurface func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
176193
177194 // Gets the monitor in which the largest area of @surface
178195 // resides.
179-//
180-// Returns a monitor close to @surface if it is outside
181-// of all monitors.
182196 func (x *Display) GetMonitorAtSurface(SurfaceVar *Surface) *Monitor {
183197 var cls *Monitor
184198
@@ -365,9 +379,9 @@ var xDisplayNotifyStartupComplete func(uintptr, string)
365379 // Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
366380 // finished loading, using a given identifier.
367381 //
368-// GTK will call this function automatically for [class@Gtk.Window]
382+// GTK will call this function automatically for [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html)
369383 // with custom startup-notification identifier unless
370-// [method@Gtk.Window.set_auto_startup_notification]
384+// [gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_auto_startup_notification.html)
371385 // is called to disable that feature.
372386 func (x *Display) NotifyStartupComplete(StartupIdVar string) {
373387
@@ -404,11 +418,7 @@ func (x *Display) PrepareGl() (bool, error) {
404418
405419 var xDisplayPutEvent func(uintptr, uintptr)
406420
407-// Appends the given event onto the front of the event
408-// queue for @display.
409-//
410-// This function is only useful in very special situations
411-// and should not be used by applications.
421+// Adds the given event to the event queue for @display.
412422 func (x *Display) PutEvent(EventVar *Event) {
413423
414424 xDisplayPutEvent(x.GoPointer(), EventVar.GoPointer())
@@ -429,6 +439,18 @@ func (x *Display) SupportsInputShapes() bool {
429439 return cret
430440 }
431441
442+var xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth func(uintptr) bool
443+
444+// Returns whether it's possible for a surface to draw outside of the window area.
445+//
446+// If %TRUE is returned the application decides if it wants to draw shadows.
447+// If %FALSE is returned, the compositor decides if it wants to draw shadows.
448+func (x *Display) SupportsShadowWidth() bool {
449+
450+ cret := xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth(x.GoPointer())
451+ return cret
452+}
453+
432454 var xDisplaySync func(uintptr)
433455
434456 // Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all
@@ -643,6 +665,7 @@ func init() {
643665 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetAppLaunchContext, lib, "gdk_display_get_app_launch_context")
644666 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetClipboard, lib, "gdk_display_get_clipboard")
645667 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetDefaultSeat, lib, "gdk_display_get_default_seat")
668+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetDmabufFormats, lib, "gdk_display_get_dmabuf_formats")
646669 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetMonitorAtSurface, lib, "gdk_display_get_monitor_at_surface")
647670 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetMonitors, lib, "gdk_display_get_monitors")
648671 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetName, lib, "gdk_display_get_name")
@@ -659,6 +682,7 @@ func init() {
659682 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayPrepareGl, lib, "gdk_display_prepare_gl")
660683 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayPutEvent, lib, "gdk_display_put_event")
661684 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySupportsInputShapes, lib, "gdk_display_supports_input_shapes")
685+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth, lib, "gdk_display_supports_shadow_width")
662686 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySync, lib, "gdk_display_sync")
663687 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayTranslateKey, lib, "gdk_display_translate_key")
664688
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.go +4 -3
@@ -52,8 +52,9 @@ func SetAllowedBackends(BackendsVar string) {
5252
5353 }
5454
55-// A singleton object that offers notification when displays appear or
56-// disappear.
55+// Offers notification when displays appear or disappear.
56+//
57+// `GdkDisplayManager` is a singleton object.
5758 //
5859 // You can use [func@Gdk.DisplayManager.get] to obtain the `GdkDisplayManager`
5960 // singleton, but that should be rarely necessary. Typically, initializing
@@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ var xDisplayManagerGet func() uintptr
209210 // with multiple backends).
210211 //
211212 // Applications can use [func@set_allowed_backends] to limit what
212-// backends wil be used.
213+// backends will be used.
213214 func DisplayManagerGet() *DisplayManager {
214215 var cls *DisplayManager
215216
A v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexture.go +316 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+)
14+
15+type DmabufTextureClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+}
18+
19+func (x *DmabufTextureClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
20+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
21+}
22+
23+var xDmabufErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
24+
25+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.DmabufTexture] errors.
26+func DmabufErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
27+
28+ cret := xDmabufErrorQuark()
29+ return cret
30+}
31+
32+// A `GdkTexture` representing a DMA buffer.
33+//
34+// To create a `GdkDmabufTexture`, use the auxiliary
35+// [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder] object.
36+//
37+// Dma-buf textures can only be created on Linux.
38+type DmabufTexture struct {
39+ Texture
40+}
41+
42+var xDmabufTextureGLibType func() types.GType
43+
44+func DmabufTextureGLibType() types.GType {
45+ return xDmabufTextureGLibType()
46+}
47+
48+func DmabufTextureNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DmabufTexture {
49+ cls := &DmabufTexture{}
50+ cls.Ptr = ptr
51+ return cls
52+}
53+
54+func (c *DmabufTexture) GoPointer() uintptr {
55+ if c == nil {
56+ return 0
57+ }
58+ return c.Ptr
59+}
60+
61+func (c *DmabufTexture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
62+ c.Ptr = ptr
63+}
64+
65+// Compute a concrete size for the `GdkPaintable`.
66+//
67+// Applies the sizing algorithm outlined in the
68+// [CSS Image spec](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-images-3/#default-sizing)
69+// to the given @paintable. See that link for more details.
70+//
71+// It is not necessary to call this function when both @specified_width
72+// and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
73+// function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
74+// other dimension when only one dimension is given.
75+func (x *DmabufTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
76+
77+ XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
78+
79+}
80+
81+// Gets an immutable paintable for the current contents displayed by @paintable.
82+//
83+// This is useful when you want to retain the current state of an animation,
84+// for example to take a screenshot of a running animation.
85+//
86+// If the @paintable is already immutable, it will return itself.
87+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetCurrentImage() *PaintableBase {
88+ var cls *PaintableBase
89+
90+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetCurrentImage(x.GoPointer())
91+
92+ if cret == 0 {
93+ return nil
94+ }
95+ cls = &PaintableBase{}
96+ cls.Ptr = cret
97+ return cls
98+}
99+
100+// Get flags for the paintable.
101+//
102+// This is oftentimes useful for optimizations.
103+//
104+// See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags] for the flags and what they mean.
105+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetFlags() PaintableFlags {
106+
107+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetFlags(x.GoPointer())
108+ return cret
109+}
110+
111+// Gets the preferred aspect ratio the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
112+//
113+// The aspect ratio is the width divided by the height, so a value of 0.5
114+// means that the @paintable prefers to be displayed twice as high as it
115+// is wide. Consumers of this interface can use this to preserve aspect
116+// ratio when displaying the paintable.
117+//
118+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
119+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
120+//
121+// Usually when a @paintable returns nonzero values from
122+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width] and
123+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] the aspect ratio
124+// should conform to those values, though that is not required.
125+//
126+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred aspect ratio,
127+// it returns 0. Negative values are never returned.
128+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 {
129+
130+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(x.GoPointer())
131+ return cret
132+}
133+
134+// Gets the preferred height the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
135+//
136+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
137+// the paintable.
138+//
139+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
140+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
141+//
142+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0.
143+// Negative values are never returned.
144+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int {
145+
146+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer())
147+ return cret
148+}
149+
150+// Gets the preferred width the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
151+//
152+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
153+// the paintable.
154+//
155+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
156+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
157+//
158+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0.
159+// Negative values are never returned.
160+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int {
161+
162+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer())
163+ return cret
164+}
165+
166+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their contents.
167+//
168+// Unless the contents are invalidated, implementations must guarantee that
169+// multiple calls of [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot] produce the same output.
170+//
171+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents]
172+// signal.
173+//
174+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS flag,
175+// it must not call this function.
176+func (x *DmabufTexture) InvalidateContents() {
177+
178+ XGdkPaintableInvalidateContents(x.GoPointer())
179+
180+}
181+
182+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their size.
183+//
184+// As long as the size is not invalidated, @paintable must return the same
185+// values for its intrinsic width, height and aspect ratio.
186+//
187+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size]
188+// signal.
189+//
190+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE flag,
191+// it must not call this function.
192+func (x *DmabufTexture) InvalidateSize() {
193+
194+ XGdkPaintableInvalidateSize(x.GoPointer())
195+
196+}
197+
198+// Snapshots the given paintable with the given @width and @height.
199+//
200+// The paintable is drawn at the current (0,0) offset of the @snapshot.
201+// If @width and @height are not larger than zero, this function will
202+// do nothing.
203+func (x *DmabufTexture) Snapshot(SnapshotVar *Snapshot, WidthVar float64, HeightVar float64) {
204+
205+ XGdkPaintableSnapshot(x.GoPointer(), SnapshotVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
206+
207+}
208+
209+// Checks if two icons are equal.
210+func (x *DmabufTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
211+
212+ cret := gio.XGIconEqual(x.GoPointer(), Icon2Var.GoPointer())
213+ return cret
214+}
215+
216+// Gets a hash for an icon.
217+func (x *DmabufTexture) Hash() uint {
218+
219+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
220+ return cret
221+}
222+
223+// Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
224+// back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
225+// As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
226+// makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine,
227+// (as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace.
228+func (x *DmabufTexture) Serialize() *glib.Variant {
229+
230+ cret := gio.XGIconSerialize(x.GoPointer())
231+ return cret
232+}
233+
234+// Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for
235+// serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or
236+// saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to
237+// get @icon back from the returned string.
238+//
239+// The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except
240+// in the following two cases
241+//
242+// - If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path
243+// (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping
244+// if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not
245+// native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri()
246+// (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`).
247+//
248+// - If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name and no fallbacks,
249+// the encoding is simply the name (such as `network-server`).
250+func (x *DmabufTexture) ToString() string {
251+
252+ cret := gio.XGIconToString(x.GoPointer())
253+ return cret
254+}
255+
256+// Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
257+// see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
258+func (x *DmabufTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
259+ var cls *gio.InputStream
260+ var cerr *glib.Error
261+
262+ cret := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
263+
264+ if cret == 0 {
265+ return nil, cerr
266+ }
267+ cls = &gio.InputStream{}
268+ cls.Ptr = cret
269+ if cerr == nil {
270+ return cls, nil
271+ }
272+ return cls, cerr
273+
274+}
275+
276+// Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see
277+// g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking
278+// version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load().
279+func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
280+
281+ gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
282+
283+}
284+
285+// Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
286+func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
287+ var cls *gio.InputStream
288+ var cerr *glib.Error
289+
290+ cret := gio.XGLoadableIconLoadFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, &cerr)
291+
292+ if cret == 0 {
293+ return nil, cerr
294+ }
295+ cls = &gio.InputStream{}
296+ cls.Ptr = cret
297+ if cerr == nil {
298+ return cls, nil
299+ }
300+ return cls, cerr
301+
302+}
303+
304+func init() {
305+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
306+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
307+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
308+ if err != nil {
309+ panic(err)
310+ }
311+
312+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_error_quark")
313+
314+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_get_type")
315+
316+}
A v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexturebuilder.go +488 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type DmabufTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from DMA buffers.
25+//
26+// DMA buffers are commonly called **_dma-bufs_**.
27+//
28+// DMA buffers are a feature of the Linux kernel to enable efficient buffer and
29+// memory sharing between hardware such as codecs, GPUs, displays, cameras and the
30+// kernel drivers controlling them. For example, a decoder may want its output to
31+// be directly shared with the display server for rendering without a copy.
32+//
33+// Any device driver which participates in DMA buffer sharing, can do so as either
34+// the exporter or importer of buffers (or both).
35+//
36+// The memory that is shared via DMA buffers is usually stored in non-system memory
37+// (maybe in device's local memory or something else not directly accessible by the
38+// CPU), and accessing this memory from the CPU may have higher-than-usual overhead.
39+//
40+// In particular for graphics data, it is not uncommon that data consists of multiple
41+// separate blocks of memory, for example one block for each of the red, green and
42+// blue channels. These blocks are called **_planes_**. DMA buffers can have up to
43+// four planes. Even if the memory is a single block, the data can be organized in
44+// multiple planes, by specifying offsets from the beginning of the data.
45+//
46+// DMA buffers are exposed to user-space as file descriptors allowing to pass them
47+// between processes. If a DMA buffer has multiple planes, there is one file
48+// descriptor per plane.
49+//
50+// The format of the data (for graphics data, essentially its colorspace) is described
51+// by a 32-bit integer. These format identifiers are defined in the header file `drm_fourcc.h`
52+// and commonly referred to as **_fourcc_** values, since they are identified by 4 ASCII
53+// characters. Additionally, each DMA buffer has a **_modifier_**, which is a 64-bit integer
54+// that describes driver-specific details of the memory layout, such as tiling or compression.
55+//
56+// For historical reasons, some producers of dma-bufs don't provide an explicit modifier, but
57+// instead return `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID` to indicate that their modifier is **_implicit_**.
58+// GTK tries to accommodate this situation by accepting `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID` as modifier.
59+//
60+// The operation of `GdkDmabufTextureBuilder` is quite simple: Create a texture builder,
61+// set all the necessary properties, and then call [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build]
62+// to create the new texture.
63+//
64+// The required properties for a dma-buf texture are
65+//
66+// - The width and height in pixels
67+//
68+// - The `fourcc` code and `modifier` which identify the format and memory layout of the dma-buf
69+//
70+// - The file descriptor, offset and stride for each of the planes
71+//
72+// `GdkDmabufTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
73+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
74+//
75+// # For further information, see
76+//
77+// * The Linux kernel [documentation](https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/dma-buf.html)
78+//
79+// * The header file [drm_fourcc.h](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/drm/-/blob/main/include/drm/drm_fourcc.h)
80+type DmabufTextureBuilder struct {
81+ gobject.Object
82+}
83+
84+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
85+
86+func DmabufTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
87+ return xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType()
88+}
89+
90+func DmabufTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DmabufTextureBuilder {
91+ cls := &DmabufTextureBuilder{}
92+ cls.Ptr = ptr
93+ return cls
94+}
95+
96+var xNewDmabufTextureBuilder func() uintptr
97+
98+// Creates a new texture builder.
99+func NewDmabufTextureBuilder() *DmabufTextureBuilder {
100+ var cls *DmabufTextureBuilder
101+
102+ cret := xNewDmabufTextureBuilder()
103+
104+ if cret == 0 {
105+ return nil
106+ }
107+ cls = &DmabufTextureBuilder{}
108+ cls.Ptr = cret
109+ return cls
110+}
111+
112+var xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
113+
114+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
115+//
116+// It is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory property has not been set.
117+//
118+// Not all formats defined in the `drm_fourcc.h` header are supported. You can use
119+// [method@Gdk.Display.get_dmabuf_formats] to get a list of supported formats. If the
120+// format is not supported by GTK, %NULL will be returned and @error will be set.
121+//
122+// The `destroy` function gets called when the returned texture gets released.
123+//
124+// It is the responsibility of the caller to keep the file descriptors for the planes
125+// open until the created texture is no longer used, and close them afterwards (possibly
126+// using the @destroy notify).
127+//
128+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
129+// possibly with changing properties in between.
130+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) Build(DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) (*Texture, error) {
131+ var cls *Texture
132+ var cerr *glib.Error
133+
134+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), DataVar, &cerr)
135+
136+ if cret == 0 {
137+ return nil, cerr
138+ }
139+ cls = &Texture{}
140+ cls.Ptr = cret
141+ if cerr == nil {
142+ return cls, nil
143+ }
144+ return cls, cerr
145+
146+}
147+
148+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
149+
150+// Gets the color state previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_color_state().
151+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
152+
153+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
154+ return cret
155+}
156+
157+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay func(uintptr) uintptr
158+
159+// Returns the display that this texture builder is
160+// associated with.
161+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetDisplay() *Display {
162+ var cls *Display
163+
164+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay(x.GoPointer())
165+
166+ if cret == 0 {
167+ return nil
168+ }
169+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
170+ cls = &Display{}
171+ cls.Ptr = cret
172+ return cls
173+}
174+
175+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd func(uintptr, uint) int
176+
177+// Gets the file descriptor for a plane.
178+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetFd(PlaneVar uint) int {
179+
180+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
181+ return cret
182+}
183+
184+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc func(uintptr) uint32
185+
186+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fourcc()
187+// or 0 if the format wasn't set.
188+//
189+// The format is specified as a fourcc code.
190+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetFourcc() uint32 {
191+
192+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc(x.GoPointer())
193+ return cret
194+}
195+
196+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) uint
197+
198+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_height() or
199+// 0 if the height wasn't set.
200+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetHeight() uint {
201+
202+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
203+ return cret
204+}
205+
206+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier func(uintptr) uint64
207+
208+// Gets the modifier value.
209+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetModifier() uint64 {
210+
211+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier(x.GoPointer())
212+ return cret
213+}
214+
215+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes func(uintptr) uint
216+
217+// Gets the number of planes.
218+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetNPlanes() uint {
219+
220+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes(x.GoPointer())
221+ return cret
222+}
223+
224+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset func(uintptr, uint) uint
225+
226+// Gets the offset value for a plane.
227+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetOffset(PlaneVar uint) uint {
228+
229+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
230+ return cret
231+}
232+
233+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied func(uintptr) bool
234+
235+// Whether the data is premultiplied.
236+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPremultiplied() bool {
237+
238+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
242+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride func(uintptr, uint) uint
243+
244+// Gets the stride value for a plane.
245+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetStride(PlaneVar uint) uint {
246+
247+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
248+ return cret
249+}
250+
251+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
252+
253+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_region() or
254+// %NULL if none was set.
255+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
256+
257+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
258+ return cret
259+}
260+
261+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
262+
263+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_texture() or
264+// %NULL if none was set.
265+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
266+ var cls *Texture
267+
268+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
269+
270+ if cret == 0 {
271+ return nil
272+ }
273+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
274+ cls = &Texture{}
275+ cls.Ptr = cret
276+ return cls
277+}
278+
279+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) uint
280+
281+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_width() or
282+// 0 if the width wasn't set.
283+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetWidth() uint {
284+
285+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
286+ return cret
287+}
288+
289+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
290+
291+// Sets the color state for the texture.
292+//
293+// By default, the colorstate is `NULL`. In that case, GTK will choose the
294+// correct colorstate based on the format.
295+// If you don't know what colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
296+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
297+
298+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
299+
300+}
301+
302+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay func(uintptr, uintptr)
303+
304+// Sets the display that this texture builder is
305+// associated with.
306+//
307+// The display is used to determine the supported
308+// dma-buf formats.
309+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetDisplay(DisplayVar *Display) {
310+
311+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay(x.GoPointer(), DisplayVar.GoPointer())
312+
313+}
314+
315+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd func(uintptr, uint, int)
316+
317+// Sets the file descriptor for a plane.
318+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetFd(PlaneVar uint, FdVar int) {
319+
320+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, FdVar)
321+
322+}
323+
324+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc func(uintptr, uint32)
325+
326+// Sets the format of the texture.
327+//
328+// The format is specified as a fourcc code.
329+//
330+// The format must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
331+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetFourcc(FourccVar uint32) {
332+
333+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc(x.GoPointer(), FourccVar)
334+
335+}
336+
337+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, uint)
338+
339+// Sets the height of the texture.
340+//
341+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
342+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar uint) {
343+
344+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
345+
346+}
347+
348+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier func(uintptr, uint64)
349+
350+// Sets the modifier.
351+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetModifier(ModifierVar uint64) {
352+
353+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier(x.GoPointer(), ModifierVar)
354+
355+}
356+
357+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes func(uintptr, uint)
358+
359+// Sets the number of planes of the texture.
360+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetNPlanes(NPlanesVar uint) {
361+
362+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes(x.GoPointer(), NPlanesVar)
363+
364+}
365+
366+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset func(uintptr, uint, uint)
367+
368+// Sets the offset for a plane.
369+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetOffset(PlaneVar uint, OffsetVar uint) {
370+
371+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, OffsetVar)
372+
373+}
374+
375+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied func(uintptr, bool)
376+
377+// Sets whether the data is premultiplied.
378+//
379+// Unless otherwise specified, all formats including alpha channels are assumed
380+// to be premultiplied.
381+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPremultiplied(PremultipliedVar bool) {
382+
383+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied(x.GoPointer(), PremultipliedVar)
384+
385+}
386+
387+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride func(uintptr, uint, uint)
388+
389+// Sets the stride for a plane.
390+//
391+// The stride must be set for all planes before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
392+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetStride(PlaneVar uint, StrideVar uint) {
393+
394+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, StrideVar)
395+
396+}
397+
398+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
399+
400+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture. Together with
401+// [property@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder:update-texture] this describes an
402+// update of a previous texture.
403+//
404+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
405+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
406+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
407+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
408+//
409+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
410+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
411+
412+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
413+
414+}
415+
416+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
417+
418+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture. See
419+// [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
420+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
421+
422+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
423+
424+}
425+
426+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, uint)
427+
428+// Sets the width of the texture.
429+//
430+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
431+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar uint) {
432+
433+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
434+
435+}
436+
437+func (c *DmabufTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
438+ if c == nil {
439+ return 0
440+ }
441+ return c.Ptr
442+}
443+
444+func (c *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
445+ c.Ptr = ptr
446+}
447+
448+func init() {
449+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
450+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
451+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
452+ if err != nil {
453+ panic(err)
454+ }
455+
456+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_type")
457+
458+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDmabufTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_new")
459+
460+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_build")
461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_color_state")
462+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_display")
463+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_fd")
464+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_fourcc")
465+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_height")
466+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_modifier")
467+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_n_planes")
468+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_offset")
469+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_premultiplied")
470+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_stride")
471+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_update_region")
472+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
473+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_width")
474+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_color_state")
475+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_display")
476+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fd")
477+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fourcc")
478+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_height")
479+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_modifier")
480+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_n_planes")
481+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_offset")
482+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_premultiplied")
483+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_stride")
484+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_region")
485+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
486+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_width")
487+
488+}
M v4/gdk/gdkdrag.go +1 -1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func DragActionIsUnique(ActionVar DragAction) bool {
4343 return cret
4444 }
4545
46-// The `GdkDrag` object represents the source of an ongoing DND operation.
46+// Represents the source of an ongoing DND operation.
4747 //
4848 // A `GdkDrag` is created when a drag is started, and stays alive for duration of
4949 // the DND operation. After a drag has been started with [func@Gdk.Drag.begin],
M v4/gdk/gdkdragsurface.go +1 -1
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *DragSurfaceInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkDragSurface` is an interface for surfaces used during DND.
22+// A surface that is used during DND.
2323 type DragSurface interface {
2424 GoPointer() uintptr
2525 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
A v4/gdk/gdkdragsurfacesize.go +49 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
11+)
12+
13+// Contains information that is useful to compute the size of a drag surface.
14+type DragSurfaceSize struct {
15+ _ structs.HostLayout
16+}
17+
18+var xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func DragSurfaceSizeGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func (x *DragSurfaceSize) GoPointer() uintptr {
25+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
26+}
27+
28+var xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize func(uintptr, int, int)
29+
30+// Sets the size the drag surface prefers to be resized to.
31+func (x *DragSurfaceSize) SetSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) {
32+
33+ xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
34+
35+}
36+
37+func init() {
38+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
39+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
40+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
41+ if err != nil {
42+ panic(err)
43+ }
44+
45+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType, lib, "gdk_drag_surface_size_get_type")
46+
47+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize, lib, "gdk_drag_surface_size_set_size")
48+
49+}
M v4/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.go +2 -2
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ var xDrawContextBeginFrame func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
5858 //
5959 // When using GTK, the widget system automatically places calls to
6060 // gdk_draw_context_begin_frame() and gdk_draw_context_end_frame() via the
61-// use of [class@Gsk.Renderer]s, so application code does not need to call
62-// these functions explicitly.
61+// use of [GskRenderer](../gsk4/class.Renderer.html)s, so application code
62+// does not need to call these functions explicitly.
6363 func (x *DrawContext) BeginFrame(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
6464
6565 xDrawContextBeginFrame(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
M v4/gdk/gdkdrop.go +1 -5
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkDrop` object represents the target of an ongoing DND operation.
13+// Represents the target of an ongoing DND operation.
1414 //
1515 // Possible drop sites get informed about the status of the ongoing drag
1616 // operation with events of type %GDK_DRAG_ENTER, %GDK_DRAG_LEAVE,
@@ -198,10 +198,6 @@ var xDropReadValueAsync func(uintptr, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintpt
198198 // Asynchronously request the drag operation's contents converted
199199 // to the given @type.
200200 //
201-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must
202-// then call [method@Gdk.Drop.read_value_finish] to get the resulting
203-// `GValue`.
204-//
205201 // For local drag-and-drop operations that are available in the given
206202 // `GType`, the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will
207203 // try to use [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_async] to convert the data.
M v4/gdk/gdkenums.go +97 -31
@@ -73,6 +73,23 @@ const (
7373 ActionAskValue DragAction = 8
7474 )
7575
76+// The list of the different APIs that GdkGLContext can potentially support.
77+type GLAPI int
78+
79+var xGLAPIGLibType func() types.GType
80+
81+func GLAPIGLibType() types.GType {
82+ return xGLAPIGLibType()
83+}
84+
85+const (
86+
87+ // The OpenGL API
88+ GlApiGlValue GLAPI = 1
89+ // The OpenGL ES API
90+ GlApiGlesValue GLAPI = 2
91+)
92+
7693 // Flags to indicate the state of modifier keys and mouse buttons
7794 // in events.
7895 //
@@ -80,7 +97,7 @@ const (
8097 // Apple, CapsLock or ShiftLock.
8198 //
8299 // Note that GDK may add internal values to events which include values outside
83-// of this enumeration. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use
100+// of this enumeration. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use
84101 // %GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to remove all private values.
85102 type ModifierType int
86103
@@ -92,16 +109,18 @@ func ModifierTypeGLibType() types.GType {
92109
93110 const (
94111
112+ // No modifier.
113+ NoModifierMaskValue ModifierType = 0
95114 // the Shift key.
96115 ShiftMaskValue ModifierType = 1
97- // a Lock key (depending on the modifier mapping of the
98- // X server this may either be CapsLock or ShiftLock).
116+ // a Lock key (depending on the Windowing System configuration,
117+ // this may either be <kbd>CapsLock</kbd> or <kbd>ShiftLock</kbd>).
99118 LockMaskValue ModifierType = 2
100119 // the Control key.
101120 ControlMaskValue ModifierType = 4
102- // the fourth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
103- // mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier, but
104- // normally it is the Alt key).
121+ // the fourth modifier key (it depends on the Windowing System
122+ // configuration which key is interpreted as this modifier, but normally it
123+ // is the <kbd>Alt</kbd> key).
105124 AltMaskValue ModifierType = 8
106125 // the first mouse button.
107126 Button1MaskValue ModifierType = 256
@@ -113,11 +132,11 @@ const (
113132 Button4MaskValue ModifierType = 2048
114133 // the fifth mouse button.
115134 Button5MaskValue ModifierType = 4096
116- // the Super modifier
135+ // the Super modifier.
117136 SuperMaskValue ModifierType = 67108864
118- // the Hyper modifier
137+ // the Hyper modifier.
119138 HyperMaskValue ModifierType = 134217728
120- // the Meta modifier
139+ // the Meta modifier. Maps to Command on macOS.
121140 MetaMaskValue ModifierType = 268435456
122141 )
123142
@@ -164,6 +183,27 @@ const (
164183 AxisLastValue AxisUse = 12
165184 )
166185
186+// Error enumeration for `GdkDmabufTexture`.
187+type DmabufError int
188+
189+var xDmabufErrorGLibType func() types.GType
190+
191+func DmabufErrorGLibType() types.GType {
192+ return xDmabufErrorGLibType()
193+}
194+
195+const (
196+
197+ // Dmabuf support is not available, because the OS
198+ // is not Linux, or it was explicitly disabled at compile- or runtime
199+ DmabufErrorNotAvailableValue DmabufError = 0
200+ // The requested format is not supported
201+ DmabufErrorUnsupportedFormatValue DmabufError = 1
202+ // GTK failed to create the resource for other
203+ // reasons
204+ DmabufErrorCreationFailedValue DmabufError = 2
205+)
206+
167207 // Error enumeration for `GdkGLContext`.
168208 type GLError int
169209
@@ -221,12 +261,12 @@ const (
221261 GravityStaticValue Gravity = 10
222262 )
223263
224-// `GdkMemoryFormat` describes formats that image data can have in memory.
264+// Describes formats that image data can have in memory.
225265 //
226266 // It describes formats by listing the contents of the memory passed to it.
227-// So GDK_MEMORY_A8R8G8B8 will be 1 byte (8 bits) of alpha, followed by a
267+// So `GDK_MEMORY_A8R8G8B8` will be 1 byte (8 bits) of alpha, followed by a
228268 // byte each of red, green and blue. It is not endian-dependent, so
229-// CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32 is represented by different `GdkMemoryFormats`
269+// `CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32` is represented by different `GdkMemoryFormats`
230270 // on architectures with different endiannesses.
231271 //
232272 // Its naming is modelled after
@@ -263,37 +303,63 @@ const (
263303 MemoryR8g8b8Value MemoryFormat = 7
264304 // 3 bytes; for blue, green, red. The data is opaque.
265305 MemoryB8g8r8Value MemoryFormat = 8
266- // 3 guint16 values; for red, green, blue. Since: 4.6
306+ // 3 guint16 values; for red, green, blue.
267307 MemoryR16g16b16Value MemoryFormat = 9
268- // 4 guint16 values; for red, green,
269- // blue, alpha. The color values are premultiplied with the alpha value.
270- // Since: 4.6
308+ // 4 guint16 values; for red, green, blue, alpha. The color values are
309+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
271310 MemoryR16g16b16a16PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 10
272311 // 4 guint16 values; for red, green, blue, alpha.
273- // Since: 4.6
274312 MemoryR16g16b16a16Value MemoryFormat = 11
275- // 3 half-float values; for red, green, blue.
276- // The data is opaque. Since: 4.6
313+ // 3 half-float values; for red, green, blue. The data is opaque.
277314 MemoryR16g16b16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 12
278- // 4 half-float values; for
279- // red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are premultiplied with
280- // the alpha value. Since: 4.6
315+ // 4 half-float values; for red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are
316+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
281317 MemoryR16g16b16a16FloatPremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 13
282- // 4 half-float values; for red, green,
283- // blue and alpha. Since: 4.6
318+ // 4 half-float values; for red, green, blue and alpha.
284319 MemoryR16g16b16a16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 14
285-
320+ // 3 float values; for red, green, blue.
286321 MemoryR32g32b32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 15
287- // 4 float values; for
288- // red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are premultiplied with
289- // the alpha value. Since: 4.6
322+ // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are
323+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
290324 MemoryR32g32b32a32FloatPremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 16
291- // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and
292- // alpha. Since: 4.6
325+ // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and alpha.
293326 MemoryR32g32b32a32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 17
327+ // 2 bytes; for grayscale, alpha. The color values are premultiplied with the
328+ // alpha value.
329+ MemoryG8a8PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 18
330+ // 2 bytes; for grayscale, alpha.
331+ MemoryG8a8Value MemoryFormat = 19
332+ // One byte; for grayscale. The data is opaque.
333+ MemoryG8Value MemoryFormat = 20
334+ // 2 guint16 values; for grayscale, alpha. The color values are premultiplied
335+ // with the alpha value.
336+ MemoryG16a16PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 21
337+ // 2 guint16 values; for grayscale, alpha.
338+ MemoryG16a16Value MemoryFormat = 22
339+ // One guint16 value; for grayscale. The data is opaque.
340+ MemoryG16Value MemoryFormat = 23
341+ // One byte; for alpha.
342+ MemoryA8Value MemoryFormat = 24
343+ // One guint16 value; for alpha.
344+ MemoryA16Value MemoryFormat = 25
345+ // One half-float value; for alpha.
346+ MemoryA16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 26
347+ // One float value; for alpha.
348+ MemoryA32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 27
349+ // 4 bytes; for alpha, blue, green, red, The color values are premultiplied with
350+ // the alpha value.
351+ MemoryA8b8g8r8PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 28
352+ // 4 bytes; for blue, green, red, unused.
353+ MemoryB8g8r8x8Value MemoryFormat = 29
354+ // 4 bytes; for unused, red, green, blue.
355+ MemoryX8r8g8b8Value MemoryFormat = 30
356+ // 4 bytes; for red, green, blue, unused.
357+ MemoryR8g8b8x8Value MemoryFormat = 31
358+ // 4 bytes; for unused, blue, green, red.
359+ MemoryX8b8g8r8Value MemoryFormat = 32
294360 // The number of formats. This value will change as
295361 // more formats get added, so do not rely on its concrete integer.
296- MemoryNFormatsValue MemoryFormat = 18
362+ MemoryNFormatsValue MemoryFormat = 33
297363 )
298364
299365 // Error enumeration for `GdkVulkanContext`.
M v4/gdk/gdkevents.go +15 -9
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// `GdkEventSequence` is an opaque type representing a sequence
15-// of related touch events.
14+// An opaque type representing a sequence of related events.
1615 type EventSequence struct {
1716 _ structs.HostLayout
1817 }
@@ -157,8 +156,8 @@ const (
157156 PadStripValue EventType = 26
158157 // A tablet pad group mode change.
159158 PadGroupModeValue EventType = 27
160- // A touchpad hold gesture event, the current state
161- // is determined by its phase field. Since: 4.6
159+ // A touchpad hold gesture event, the current state is determined by its phase
160+ // field.
162161 TouchpadHoldValue EventType = 28
163162 // marks the end of the GdkEventType enumeration.
164163 EventLastValue EventType = 29
@@ -523,12 +522,13 @@ func (c *DeleteEvent) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
523522 c.Ptr = ptr
524523 }
525524
526-// `GdkEvent`s are immutable data structures, created by GDK to
527-// represent windowing system events.
525+// Represents windowing system events.
528526 //
529527 // In GTK applications the events are handled automatically by toplevel
530528 // widgets and passed on to the event controllers of appropriate widgets,
531529 // so using `GdkEvent` and its related API is rarely needed.
530+//
531+// `GdkEvent` structs are immutable.
532532 type Event struct {
533533 Ptr uintptr
534534 }
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ func (x *Event) GetDisplay() *Display {
672672
673673 var xEventGetEventSequence func(uintptr) *EventSequence
674674
675-// Retuns the event sequence to which the event belongs.
675+// Returns the event sequence to which the event belongs.
676676 //
677677 // Related touch events are connected in a sequence. Other
678678 // events typically don't have event sequence information.
@@ -731,6 +731,8 @@ func (x *Event) GetPointerEmulated() bool {
731731 var xEventGetPosition func(uintptr, float64, float64) bool
732732
733733 // Extract the event surface relative x/y coordinates from an event.
734+//
735+// This position is in [surface coordinates](coordinates.html).
734736 func (x *Event) GetPosition(XVar float64, YVar float64) bool {
735737
736738 cret := xEventGetPosition(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
@@ -805,9 +807,13 @@ var xEventTriggersContextMenu func(uintptr) bool
805807 // according to platform conventions.
806808 //
807809 // The right mouse button typically triggers context menus.
810+// On macOS, Control+left mouse button also triggers.
811+//
812+// # This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
808813 //
809-// This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
810-// event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
814+// ```c
815+// event->button == GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY
816+// ```
811817 func (x *Event) TriggersContextMenu() bool {
812818
813819 cret := xEventTriggersContextMenu(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gdk/gdkframeclock.go +7 -6
@@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ const (
5959 FrameClockPhaseAfterPaintValue FrameClockPhase = 64
6060 )
6161
62-// A `GdkFrameClock` tells the application when to update and repaint
63-// a surface.
62+// Tells the application when to update and repaint a surface.
6463 //
6564 // This may be synced to the vertical refresh rate of the monitor, for example.
6665 // Even when the frame clock uses a simple timer rather than a hardware-based
@@ -78,7 +77,7 @@ const (
7877 // for the synchronization being implemented, the clock will process a frame and
7978 // emit signals for each phase that has been requested. (See the signals of the
8079 // `GdkFrameClock` class for documentation of the phases.
81-// %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE and the [signal@GdkFrameClock::update] signal
80+// %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE and the [signal@Gdk.FrameClock::update] signal
8281 // are most interesting for application writers, and are used to update the
8382 // animations, using the frame time given by [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time].
8483 //
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ const (
9089 // are called at a “similar” time get the same value. This means that
9190 // if different animations are timed by looking at the difference in
9291 // time between an initial value from [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time]
93-// and the value inside the [signal@GdkFrameClock::update] signal of the clock,
92+// and the value inside the [signal@Gdk.FrameClock::update] signal of the clock,
9493 // they will stay exactly synchronized.
9594 type FrameClock struct {
9695 gobject.Object
@@ -349,7 +348,8 @@ func (x *FrameClock) ConnectLayout(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
349348 //
350349 // The frame is repainted. GDK normally handles this internally and
351350 // emits [signal@Gdk.Surface::render] signals which are turned into
352-// [signal@Gtk.Widget::snapshot] signals by GTK.
351+// [GtkWidget::snapshot](../gtk4/signal.Widget.snapshot.html) signals
352+// by GTK.
353353 func (x *FrameClock) ConnectPaint(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
354354 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
355355 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -397,7 +397,8 @@ func (x *FrameClock) ConnectResumeEvents(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
397397 //
398398 // Animations should be updated using [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time].
399399 // Applications can connect directly to this signal, or use
400-// [method@Gtk.Widget.add_tick_callback] as a more convenient interface.
400+// [gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()](../gtk4/method.Widget.add_tick_callback.html)
401+// as a more convenient interface.
401402 func (x *FrameClock) ConnectUpdate(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
402403 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
403404 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
M v4/gdk/gdkframetimings.go +1 -2
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// A `GdkFrameTimings` object holds timing information for a single frame
14-// of the application’s displays.
13+// Holds timing information for a single frame of the application’s displays.
1514 //
1615 // To retrieve `GdkFrameTimings` objects, use [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_timings]
1716 // or [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_current_timings]. The information in
M v4/gdk/gdkglcontext.go +7 -19
@@ -9,25 +9,16 @@ import (
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1010 )
1111
12-// The list of the different APIs that GdkGLContext can potentially support.
13-type GLAPI int
12+var xGlErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
1413
15-var xGLAPIGLibType func() types.GType
14+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.GLContext] errors.
15+func GlErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
1616
17-func GLAPIGLibType() types.GType {
18- return xGLAPIGLibType()
17+ cret := xGlErrorQuark()
18+ return cret
1919 }
2020
21-const (
22-
23- // The OpenGL API
24- GlApiGlValue GLAPI = 1
25- // The OpenGL ES API
26- GlApiGlesValue GLAPI = 2
27-)
28-
29-// `GdkGLContext` is an object representing a platform-specific
30-// OpenGL draw context.
21+// Represents a platform-specific OpenGL draw context.
3122 //
3223 // `GdkGLContext`s are created for a surface using
3324 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_gl_context], and the context will match
@@ -215,9 +206,6 @@ var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int, int)
215206 // Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context.
216207 //
217208 // The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.
218-//
219-// If the @context has never been made current, the version cannot
220-// be known and it will return 0 for both @major and @minor.
221209 func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) {
222210
223211 xGLContextGetVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar)
@@ -426,7 +414,7 @@ func init() {
426414 panic(err)
427415 }
428416
429- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLAPIGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_api_get_type")
417+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGlErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_gl_error_quark")
430418
431419 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLContextGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_context_get_type")
432420
M v4/gdk/gdkgltexture.go +8 -1
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ func (x *GLTextureClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2020 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2121 }
2222
23-// A GdkTexture representing a GL texture object.
23+// A `GdkTexture` representing a GL texture object.
2424 type GLTexture struct {
2525 Texture
2626 }
@@ -232,6 +232,13 @@ func (x *GLTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
232232 return cret
233233 }
234234
235+// Gets a hash for an icon.
236+func (x *GLTexture) Hash() uint {
237+
238+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
235242 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
236243 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
237244 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
A v4/gdk/gdkgltexturebuilder.go +390 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type GLTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *GLTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from GL textures.
25+//
26+// The operation is quite simple: Create a texture builder, set all the necessary
27+// properties - keep in mind that the properties [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:context],
28+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:id], [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:width], and
29+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:height] are mandatory - and then call
30+// [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build] to create the new texture.
31+//
32+// `GdkGLTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
33+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
34+type GLTextureBuilder struct {
35+ gobject.Object
36+}
37+
38+var xGLTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
39+
40+func GLTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
41+ return xGLTextureBuilderGLibType()
42+}
43+
44+func GLTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *GLTextureBuilder {
45+ cls := &GLTextureBuilder{}
46+ cls.Ptr = ptr
47+ return cls
48+}
49+
50+var xNewGLTextureBuilder func() uintptr
51+
52+// Creates a new texture builder.
53+func NewGLTextureBuilder() *GLTextureBuilder {
54+ var cls *GLTextureBuilder
55+
56+ cret := xNewGLTextureBuilder()
57+
58+ if cret == 0 {
59+ return nil
60+ }
61+ cls = &GLTextureBuilder{}
62+ cls.Ptr = cret
63+ return cls
64+}
65+
66+var xGLTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
67+
68+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
69+//
70+// The `destroy` function gets called when the returned texture gets released;
71+// either when the texture is finalized or by an explicit call to
72+// [method@Gdk.GLTexture.release]. It should release all GL resources associated
73+// with the texture, such as the [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:id] and the
74+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:sync].
75+//
76+// Note that it is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory
77+// property has not been set.
78+//
79+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
80+// possibly with changing properties in between.
81+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) Build(DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) *Texture {
82+ var cls *Texture
83+
84+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), DataVar)
85+
86+ if cret == 0 {
87+ return nil
88+ }
89+ cls = &Texture{}
90+ cls.Ptr = cret
91+ return cls
92+}
93+
94+var xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
95+
96+// Gets the color state previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_color_state().
97+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
98+
99+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
100+ return cret
101+}
102+
103+var xGLTextureBuilderGetContext func(uintptr) uintptr
104+
105+// Gets the context previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_context() or
106+// %NULL if none was set.
107+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetContext() *GLContext {
108+ var cls *GLContext
109+
110+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetContext(x.GoPointer())
111+
112+ if cret == 0 {
113+ return nil
114+ }
115+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
116+ cls = &GLContext{}
117+ cls.Ptr = cret
118+ return cls
119+}
120+
121+var xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
122+
123+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_format().
124+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
125+
126+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
127+ return cret
128+}
129+
130+var xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap func(uintptr) bool
131+
132+// Gets whether the texture has a mipmap.
133+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetHasMipmap() bool {
134+
135+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap(x.GoPointer())
136+ return cret
137+}
138+
139+var xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) int
140+
141+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_height() or
142+// 0 if the height wasn't set.
143+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetHeight() int {
144+
145+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
146+ return cret
147+}
148+
149+var xGLTextureBuilderGetId func(uintptr) uint
150+
151+// Gets the texture id previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_id() or
152+// 0 if the id wasn't set.
153+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetId() uint {
154+
155+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetId(x.GoPointer())
156+ return cret
157+}
158+
159+var xGLTextureBuilderGetSync func(uintptr) uintptr
160+
161+// Gets the `GLsync` previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_sync().
162+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetSync() uintptr {
163+
164+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetSync(x.GoPointer())
165+ return cret
166+}
167+
168+var xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
169+
170+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_region() or
171+// %NULL if none was set.
172+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
173+
174+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
175+ return cret
176+}
177+
178+var xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
179+
180+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_texture() or
181+// %NULL if none was set.
182+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
183+ var cls *Texture
184+
185+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
186+
187+ if cret == 0 {
188+ return nil
189+ }
190+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
191+ cls = &Texture{}
192+ cls.Ptr = cret
193+ return cls
194+}
195+
196+var xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) int
197+
198+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_width() or
199+// 0 if the width wasn't set.
200+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetWidth() int {
201+
202+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
203+ return cret
204+}
205+
206+var xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
207+
208+// Sets the color state for the texture.
209+//
210+// By default, the sRGB colorstate is used. If you don't know what
211+// colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
212+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
213+
214+ xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
215+
216+}
217+
218+var xGLTextureBuilderSetContext func(uintptr, uintptr)
219+
220+// Sets the context to be used for the texture. This is the context that owns
221+// the texture.
222+//
223+// The context must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
224+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetContext(ContextVar *GLContext) {
225+
226+ xGLTextureBuilderSetContext(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer())
227+
228+}
229+
230+var xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
231+
232+// Sets the format of the texture. The default is `GDK_MEMORY_R8G8B8A8_PREMULTIPLIED`.
233+//
234+// The format is the preferred format the texture data should be downloaded to. The
235+// format must be supported by the GL version of [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:context].
236+//
237+// GDK's texture download code assumes that the format corresponds to the storage
238+// parameters of the GL texture in an obvious way. For example, a format of
239+// `GDK_MEMORY_R16G16B16A16_PREMULTIPLIED` is expected to be stored as `GL_RGBA16`
240+// texture, and `GDK_MEMORY_G8A8` is expected to be stored as `GL_RG8` texture.
241+//
242+// Setting the right format is particularly useful when using high bit depth textures
243+// to preserve the bit depth, to set the correct value for unpremultiplied textures
244+// and to make sure opaque textures are treated as such.
245+//
246+// Non-RGBA textures need to have swizzling parameters set up properly to be usable
247+// in GSK's shaders.
248+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
249+
250+ xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
251+
252+}
253+
254+var xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap func(uintptr, bool)
255+
256+// Sets whether the texture has a mipmap. This allows the renderer and other users of the
257+// generated texture to use a higher quality downscaling.
258+//
259+// Typically, the `glGenerateMipmap` function is used to generate a mimap.
260+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetHasMipmap(HasMipmapVar bool) {
261+
262+ xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap(x.GoPointer(), HasMipmapVar)
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, int)
267+
268+// Sets the height of the texture.
269+//
270+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
271+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar int) {
272+
273+ xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
274+
275+}
276+
277+var xGLTextureBuilderSetId func(uintptr, uint)
278+
279+// Sets the texture id of the texture. The texture id must remain unmodified
280+// until the texture was finalized. See [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build]
281+// for a longer discussion.
282+//
283+// The id must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
284+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetId(IdVar uint) {
285+
286+ xGLTextureBuilderSetId(x.GoPointer(), IdVar)
287+
288+}
289+
290+var xGLTextureBuilderSetSync func(uintptr, uintptr)
291+
292+// Sets the GLSync object to use for the texture.
293+//
294+// GTK will wait on this object before using the created `GdkTexture`.
295+//
296+// The `destroy` function that is passed to [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build]
297+// is responsible for freeing the sync object when it is no longer needed.
298+// The texture builder does not destroy it and it is the callers
299+// responsibility to make sure it doesn't leak.
300+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetSync(SyncVar uintptr) {
301+
302+ xGLTextureBuilderSetSync(x.GoPointer(), SyncVar)
303+
304+}
305+
306+var xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
307+
308+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture. Together with
309+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:update-texture] this describes an
310+// update of a previous texture.
311+//
312+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
313+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
314+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
315+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
316+//
317+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
318+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
319+
320+ xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
321+
322+}
323+
324+var xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
325+
326+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture. See
327+// [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
328+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
329+
330+ xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
331+
332+}
333+
334+var xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, int)
335+
336+// Sets the width of the texture.
337+//
338+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
339+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar int) {
340+
341+ xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
342+
343+}
344+
345+func (c *GLTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
346+ if c == nil {
347+ return 0
348+ }
349+ return c.Ptr
350+}
351+
352+func (c *GLTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
353+ c.Ptr = ptr
354+}
355+
356+func init() {
357+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
358+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
359+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
360+ if err != nil {
361+ panic(err)
362+ }
363+
364+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_type")
365+
366+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewGLTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_new")
367+
368+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_build")
369+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_color_state")
370+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetContext, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_context")
371+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_format")
372+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_has_mipmap")
373+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_height")
374+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetId, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_id")
375+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetSync, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_sync")
376+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_update_region")
377+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
378+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_width")
379+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_color_state")
380+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetContext, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_context")
381+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_format")
382+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_has_mipmap")
383+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_height")
384+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetId, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_id")
385+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetSync, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_sync")
386+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_region")
387+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
388+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_width")
389+
390+}
M v4/gdk/gdkkeys.go +5 -5
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func KeyvalFromName(KeyvalNameVar string) uint {
3232
3333 var xKeyvalIsLower func(uint) bool
3434
35-// Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
35+// Returns true if the given key value is in lower case.
3636 func KeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
3737
3838 cret := xKeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar)
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func KeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
4141
4242 var xKeyvalIsUpper func(uint) bool
4343
44-// Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
44+// Returns true if the given key value is in upper case.
4545 func KeyvalIsUpper(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
4646
4747 cret := xKeyvalIsUpper(KeyvalVar)
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ func KeyvalToLower(KeyvalVar uint) uint {
7272
7373 var xKeyvalToUnicode func(uint) uint32
7474
75-// Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding Unicode
75+// Converts from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding Unicode
7676 // character.
7777 //
7878 // Note that the conversion does not take the current locale
7979 // into consideration, which might be expected for particular
80-// keyvals, such as %GDK_KEY_KP_Decimal.
80+// keyvals, such as `GDK_KEY_KP_Decimal`.
8181 func KeyvalToUnicode(KeyvalVar uint) uint32 {
8282
8383 cret := xKeyvalToUnicode(KeyvalVar)
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func KeyvalToUpper(KeyvalVar uint) uint {
9595
9696 var xUnicodeToKeyval func(uint32) uint
9797
98-// Convert from a Unicode character to a key symbol.
98+// Converts from a Unicode character to a key symbol.
9999 func UnicodeToKeyval(WcVar uint32) uint {
100100
101101 cret := xUnicodeToKeyval(WcVar)
M v4/gdk/gdkkeysyms.go +344 -0
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ const (
66
77 KEY_1 int = 49
88
9+ KEY_10ChannelsDown int = 268964281
10+
11+ KEY_10ChannelsUp int = 268964280
12+
913 KEY_2 int = 50
1014
1115 KEY_3 int = 51
@@ -70,6 +74,8 @@ const (
7074
7175 KEY_3270_Test int = 64781
7276
77+ KEY_3DMode int = 268964463
78+
7379 KEY_4 int = 52
7480
7581 KEY_5 int = 53
@@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ const (
8692
8793 KEY_AE int = 198
8894
95+ KEY_ALSToggle int = 268964400
96+
8997 KEY_Aacute int = 193
9098
9199 KEY_Abelowdot int = 16785056
@@ -106,6 +114,8 @@ const (
106114
107115 KEY_AccessX_Feedback_Enable int = 65137
108116
117+ KEY_Accessibility int = 268964430
118+
109119 KEY_Acircumflex int = 194
110120
111121 KEY_Acircumflexacute int = 16785060
@@ -120,6 +130,8 @@ const (
120130
121131 KEY_AddFavorite int = 269025081
122132
133+ KEY_Addressbook int = 268964269
134+
123135 KEY_Adiaeresis int = 196
124136
125137 KEY_Agrave int = 192
@@ -134,6 +146,8 @@ const (
134146
135147 KEY_Aogonek int = 417
136148
149+ KEY_AppSelect int = 268964420
150+
137151 KEY_ApplicationLeft int = 269025104
138152
139153 KEY_ApplicationRight int = 269025105
@@ -480,12 +494,26 @@ const (
480494
481495 KEY_Armenian_zhe int = 16778602
482496
497+ KEY_AspectRatio int = 268964215
498+
499+ KEY_Assistant int = 268964423
500+
483501 KEY_Atilde int = 195
484502
503+ KEY_AttendantOff int = 268964380
504+
505+ KEY_AttendantOn int = 268964379
506+
507+ KEY_AttendantToggle int = 268964381
508+
485509 KEY_AudibleBell_Enable int = 65146
486510
511+ KEY_Audio int = 268964232
512+
487513 KEY_AudioCycleTrack int = 269025179
488514
515+ KEY_AudioDesc int = 268964462
516+
489517 KEY_AudioForward int = 269025175
490518
491519 KEY_AudioLowerVolume int = 269025041
@@ -518,6 +546,8 @@ const (
518546
519547 KEY_AudioStop int = 269025045
520548
549+ KEY_AutopilotEngageToggle int = 268964477
550+
521551 KEY_Away int = 269025165
522552
523553 KEY_B int = 66
@@ -546,6 +576,14 @@ const (
546576
547577 KEY_BrightnessAdjust int = 269025083
548578
579+ KEY_BrightnessAuto int = 268964084
580+
581+ KEY_BrightnessMax int = 268964433
582+
583+ KEY_BrightnessMin int = 268964432
584+
585+ KEY_Buttonconfig int = 268964416
586+
549587 KEY_Byelorussian_SHORTU int = 1726
550588
551589 KEY_Byelorussian_shortu int = 1710
@@ -568,6 +606,26 @@ const (
568606
569607 KEY_Calendar int = 269025056
570608
609+ KEY_CameraAccessDisable int = 268964428
610+
611+ KEY_CameraAccessEnable int = 268964427
612+
613+ KEY_CameraAccessToggle int = 268964429
614+
615+ KEY_CameraDown int = 268964376
616+
617+ KEY_CameraFocus int = 268964368
618+
619+ KEY_CameraLeft int = 268964377
620+
621+ KEY_CameraRight int = 268964378
622+
623+ KEY_CameraUp int = 268964375
624+
625+ KEY_CameraZoomIn int = 268964373
626+
627+ KEY_CameraZoomOut int = 268964374
628+
571629 KEY_Cancel int = 65385
572630
573631 KEY_Caps_Lock int = 65509
@@ -580,10 +638,16 @@ const (
580638
581639 KEY_Ch int = 65185
582640
641+ KEY_ChannelDown int = 268964243
642+
643+ KEY_ChannelUp int = 268964242
644+
583645 KEY_Clear int = 65291
584646
585647 KEY_ClearGrab int = 269024801
586648
649+ KEY_ClearvuSonar int = 268964486
650+
587651 KEY_Close int = 269025110
588652
589653 KEY_Codeinput int = 65335
@@ -592,8 +656,12 @@ const (
592656
593657 KEY_Community int = 269025085
594658
659+ KEY_ContextMenu int = 268964278
660+
595661 KEY_ContrastAdjust int = 269025058
596662
663+ KEY_ControlPanel int = 268964419
664+
597665 KEY_Control_L int = 65507
598666
599667 KEY_Control_R int = 65508
@@ -818,14 +886,28 @@ const (
818886
819887 KEY_DOS int = 269025114
820888
889+ KEY_DVD int = 268964229
890+
821891 KEY_Dabovedot int = 16784906
822892
893+ KEY_Data int = 268964471
894+
895+ KEY_Database int = 268964266
896+
823897 KEY_Dcaron int = 463
824898
825899 KEY_Delete int = 65535
826900
901+ KEY_Dictate int = 268964426
902+
827903 KEY_Display int = 269025113
828904
905+ KEY_DisplayOff int = 268964085
906+
907+ KEY_DisplayToggle int = 268964271
908+
909+ KEY_DoNotDisturb int = 268964431
910+
829911 KEY_Documents int = 269025115
830912
831913 KEY_DongSign int = 16785579
@@ -834,6 +916,8 @@ const (
834916
835917 KEY_Dstroke int = 464
836918
919+ KEY_DualRangeRadar int = 268964483
920+
837921 KEY_E int = 69
838922
839923 KEY_ENG int = 957
@@ -866,6 +950,8 @@ const (
866950
867951 KEY_Ediaeresis int = 203
868952
953+ KEY_Editor int = 268964262
954+
869955 KEY_Egrave int = 200
870956
871957 KEY_Ehook int = 16785082
@@ -878,6 +964,8 @@ const (
878964
879965 KEY_Emacron int = 938
880966
967+ KEY_EmojiPicker int = 268964425
968+
881969 KEY_End int = 65367
882970
883971 KEY_Eogonek int = 458
@@ -994,6 +1082,8 @@ const (
9941082
9951083 KEY_Farsi_yeh int = 16778956
9961084
1085+ KEY_FastReverse int = 268964469
1086+
9971087 KEY_Favorites int = 269025072
9981088
9991089 KEY_Finance int = 269025084
@@ -1002,12 +1092,22 @@ const (
10021092
10031093 KEY_First_Virtual_Screen int = 65232
10041094
1095+ KEY_FishingChart int = 268964481
1096+
1097+ KEY_Fn int = 268964304
1098+
1099+ KEY_FnRightShift int = 268964325
1100+
1101+ KEY_Fn_Esc int = 268964305
1102+
10051103 KEY_Forward int = 269025063
10061104
10071105 KEY_FrameBack int = 269025181
10081106
10091107 KEY_FrameForward int = 269025182
10101108
1109+ KEY_FullScreen int = 269025208
1110+
10111111 KEY_G int = 71
10121112
10131113 KEY_Gabovedot int = 725
@@ -1102,6 +1202,8 @@ const (
11021202
11031203 KEY_Go int = 269025119
11041204
1205+ KEY_GraphicsEditor int = 268964264
1206+
11051207 KEY_Greek_ALPHA int = 1985
11061208
11071209 KEY_Greek_ALPHAaccent int = 1953
@@ -1468,6 +1570,8 @@ const (
14681570
14691571 KEY_Hangul_switch int = 65406
14701572
1573+ KEY_HangupPhone int = 268964286
1574+
14711575 KEY_Hankaku int = 65321
14721576
14731577 KEY_Hcircumflex int = 678
@@ -1600,6 +1704,10 @@ const (
16001704
16011705 KEY_Imacron int = 975
16021706
1707+ KEY_Images int = 268964282
1708+
1709+ KEY_Info int = 268964198
1710+
16031711 KEY_Insert int = 65379
16041712
16051713 KEY_Iogonek int = 967
@@ -1610,6 +1718,8 @@ const (
16101718
16111719 KEY_Jcircumflex int = 684
16121720
1721+ KEY_Journal int = 268964418
1722+
16131723 KEY_K int = 75
16141724
16151725 KEY_KP_0 int = 65456
@@ -1700,6 +1810,28 @@ const (
17001810
17011811 KEY_KbdBrightnessUp int = 269025029
17021812
1813+ KEY_KbdInputAssistAccept int = 268964452
1814+
1815+ KEY_KbdInputAssistCancel int = 268964453
1816+
1817+ KEY_KbdInputAssistNext int = 268964449
1818+
1819+ KEY_KbdInputAssistNextgroup int = 268964451
1820+
1821+ KEY_KbdInputAssistPrev int = 268964448
1822+
1823+ KEY_KbdInputAssistPrevgroup int = 268964450
1824+
1825+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu1 int = 268964536
1826+
1827+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu2 int = 268964537
1828+
1829+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu3 int = 268964538
1830+
1831+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu4 int = 268964539
1832+
1833+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu5 int = 268964540
1834+
17031835 KEY_KbdLightOnOff int = 269025028
17041836
17051837 KEY_Kcedilla int = 979
@@ -1774,8 +1906,14 @@ const (
17741906
17751907 KEY_Left int = 65361
17761908
1909+ KEY_LeftDown int = 268964457
1910+
1911+ KEY_LeftUp int = 268964456
1912+
17771913 KEY_LightBulb int = 269025077
17781914
1915+ KEY_LightsToggle int = 268964382
1916+
17791917 KEY_Linefeed int = 65290
17801918
17811919 KEY_LiraSign int = 16785572
@@ -1804,16 +1942,94 @@ const (
18041942
18051943 KEY_Macedonia_kje int = 1708
18061944
1945+ KEY_Macro1 int = 268964496
1946+
1947+ KEY_Macro10 int = 268964505
1948+
1949+ KEY_Macro11 int = 268964506
1950+
1951+ KEY_Macro12 int = 268964507
1952+
1953+ KEY_Macro13 int = 268964508
1954+
1955+ KEY_Macro14 int = 268964509
1956+
1957+ KEY_Macro15 int = 268964510
1958+
1959+ KEY_Macro16 int = 268964511
1960+
1961+ KEY_Macro17 int = 268964512
1962+
1963+ KEY_Macro18 int = 268964513
1964+
1965+ KEY_Macro19 int = 268964514
1966+
1967+ KEY_Macro2 int = 268964497
1968+
1969+ KEY_Macro20 int = 268964515
1970+
1971+ KEY_Macro21 int = 268964516
1972+
1973+ KEY_Macro22 int = 268964517
1974+
1975+ KEY_Macro23 int = 268964518
1976+
1977+ KEY_Macro24 int = 268964519
1978+
1979+ KEY_Macro25 int = 268964520
1980+
1981+ KEY_Macro26 int = 268964521
1982+
1983+ KEY_Macro27 int = 268964522
1984+
1985+ KEY_Macro28 int = 268964523
1986+
1987+ KEY_Macro29 int = 268964524
1988+
1989+ KEY_Macro3 int = 268964498
1990+
1991+ KEY_Macro30 int = 268964525
1992+
1993+ KEY_Macro4 int = 268964499
1994+
1995+ KEY_Macro5 int = 268964500
1996+
1997+ KEY_Macro6 int = 268964501
1998+
1999+ KEY_Macro7 int = 268964502
2000+
2001+ KEY_Macro8 int = 268964503
2002+
2003+ KEY_Macro9 int = 268964504
2004+
2005+ KEY_MacroPreset1 int = 268964531
2006+
2007+ KEY_MacroPreset2 int = 268964532
2008+
2009+ KEY_MacroPreset3 int = 268964533
2010+
2011+ KEY_MacroPresetCycle int = 268964530
2012+
2013+ KEY_MacroRecordStart int = 268964528
2014+
2015+ KEY_MacroRecordStop int = 268964529
2016+
18072017 KEY_Mae_Koho int = 65342
18082018
18092019 KEY_Mail int = 269025049
18102020
18112021 KEY_MailForward int = 269025168
18122022
2023+ KEY_MarkWaypoint int = 268964478
2024+
18132025 KEY_Market int = 269025122
18142026
18152027 KEY_Massyo int = 65324
18162028
2029+ KEY_MediaRepeat int = 268964279
2030+
2031+ KEY_MediaTopMenu int = 268964459
2032+
18172033 KEY_Meeting int = 269025123
18182034
18192035 KEY_Memo int = 269025054
@@ -1836,6 +2052,8 @@ const (
18362052
18372053 KEY_Mode_switch int = 65406
18382054
2055+ KEY_MonBrightnessCycle int = 269025031
2056+
18392057 KEY_MonBrightnessDown int = 269025027
18402058
18412059 KEY_MonBrightnessUp int = 269025026
@@ -1862,6 +2080,10 @@ const (
18622080
18632081 KEY_NairaSign int = 16785574
18642082
2083+ KEY_NavChart int = 268964480
2084+
2085+ KEY_NavInfo int = 268964488
2086+
18652087 KEY_Ncaron int = 466
18662088
18672089 KEY_Ncedilla int = 977
@@ -1874,14 +2096,56 @@ const (
18742096
18752097 KEY_Next int = 65366
18762098
2099+ KEY_NextElement int = 268964475
2100+
2101+ KEY_NextFavorite int = 268964464
2102+
18772103 KEY_Next_VMode int = 269024802
18782104
18792105 KEY_Next_Virtual_Screen int = 65234
18802106
2107+ KEY_NotificationCenter int = 268964284
2108+
18812109 KEY_Ntilde int = 209
18822110
18832111 KEY_Num_Lock int = 65407
18842112
2113+ KEY_Numeric0 int = 268964352
2114+
2115+ KEY_Numeric1 int = 268964353
2116+
2117+ KEY_Numeric11 int = 268964460
2118+
2119+ KEY_Numeric12 int = 268964461
2120+
2121+ KEY_Numeric2 int = 268964354
2122+
2123+ KEY_Numeric3 int = 268964355
2124+
2125+ KEY_Numeric4 int = 268964356
2126+
2127+ KEY_Numeric5 int = 268964357
2128+
2129+ KEY_Numeric6 int = 268964358
2130+
2131+ KEY_Numeric7 int = 268964359
2132+
2133+ KEY_Numeric8 int = 268964360
2134+
2135+ KEY_Numeric9 int = 268964361
2136+
2137+ KEY_NumericA int = 268964364
2138+
2139+ KEY_NumericB int = 268964365
2140+
2141+ KEY_NumericC int = 268964366
2142+
2143+ KEY_NumericD int = 268964367
2144+
2145+ KEY_NumericPound int = 268964363
2146+
2147+ KEY_NumericStar int = 268964362
2148+
18852149 KEY_O int = 79
18862150
18872151 KEY_OE int = 5052
@@ -1930,6 +2194,8 @@ const (
19302194
19312195 KEY_Omacron int = 978
19322196
2197+ KEY_OnScreenKeyboard int = 268964472
2198+
19332199 KEY_Ooblique int = 216
19342200
19352201 KEY_Open int = 269025131
@@ -1958,10 +2224,14 @@ const (
19582224
19592225 KEY_Pause int = 65299
19602226
2227+ KEY_PauseRecord int = 268964466
2228+
19612229 KEY_PesetaSign int = 16785575
19622230
19632231 KEY_Phone int = 269025134
19642232
2233+ KEY_PickupPhone int = 268964285
2234+
19652235 KEY_Pictures int = 269025169
19662236
19672237 KEY_Pointer_Accelerate int = 65274
@@ -2028,16 +2298,22 @@ const (
20282298
20292299 KEY_PowerOff int = 269025066
20302300
2301+ KEY_Presentation int = 268964265
2302+
20312303 KEY_Prev_VMode int = 269024803
20322304
20332305 KEY_Prev_Virtual_Screen int = 65233
20342306
20352307 KEY_PreviousCandidate int = 65342
20362308
2309+ KEY_PreviousElement int = 268964476
2310+
20372311 KEY_Print int = 65377
20382312
20392313 KEY_Prior int = 65365
20402314
2315+ KEY_PrivacyScreenToggle int = 268964473
2316+
20412317 KEY_Q int = 81
20422318
20432319 KEY_R int = 82
@@ -2076,6 +2352,8 @@ const (
20762352
20772353 KEY_Racute int = 448
20782354
2355+ KEY_RadarOverlay int = 268964484
2356+
20792357 KEY_Rcaron int = 472
20802358
20812359 KEY_Rcedilla int = 931
@@ -2086,6 +2364,8 @@ const (
20862364
20872365 KEY_Refresh int = 269025065
20882366
2367+ KEY_RefreshRateToggle int = 268964402
2368+
20892369 KEY_Reload int = 269025139
20902370
20912371 KEY_RepeatKeys_Enable int = 65138
@@ -2096,6 +2376,10 @@ const (
20962376
20972377 KEY_Right int = 65363
20982378
2379+ KEY_RightDown int = 268964455
2380+
2381+ KEY_RightUp int = 268964454
2382+
20992383 KEY_RockerDown int = 269025060
21002384
21012385 KEY_RockerEnter int = 269025061
@@ -2104,10 +2388,14 @@ const (
21042388
21052389 KEY_Romaji int = 65316
21062390
2391+ KEY_RootMenu int = 268964458
2392+
21072393 KEY_RotateWindows int = 269025140
21082394
21092395 KEY_RotationKB int = 269025142
21102396
2397+ KEY_RotationLockToggle int = 269025207
2398+
21112399 KEY_RotationPB int = 269025141
21122400
21132401 KEY_RupeeSign int = 16785576
@@ -2130,6 +2418,8 @@ const (
21302418
21312419 KEY_ScreenSaver int = 269025069
21322420
2421+ KEY_Screensaver int = 268964421
2422+
21332423 KEY_ScrollClick int = 269025146
21342424
21352425 KEY_ScrollDown int = 269025145
@@ -2144,6 +2434,8 @@ const (
21442434
21452435 KEY_SelectButton int = 269025184
21462436
2437+ KEY_SelectiveScreenshot int = 268964474
2438+
21472439 KEY_Send int = 269025147
21482440
21492441 KEY_Serbian_DJE int = 1713
@@ -2178,8 +2470,12 @@ const (
21782470
21792471 KEY_Shop int = 269025078
21802472
2473+ KEY_SidevuSonar int = 268964487
2474+
21812475 KEY_SingleCandidate int = 65340
21822476
2477+ KEY_SingleRangeRadar int = 268964482
2478+
21832479 KEY_Sinh_a int = 16780677
21842480
21852481 KEY_Sinh_aa int = 16780678
@@ -2344,8 +2640,14 @@ const (
23442640
23452641 KEY_SlowKeys_Enable int = 65139
23462642
2643+ KEY_SlowReverse int = 268964470
2644+
2645+ KEY_Sos int = 268964479
2646+
23472647 KEY_Spell int = 269025148
23482648
2649+ KEY_SpellCheck int = 268964272
2650+
23492651 KEY_SplitScreen int = 269025149
23502652
23512653 KEY_Standby int = 269025040
@@ -2356,6 +2658,8 @@ const (
23562658
23572659 KEY_Stop int = 269025064
23582660
2661+ KEY_StopRecord int = 268964465
2662+
23592663 KEY_Subtitle int = 269025178
23602664
23612665 KEY_Super_L int = 65515
@@ -2402,6 +2706,8 @@ const (
24022706
24032707 KEY_TaskPane int = 269025151
24042708
2709+ KEY_Taskmanager int = 268964417
2710+
24052711 KEY_Tcaron int = 427
24062712
24072713 KEY_Tcedilla int = 478
@@ -2596,6 +2902,8 @@ const (
25962902
25972903 KEY_Touroku int = 65323
25982904
2905+ KEY_TraditionalSonar int = 268964485
2906+
25992907 KEY_Travel int = 269025154
26002908
26012909 KEY_Tslash int = 940
@@ -2666,6 +2974,8 @@ const (
26662974
26672975 KEY_Ungrab int = 269024800
26682976
2977+ KEY_Unmute int = 268964468
2978+
26692979 KEY_Uogonek int = 985
26702980
26712981 KEY_Up int = 65362
@@ -2682,18 +2992,28 @@ const (
26822992
26832993 KEY_V int = 86
26842994
2995+ KEY_VOD int = 268964467
2996+
26852997 KEY_VendorHome int = 269025076
26862998
26872999 KEY_Video int = 269025159
26883000
3001+ KEY_VideoPhone int = 268964256
3002+
26893003 KEY_View int = 269025185
26903004
3005+ KEY_VoiceCommand int = 268964422
3006+
3007+ KEY_Voicemail int = 268964268
3008+
26913009 KEY_VoidSymbol int = 16777215
26923010
26933011 KEY_W int = 87
26943012
26953013 KEY_WLAN int = 269025173
26963014
3015+ KEY_WPSButton int = 268964369
3016+
26973017 KEY_WWAN int = 269025204
26983018
26993019 KEY_WWW int = 269025070
@@ -2760,6 +3080,8 @@ const (
27603080
27613081 KEY_ZoomOut int = 269025164
27623082
3083+ KEY_ZoomReset int = 268964260
3084+
27633085 KEY_Zstroke int = 16777653
27643086
27653087 KEY_a int = 97
@@ -3440,6 +3762,16 @@ const (
34403762
34413763 KEY_colon int = 58
34423764
3765+ KEY_combining_acute int = 16777985
3766+
3767+ KEY_combining_belowdot int = 16778019
3768+
3769+ KEY_combining_grave int = 16777984
3770+
3771+ KEY_combining_hook int = 16777993
3772+
3773+ KEY_combining_tilde int = 16777987
3774+
34433775 KEY_comma int = 44
34443776
34453777 KEY_containsas int = 16785931
@@ -3472,6 +3804,8 @@ const (
34723804
34733805 KEY_dead_O int = 65159
34743806
3807+ KEY_dead_SCHWA int = 65163
3808+
34753809 KEY_dead_U int = 65161
34763810
34773811 KEY_dead_a int = 65152
@@ -3532,6 +3866,8 @@ const (
35323866
35333867 KEY_dead_greek int = 65164
35343868
3869+ KEY_dead_hamza int = 65165
3870+
35353871 KEY_dead_hook int = 65121
35363872
35373873 KEY_dead_horn int = 65122
@@ -3556,6 +3892,8 @@ const (
35563892
35573893 KEY_dead_psili int = 65124
35583894
3895+ KEY_dead_schwa int = 65162
3896+
35593897 KEY_dead_semivoiced_sound int = 65119
35603898
35613899 KEY_dead_small_schwa int = 65162
@@ -3744,6 +4082,10 @@ const (
37444082
37454083 KEY_greaterthanequal int = 2238
37464084
4085+ KEY_guillemetleft int = 171
4086+
4087+ KEY_guillemetright int = 187
4088+
37474089 KEY_guillemotleft int = 171
37484090
37494091 KEY_guillemotright int = 187
@@ -4230,6 +4572,8 @@ const (
42304572
42314573 KEY_ordfeminine int = 170
42324574
4575+ KEY_ordmasculine int = 186
4576+
42334577 KEY_oslash int = 248
42344578
42354579 KEY_otilde int = 245
M v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexture.go +7 -0
@@ -218,6 +218,13 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
218218 return cret
219219 }
220220
221+// Gets a hash for an icon.
222+func (x *MemoryTexture) Hash() uint {
223+
224+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
221228 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
222229 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
223230 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
A v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexturebuilder.go +312 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type MemoryTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from system memory provided
25+// via [struct@GLib.Bytes].
26+//
27+// The operation is quite simple: Create a texture builder, set all the necessary
28+// properties - keep in mind that the properties [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:bytes],
29+// [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:stride], [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:width],
30+// and [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:height] are mandatory - and then call
31+// [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build] to create the new texture.
32+//
33+// `GdkMemoryTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
34+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
35+type MemoryTextureBuilder struct {
36+ gobject.Object
37+}
38+
39+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
40+
41+func MemoryTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
42+ return xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType()
43+}
44+
45+func MemoryTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *MemoryTextureBuilder {
46+ cls := &MemoryTextureBuilder{}
47+ cls.Ptr = ptr
48+ return cls
49+}
50+
51+var xNewMemoryTextureBuilder func() uintptr
52+
53+// Creates a new texture builder.
54+func NewMemoryTextureBuilder() *MemoryTextureBuilder {
55+ var cls *MemoryTextureBuilder
56+
57+ cret := xNewMemoryTextureBuilder()
58+
59+ if cret == 0 {
60+ return nil
61+ }
62+ cls = &MemoryTextureBuilder{}
63+ cls.Ptr = cret
64+ return cls
65+}
66+
67+var xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr) uintptr
68+
69+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
70+//
71+// Note that it is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory
72+// property has not been set.
73+//
74+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
75+// possibly with changing properties in between.
76+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) Build() *Texture {
77+ var cls *Texture
78+
79+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer())
80+
81+ if cret == 0 {
82+ return nil
83+ }
84+ cls = &Texture{}
85+ cls.Ptr = cret
86+ return cls
87+}
88+
89+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes func(uintptr) *glib.Bytes
90+
91+// Gets the bytes previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_bytes()
92+// or %NULL if none was set.
93+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetBytes() *glib.Bytes {
94+
95+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes(x.GoPointer())
96+ return cret
97+}
98+
99+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
100+
101+// Gets the colorstate previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_color_state().
102+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
103+
104+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
105+ return cret
106+}
107+
108+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
109+
110+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_format().
111+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
112+
113+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
114+ return cret
115+}
116+
117+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) int
118+
119+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_height()
120+// or 0 if the height wasn't set.
121+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetHeight() int {
122+
123+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
127+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride func(uintptr) uint
128+
129+// Gets the stride previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_stride().
130+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetStride() uint {
131+
132+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
137+
138+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_region()
139+// or %NULL if none was set.
140+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
141+
142+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
147+
148+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_texture()
149+// or %NULL if none was set.
150+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
151+ var cls *Texture
152+
153+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
154+
155+ if cret == 0 {
156+ return nil
157+ }
158+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
159+ cls = &Texture{}
160+ cls.Ptr = cret
161+ return cls
162+}
163+
164+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) int
165+
166+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_width()
167+// or 0 if the width wasn't set.
168+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetWidth() int {
169+
170+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
171+ return cret
172+}
173+
174+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes)
175+
176+// Sets the data to be shown but the texture.
177+//
178+// The bytes must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
179+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) {
180+
181+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar)
182+
183+}
184+
185+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
186+
187+// Sets the colorstate describing the data.
188+//
189+// By default, the sRGB colorstate is used. If you don't know
190+// what colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
191+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
192+
193+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
194+
195+}
196+
197+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
198+
199+// Sets the format of the bytes.
200+//
201+// The default is `GDK_MEMORY_R8G8B8A8_PREMULTIPLIED`.
202+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
203+
204+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
205+
206+}
207+
208+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, int)
209+
210+// Sets the height of the texture.
211+//
212+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
213+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar int) {
214+
215+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
216+
217+}
218+
219+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride func(uintptr, uint)
220+
221+// Sets the rowstride of the bytes used.
222+//
223+// The rowstride must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
224+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetStride(StrideVar uint) {
225+
226+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride(x.GoPointer(), StrideVar)
227+
228+}
229+
230+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
231+
232+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture.
233+//
234+// Together with [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:update-texture],
235+// this describes an update of a previous texture.
236+//
237+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
238+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
239+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
240+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
241+//
242+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
243+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
244+
245+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
246+
247+}
248+
249+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
250+
251+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture.
252+//
253+// See [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
254+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
255+
256+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
257+
258+}
259+
260+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, int)
261+
262+// Sets the width of the texture.
263+//
264+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
265+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar int) {
266+
267+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
268+
269+}
270+
271+func (c *MemoryTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
272+ if c == nil {
273+ return 0
274+ }
275+ return c.Ptr
276+}
277+
278+func (c *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
279+ c.Ptr = ptr
280+}
281+
282+func init() {
283+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
284+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
285+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
286+ if err != nil {
287+ panic(err)
288+ }
289+
290+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_type")
291+
292+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewMemoryTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_new")
293+
294+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_build")
295+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_bytes")
296+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_color_state")
297+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_format")
298+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_height")
299+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_stride")
300+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_update_region")
301+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
302+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_width")
303+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_bytes")
304+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_color_state")
305+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_format")
306+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_height")
307+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_stride")
308+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_region")
309+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
310+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_width")
311+
312+}
M v4/gdk/gdkmonitor.go +33 -3
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ const (
4646 SubpixelLayoutVerticalBgrValue SubpixelLayout = 5
4747 )
4848
49-// `GdkMonitor` objects represent the individual outputs that are
50-// associated with a `GdkDisplay`.
49+// Represents the individual outputs that are associated with a `GdkDisplay`.
5150 //
5251 // `GdkDisplay` keeps a `GListModel` to enumerate and monitor
5352 // monitors with [method@Gdk.Display.get_monitors]. You can use
@@ -72,12 +71,27 @@ func MonitorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Monitor {
7271 var xMonitorGetConnector func(uintptr) string
7372
7473 // Gets the name of the monitor's connector, if available.
74+//
75+// These are strings such as "eDP-1", or "HDMI-2". They depend
76+// on software and hardware configuration, and should not be
77+// relied on as stable identifiers of a specific monitor.
7578 func (x *Monitor) GetConnector() string {
7679
7780 cret := xMonitorGetConnector(x.GoPointer())
7881 return cret
7982 }
8083
84+var xMonitorGetDescription func(uintptr) string
85+
86+// Gets a string describing the monitor, if available.
87+//
88+// This can be used to identify a monitor in the UI.
89+func (x *Monitor) GetDescription() string {
90+
91+ cret := xMonitorGetDescription(x.GoPointer())
92+ return cret
93+}
94+
8195 var xMonitorGetDisplay func(uintptr) uintptr
8296
8397 // Gets the display that this monitor belongs to.
@@ -101,7 +115,7 @@ var xMonitorGetGeometry func(uintptr, *Rectangle)
101115 // display coordinate space.
102116 //
103117 // The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”, not in
104-// ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Monitor.get_scale_factor]).
118+// ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Monitor.get_scale]).
105119 func (x *Monitor) GetGeometry(GeometryVar *Rectangle) {
106120
107121 xMonitorGetGeometry(x.GoPointer(), GeometryVar)
@@ -153,6 +167,20 @@ func (x *Monitor) GetRefreshRate() int {
153167 return cret
154168 }
155169
170+var xMonitorGetScale func(uintptr) float64
171+
172+// Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates
173+// to device pixels.
174+//
175+// This can be used if you want to create pixel based data for a
176+// particular monitor, but most of the time you’re drawing to a surface
177+// where it is better to use [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale] instead.
178+func (x *Monitor) GetScale() float64 {
179+
180+ cret := xMonitorGetScale(x.GoPointer())
181+ return cret
182+}
183+
156184 var xMonitorGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
157185
158186 // Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates
@@ -246,12 +274,14 @@ func init() {
246274 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGLibType, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_type")
247275
248276 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetConnector, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_connector")
277+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetDescription, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_description")
249278 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_display")
250279 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetGeometry, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_geometry")
251280 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetHeightMm, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_height_mm")
252281 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetManufacturer, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_manufacturer")
253282 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetModel, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_model")
254283 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetRefreshRate, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate")
284+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetScale, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_scale")
255285 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetScaleFactor, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor")
256286 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetSubpixelLayout, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout")
257287 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetWidthMm, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_width_mm")
M v4/gdk/gdkpaintable.go +58 -8
@@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 }
4343
4444 // OverrideSnapshot sets the callback function.
45+// Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
46+//
47+// guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
48+// only the area in the rectangle from (0,0) to (width, height).
49+// This is the only function that must be implemented for this interface.
4550 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideSnapshot(cb func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, float64)) {
4651 if cb == nil {
4752 x.xSnapshot = 0
@@ -53,6 +58,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideSnapshot(cb func(Paintable, *Snapshot, floa
5358 }
5459
5560 // GetSnapshot gets the callback function.
61+// Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
62+//
63+// guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
64+// only the area in the rectangle from (0,0) to (width, height).
65+// This is the only function that must be implemented for this interface.
5666 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetSnapshot() func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, float64) {
5767 if x.xSnapshot == 0 {
5868 return nil
@@ -65,6 +75,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetSnapshot() func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, f
6575 }
6676
6777 // OverrideGetCurrentImage sets the callback function.
78+// return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
79+//
80+// time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
81+// `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS` flag are set.
6882 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetCurrentImage(cb func(Paintable) *PaintableBase) {
6983 if cb == nil {
7084 x.xGetCurrentImage = 0
@@ -80,6 +94,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetCurrentImage(cb func(Paintable) *Paintab
8094 }
8195
8296 // GetGetCurrentImage gets the callback function.
97+// return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
98+//
99+// time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
100+// `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS` flag are set.
83101 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetCurrentImage() func(Paintable) *PaintableBase {
84102 if x.xGetCurrentImage == 0 {
85103 return nil
@@ -98,6 +116,9 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetCurrentImage() func(Paintable) *PaintableBase
98116 }
99117
100118 // OverrideGetFlags sets the callback function.
119+// Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
120+//
121+// for details.
101122 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetFlags(cb func(Paintable) PaintableFlags) {
102123 if cb == nil {
103124 x.xGetFlags = 0
@@ -109,6 +130,9 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetFlags(cb func(Paintable) PaintableFlags)
109130 }
110131
111132 // GetGetFlags gets the callback function.
133+// Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
134+//
135+// for details.
112136 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetFlags() func(Paintable) PaintableFlags {
113137 if x.xGetFlags == 0 {
114138 return nil
@@ -121,6 +145,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetFlags() func(Paintable) PaintableFlags {
121145 }
122146
123147 // OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth sets the callback function.
148+// The preferred width for this object to be
149+//
150+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
151+// be able to render at any size.
124152 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth(cb func(Paintable) int) {
125153 if cb == nil {
126154 x.xGetIntrinsicWidth = 0
@@ -132,6 +160,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth(cb func(Paintable) int) {
132160 }
133161
134162 // GetGetIntrinsicWidth gets the callback function.
163+// The preferred width for this object to be
164+//
165+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
166+// be able to render at any size.
135167 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicWidth() func(Paintable) int {
136168 if x.xGetIntrinsicWidth == 0 {
137169 return nil
@@ -144,6 +176,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicWidth() func(Paintable) int {
144176 }
145177
146178 // OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight sets the callback function.
179+// The preferred height for this object to be
180+//
181+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
182+// be able to render at any size.
147183 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight(cb func(Paintable) int) {
148184 if cb == nil {
149185 x.xGetIntrinsicHeight = 0
@@ -155,6 +191,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight(cb func(Paintable) int)
155191 }
156192
157193 // GetGetIntrinsicHeight gets the callback function.
194+// The preferred height for this object to be
195+//
196+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
197+// be able to render at any size.
158198 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicHeight() func(Paintable) int {
159199 if x.xGetIntrinsicHeight == 0 {
160200 return nil
@@ -167,6 +207,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicHeight() func(Paintable) int {
167207 }
168208
169209 // OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio sets the callback function.
210+// The preferred aspect ratio for this object
211+//
212+// or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
213+// and [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] return non-zero
214+// values, this function should return the aspect ratio computed from those.
170215 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(cb func(Paintable) float64) {
171216 if cb == nil {
172217 x.xGetIntrinsicAspectRatio = 0
@@ -178,6 +223,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(cb func(Paintable)
178223 }
179224
180225 // GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio gets the callback function.
226+// The preferred aspect ratio for this object
227+//
228+// or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
229+// and [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] return non-zero
230+// values, this function should return the aspect ratio computed from those.
181231 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float64 {
182232 if x.xGetIntrinsicAspectRatio == 0 {
183233 return nil
@@ -189,8 +239,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
189239 }
190240 }
191241
192-// `GdkPaintable` is a simple interface used by GTK to represent content that
193-// can be painted.
242+// An interface for content that can be painted.
194243 //
195244 // The content of a `GdkPaintable` can be painted anywhere at any size
196245 // without requiring any sort of layout. The interface is inspired by
@@ -206,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
206255 // to do, it is suggested that you scale your paintable ignoring any potential
207256 // aspect ratio.
208257 //
209-// The contents that a `GdkPaintable` produces may depend on the [class@GdkSnapshot]
258+// The contents that a `GdkPaintable` produces may depend on the [class@Gdk.Snapshot]
210259 // passed to it. For example, paintables may decide to use more detailed images
211260 // on higher resolution screens or when OpenGL is available. A `GdkPaintable`
212261 // will however always produce the same output for the same snapshot.
@@ -214,7 +263,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
214263 // A `GdkPaintable` may change its contents, meaning that it will now produce
215264 // a different output with the same snapshot. Once that happens, it will call
216265 // [method@Gdk.Paintable.invalidate_contents] which will emit the
217-// [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-contents] signal. If a paintable is known
266+// [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents] signal. If a paintable is known
218267 // to never change its contents, it will set the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS
219268 // flag. If a consumer cannot deal with changing contents, it may call
220269 // [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_current_image] which will return a static
@@ -225,7 +274,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
225274 // can use this information to layout thepaintable appropriately. Just like the
226275 // contents, the size of a paintable can change. A paintable will indicate this
227276 // by calling [method@Gdk.Paintable.invalidate_size] which will emit the
228-// [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-size] signal. And just like for contents,
277+// [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size] signal. And just like for contents,
229278 // if a paintable is known to never change its size, it will set the
230279 // %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE flag.
231280 //
@@ -437,11 +486,11 @@ func PaintableFlagsGLibType() types.GType {
437486 const (
438487
439488 // The size is immutable.
440- // The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-size] signal will never be
489+ // The [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size] signal will never be
441490 // emitted.
442491 PaintableStaticSizeValue PaintableFlags = 1
443492 // The content is immutable.
444- // The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-contents] signal will never be
493+ // The [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents] signal will never be
445494 // emitted.
446495 PaintableStaticContentsValue PaintableFlags = 2
447496 )
@@ -453,7 +502,8 @@ var xPaintableNewEmpty func(int, int) uintptr
453502 // This is often useful for implementing the
454503 // [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_current_image] virtual function
455504 // when the paintable is in an incomplete state (like a
456-// [class@Gtk.MediaStream] before receiving the first frame).
505+// [GtkMediaStream](../gtk4/class.MediaStream.html) before receiving
506+// the first frame).
457507 func PaintableNewEmpty(IntrinsicWidthVar int, IntrinsicHeightVar int) *PaintableBase {
458508 var cls *PaintableBase
459509
M v4/gdk/gdkpopup.go +4 -4
@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ func (x *PopupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkPopup` is a surface that is attached to another surface.
22+// A surface that is attached to another surface.
2323 //
2424 // The `GdkPopup` is positioned relative to its parent surface.
2525 //
2626 // `GdkPopup`s are typically used to implement menus and similar popups.
27-// They can be modal, which is indicated by the [property@GdkPopup:autohide]
27+// They can be modal, which is indicated by the [property@Gdk.Popup:autohide]
2828 // property.
2929 type Popup interface {
3030 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ func (x *PopupBase) GetSurfaceAnchor() Gravity {
117117
118118 // Present @popup after having processed the `GdkPopupLayout` rules.
119119 //
120-// If the popup was previously now showing, it will be showed,
120+// If the popup was previously not showing, it will be shown,
121121 // otherwise it will change position according to @layout.
122122 //
123123 // After calling this function, the result should be handled in response
124-// to the [signal@GdkSurface::layout] signal being emitted. The resulting
124+// to the [signal@Gdk.Surface::layout] signal being emitted. The resulting
125125 // popup position can be queried using [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_x],
126126 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_y], and the resulting size will be sent as
127127 // parameters in the layout signal. Use [method@Gdk.Popup.get_rect_anchor]
M v4/gdk/gdkpopuplayout.go +5 -5
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkPopupLayout` struct contains information that is
14-// necessary position a [iface@Gdk.Popup] relative to its parent.
13+// Contains information that is necessary position a [iface@Gdk.Popup]
14+// relative to its parent.
1515 //
1616 // The positioning requires a negotiation with the windowing system,
1717 // since it depends on external constraints, such as the position of
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ import (
4040 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_x], [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_y],
4141 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_rect_anchor] and [method@Gdk.Popup.get_surface_anchor]
4242 // after the popup has been presented. This can be used to adjust the rendering.
43-// For example, [class@Gtk.Popover] changes its arrow position accordingly.
44-// But you have to be careful avoid changing the size of the popover, or it
45-// has to be presented again.
43+// For example, [GtkPopover](../gtk4/class.Popover.html) changes its arrow position
44+// accordingly. But you have to be careful avoid changing the size of the popover,
45+// or it has to be presented again.
4646 type PopupLayout struct {
4747 _ structs.HostLayout
4848 }
M v4/gdk/gdkrgba.go +4 -3
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// A `GdkRGBA` is used to represent a color, in a way that is compatible
14-// with cairo’s notion of color.
13+// Represents a color, in a way that is compatible with cairo’s notion of color.
1514 //
1615 // `GdkRGBA` is a convenient way to pass colors around. It’s based on
1716 // cairo’s way to deal with colors and mirrors its behavior. All values
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ var xRGBAParse func(uintptr, string) bool
109108 //
110109 // The string can be either one of:
111110 //
112-// - A standard name (Taken from the Css specification).
111+// - A standard name (Taken from the CSS specification).
113112 // - A hexadecimal value in the form “\#rgb”, “\#rrggbb”,
114113 // “\#rrrgggbbb” or ”\#rrrrggggbbbb”
115114 // - A hexadecimal value in the form “\#rgba”, “\#rrggbbaa”,
@@ -117,6 +116,8 @@ var xRGBAParse func(uintptr, string) bool
117116 // - A RGB color in the form “rgb(r,g,b)” (In this case the color
118117 // will have full opacity)
119118 // - A RGBA color in the form “rgba(r,g,b,a)”
119+// - A HSL color in the form "hsl(hue, saturation, lightness)"
120+// - A HSLA color in the form "hsla(hue, saturation, lightness, alpha)"
120121 //
121122 // Where “r”, “g”, “b” and “a” are respectively the red, green,
122123 // blue and alpha color values. In the last two cases, “r”, “g”,
M v4/gdk/gdkseat.go +2 -3
@@ -37,11 +37,10 @@ const (
3737 // The union of all pointing capabilities
3838 SeatCapabilityAllPointingValue SeatCapabilities = 7
3939 // The union of all capabilities
40- SeatCapabilityAllValue SeatCapabilities = 15
40+ SeatCapabilityAllValue SeatCapabilities = 31
4141 )
4242
43-// The `GdkSeat` object represents a collection of input devices
44-// that belong to a user.
43+// Represents a collection of input devices that belong to a user.
4544 type Seat struct {
4645 gobject.Object
4746 }
M v4/gdk/gdksnapshot.go +1 -1
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *SnapshotClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919
2020 // Base type for snapshot operations.
2121 //
22-// The subclass of `GdkSnapshot` used by GTK is [class@Gtk.Snapshot].
22+// The subclass of `GdkSnapshot` used by GTK is [GtkSnapshot](../gtk4/class.Snapshot.html).
2323 type Snapshot struct {
2424 gobject.Object
2525 }
M v4/gdk/gdksurface.go +26 -8
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ func (x *SurfaceClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// A `GdkSurface` is a rectangular region on the screen.
24+// Represents a rectangular region on the screen.
2525 //
2626 // It’s a low-level object, used to implement high-level objects
27-// such as [class@Gtk.Window] or [class@Gtk.Dialog] in GTK.
27+// such as [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html).
2828 //
2929 // The surfaces you see in practice are either [iface@Gdk.Toplevel] or
3030 // [iface@Gdk.Popup], and those interfaces provide much of the required
@@ -160,9 +160,7 @@ func (x *Surface) CreateSimilarSurface(ContentVar cairo.Content, WidthVar int, H
160160
161161 var xSurfaceCreateVulkanContext func(uintptr) uintptr
162162
163-// Creates a new `GdkVulkanContext` for rendering on @surface.
164-//
165-// If the creation of the `GdkVulkanContext` failed, @error will be set.
163+// Sets an error and returns %NULL.
166164 func (x *Surface) CreateVulkanContext() (*VulkanContext, error) {
167165 var cls *VulkanContext
168166 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -317,6 +315,25 @@ func (x *Surface) GetMapped() bool {
317315 return cret
318316 }
319317
318+var xSurfaceGetScale func(uintptr) float64
319+
320+// Returns the internal scale that maps from surface coordinates
321+// to the actual device pixels.
322+//
323+// When the scale is bigger than 1, the windowing system prefers to get
324+// buffers with a resolution that is bigger than the surface size (e.g.
325+// to show the surface on a high-resolution display, or in a magnifier).
326+//
327+// Compare with [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor], which returns the
328+// next larger integer.
329+//
330+// The scale may change during the lifetime of the surface.
331+func (x *Surface) GetScale() float64 {
332+
333+ cret := xSurfaceGetScale(x.GoPointer())
334+ return cret
335+}
336+
320337 var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
321338
322339 // Returns the internal scale factor that maps from surface coordinates
@@ -329,7 +346,7 @@ var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
329346 // pixel-based data the scale value can be used to determine whether to
330347 // use a pixel resource with higher resolution data.
331348 //
332-// The scale of a surface may change during runtime.
349+// The scale factor may change during the lifetime of the surface.
333350 func (x *Surface) GetScaleFactor() int {
334351
335352 cret := xSurfaceGetScaleFactor(x.GoPointer())
@@ -355,7 +372,7 @@ var xSurfaceHide func(uintptr)
355372 // For toplevel surfaces, withdraws them, so they will no longer be
356373 // known to the window manager; for all surfaces, unmaps them, so
357374 // they won’t be displayed. Normally done automatically as
358-// part of [method@Gtk.Widget.hide].
375+// part of [gtk_widget_hide()](../gtk4/method.Widget.hide.html).
359376 func (x *Surface) Hide() {
360377
361378 xSurfaceHide(x.GoPointer())
@@ -464,7 +481,7 @@ var xSurfaceSetOpaqueRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
464481 // GTK will update this property automatically if the @surface background
465482 // is opaque, as we know where the opaque regions are. If your surface
466483 // background is not opaque, please update this property in your
467-// [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.css_changed] handler.
484+// [GtkWidgetClass.css_changed](../gtk4/vfunc.Widget.css_changed.html) handler.
468485 func (x *Surface) SetOpaqueRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
469486
470487 xSurfaceSetOpaqueRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
@@ -624,6 +641,7 @@ func init() {
624641 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetFrameClock, lib, "gdk_surface_get_frame_clock")
625642 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetHeight, lib, "gdk_surface_get_height")
626643 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetMapped, lib, "gdk_surface_get_mapped")
644+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetScale, lib, "gdk_surface_get_scale")
627645 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetScaleFactor, lib, "gdk_surface_get_scale_factor")
628646 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetWidth, lib, "gdk_surface_get_width")
629647 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceHide, lib, "gdk_surface_hide")
M v4/gdk/gdktexture.go +67 -6
@@ -44,20 +44,41 @@ const (
4444 TextureErrorUnsupportedFormatValue TextureError = 3
4545 )
4646
47-// `GdkTexture` is the basic element used to refer to pixel data.
47+var xTextureErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
48+
49+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.Texture] errors.
50+func TextureErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
51+
52+ cret := xTextureErrorQuark()
53+ return cret
54+}
55+
56+// Refers to pixel data in various forms.
4857 //
4958 // It is primarily meant for pixel data that will not change over
5059 // multiple frames, and will be used for a long time.
5160 //
5261 // There are various ways to create `GdkTexture` objects from a
53-// [class@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf], or a Cairo surface, or other pixel data.
62+// [class@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf], or from bytes stored in memory, a file, or a
63+// [struct@Gio.Resource].
5464 //
5565 // The ownership of the pixel data is transferred to the `GdkTexture`
5666 // instance; you can only make a copy of it, via [method@Gdk.Texture.download].
5767 //
5868 // `GdkTexture` is an immutable object: That means you cannot change
5969 // anything about it other than increasing the reference count via
60-// [method@GObject.Object.ref], and consequently, it is a thread-safe object.
70+// [method@GObject.Object.ref], and consequently, it is a threadsafe object.
71+//
72+// GDK provides a number of threadsafe texture loading functions:
73+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_resource],
74+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_bytes],
75+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_file],
76+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_filename],
77+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_for_pixbuf]. Note that these are meant for loading
78+// icons and resources that are shipped with the toolkit or application. It
79+// is recommended that you use a dedicated image loading framework such as
80+// [glycin](https://lib.rs/crates/glycin), if you need to load untrusted image
81+// data.
6182 type Texture struct {
6283 gobject.Object
6384 }
@@ -99,7 +120,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromBytes func(*glib.Bytes, **glib.Error) uintptr
99120 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from memory,
100121 //
101122 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
102-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
123+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
103124 //
104125 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
105126 //
@@ -129,7 +150,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromFile func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
129150 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from a file.
130151 //
131152 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
132-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
153+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
133154 //
134155 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
135156 //
@@ -159,7 +180,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromFilename func(string, **glib.Error) uintptr
159180 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from a file.
160181 //
161182 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
162-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
183+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
163184 //
164185 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
165186 //
@@ -237,12 +258,41 @@ var xTextureDownload func(uintptr, []byte, uint)
237258 //
238259 // cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface);
239260 // ```
261+//
262+// For more flexible download capabilities, see
263+// [struct@Gdk.TextureDownloader].
240264 func (x *Texture) Download(DataVar []byte, StrideVar uint) {
241265
242266 xTextureDownload(x.GoPointer(), DataVar, StrideVar)
243267
244268 }
245269
270+var xTextureGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
271+
272+// Returns the color state associated with the texture.
273+func (x *Texture) GetColorState() *ColorState {
274+
275+ cret := xTextureGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
276+ return cret
277+}
278+
279+var xTextureGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
280+
281+// Gets the memory format most closely associated with the data of
282+// the texture.
283+//
284+// Note that it may not be an exact match for texture data
285+// stored on the GPU or with compression.
286+//
287+// The format can give an indication about the bit depth and opacity
288+// of the texture and is useful to determine the best format for
289+// downloading the texture.
290+func (x *Texture) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
291+
292+ cret := xTextureGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
293+ return cret
294+}
295+
246296 var xTextureGetHeight func(uintptr) int
247297
248298 // Returns the height of the @texture, in pixels.
@@ -491,6 +541,13 @@ func (x *Texture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
491541 return cret
492542 }
493543
544+// Gets a hash for an icon.
545+func (x *Texture) Hash() uint {
546+
547+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
548+ return cret
549+}
550+
494551 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
495552 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
496553 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
@@ -582,6 +639,8 @@ func init() {
582639
583640 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_error_get_type")
584641
642+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_texture_error_quark")
643+
585644 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_get_type")
586645
587646 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureForPixbuf, lib, "gdk_texture_new_for_pixbuf")
@@ -591,6 +650,8 @@ func init() {
591650 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureFromResource, lib, "gdk_texture_new_from_resource")
592651
593652 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownload, lib, "gdk_texture_download")
653+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_get_color_state")
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_get_format")
594655 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetHeight, lib, "gdk_texture_get_height")
595656 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetWidth, lib, "gdk_texture_get_width")
596657 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureSaveToPng, lib, "gdk_texture_save_to_png")
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevel.go +33 -7
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkToplevel` is a freestanding toplevel surface.
22+// A freestanding toplevel surface.
2323 //
2424 // The `GdkToplevel` interface provides useful APIs for interacting with
2525 // the windowing system, such as controlling maximization and size of the
@@ -89,8 +89,9 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, Butto
8989
9090 // Sets keyboard focus to @surface.
9191 //
92-// In most cases, [method@Gtk.Window.present_with_time] should be
93-// used on a [class@Gtk.Window], rather than calling this function.
92+// In most cases, [gtk_window_present_with_time()](../gtk4/method.Window.present_with_time.html)
93+// should be used on a [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html), rather than
94+// calling this function.
9495 func (x *ToplevelBase) Focus(TimestampVar uint32) {
9596
9697 XGdkToplevelFocus(x.GoPointer(), TimestampVar)
@@ -231,8 +232,8 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SetModal(ModalVar bool) {
231232 // Sets the startup notification ID.
232233 //
233234 // When using GTK, typically you should use
234-// [method@Gtk.Window.set_startup_id] instead of this
235-// low-level function.
235+// [gtk_window_set_startup_id()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_startup_id.html)
236+// instead of this low-level function.
236237 func (x *ToplevelBase) SetStartupId(StartupIdVar string) {
237238
238239 XGdkToplevelSetStartupId(x.GoPointer(), StartupIdVar)
@@ -256,8 +257,8 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
256257 // allows the window manager to do things like center @surface
257258 // on @parent and keep @surface above @parent.
258259 //
259-// See [method@Gtk.Window.set_transient_for] if you’re using
260-// [class@Gtk.Window] or [class@Gtk.Dialog].
260+// See [gtk_window_set_transient_for()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_transient_for.html)
261+// if you’re using [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html).
261262 func (x *ToplevelBase) SetTransientFor(ParentVar *Surface) {
262263
263264 XGdkToplevelSetTransientFor(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer())
@@ -284,6 +285,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SupportsEdgeConstraints() bool {
284285 return cret
285286 }
286287
288+// Performs a title bar gesture.
287289 func (x *ToplevelBase) TitlebarGesture(GestureVar TitlebarGesture) bool {
288290
289291 cret := XGdkToplevelTitlebarGesture(x.GoPointer(), GestureVar)
@@ -359,6 +361,8 @@ const (
359361 ToplevelStateLeftTiledValue ToplevelState = 16384
360362 // whether the left edge is resizable
361363 ToplevelStateLeftResizableValue ToplevelState = 32768
364+ // The surface is not visible to the user.
365+ ToplevelStateSuspendedValue ToplevelState = 65536
362366 )
363367
364368 // Indicates which monitor a surface should span over when in fullscreen mode.
@@ -407,6 +411,26 @@ const (
407411 SurfaceEdgeSouthEastValue SurfaceEdge = 7
408412 )
409413
414+// The kind of title bar gesture to emit with
415+// [method@Gdk.Toplevel.titlebar_gesture].
416+type TitlebarGesture int
417+
418+var xTitlebarGestureGLibType func() types.GType
419+
420+func TitlebarGestureGLibType() types.GType {
421+ return xTitlebarGestureGLibType()
422+}
423+
424+const (
425+
426+ // double click gesture
427+ TitlebarGestureDoubleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 1
428+ // right click gesture
429+ TitlebarGestureRightClickValue TitlebarGesture = 2
430+ // middle click gesture
431+ TitlebarGestureMiddleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 3
432+)
433+
410434 func init() {
411435 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
412436 core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
@@ -421,6 +445,8 @@ func init() {
421445
422446 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceEdgeGLibType, lib, "gdk_surface_edge_get_type")
423447
448+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTitlebarGestureGLibType, lib, "gdk_titlebar_gesture_get_type")
449+
424450 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelGLibType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_get_type")
425451
426452 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGdkToplevelBeginMove, lib, "gdk_toplevel_begin_move")
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevellayout.go +2 -2
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The `GdkToplevelLayout` struct contains information that
15-// is necessary to present a sovereign window on screen.
14+// Contains information that is necessary to present a sovereign
15+// window on screen.
1616 //
1717 // The `GdkToplevelLayout` struct is necessary for using
1818 // [method@Gdk.Toplevel.present].
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevelsize.go +11 -11
@@ -10,12 +10,17 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkToplevelSize` struct contains information that is useful
14-// to compute the size of a toplevel.
13+// Contains information that is useful to compute the size of a toplevel.
1514 type ToplevelSize struct {
1615 _ structs.HostLayout
1716 }
1817
18+var xToplevelSizeGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func ToplevelSizeGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xToplevelSizeGLibType()
22+}
23+
1924 func (x *ToplevelSize) GoPointer() uintptr {
2025 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2126 }
@@ -59,6 +64,9 @@ var xToplevelSizeSetShadowWidth func(uintptr, int, int, int, int)
5964 // The shadow width corresponds to the part of the computed surface size
6065 // that would consist of the shadow margin surrounding the window, would
6166 // there be any.
67+//
68+// Shadow width should only be set if
69+// [method@Gtk.Display.supports_shadow_width] is %TRUE.
6270 func (x *ToplevelSize) SetShadowWidth(LeftVar int, RightVar int, TopVar int, BottomVar int) {
6371
6472 xToplevelSizeSetShadowWidth(x.GoPointer(), LeftVar, RightVar, TopVar, BottomVar)
@@ -79,14 +87,6 @@ func (x *ToplevelSize) SetSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) {
7987
8088 }
8189
82-var xToplevelSizeGetType func() types.GType
83-
84-func ToplevelSizeGetType() types.GType {
85-
86- cret := xToplevelSizeGetType()
87- return cret
88-}
89-
9090 func init() {
9191 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
9292 core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func init() {
9595 panic(err)
9696 }
9797
98- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGetType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_type")
98+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGLibType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_type")
9999
100100 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGetBounds, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_bounds")
101101 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeSetMinSize, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_set_min_size")
M v4/gdk/gdktypes.go +365 -4
@@ -8,11 +8,88 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
14-// The `GdkContentFormats` structure is used to advertise and negotiate the
15-// format of content.
15+// Provides information to interpret colors and pixels in a variety of ways.
16+//
17+// They are also known as
18+// [*color spaces*](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space).
19+//
20+// Crucially, GTK knows how to convert colors from one color
21+// state to another.
22+//
23+// `GdkColorState` objects are immutable and therefore threadsafe.
24+type ColorState struct {
25+ _ structs.HostLayout
26+}
27+
28+var xColorStateGLibType func() types.GType
29+
30+func ColorStateGLibType() types.GType {
31+ return xColorStateGLibType()
32+}
33+
34+func (x *ColorState) GoPointer() uintptr {
35+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
36+}
37+
38+var xColorStateCreateCicpParams func(uintptr) uintptr
39+
40+// Create a [class@Gdk.CicpParams] representing the colorstate.
41+//
42+// It is not guaranteed that every `GdkColorState` can be
43+// represented with Cicp parameters. If that is the case,
44+// this function returns `NULL`.
45+func (x *ColorState) CreateCicpParams() *CicpParams {
46+ var cls *CicpParams
47+
48+ cret := xColorStateCreateCicpParams(x.GoPointer())
49+
50+ if cret == 0 {
51+ return nil
52+ }
53+ cls = &CicpParams{}
54+ cls.Ptr = cret
55+ return cls
56+}
57+
58+var xColorStateEqual func(uintptr, *ColorState) bool
59+
60+// Compares two `GdkColorStates` for equality.
61+//
62+// Note that this function is not guaranteed to be perfect and two objects
63+// describing the same color state may compare not equal. However, different
64+// color states will never compare equal.
65+func (x *ColorState) Equal(OtherVar *ColorState) bool {
66+
67+ cret := xColorStateEqual(x.GoPointer(), OtherVar)
68+ return cret
69+}
70+
71+var xColorStateRef func(uintptr) *ColorState
72+
73+// Increase the reference count of @self.
74+func (x *ColorState) Ref() *ColorState {
75+
76+ cret := xColorStateRef(x.GoPointer())
77+ return cret
78+}
79+
80+var xColorStateUnref func(uintptr)
81+
82+// Decrease the reference count of @self.
83+//
84+// Unless @self is static, it will be freed
85+// when the reference count reaches zero.
86+func (x *ColorState) Unref() {
87+
88+ xColorStateUnref(x.GoPointer())
89+
90+}
91+
92+// Used to advertise and negotiate the format of content.
1693 //
1794 // You will encounter `GdkContentFormats` when interacting with objects
1895 // controlling operations that pass data between different widgets, window
@@ -121,6 +198,15 @@ func (x *ContentFormats) GetMimeTypes(NMimeTypesVar uint) []string {
121198 return cret
122199 }
123200
201+var xContentFormatsIsEmpty func(uintptr) bool
202+
203+// Returns whether the content formats contain any formats.
204+func (x *ContentFormats) IsEmpty() bool {
205+
206+ cret := xContentFormatsIsEmpty(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
124210 var xContentFormatsMatch func(uintptr, *ContentFormats) bool
125211
126212 // Checks if @first and @second have any matching formats.
@@ -250,7 +336,104 @@ func (x *ContentFormats) Unref() {
250336
251337 }
252338
253-// A `GdkKeymapKey` is a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval.
339+// Provides information about supported DMA buffer formats.
340+//
341+// You can query whether a given format is supported with
342+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.contains] and you can iterate
343+// over the list of all supported formats with
344+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_n_formats] and
345+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_format].
346+//
347+// The list of supported formats is sorted by preference,
348+// with the best formats coming first.
349+//
350+// The list may contains (format, modifier) pairs where the modifier
351+// is `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`, indicating that **_implicit modifiers_**
352+// may be used with this format.
353+//
354+// See [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder] for more information
355+// about DMA buffers.
356+//
357+// Note that DMA buffers only exist on Linux.
358+type DmabufFormats struct {
359+ _ structs.HostLayout
360+}
361+
362+var xDmabufFormatsGLibType func() types.GType
363+
364+func DmabufFormatsGLibType() types.GType {
365+ return xDmabufFormatsGLibType()
366+}
367+
368+func (x *DmabufFormats) GoPointer() uintptr {
369+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
370+}
371+
372+var xDmabufFormatsContains func(uintptr, uint32, uint64) bool
373+
374+// Returns whether a given format is contained in @formats.
375+func (x *DmabufFormats) Contains(FourccVar uint32, ModifierVar uint64) bool {
376+
377+ cret := xDmabufFormatsContains(x.GoPointer(), FourccVar, ModifierVar)
378+ return cret
379+}
380+
381+var xDmabufFormatsEqual func(uintptr, *DmabufFormats) bool
382+
383+// Returns whether @formats1 and @formats2 contain the
384+// same dmabuf formats, in the same order.
385+func (x *DmabufFormats) Equal(Formats2Var *DmabufFormats) bool {
386+
387+ cret := xDmabufFormatsEqual(x.GoPointer(), Formats2Var)
388+ return cret
389+}
390+
391+var xDmabufFormatsGetFormat func(uintptr, uint, uint32, uint64)
392+
393+// Gets the fourcc code and modifier for a format
394+// that is contained in @formats.
395+func (x *DmabufFormats) GetFormat(IdxVar uint, FourccVar uint32, ModifierVar uint64) {
396+
397+ xDmabufFormatsGetFormat(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar, FourccVar, ModifierVar)
398+
399+}
400+
401+var xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats func(uintptr) uint
402+
403+// Returns the number of formats that the @formats object
404+// contains.
405+//
406+// Note that DMA buffers are a Linux concept, so on other
407+// platforms, [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_n_formats] will
408+// always return zero.
409+func (x *DmabufFormats) GetNFormats() uint {
410+
411+ cret := xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats(x.GoPointer())
412+ return cret
413+}
414+
415+var xDmabufFormatsRef func(uintptr) *DmabufFormats
416+
417+// Increases the reference count of @formats.
418+func (x *DmabufFormats) Ref() *DmabufFormats {
419+
420+ cret := xDmabufFormatsRef(x.GoPointer())
421+ return cret
422+}
423+
424+var xDmabufFormatsUnref func(uintptr)
425+
426+// Decreases the reference count of @formats.
427+//
428+// When the reference count reaches zero,
429+// the object is freed.
430+func (x *DmabufFormats) Unref() {
431+
432+ xDmabufFormatsUnref(x.GoPointer())
433+
434+}
435+
436+// Represents a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval.
254437 type KeymapKey struct {
255438 _ structs.HostLayout
256439
@@ -265,7 +448,7 @@ func (x *KeymapKey) GoPointer() uintptr {
265448 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
266449 }
267450
268-// A `GdkRectangle` data type for representing rectangles.
451+// Represents a rectangle.
269452 //
270453 // `GdkRectangle` is identical to `cairo_rectangle_t`. Together with Cairo’s
271454 // `cairo_region_t` data type, these are the central types for representing
@@ -351,6 +534,152 @@ func (x *Rectangle) Union(Src2Var *Rectangle, DestVar *Rectangle) {
351534
352535 }
353536
537+// Used to download the contents of a [class@Gdk.Texture].
538+//
539+// It is intended to be created as a short-term object for a single download,
540+// but can be used for multiple downloads of different textures or with different
541+// settings.
542+//
543+// `GdkTextureDownloader` can be used to convert data between different formats.
544+// Create a `GdkTexture` for the existing format and then download it in a
545+// different format.
546+type TextureDownloader struct {
547+ _ structs.HostLayout
548+}
549+
550+var xTextureDownloaderGLibType func() types.GType
551+
552+func TextureDownloaderGLibType() types.GType {
553+ return xTextureDownloaderGLibType()
554+}
555+
556+func (x *TextureDownloader) GoPointer() uintptr {
557+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
558+}
559+
560+var xNewTextureDownloader func(uintptr) *TextureDownloader
561+
562+// Creates a new texture downloader for @texture.
563+//
564+// By default, the downloader will convert the data to
565+// the default memory format, and to the sRGB color state.
566+func NewTextureDownloader(TextureVar *Texture) *TextureDownloader {
567+
568+ cret := xNewTextureDownloader(TextureVar.GoPointer())
569+ return cret
570+}
571+
572+var xTextureDownloaderCopy func(uintptr) *TextureDownloader
573+
574+// Creates a copy of the downloader.
575+//
576+// This function is meant for language bindings.
577+func (x *TextureDownloader) Copy() *TextureDownloader {
578+
579+ cret := xTextureDownloaderCopy(x.GoPointer())
580+ return cret
581+}
582+
583+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes func(uintptr, uint) *glib.Bytes
584+
585+// Downloads the given texture pixels into a `GBytes`. The rowstride will
586+// be stored in the stride value.
587+//
588+// This function will abort if it tries to download a large texture and
589+// fails to allocate memory. If you think that may happen, you should handle
590+// memory allocation yourself and use [method@Gdk.TextureDownloader.download_into]
591+// once allocation succeeded.
592+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytes(OutStrideVar uint) *glib.Bytes {
593+
594+ cret := xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes(x.GoPointer(), OutStrideVar)
595+ return cret
596+}
597+
598+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto func(uintptr, []byte, uint)
599+
600+// Downloads the @texture into local memory.
601+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadInto(DataVar []byte, StrideVar uint) {
602+
603+ xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto(x.GoPointer(), DataVar, StrideVar)
604+
605+}
606+
607+var xTextureDownloaderFree func(uintptr)
608+
609+// Frees the given downloader and all its associated resources.
610+func (x *TextureDownloader) Free() {
611+
612+ xTextureDownloaderFree(x.GoPointer())
613+
614+}
615+
616+var xTextureDownloaderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
617+
618+// Gets the color state that the data will be downloaded in.
619+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetColorState() *ColorState {
620+
621+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
622+ return cret
623+}
624+
625+var xTextureDownloaderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
626+
627+// Gets the format that the data will be downloaded in.
628+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
629+
630+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
631+ return cret
632+}
633+
634+var xTextureDownloaderGetTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
635+
636+// Gets the texture that the downloader will download.
637+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetTexture() *Texture {
638+ var cls *Texture
639+
640+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetTexture(x.GoPointer())
641+
642+ if cret == 0 {
643+ return nil
644+ }
645+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
646+ cls = &Texture{}
647+ cls.Ptr = cret
648+ return cls
649+}
650+
651+var xTextureDownloaderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
652+
653+// Sets the color state the downloader will convert the data to.
654+//
655+// By default, the sRGB colorstate returned by [func@ColorState.get_srgb]
656+// is used.
657+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
658+
659+ xTextureDownloaderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
660+
661+}
662+
663+var xTextureDownloaderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
664+
665+// Sets the format the downloader will download.
666+//
667+// By default, GDK_MEMORY_DEFAULT is set.
668+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
669+
670+ xTextureDownloaderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
671+
672+}
673+
674+var xTextureDownloaderSetTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
675+
676+// Changes the texture the downloader will download.
677+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
678+
679+ xTextureDownloaderSetTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
680+
681+}
682+
354683 const (
355684 // Represents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected.
356685 CURRENT_TIME int = 0
@@ -364,6 +693,13 @@ func init() {
364693 panic(err)
365694 }
366695
696+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGLibType, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_type")
697+
698+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateCreateCicpParams, lib, "gdk_color_state_create_cicp_params")
699+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateEqual, lib, "gdk_color_state_equal")
700+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateRef, lib, "gdk_color_state_ref")
701+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateUnref, lib, "gdk_color_state_unref")
702+
367703 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGLibType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_type")
368704
369705 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewContentFormats, lib, "gdk_content_formats_new")
@@ -373,6 +709,7 @@ func init() {
373709 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsContainMimeType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_contain_mime_type")
374710 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGetGtypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_gtypes")
375711 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGetMimeTypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_mime_types")
712+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsIsEmpty, lib, "gdk_content_formats_is_empty")
376713 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatch, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match")
377714 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatchGtype, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match_gtype")
378715 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatchMimeType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match_mime_type")
@@ -386,6 +723,15 @@ func init() {
386723 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsUnionSerializeMimeTypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_union_serialize_mime_types")
387724 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsUnref, lib, "gdk_content_formats_unref")
388725
726+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_type")
727+
728+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsContains, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_contains")
729+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsEqual, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_equal")
730+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGetFormat, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_format")
731+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_n_formats")
732+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsRef, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_ref")
733+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsUnref, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_unref")
734+
389735 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleGLibType, lib, "gdk_rectangle_get_type")
390736
391737 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleContainsPoint, lib, "gdk_rectangle_contains_point")
@@ -393,4 +739,19 @@ func init() {
393739 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleIntersect, lib, "gdk_rectangle_intersect")
394740 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleUnion, lib, "gdk_rectangle_union")
395741
742+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_type")
743+
744+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureDownloader, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_new")
745+
746+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderCopy, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_copy")
747+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_download_bytes")
748+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_download_into")
749+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderFree, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_free")
750+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_color_state")
751+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_format")
752+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetTexture, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_texture")
753+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_color_state")
754+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_format")
755+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetTexture, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_texture")
756+
396757 }
M v4/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.go +26 -3
@@ -5,14 +5,23 @@ import (
55 "unsafe"
66
77 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
89 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
910 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
14-// `GdkVulkanContext` is an object representing the platform-specific
15-// Vulkan draw context.
15+var xVulkanErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
16+
17+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.VulkanContext] errors.
18+func VulkanErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
19+
20+ cret := xVulkanErrorQuark()
21+ return cret
22+}
23+
24+// Represents the platform-specific Vulkan draw context.
1625 //
1726 // `GdkVulkanContext`s are created for a surface using
1827 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_vulkan_context], and the context will match
@@ -88,7 +97,7 @@ func (x *VulkanContext) ConnectImagesUpdated(cb *func(VulkanContext)) uint32 {
8897 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
8998 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
9099 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
91-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
100+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
92101 //
93102 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
94103 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
@@ -118,3 +127,17 @@ func (x *VulkanContext) Init(CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (bool, error) {
118127 return cret, cerr
119128
120129 }
130+
131+func init() {
132+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
133+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
134+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
135+ if err != nil {
136+ panic(err)
137+ }
138+
139+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_vulkan_error_quark")
140+
141+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanContextGLibType, lib, "gdk_vulkan_context_get_type")
142+
143+}
D v4/gdk/main.go +0 -65
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
1-// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2-package gdk
3-
4-import (
5- "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
9-)
10-
11-type TitlebarGesture int
12-
13-var xTitlebarGestureGLibType func() types.GType
14-
15-func TitlebarGestureGLibType() types.GType {
16- return xTitlebarGestureGLibType()
17-}
18-
19-const (
20- TitlebarGestureDoubleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 1
21-
22- TitlebarGestureRightClickValue TitlebarGesture = 2
23-
24- TitlebarGestureMiddleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 3
25-)
26-
27-var xGlErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
28-
29-func GlErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
30-
31- cret := xGlErrorQuark()
32- return cret
33-}
34-
35-var xTextureErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
36-
37-func TextureErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
38-
39- cret := xTextureErrorQuark()
40- return cret
41-}
42-
43-var xVulkanErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
44-
45-func VulkanErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
46-
47- cret := xVulkanErrorQuark()
48- return cret
49-}
50-
51-func init() {
52- core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
53- core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
54- lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
55- if err != nil {
56- panic(err)
57- }
58-
59- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTitlebarGestureGLibType, lib, "gdk_titlebar_gesture_get_type")
60-
61- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGlErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_gl_error_quark")
62- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_texture_error_quark")
63- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_vulkan_error_quark")
64-
65-}
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.go +28 -0
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 }
3636
3737 // OverrideIsStaticImage sets the callback function.
38+// returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
3839 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) bool) {
3940 if cb == nil {
4041 x.xIsStaticImage = 0
@@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) b
4647 }
4748
4849 // GetIsStaticImage gets the callback function.
50+// returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
4951 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5052 if x.xIsStaticImage == 0 {
5153 return nil
@@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5860 }
5961
6062 // OverrideGetStaticImage sets the callback function.
63+// returns a static image representing the given animation.
6164 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf) {
6265 if cb == nil {
6366 x.xGetStaticImage = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation)
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetStaticImage gets the callback function.
79+// returns a static image representing the given animation.
7680 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf {
7781 if x.xGetStaticImage == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -91,6 +95,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbu
9195 }
9296
9397 // OverrideGetSize sets the callback function.
98+// fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
9499 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int)) {
95100 if cb == nil {
96101 x.xGetSize = 0
@@ -102,6 +107,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, in
102107 }
103108
104109 // GetGetSize gets the callback function.
110+// fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
105111 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
106112 if x.xGetSize == 0 {
107113 return nil
@@ -114,6 +120,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
114120 }
115121
116122 // OverrideGetIter sets the callback function.
123+// returns an iterator for the given animation.
117124 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter) {
118125 if cb == nil {
119126 x.xGetIter = 0
@@ -129,6 +136,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.T
129136 }
130137
131138 // GetGetIter gets the callback function.
139+// returns an iterator for the given animation.
132140 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetIter() func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter {
133141 if x.xGetIter == 0 {
134142 return nil
@@ -168,6 +176,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
168176 }
169177
170178 // OverrideGetDelayTime sets the callback function.
179+// returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
180+//
181+// should be shown.
171182 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetDelayTime(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) int) {
172183 if cb == nil {
173184 x.xGetDelayTime = 0
@@ -179,6 +190,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetDelayTime(cb func(*PixbufAnimation
179190 }
180191
181192 // GetGetDelayTime gets the callback function.
193+// returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
194+//
195+// should be shown.
182196 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetDelayTime() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) int {
183197 if x.xGetDelayTime == 0 {
184198 return nil
@@ -191,6 +205,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetDelayTime() func(*PixbufAnimationIter)
191205 }
192206
193207 // OverrideGetPixbuf sets the callback function.
208+// returns the current frame.
194209 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf) {
195210 if cb == nil {
196211 x.xGetPixbuf = 0
@@ -206,6 +221,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIte
206221 }
207222
208223 // GetGetPixbuf gets the callback function.
224+// returns the current frame.
209225 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf {
210226 if x.xGetPixbuf == 0 {
211227 return nil
@@ -224,6 +240,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pi
224240 }
225241
226242 // OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame sets the callback function.
243+// returns whether the current frame of @iter is
244+//
245+// being loaded.
227246 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) bool) {
228247 if cb == nil {
229248 x.xOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame = 0
@@ -235,6 +254,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame(cb func(*Pixb
235254 }
236255
237256 // GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame gets the callback function.
257+// returns whether the current frame of @iter is
258+//
259+// being loaded.
238260 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) bool {
239261 if x.xOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame == 0 {
240262 return nil
@@ -247,6 +269,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame() func(*PixbufAnim
247269 }
248270
249271 // OverrideAdvance sets the callback function.
272+// advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
273+//
274+// current frame.
250275 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideAdvance(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter, *glib.TimeVal) bool) {
251276 if cb == nil {
252277 x.xAdvance = 0
@@ -258,6 +283,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideAdvance(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter,
258283 }
259284
260285 // GetAdvance gets the callback function.
286+// advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
287+//
288+// current frame.
261289 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetAdvance() func(*PixbufAnimationIter, *glib.TimeVal) bool {
262290 if x.xAdvance == 0 {
263291 return nil
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-features.go +2 -2
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ const (
77 PIXBUF_MAJOR int = 2
88 // Micro version of gdk-pixbuf library, that is the "2" in
99 // "0.8.2" for example.
10- PIXBUF_MICRO int = 10
10+ PIXBUF_MICRO int = 12
1111 // Minor version of gdk-pixbuf library, that is the "8" in
1212 // "0.8.2" for example.
1313 PIXBUF_MINOR int = 42
@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ const (
1515 //
1616 // This is the version being compiled against; contrast with
1717 // `gdk_pixbuf_version`.
18- PIXBUF_VERSION string = "2.42.10"
18+ PIXBUF_VERSION string = "2.42.12"
1919 )
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.go +7 -0
@@ -1357,6 +1357,13 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
13571357 return cret
13581358 }
13591359
1360+// Gets a hash for an icon.
1361+func (x *Pixbuf) Hash() uint {
1362+
1363+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
1364+ return cret
1365+}
1366+
13601367 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
13611368 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
13621369 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
M v4/gio/gaction.go +85 -58
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The virtual function table for #GAction.
14+// The virtual function table for [type@Gio.Action].
1515 type ActionInterface struct {
1616 _ structs.HostLayout
1717
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 }
4040
4141 // OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
42+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
4243 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
4344 if cb == nil {
4445 x.xGetName = 0
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
5051 }
5152
5253 // GetGetName gets the callback function.
54+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
5355 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
5456 if x.xGetName == 0 {
5557 return nil
@@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
6264 }
6365
6466 // OverrideGetParameterType sets the callback function.
67+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
6568 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
6669 if cb == nil {
6770 x.xGetParameterType = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetParameterType gets the callback function.
79+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
7680 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
7781 if x.xGetParameterType == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -85,6 +89,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
8589 }
8690
8791 // OverrideGetStateType sets the callback function.
92+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
8893 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
8994 if cb == nil {
9095 x.xGetStateType = 0
@@ -96,6 +101,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType
96101 }
97102
98103 // GetGetStateType gets the callback function.
104+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
99105 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
100106 if x.xGetStateType == 0 {
101107 return nil
@@ -108,6 +114,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
108114 }
109115
110116 // OverrideGetStateHint sets the callback function.
117+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
111118 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
112119 if cb == nil {
113120 x.xGetStateHint = 0
@@ -119,6 +126,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
119126 }
120127
121128 // GetGetStateHint gets the callback function.
129+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
122130 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
123131 if x.xGetStateHint == 0 {
124132 return nil
@@ -131,6 +139,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
131139 }
132140
133141 // OverrideGetEnabled sets the callback function.
142+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
134143 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
135144 if cb == nil {
136145 x.xGetEnabled = 0
@@ -142,6 +151,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
142151 }
143152
144153 // GetGetEnabled gets the callback function.
154+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
145155 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
146156 if x.xGetEnabled == 0 {
147157 return nil
@@ -154,6 +164,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
154164 }
155165
156166 // OverrideGetState sets the callback function.
167+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
157168 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
158169 if cb == nil {
159170 x.xGetState = 0
@@ -165,6 +176,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
165176 }
166177
167178 // GetGetState gets the callback function.
179+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
168180 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
169181 if x.xGetState == 0 {
170182 return nil
@@ -177,6 +189,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
177189 }
178190
179191 // OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
192+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
180193 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
181194 if cb == nil {
182195 x.xChangeState = 0
@@ -188,6 +201,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
188201 }
189202
190203 // GetChangeState gets the callback function.
204+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
191205 func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
192206 if x.xChangeState == 0 {
193207 return nil
@@ -200,6 +214,9 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
200214 }
201215
202216 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
217+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
218+//
219+// 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
203220 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideActivate(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
204221 if cb == nil {
205222 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -211,6 +228,9 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideActivate(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
211228 }
212229
213230 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
231+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
232+//
233+// 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
214234 func (x *ActionInterface) GetActivate() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
215235 if x.xActivate == 0 {
216236 return nil
@@ -222,35 +242,35 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetActivate() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
222242 }
223243 }
224244
225-// #GAction represents a single named action.
245+// `GAction` represents a single named action.
226246 //
227247 // The main interface to an action is that it can be activated with
228-// g_action_activate(). This results in the 'activate' signal being
229-// emitted. An activation has a #GVariant parameter (which may be
230-// %NULL). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static
248+// [method@Gio.Action.activate]. This results in the 'activate' signal being
249+// emitted. An activation has a `GVariant` parameter (which may be
250+// `NULL`). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static
231251 // parameter type (which is given at construction time).
232252 //
233253 // An action may optionally have a state, in which case the state may be
234-// set with g_action_change_state(). This call takes a #GVariant. The
254+// set with [method@Gio.Action.change_state]. This call takes a [type@GLib.Variant]. The
235255 // correct type for the state is determined by a static state type
236256 // (which is given at construction time).
237257 //
238258 // The state may have a hint associated with it, specifying its valid
239259 // range.
240260 //
241-// #GAction is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as
261+// `GAction` is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as
242262 // described above. Various implementations of actions exist, including
243-// #GSimpleAction.
263+// [class@Gio.SimpleAction].
244264 //
245265 // In all cases, the implementing class is responsible for storing the
246-// name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the
247-// optional state type and the state and emitting the appropriate
248-// signals when these change. The implementor is responsible for filtering
249-// calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() for type
250-// safety and for the state being enabled.
251-//
252-// Probably the only useful thing to do with a #GAction is to put it
253-// inside of a #GSimpleActionGroup.
266+// name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the optional
267+// state type and the state and emitting the appropriate signals when these
268+// change. The implementor is responsible for filtering calls to
269+// [method@Gio.Action.activate] and [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
270+// for type safety and for the state being enabled.
271+//
272+// Probably the only useful thing to do with a `GAction` is to put it
273+// inside of a [class@Gio.SimpleActionGroup].
254274 type Action interface {
255275 GoPointer() uintptr
256276 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -289,9 +309,9 @@ func (x *ActionBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
289309 //
290310 // @parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie:
291311 // the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter
292-// type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL.
312+// type was `NULL` then @parameter must also be `NULL`.
293313 //
294-// If the @parameter GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
314+// If the @parameter [type@GLib.Variant] is floating, it is consumed.
295315 func (x *ActionBase) Activate(ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
296316
297317 XGActionActivate(x.GoPointer(), ParameterVar)
@@ -301,13 +321,13 @@ func (x *ActionBase) Activate(ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
301321 // Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value.
302322 //
303323 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
304-// See g_action_get_state_type().
324+// See [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type].
305325 //
306326 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
307327 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
308-// See g_action_get_state_hint().
328+// See [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint].
309329 //
310-// If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
330+// If the @value [type@GLib.Variant] is floating, it is consumed.
311331 func (x *ActionBase) ChangeState(ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
312332
313333 XGActionChangeState(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
@@ -334,11 +354,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetName() string {
334354 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
335355 // @action.
336356 //
337-// When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant
338-// given to that function must be of the type returned by this function.
357+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.Action.activate], the
358+// [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned by
359+// this function.
339360 //
340-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
341-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
361+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
362+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
342363 func (x *ActionBase) GetParameterType() *glib.VariantType {
343364
344365 cret := XGActionGetParameterType(x.GoPointer())
@@ -347,12 +368,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetParameterType() *glib.VariantType {
347368
348369 // Queries the current state of @action.
349370 //
350-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
371+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
351372 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
352-// given by g_action_get_state_type().
373+// given by [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type].
353374 //
354-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
355-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
375+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
376+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
356377 func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
357378
358379 cret := XGActionGetState(x.GoPointer())
@@ -362,12 +383,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
362383 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of
363384 // @action.
364385 //
365-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
386+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
366387 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
367388 // state of the action.
368389 //
369-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
370-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
390+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
391+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
371392 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
372393 // of valid values for the state.
373394 //
@@ -375,8 +396,8 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
375396 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
376397 // within the range may fail.
377398 //
378-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
379-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
399+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
400+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
380401 func (x *ActionBase) GetStateHint() *glib.Variant {
381402
382403 cret := XGActionGetStateHint(x.GoPointer())
@@ -386,15 +407,15 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetStateHint() *glib.Variant {
386407 // Queries the type of the state of @action.
387408 //
388409 // If the action is stateful (e.g. created with
389-// g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the
390-// #GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value
391-// given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a
392-// #GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a
393-// #GVariant of the same type.
394-//
395-// If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new())
396-// then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state()
397-// will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state().
410+// [ctor@Gio.SimpleAction.new_stateful]) then this function returns the
411+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. This is the type of the initial value
412+// given as the state. All calls to [method@Gio.Action.change_state] must give a
413+// [type@GLib.Variant] of this type and [method@Gio.Action.get_state] will return a
414+// [type@GLib.Variant] of the same type.
415+//
416+// If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with [ctor@Gio.SimpleAction.new])
417+// then this function will return `NULL`. In that case, [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
418+// will return `NULL` and you must not call [method@Gio.Action.change_state].
398419 func (x *ActionBase) GetStateType() *glib.VariantType {
399420
400421 cret := XGActionGetStateType(x.GoPointer())
@@ -415,10 +436,10 @@ var xActionNameIsValid func(string) bool
415436 // Checks if @action_name is valid.
416437 //
417438 // @action_name is valid if it consists only of alphanumeric characters,
418-// plus '-' and '.'. The empty string is not a valid action name.
439+// plus `-` and `.`. The empty string is not a valid action name.
419440 //
420-// It is an error to call this function with a non-utf8 @action_name.
421-// @action_name must not be %NULL.
441+// It is an error to call this function with a non-UTF-8 @action_name.
442+// @action_name must not be `NULL`.
422443 func ActionNameIsValid(ActionNameVar string) bool {
423444
424445 cret := xActionNameIsValid(ActionNameVar)
@@ -434,23 +455,29 @@ var xActionParseDetailedName func(string, string, **glib.Variant, **glib.Error)
434455 //
435456 // The first format is used to represent an action name with no target
436457 // value and consists of just an action name containing no whitespace
437-// nor the characters ':', '(' or ')'. For example: "app.action".
458+// nor the characters `:`, `(` or `)`. For example: `app.action`.
438459 //
439460 // The second format is used to represent an action with a target value
440-// that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus '-'
441-// and '.'. In that case, the action name and target value are
442-// separated by a double colon ("::"). For example:
443-// "app.action::target".
461+// that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus `-`
462+// and `.`. In that case, the action name and target value are
463+// separated by a double colon (`::`). For example:
464+// `app.action::target`.
444465 //
445466 // The third format is used to represent an action with any type of
446467 // target value, including strings. The target value follows the action
447-// name, surrounded in parens. For example: "app.action(42)". The
448-// target value is parsed using g_variant_parse(). If a tuple-typed
468+// name, surrounded in parens. For example: `app.action(42)`. The
469+// target value is parsed using [func@GLib.Variant.parse]. If a tuple-typed
449470 // value is desired, it must be specified in the same way, resulting in
450-// two sets of parens, for example: "app.action((1,2,3))". A string
451-// target can be specified this way as well: "app.action('target')".
452-// For strings, this third format must be used if * target value is
453-// empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, '-' and '.'.
471+// two sets of parens, for example: `app.action((1,2,3))`. A string
472+// target can be specified this way as well: `app.action('target')`.
473+// For strings, this third format must be used if target value is
474+// empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, `-` and `.`.
475+//
476+// If this function returns `TRUE`, a non-`NULL` value is guaranteed to be returned
477+// in @action_name (if a pointer is passed in). A `NULL` value may still be
478+// returned in @target_value, as the @detailed_name may not contain a target.
479+//
480+// If returned, the [type@GLib.Variant] in @target_value is guaranteed to not be floating.
454481 func ActionParseDetailedName(DetailedNameVar string, ActionNameVar string, TargetValueVar **glib.Variant) (bool, error) {
455482 var cerr *glib.Error
456483
@@ -468,7 +495,7 @@ var xActionPrintDetailedName func(string, *glib.Variant) string
468495 //
469496 // It is an error to call this function with an invalid action name.
470497 //
471-// This function is the opposite of g_action_parse_detailed_name().
498+// This function is the opposite of [func@Gio.Action.parse_detailed_name].
472499 // It will produce a string that can be parsed back to the @action_name
473500 // and @target_value by that function.
474501 //
M v4/gio/gactiongroup.go +109 -82
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The virtual function table for #GActionGroup.
14+// The virtual function table for [type@Gio.ActionGroup].
1515 type ActionGroupInterface struct {
1616 _ structs.HostLayout
1717
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
5151 }
5252
5353 // OverrideHasAction sets the callback function.
54+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
5455 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
5556 if cb == nil {
5657 x.xHasAction = 0
@@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bo
6263 }
6364
6465 // GetHasAction gets the callback function.
66+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
6567 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
6668 if x.xHasAction == 0 {
6769 return nil
@@ -74,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
7476 }
7577
7678 // OverrideListActions sets the callback function.
79+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
7780 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string) {
7881 if cb == nil {
7982 x.xListActions = 0
@@ -85,6 +88,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string
8588 }
8689
8790 // GetListActions gets the callback function.
91+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
8892 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
8993 if x.xListActions == 0 {
9094 return nil
@@ -97,6 +101,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
97101 }
98102
99103 // OverrideGetActionEnabled sets the callback function.
104+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
100105 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
101106 if cb == nil {
102107 x.xGetActionEnabled = 0
@@ -108,6 +113,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, str
108113 }
109114
110115 // GetGetActionEnabled gets the callback function.
116+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
111117 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
112118 if x.xGetActionEnabled == 0 {
113119 return nil
@@ -120,6 +126,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) b
120126 }
121127
122128 // OverrideGetActionParameterType sets the callback function.
129+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
123130 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
124131 if cb == nil {
125132 x.xGetActionParameterType = 0
@@ -131,6 +138,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGrou
131138 }
132139
133140 // GetGetActionParameterType gets the callback function.
141+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
134142 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
135143 if x.xGetActionParameterType == 0 {
136144 return nil
@@ -143,6 +151,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, str
143151 }
144152
145153 // OverrideGetActionStateType sets the callback function.
154+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
146155 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
147156 if cb == nil {
148157 x.xGetActionStateType = 0
@@ -154,6 +163,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, s
154163 }
155164
156165 // GetGetActionStateType gets the callback function.
166+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
157167 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
158168 if x.xGetActionStateType == 0 {
159169 return nil
@@ -166,6 +176,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string)
166176 }
167177
168178 // OverrideGetActionStateHint sets the callback function.
179+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
169180 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
170181 if cb == nil {
171182 x.xGetActionStateHint = 0
@@ -177,6 +188,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, s
177188 }
178189
179190 // GetGetActionStateHint gets the callback function.
191+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
180192 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
181193 if x.xGetActionStateHint == 0 {
182194 return nil
@@ -189,6 +201,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string)
189201 }
190202
191203 // OverrideGetActionState sets the callback function.
204+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
192205 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
193206 if cb == nil {
194207 x.xGetActionState = 0
@@ -200,6 +213,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
200213 }
201214
202215 // GetGetActionState gets the callback function.
216+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
203217 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
204218 if x.xGetActionState == 0 {
205219 return nil
@@ -212,6 +226,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *gl
212226 }
213227
214228 // OverrideChangeActionState sets the callback function.
229+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
215230 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
216231 if cb == nil {
217232 x.xChangeActionState = 0
@@ -223,6 +238,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, st
223238 }
224239
225240 // GetChangeActionState gets the callback function.
241+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
226242 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
227243 if x.xChangeActionState == 0 {
228244 return nil
@@ -235,6 +251,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string,
235251 }
236252
237253 // OverrideActivateAction sets the callback function.
254+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
238255 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
239256 if cb == nil {
240257 x.xActivateAction = 0
@@ -246,6 +263,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
246263 }
247264
248265 // GetActivateAction gets the callback function.
266+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
249267 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
250268 if x.xActivateAction == 0 {
251269 return nil
@@ -258,6 +276,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *gl
258276 }
259277
260278 // OverrideActionAdded sets the callback function.
279+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
261280 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
262281 if cb == nil {
263282 x.xActionAdded = 0
@@ -269,6 +288,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string))
269288 }
270289
271290 // GetActionAdded gets the callback function.
291+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
272292 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
273293 if x.xActionAdded == 0 {
274294 return nil
@@ -281,6 +301,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
281301 }
282302
283303 // OverrideActionRemoved sets the callback function.
304+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
284305 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
285306 if cb == nil {
286307 x.xActionRemoved = 0
@@ -292,6 +313,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string
292313 }
293314
294315 // GetActionRemoved gets the callback function.
316+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
295317 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
296318 if x.xActionRemoved == 0 {
297319 return nil
@@ -304,6 +326,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
304326 }
305327
306328 // OverrideActionEnabledChanged sets the callback function.
329+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
307330 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool)) {
308331 if cb == nil {
309332 x.xActionEnabledChanged = 0
@@ -315,6 +338,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup,
315338 }
316339
317340 // GetActionEnabledChanged gets the callback function.
341+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
318342 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, bool) {
319343 if x.xActionEnabledChanged == 0 {
320344 return nil
@@ -327,6 +351,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, strin
327351 }
328352
329353 // OverrideActionStateChanged sets the callback function.
354+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
330355 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
331356 if cb == nil {
332357 x.xActionStateChanged = 0
@@ -338,6 +363,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, s
338363 }
339364
340365 // GetActionStateChanged gets the callback function.
366+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
341367 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
342368 if x.xActionStateChanged == 0 {
343369 return nil
@@ -350,6 +376,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string,
350376 }
351377
352378 // OverrideQueryAction sets the callback function.
379+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
353380 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool) {
354381 if cb == nil {
355382 x.xQueryAction = 0
@@ -361,6 +388,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string,
361388 }
362389
363390 // GetQueryAction gets the callback function.
391+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
364392 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool {
365393 if x.xQueryAction == 0 {
366394 return nil
@@ -372,51 +400,50 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, bool,
372400 }
373401 }
374402
375-// #GActionGroup represents a group of actions. Actions can be used to
376-// expose functionality in a structured way, either from one part of a
377-// program to another, or to the outside world. Action groups are often
378-// used together with a #GMenuModel that provides additional
379-// representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in
380-// a menu.
403+// `GActionGroup` represents a group of actions.
381404 //
382-// The main way to interact with the actions in a GActionGroup is to
383-// activate them with g_action_group_activate_action(). Activating an
384-// action may require a #GVariant parameter. The required type of the
385-// parameter can be inquired with g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
386-// Actions may be disabled, see g_action_group_get_action_enabled().
405+// Actions can be used to expose functionality in a structured way, either
406+// from one part of a program to another, or to the outside world. Action
407+// groups are often used together with a [type@Gio.MenuModel] that provides additional
408+// representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in a menu.
409+//
410+// The main way to interact with the actions in a `GActionGroup` is to
411+// activate them with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]. Activating an
412+// action may require a [type@GLib.Variant] parameter. The required type of the
413+// parameter can be inquired with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
414+// Actions may be disabled, see [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled].
387415 // Activating a disabled action has no effect.
388416 //
389-// Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a #GVariant. The
390-// current state of an action can be inquired with
391-// g_action_group_get_action_state(). Activating a stateful action may
392-// change its state, but it is also possible to set the state by calling
393-// g_action_group_change_action_state().
417+// Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a [type@GLib.Variant]. The current
418+// state of an action can be inquired with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state].
419+// Activating a stateful action may change its state, but it is also possible to
420+// set the state by calling [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
394421 //
395422 // As typical example, consider a text editing application which has an
396-// option to change the current font to 'bold'. A good way to represent
423+// option to change the current font to ‘bold’. A good way to represent
397424 // this would be a stateful action, with a boolean state. Activating the
398425 // action would toggle the state.
399426 //
400427 // Each action in the group has a unique name (which is a string). All
401-// method calls, except g_action_group_list_actions() take the name of
428+// method calls, except [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions] take the name of
402429 // an action as an argument.
403430 //
404-// The #GActionGroup API is meant to be the 'public' API to the action
405-// group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that 'external
406-// forces' (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have
407-// with actions. 'Internal' APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by
408-// the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is
409-// why you will find - for example - g_action_group_get_action_enabled()
410-// but not an equivalent set() call.
431+// The `GActionGroup` API is meant to be the ‘public’ API to the action
432+// group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that ‘external
433+// forces’ (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have
434+// with actions. ‘Internal’ APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by
435+// the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is
436+// why you will find – for example – [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
437+// but not an equivalent `set_action_enabled()` method.
411438 //
412439 // Signals are emitted on the action group in response to state changes
413440 // on individual actions.
414441 //
415-// Implementations of #GActionGroup should provide implementations for
416-// the virtual functions g_action_group_list_actions() and
417-// g_action_group_query_action(). The other virtual functions should
418-// not be implemented - their "wrappers" are actually implemented with
419-// calls to g_action_group_query_action().
442+// Implementations of `GActionGroup` should provide implementations for
443+// the virtual functions [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions] and
444+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]. The other virtual functions should
445+// not be implemented — their ‘wrappers’ are actually implemented with
446+// calls to [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action].
420447 type ActionGroup interface {
421448 GoPointer() uintptr
422449 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -457,36 +484,36 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
457484 x.Ptr = ptr
458485 }
459486
460-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
487+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
461488 //
462-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
489+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
463490 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
464491
465492 XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
466493
467494 }
468495
469-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
496+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
470497 //
471-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
498+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
472499 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
473500
474501 XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
475502
476503 }
477504
478-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
505+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
479506 //
480-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
507+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
481508 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
482509
483510 XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
484511
485512 }
486513
487-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
514+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
488515 //
489-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
516+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
490517 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
491518
492519 XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -497,35 +524,35 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *gli
497524 //
498525 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
499526 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
500-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
501-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
527+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
528+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
502529 //
503-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
530+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
504531 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
505532 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
506533 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
507-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
534+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
508535 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
509536 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
510537 // have been activated.
511538 //
512539 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
513-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
514-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
515-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
540+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
541+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
542+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
516543 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
517544 //
518-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
519-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
545+// ```c
546+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
520547 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
521548 //
522549 // // make sure the action is activated now
523-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
550+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
524551 //
525-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
552+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
526553 //
527554 // exit (0);
528-// ]|
555+// ```
529556 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
530557
531558 XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -536,11 +563,11 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *gli
536563 // changed to @value.
537564 //
538565 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
539-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
566+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
540567 //
541568 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
542569 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
543-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
570+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
544571 //
545572 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
546573 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -562,12 +589,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
562589 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
563590 // the named action within @action_group.
564591 //
565-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
566-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
592+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
593+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
567594 // by this function.
568595 //
569-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
570-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
596+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
597+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
571598 //
572599 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
573600 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -580,12 +607,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Var
580607
581608 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
582609 //
583-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
610+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
584611 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
585-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
612+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
586613 //
587-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
588-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
614+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
615+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
589616 func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
590617
591618 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -595,12 +622,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
595622 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
596623 // named action within @action_group.
597624 //
598-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
625+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
599626 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
600627 // state of the action.
601628 //
602-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
603-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
629+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
630+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
604631 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
605632 // of valid values for the state.
606633 //
@@ -608,8 +635,8 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
608635 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
609636 // within the range may fail.
610637 //
611-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
612-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
638+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
639+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
613640 func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
614641
615642 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -620,14 +647,14 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
620647 // @action_group.
621648 //
622649 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
623-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
624-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
625-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
650+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
651+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
652+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
626653 // of the same type.
627654 //
628-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
629-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
630-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
655+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
656+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
657+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
631658 //
632659 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
633660 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -647,7 +674,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
647674
648675 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
649676 //
650-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
677+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
651678 // it is no longer required.
652679 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
653680
@@ -658,18 +685,18 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
658685 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
659686 //
660687 // This function acquires the information available from
661-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
662-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
663-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
664-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
665-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
688+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
689+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
690+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
691+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
692+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
666693 //
667694 // This provides two main benefits.
668695 //
669696 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
670697 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
671698 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
672-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
699+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
673700 // function.
674701 //
675702 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -678,9 +705,9 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
678705 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
679706 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
680707 //
681-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
682-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
683-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
708+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
709+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
710+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
684711 // fields may or may not have been modified.
685712 func (x *ActionGroupBase) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
686713
M v4/gio/gactionmap.go +90 -14
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ import (
1313 )
1414
1515 // This struct defines a single action. It is for use with
16-// g_action_map_add_action_entries().
16+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
1717 //
1818 // The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect
1919 // frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser
20-// in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values
20+// in order to leave some of the later values as `NULL`. All values
2121 // after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in
2222 // the future.
2323 //
24-// See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example.
24+// See [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries] for an example.
2525 type ActionEntry struct {
2626 _ structs.HostLayout
2727
@@ -43,6 +43,13 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 }
4444
4545 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
46+// the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
47+//
48+// Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
49+// the default handler is used. For boolean-stated actions with no
50+// parameter, this is a toggle. For other state types (and parameter type
51+// equal to the state type) this will be a function that just calls
52+// @change_state (which you should provide).
4653 func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideActivate(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)) {
4754 if cb == nil {
4855 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -54,6 +61,13 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideActivate(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uin
5461 }
5562
5663 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
64+// the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
65+//
66+// Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
67+// the default handler is used. For boolean-stated actions with no
68+// parameter, this is a toggle. For other state types (and parameter type
69+// equal to the state type) this will be a function that just calls
70+// @change_state (which you should provide).
5771 func (x *ActionEntry) GetActivate() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr) {
5872 if x.xActivate == 0 {
5973 return nil
@@ -66,6 +80,10 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GetActivate() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)
6680 }
6781
6882 // OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
83+// the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
84+//
85+// action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
86+// actions should not.
6987 func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideChangeState(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)) {
7088 if cb == nil {
7189 x.xChangeState = 0
@@ -77,6 +95,10 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideChangeState(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant,
7795 }
7896
7997 // GetChangeState gets the callback function.
98+// the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
99+//
100+// action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
101+// actions should not.
80102 func (x *ActionEntry) GetChangeState() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr) {
81103 if x.xChangeState == 0 {
82104 return nil
@@ -88,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GetChangeState() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintpt
88110 }
89111 }
90112
91-// The virtual function table for #GActionMap.
113+// The virtual function table for [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
92114 type ActionMapInterface struct {
93115 _ structs.HostLayout
94116
@@ -106,6 +128,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
106128 }
107129
108130 // OverrideLookupAction sets the callback function.
131+// the virtual function pointer for
132+//
133+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
109134 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideLookupAction(cb func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBase) {
110135 if cb == nil {
111136 x.xLookupAction = 0
@@ -121,6 +146,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideLookupAction(cb func(ActionMap, string) *Ac
121146 }
122147
123148 // GetLookupAction gets the callback function.
149+// the virtual function pointer for
150+//
151+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
124152 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetLookupAction() func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBase {
125153 if x.xLookupAction == 0 {
126154 return nil
@@ -139,6 +167,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetLookupAction() func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBa
139167 }
140168
141169 // OverrideAddAction sets the callback function.
170+// the virtual function pointer for
171+//
172+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
142173 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideAddAction(cb func(ActionMap, Action)) {
143174 if cb == nil {
144175 x.xAddAction = 0
@@ -150,6 +181,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideAddAction(cb func(ActionMap, Action)) {
150181 }
151182
152183 // GetAddAction gets the callback function.
184+// the virtual function pointer for
185+//
186+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
153187 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetAddAction() func(ActionMap, Action) {
154188 if x.xAddAction == 0 {
155189 return nil
@@ -162,6 +196,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetAddAction() func(ActionMap, Action) {
162196 }
163197
164198 // OverrideRemoveAction sets the callback function.
199+// the virtual function pointer for
200+//
201+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
165202 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideRemoveAction(cb func(ActionMap, string)) {
166203 if cb == nil {
167204 x.xRemoveAction = 0
@@ -173,6 +210,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideRemoveAction(cb func(ActionMap, string)) {
173210 }
174211
175212 // GetRemoveAction gets the callback function.
213+// the virtual function pointer for
214+//
215+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
176216 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetRemoveAction() func(ActionMap, string) {
177217 if x.xRemoveAction == 0 {
178218 return nil
@@ -184,14 +224,16 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetRemoveAction() func(ActionMap, string) {
184224 }
185225 }
186226
187-// The GActionMap interface is implemented by #GActionGroup
188-// implementations that operate by containing a number of
189-// named #GAction instances, such as #GSimpleActionGroup.
227+// `GActionMap` is an interface for action containers.
228+//
229+// The `GActionMap` interface is implemented by [iface@Gio.ActionGroup]
230+// implementations that operate by containing a number of named
231+// [iface@Gio.Action] instances, such as [class@Gio.SimpleActionGroup].
190232 //
191233 // One useful application of this interface is to map the
192234 // names of actions from various action groups to unique,
193235 // prefixed names (e.g. by prepending "app." or "win.").
194-// This is the motivation for the 'Map' part of the interface
236+// This is the motivation for the ‘Map’ part of the interface
195237 // name.
196238 type ActionMap interface {
197239 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -200,6 +242,7 @@ type ActionMap interface {
200242 AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr)
201243 LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase
202244 RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string)
245+ RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int)
203246 }
204247
205248 var xActionMapGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -235,12 +278,12 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
235278
236279 }
237280
238-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
239-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
281+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
282+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
240283 //
241-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
284+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
242285 //
243-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
286+// ```c
244287 // static void
245288 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
246289 //
@@ -277,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
277320 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
278321 // }
279322 //
280-// ]|
323+// ```
281324 func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
282325
283326 XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -286,7 +329,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar i
286329
287330 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
288331 //
289-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
332+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
290333 func (x *ActionMapBase) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase {
291334 var cls *ActionBase
292335
@@ -310,10 +353,42 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
310353
311354 }
312355
356+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
357+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
358+//
359+// ```c
360+//
361+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
362+// { "quit", activate_quit },
363+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
364+// };
365+//
366+// void
367+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
368+//
369+// {
370+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
371+// }
372+//
373+// void
374+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
375+//
376+// {
377+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
378+// }
379+//
380+// ```
381+func (x *ActionMapBase) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
382+
383+ XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
384+
385+}
386+
313387 var XGActionMapAddAction func(uintptr, uintptr)
314388 var XGActionMapAddActionEntries func(uintptr, []ActionEntry, int, uintptr)
315389 var XGActionMapLookupAction func(uintptr, string) uintptr
316390 var XGActionMapRemoveAction func(uintptr, string)
391+var XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries func(uintptr, []ActionEntry, int)
317392
318393 func init() {
319394 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
@@ -329,5 +404,6 @@ func init() {
329404 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapAddActionEntries, lib, "g_action_map_add_action_entries")
330405 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapLookupAction, lib, "g_action_map_lookup_action")
331406 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapRemoveAction, lib, "g_action_map_remove_action")
407+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries, lib, "g_action_map_remove_action_entries")
332408
333409 }
M v4/gio/gappinfo.go +478 -119
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
7474 }
7575
7676 // OverrideDup sets the callback function.
77+// Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
7778 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
7879 if cb == nil {
7980 x.xDup = 0
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
8990 }
9091
9192 // GetDup gets the callback function.
93+// Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
9294 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
9395 if x.xDup == 0 {
9496 return nil
@@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
107109 }
108110
109111 // OverrideEqual sets the callback function.
112+// Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
110113 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
111114 if cb == nil {
112115 x.xEqual = 0
@@ -118,6 +121,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
118121 }
119122
120123 // GetEqual gets the callback function.
124+// Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
121125 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
122126 if x.xEqual == 0 {
123127 return nil
@@ -130,6 +134,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
130134 }
131135
132136 // OverrideGetId sets the callback function.
137+// Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
133138 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
134139 if cb == nil {
135140 x.xGetId = 0
@@ -141,6 +146,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
141146 }
142147
143148 // GetGetId gets the callback function.
149+// Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
144150 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
145151 if x.xGetId == 0 {
146152 return nil
@@ -153,6 +159,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
153159 }
154160
155161 // OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
162+// Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
156163 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
157164 if cb == nil {
158165 x.xGetName = 0
@@ -164,6 +171,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
164171 }
165172
166173 // GetGetName gets the callback function.
174+// Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
167175 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
168176 if x.xGetName == 0 {
169177 return nil
@@ -176,6 +184,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
176184 }
177185
178186 // OverrideGetDescription sets the callback function.
187+// Gets a short description for the application described by
188+//
189+// the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
179190 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDescription(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
180191 if cb == nil {
181192 x.xGetDescription = 0
@@ -187,6 +198,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDescription(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
187198 }
188199
189200 // GetGetDescription gets the callback function.
201+// Gets a short description for the application described by
202+//
203+// the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
190204 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDescription() func(AppInfo) string {
191205 if x.xGetDescription == 0 {
192206 return nil
@@ -199,6 +213,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDescription() func(AppInfo) string {
199213 }
200214
201215 // OverrideGetExecutable sets the callback function.
216+// Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
202217 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
203218 if cb == nil {
204219 x.xGetExecutable = 0
@@ -210,6 +225,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
210225 }
211226
212227 // GetGetExecutable gets the callback function.
228+// Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
213229 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
214230 if x.xGetExecutable == 0 {
215231 return nil
@@ -222,6 +238,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
222238 }
223239
224240 // OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
241+// Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
225242 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
226243 if cb == nil {
227244 x.xGetIcon = 0
@@ -237,6 +254,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
237254 }
238255
239256 // GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
257+// Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
240258 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
241259 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
242260 return nil
@@ -255,6 +273,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
255273 }
256274
257275 // OverrideLaunch sets the callback function.
276+// Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
258277 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
259278 if cb == nil {
260279 x.xLaunch = 0
@@ -266,6 +285,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchCon
266285 }
267286
268287 // GetLaunch gets the callback function.
288+// Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
269289 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
270290 if x.xLaunch == 0 {
271291 return nil
@@ -278,6 +298,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext)
278298 }
279299
280300 // OverrideSupportsUris sets the callback function.
301+// Indicates whether the application specified supports
302+//
303+// launching URIs.
281304 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsUris(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
282305 if cb == nil {
283306 x.xSupportsUris = 0
@@ -289,6 +312,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsUris(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
289312 }
290313
291314 // GetSupportsUris gets the callback function.
315+// Indicates whether the application specified supports
316+//
317+// launching URIs.
292318 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsUris() func(AppInfo) bool {
293319 if x.xSupportsUris == 0 {
294320 return nil
@@ -301,6 +327,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsUris() func(AppInfo) bool {
301327 }
302328
303329 // OverrideSupportsFiles sets the callback function.
330+// Indicates whether the application specified accepts
331+//
332+// filename arguments.
304333 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsFiles(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
305334 if cb == nil {
306335 x.xSupportsFiles = 0
@@ -312,6 +341,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsFiles(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
312341 }
313342
314343 // GetSupportsFiles gets the callback function.
344+// Indicates whether the application specified accepts
345+//
346+// filename arguments.
315347 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsFiles() func(AppInfo) bool {
316348 if x.xSupportsFiles == 0 {
317349 return nil
@@ -324,6 +356,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsFiles() func(AppInfo) bool {
324356 }
325357
326358 // OverrideLaunchUris sets the callback function.
359+// Launches an application with a list of URIs.
327360 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
328361 if cb == nil {
329362 x.xLaunchUris = 0
@@ -335,6 +368,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunc
335368 }
336369
337370 // GetLaunchUris gets the callback function.
371+// Launches an application with a list of URIs.
338372 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
339373 if x.xLaunchUris == 0 {
340374 return nil
@@ -347,6 +381,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchConte
347381 }
348382
349383 // OverrideShouldShow sets the callback function.
384+// Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
385+//
386+// getting a list of installed applications).
387+// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notification Specification](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
350388 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideShouldShow(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
351389 if cb == nil {
352390 x.xShouldShow = 0
@@ -358,6 +396,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideShouldShow(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
358396 }
359397
360398 // GetShouldShow gets the callback function.
399+// Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
400+//
401+// getting a list of installed applications).
402+// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notification Specification](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
361403 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetShouldShow() func(AppInfo) bool {
362404 if x.xShouldShow == 0 {
363405 return nil
@@ -370,6 +412,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetShouldShow() func(AppInfo) bool {
370412 }
371413
372414 // OverrideSetAsDefaultForType sets the callback function.
415+// Sets an application as default for a given content
416+//
417+// type.
373418 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
374419 if cb == nil {
375420 x.xSetAsDefaultForType = 0
@@ -381,6 +426,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool
381426 }
382427
383428 // GetSetAsDefaultForType gets the callback function.
429+// Sets an application as default for a given content
430+//
431+// type.
384432 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
385433 if x.xSetAsDefaultForType == 0 {
386434 return nil
@@ -393,6 +441,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
393441 }
394442
395443 // OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension sets the callback function.
444+// Sets an application as default for a given
445+//
446+// file extension.
396447 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
397448 if cb == nil {
398449 x.xSetAsDefaultForExtension = 0
@@ -404,6 +455,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension(cb func(AppInfo, string)
404455 }
405456
406457 // GetSetAsDefaultForExtension gets the callback function.
458+// Sets an application as default for a given
459+//
460+// file extension.
407461 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForExtension() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
408462 if x.xSetAsDefaultForExtension == 0 {
409463 return nil
@@ -416,6 +470,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForExtension() func(AppInfo, string) bool
416470 }
417471
418472 // OverrideAddSupportsType sets the callback function.
473+// Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
474+//
475+// supported file types.
419476 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideAddSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
420477 if cb == nil {
421478 x.xAddSupportsType = 0
@@ -427,6 +484,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideAddSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
427484 }
428485
429486 // GetAddSupportsType gets the callback function.
487+// Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
488+//
489+// supported file types.
430490 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetAddSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
431491 if x.xAddSupportsType == 0 {
432492 return nil
@@ -439,6 +499,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetAddSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
439499 }
440500
441501 // OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
502+// Checks for support for removing supported file
503+//
504+// types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
442505 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
443506 if cb == nil {
444507 x.xCanRemoveSupportsType = 0
@@ -450,6 +513,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
450513 }
451514
452515 // GetCanRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
516+// Checks for support for removing supported file
517+//
518+// types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
453519 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo) bool {
454520 if x.xCanRemoveSupportsType == 0 {
455521 return nil
@@ -462,6 +528,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo) bool {
462528 }
463529
464530 // OverrideRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
531+// Removes a supported application type from a
532+//
533+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
465534 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
466535 if cb == nil {
467536 x.xRemoveSupportsType = 0
@@ -473,6 +542,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool)
473542 }
474543
475544 // GetRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
545+// Removes a supported application type from a
546+//
547+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
476548 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
477549 if x.xRemoveSupportsType == 0 {
478550 return nil
@@ -485,6 +557,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
485557 }
486558
487559 // OverrideCanDelete sets the callback function.
560+// Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
488561 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
489562 if cb == nil {
490563 x.xCanDelete = 0
@@ -496,6 +569,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
496569 }
497570
498571 // GetCanDelete gets the callback function.
572+// Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
499573 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
500574 if x.xCanDelete == 0 {
501575 return nil
@@ -508,6 +582,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
508582 }
509583
510584 // OverrideDoDelete sets the callback function.
585+// Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
511586 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
512587 if cb == nil {
513588 x.xDoDelete = 0
@@ -519,6 +594,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
519594 }
520595
521596 // GetDoDelete gets the callback function.
597+// Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
522598 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
523599 if x.xDoDelete == 0 {
524600 return nil
@@ -531,6 +607,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
531607 }
532608
533609 // OverrideGetCommandline sets the callback function.
610+// Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
611+//
612+// (Since 2.20)
534613 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetCommandline(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
535614 if cb == nil {
536615 x.xGetCommandline = 0
@@ -542,6 +621,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetCommandline(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
542621 }
543622
544623 // GetGetCommandline gets the callback function.
624+// Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
625+//
626+// (Since 2.20)
545627 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetCommandline() func(AppInfo) string {
546628 if x.xGetCommandline == 0 {
547629 return nil
@@ -554,6 +636,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetCommandline() func(AppInfo) string {
554636 }
555637
556638 // OverrideGetDisplayName sets the callback function.
639+// Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
640+//
641+// (Since 2.24)
557642 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDisplayName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
558643 if cb == nil {
559644 x.xGetDisplayName = 0
@@ -565,6 +650,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDisplayName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
565650 }
566651
567652 // GetGetDisplayName gets the callback function.
653+// Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
654+//
655+// (Since 2.24)
568656 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDisplayName() func(AppInfo) string {
569657 if x.xGetDisplayName == 0 {
570658 return nil
@@ -577,6 +665,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDisplayName() func(AppInfo) string {
577665 }
578666
579667 // OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType sets the callback function.
668+// Sets the application as the last used. See
669+//
670+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
580671 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
581672 if cb == nil {
582673 x.xSetAsLastUsedForType = 0
@@ -588,6 +679,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) boo
588679 }
589680
590681 // GetSetAsLastUsedForType gets the callback function.
682+// Sets the application as the last used. See
683+//
684+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
591685 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsLastUsedForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
592686 if x.xSetAsLastUsedForType == 0 {
593687 return nil
@@ -600,6 +694,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsLastUsedForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
600694 }
601695
602696 // OverrideGetSupportedTypes sets the callback function.
697+// Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
698+//
699+// claims to support.
603700 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetSupportedTypes(cb func(AppInfo) []string) {
604701 if cb == nil {
605702 x.xGetSupportedTypes = 0
@@ -611,6 +708,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetSupportedTypes(cb func(AppInfo) []string) {
611708 }
612709
613710 // GetGetSupportedTypes gets the callback function.
711+// Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
712+//
713+// claims to support.
614714 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetSupportedTypes() func(AppInfo) []string {
615715 if x.xGetSupportedTypes == 0 {
616716 return nil
@@ -623,6 +723,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetSupportedTypes() func(AppInfo) []string {
623723 }
624724
625725 // OverrideLaunchUrisAsync sets the callback function.
726+// Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
727+//
728+// URIs. (Since: 2.60)
626729 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisAsync(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
627730 if cb == nil {
628731 x.xLaunchUrisAsync = 0
@@ -634,6 +737,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisAsync(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *App
634737 }
635738
636739 // GetLaunchUrisAsync gets the callback function.
740+// Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
741+//
742+// URIs. (Since: 2.60)
637743 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisAsync() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
638744 if x.xLaunchUrisAsync == 0 {
639745 return nil
@@ -646,6 +752,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisAsync() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunch
646752 }
647753
648754 // OverrideLaunchUrisFinish sets the callback function.
755+// Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
756+//
757+// (Since: 2.60)
649758 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisFinish(cb func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bool) {
650759 if cb == nil {
651760 x.xLaunchUrisFinish = 0
@@ -657,6 +766,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisFinish(cb func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bo
657766 }
658767
659768 // GetLaunchUrisFinish gets the callback function.
769+// Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
770+//
771+// (Since: 2.60)
660772 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisFinish() func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bool {
661773 if x.xLaunchUrisFinish == 0 {
662774 return nil
@@ -886,32 +998,39 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
886998 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
887999 }
8881000
889-// #GAppInfo and #GAppLaunchContext are used for describing and launching
1001+// Information about an installed application and methods to launch
1002+// it (with file arguments).
1003+//
1004+// `GAppInfo` and `GAppLaunchContext` are used for describing and launching
8901005 // applications installed on the system.
8911006 //
8921007 // As of GLib 2.20, URIs will always be converted to POSIX paths
893-// (using g_file_get_path()) when using g_app_info_launch() even if
894-// the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example
895-// for a desktop-file based application with Exec key `totem
896-// %U` and a single URI, `sftp://foo/file.avi`, then
897-// `/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi` will be passed. This will
898-// only work if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as gvfs 2.26
899-// compiled with FUSE support), is available and operational; if this
900-// is not the case, the URI will be passed unmodified to the application.
901-// Some URIs, such as `mailto:`, of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX
902-// path (in gvfs there's no FUSE mount for it); such URIs will be
903-// passed unmodified to the application.
904-//
905-// Specifically for gvfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped
906-// back to the GIO URI in the #GFile constructors (since gvfs
907-// implements the #GVfs extension point). As such, if the application
908-// needs to examine the URI, it needs to use g_file_get_uri() or
909-// similar on #GFile. In other words, an application cannot assume
910-// that the URI passed to e.g. g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() is
911-// equal to the result of g_file_get_uri(). The following snippet
1008+// (using [method@Gio.File.get_path]) when using [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch]
1009+// even if the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example
1010+// for a desktop-file based application with the following Exec key:
1011+//
1012+// ```
1013+// Exec=totem %U
1014+// ```
1015+//
1016+// and a single URI, `sftp://foo/file.avi`, then
1017+// `/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi` will be passed. This will only work
1018+// if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as GVfs 2.26 compiled with FUSE
1019+// support), is available and operational; if this is not the case, the URI
1020+// will be passed unmodified to the application. Some URIs, such as `mailto:`,
1021+// of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX path (in GVfs there’s no FUSE mount
1022+// for it); such URIs will be passed unmodified to the application.
1023+//
1024+// Specifically for GVfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped
1025+// back to the GIO URI in the [iface@Gio.File] constructors (since GVfs
1026+// implements the GVfs extension point). As such, if the application
1027+// needs to examine the URI, it needs to use [method@Gio.File.get_uri]
1028+// or similar on [iface@Gio.File]. In other words, an application cannot
1029+// assume that the URI passed to e.g. [func@Gio.File.new_for_commandline_arg]
1030+// is equal to the result of [method@Gio.File.get_uri]. The following snippet
9121031 // illustrates this:
9131032 //
914-// |[
1033+// ```c
9151034 // GFile *f;
9161035 // char *uri;
9171036 //
@@ -928,11 +1047,11 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
9281047 // }
9291048 //
9301049 // g_object_unref (file);
931-// ]|
1050+// ```
9321051 //
9331052 // This code will work when both `cdda://sr0/Track 1.wav` and
9341053 // `/home/user/.gvfs/cdda on sr0/Track 1.wav` is passed to the
935-// application. It should be noted that it's generally not safe
1054+// application. It should be noted that it’s generally not safe
9361055 // for applications to rely on the format of a particular URIs.
9371056 // Different launcher applications (e.g. file managers) may have
9381057 // different ideas of what a given URI means.
@@ -1000,8 +1119,8 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) AddSupportsType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
10001119
10011120 }
10021121
1003-// Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted.
1004-// See g_app_info_delete().
1122+// Obtains the information whether the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted.
1123+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.delete].
10051124 func (x *AppInfoBase) CanDelete() bool {
10061125
10071126 cret := XGAppInfoCanDelete(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1015,18 +1134,18 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) CanRemoveSupportsType() bool {
10151134 return cret
10161135 }
10171136
1018-// Tries to delete a #GAppInfo.
1137+// Tries to delete a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
10191138 //
10201139 // On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined
1021-// #GAppInfos which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot.
1022-// See g_app_info_can_delete().
1140+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot.
1141+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.can_delete].
10231142 func (x *AppInfoBase) Delete() bool {
10241143
10251144 cret := XGAppInfoDelete(x.GoPointer())
10261145 return cret
10271146 }
10281147
1029-// Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo.
1148+// Creates a duplicate of a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
10301149 func (x *AppInfoBase) Dup() *AppInfoBase {
10311150 var cls *AppInfoBase
10321151
@@ -1040,11 +1159,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) Dup() *AppInfoBase {
10401159 return cls
10411160 }
10421161
1043-// Checks if two #GAppInfos are equal.
1162+// Checks if two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s are equal.
10441163 //
1045-// Note that the check *may not* compare each individual
1046-// field, and only does an identity check. In case detecting changes in the
1047-// contents is needed, program code must additionally compare relevant fields.
1164+// Note that the check *may not* compare each individual field, and only does
1165+// an identity check. In case detecting changes in the contents is needed,
1166+// program code must additionally compare relevant fields.
10481167 func (x *AppInfoBase) Equal(Appinfo2Var AppInfo) bool {
10491168
10501169 cret := XGAppInfoEqual(x.GoPointer(), Appinfo2Var.GoPointer())
@@ -1074,7 +1193,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetDisplayName() string {
10741193 return cret
10751194 }
10761195
1077-// Gets the executable's name for the installed application.
1196+// Gets the executable’s name for the installed application.
1197+//
1198+// This is intended to be used for debugging or labelling what program is going
1199+// to be run. To launch the executable, use [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch] and related
1200+// functions, rather than spawning the return value from this function.
10781201 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetExecutable() string {
10791202
10801203 cret := XGAppInfoGetExecutable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1096,13 +1219,12 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetIcon() *IconBase {
10961219 return cls
10971220 }
10981221
1099-// Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that
1100-// identifies the application. The exact format of the id is
1101-// platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the
1102-// desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
1222+// Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that identifies the
1223+// application. The exact format of the id is platform dependent. For instance,
1224+// on Unix this is the desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
11031225 //
1104-// Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how
1105-// the @appinfo has been constructed.
1226+// Note that the returned ID may be `NULL`, depending on how the @appinfo has
1227+// been constructed.
11061228 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetId() string {
11071229
11081230 cret := XGAppInfoGetId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1118,9 +1240,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetName() string {
11181240
11191241 // Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support.
11201242 // If this information is not provided by the environment, this function
1121-// will return %NULL.
1243+// will return `NULL`.
1244+//
11221245 // This function does not take in consideration associations added with
1123-// g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by
1246+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.add_supports_type], but only those exported directly by
11241247 // the application.
11251248 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11261249
@@ -1133,7 +1256,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11331256 // about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
11341257 // On error, @error will be set accordingly.
11351258 //
1136-// To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list.
1259+// To launch the application without arguments pass a `NULL` @files list.
11371260 //
11381261 // Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
11391262 // can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
@@ -1142,19 +1265,19 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11421265 // Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance
11431266 // unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have
11441267 // a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using
1145-// g_app_info_launch_uris() instead.
1268+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris] instead.
11461269 //
11471270 // The launched application inherits the environment of the launching
1148-// process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv()
1149-// and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv().
1271+// process, but it can be modified with [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.setenv]
1272+// and [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.unsetenv].
11501273 //
11511274 // On UNIX, this function sets the `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`
11521275 // environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and
11531276 // `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID` to the process id of the launched
11541277 // process. This can be used to ignore `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`,
1155-// should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY` and
1156-// `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment variables are also set, based
1157-// on information provided in @context.
1278+// should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY`,
1279+// `XDG_ACTIVATION_TOKEN` and `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment
1280+// variables are also set, based on information provided in @context.
11581281 func (x *AppInfoBase) Launch(FilesVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bool, error) {
11591282 var cerr *glib.Error
11601283
@@ -1169,9 +1292,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) Launch(FilesVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext)
11691292 // Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application
11701293 // as arguments, using the optional @context to get information
11711294 // about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
1172-// On error, @error will be set accordingly.
1295+// On error, @error will be set accordingly. If the application only supports
1296+// one URI per invocation as part of their command-line, multiple instances
1297+// of the application will be spawned.
11731298 //
1174-// To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list.
1299+// To launch the application without arguments pass a `NULL` @uris list.
11751300 //
11761301 // Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
11771302 // can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
@@ -1187,19 +1312,19 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUris(UrisVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContex
11871312
11881313 }
11891314
1190-// Async version of g_app_info_launch_uris().
1315+// Async version of [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris].
11911316 //
11921317 // The @callback is invoked immediately after the application launch, but it
11931318 // waits for activation in case of D-Bus–activated applications and also provides
11941319 // extended error information for sandboxed applications, see notes for
1195-// g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_async().
1320+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri_async].
11961321 func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUrisAsync(UrisVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
11971322
11981323 XGAppInfoLaunchUrisAsync(x.GoPointer(), UrisVar, ContextVar.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
11991324
12001325 }
12011326
1202-// Finishes a g_app_info_launch_uris_async() operation.
1327+// Finishes a [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris_async] operation.
12031328 func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUrisFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
12041329 var cerr *glib.Error
12051330
@@ -1247,9 +1372,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) SetAsDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
12471372
12481373 }
12491374
1250-// Sets the application as the last used application for a given type.
1251-// This will make the application appear as first in the list returned
1252-// by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default
1375+// Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. This
1376+// will make the application appear as first in the list returned by
1377+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type], regardless of the default
12531378 // application for that content type.
12541379 func (x *AppInfoBase) SetAsLastUsedForType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
12551380 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -1312,13 +1437,15 @@ var XGAppInfoSupportsUris func(uintptr) bool
13121437
13131438 var xAppInfoCreateFromCommandline func(string, string, AppInfoCreateFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
13141439
1315-// Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information.
1440+// Creates a new [iface@Gio.AppInfo] from the given information.
13161441 //
1317-// Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the
1442+// Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the `Exec` key of the
13181443 // [freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification](http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec)
13191444 // are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains
13201445 // percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from
1321-// being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules.
1446+// being swallowed by `Exec` key unquoting. See
1447+// [the specification](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s07.html)
1448+// for exact quoting rules.
13221449 func AppInfoCreateFromCommandline(CommandlineVar string, ApplicationNameVar string, FlagsVar AppInfoCreateFlags) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
13231450 var cls *AppInfoBase
13241451 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -1343,10 +1470,15 @@ var xAppInfoGetAll func() *glib.List
13431470 // on this system.
13441471 //
13451472 // For desktop files, this includes applications that have
1346-// `NoDisplay=true` set or are excluded from display by means
1347-// of `OnlyShowIn` or `NotShowIn`. See g_app_info_should_show().
1348-// The returned list does not include applications which have
1349-// the `Hidden` key set.
1473+// [`NoDisplay=true`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-nodisplay)
1474+// set or are excluded from display by means of
1475+// [`OnlyShowIn`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-onlyshowin)
1476+// or [`NotShowIn`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-notshowin).
1477+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.should_show].
1478+//
1479+// The returned list does not include applications which have the
1480+// [`Hidden` key](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-hidden)
1481+// set.
13501482 func AppInfoGetAll() *glib.List {
13511483
13521484 cret := xAppInfoGetAll()
@@ -1355,10 +1487,10 @@ func AppInfoGetAll() *glib.List {
13551487
13561488 var xAppInfoGetAllForType func(string) *glib.List
13571489
1358-// Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type,
1359-// including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See
1360-// g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and
1361-// g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type().
1490+// Gets a list of all [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type,
1491+// including the recommended and fallback [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s. See
1492+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type] and
1493+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_fallback_for_type].
13621494 func AppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
13631495
13641496 cret := xAppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1367,7 +1499,7 @@ func AppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
13671499
13681500 var xAppInfoGetDefaultForType func(string, bool) uintptr
13691501
1370-// Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type.
1502+// Gets the default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] for a given content type.
13711503 func AppInfoGetDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool) *AppInfoBase {
13721504 var cls *AppInfoBase
13731505
@@ -1381,12 +1513,47 @@ func AppInfoGetDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool) *A
13811513 return cls
13821514 }
13831515
1516+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync func(string, bool, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
1517+
1518+// Asynchronously gets the default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] for a given content
1519+// type.
1520+func AppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
1521+
1522+ xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync(ContentTypeVar, MustSupportUrisVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
1523+
1524+}
1525+
1526+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
1527+
1528+// Finishes a default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] lookup started by
1529+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_type_async].
1530+//
1531+// If no #[iface@Gio.AppInfo] is found, then @error will be set to
1532+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.NOT_FOUND].
1533+func AppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
1534+ var cls *AppInfoBase
1535+ var cerr *glib.Error
1536+
1537+ cret := xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1538+
1539+ if cret == 0 {
1540+ return nil, cerr
1541+ }
1542+ cls = &AppInfoBase{}
1543+ cls.Ptr = cret
1544+ if cerr == nil {
1545+ return cls, nil
1546+ }
1547+ return cls, cerr
1548+
1549+}
1550+
13841551 var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme func(string) uintptr
13851552
1386-// Gets the default application for handling URIs with
1387-// the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part
1388-// of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http",
1389-// "ftp" or "sip".
1553+// Gets the default application for handling URIs with the given URI scheme.
1554+//
1555+// A URI scheme is the initial part of the URI, up to but not including the `:`.
1556+// For example, `http`, `ftp` or `sip`.
13901557 func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme(UriSchemeVar string) *AppInfoBase {
13911558 var cls *AppInfoBase
13921559
@@ -1400,11 +1567,48 @@ func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme(UriSchemeVar string) *AppInfoBase {
14001567 return cls
14011568 }
14021569
1570+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
1571+
1572+// Asynchronously gets the default application for handling URIs with
1573+// the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part
1574+// of the URI, up to but not including the `:`, e.g. `http`,
1575+// `ftp` or `sip`.
1576+func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync(UriSchemeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
1577+
1578+ xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync(UriSchemeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
1579+
1580+}
1581+
1582+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
1583+
1584+// Finishes a default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] lookup started by
1585+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_uri_scheme_async].
1586+//
1587+// If no [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is found, then @error will be set to
1588+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.NOT_FOUND].
1589+func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
1590+ var cls *AppInfoBase
1591+ var cerr *glib.Error
1592+
1593+ cret := xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1594+
1595+ if cret == 0 {
1596+ return nil, cerr
1597+ }
1598+ cls = &AppInfoBase{}
1599+ cls.Ptr = cret
1600+ if cerr == nil {
1601+ return cls, nil
1602+ }
1603+ return cls, cerr
1604+
1605+}
1606+
14031607 var xAppInfoGetFallbackForType func(string) *glib.List
14041608
1405-// Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e.
1406-// those applications which claim to support the given content type
1407-// by MIME type subclassing and not directly.
1609+// Gets a list of fallback [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type, i.e.
1610+// those applications which claim to support the given content type by MIME
1611+// type subclassing and not directly.
14081612 func AppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14091613
14101614 cret := xAppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1413,12 +1617,13 @@ func AppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14131617
14141618 var xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType func(string) *glib.List
14151619
1416-// Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e.
1417-// those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly,
1418-// and not by MIME type subclassing.
1620+// Gets a list of recommended [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type,
1621+// i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type
1622+// exactly, and not by MIME type subclassing.
1623+//
14191624 // Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e.
1420-// the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been
1421-// called.
1625+// the last one for which [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type] has
1626+// been called.
14221627 func AppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14231628
14241629 cret := xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1427,14 +1632,13 @@ func AppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14271632
14281633 var xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri func(string, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
14291634
1430-// Utility function that launches the default application
1431-// registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O
1432-// is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if
1433-// required.
1635+// Utility function that launches the default application registered to handle
1636+// the specified uri. Synchronous I/O is done on the uri to detect the type of
1637+// the file if required.
14341638 //
1435-// The D-Bus–activated applications don't have to be started if your application
1639+// The D-Bus–activated applications don’t have to be started if your application
14361640 // terminates too soon after this function. To prevent this, use
1437-// g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_async() instead.
1641+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri_async] instead.
14381642 func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri(UriVar string, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bool, error) {
14391643 var cerr *glib.Error
14401644
@@ -1448,12 +1652,11 @@ func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri(UriVar string, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bo
14481652
14491653 var xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriAsync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
14501654
1451-// Async version of g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri().
1655+// Async version of [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri].
14521656 //
1453-// This version is useful if you are interested in receiving
1454-// error information in the case where the application is
1455-// sandboxed and the portal may present an application chooser
1456-// dialog to the user.
1657+// This version is useful if you are interested in receiving error information
1658+// in the case where the application is sandboxed and the portal may present an
1659+// application chooser dialog to the user.
14571660 //
14581661 // This is also useful if you want to be sure that the D-Bus–activated
14591662 // applications are really started before termination and if you are interested
@@ -1481,16 +1684,131 @@ func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
14811684 var xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations func(string)
14821685
14831686 // Removes all changes to the type associations done by
1484-// g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(),
1485-// g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(),
1486-// g_app_info_add_supports_type() or
1487-// g_app_info_remove_supports_type().
1687+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_default_for_type],
1688+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_default_for_extension],
1689+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.add_supports_type] or
1690+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.remove_supports_type].
14881691 func AppInfoResetTypeAssociations(ContentTypeVar string) {
14891692
14901693 xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations(ContentTypeVar)
14911694
14921695 }
14931696
1697+// `GAppInfoMonitor` monitors application information for changes.
1698+//
1699+// `GAppInfoMonitor` is a very simple object used for monitoring the app
1700+// info database for changes (newly installed or removed applications).
1701+//
1702+// Call [func@Gio.AppInfoMonitor.get] to get a `GAppInfoMonitor` and connect
1703+// to the [signal@Gio.AppInfoMonitor::changed] signal. The signal will be emitted once when
1704+// the app info database changes, and will not be emitted again until after the
1705+// next call to [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all] or another `g_app_info_*()` function.
1706+// This is because monitoring the app info database for changes is expensive.
1707+//
1708+// The following functions will re-arm the [signal@Gio.AppInfoMonitor::changed]
1709+// signal so it can be emitted again:
1710+//
1711+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all]
1712+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all_for_type]
1713+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_type]
1714+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_fallback_for_type]
1715+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type]
1716+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_get_implementations()`](../gio-unix/type_func.DesktopAppInfo.get_implementation.html)
1717+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new.html)
1718+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new_from_filename()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new_from_filename.html)
1719+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new_from_keyfile()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new_from_keyfile.html)
1720+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_search()`](../gio-unix/type_func.DesktopAppInfo.search.html)
1721+//
1722+// The latter functions are available if using
1723+// [`GDesktopAppInfo`](../gio-unix/class.DesktopAppInfo.html) from
1724+// `gio-unix-2.0.pc` (GIR namespace `GioUnix-2.0`).
1725+//
1726+// In the usual case, applications should try to make note of the change
1727+// (doing things like invalidating caches) but not act on it. In
1728+// particular, applications should avoid making calls to `GAppInfo` APIs
1729+// in response to the change signal, deferring these until the time that
1730+// the updated data is actually required. The exception to this case is when
1731+// application information is actually being displayed on the screen
1732+// (for example, during a search or when the list of all applications is shown).
1733+// The reason for this is that changes to the list of installed applications
1734+// often come in groups (like during system updates) and rescanning the list
1735+// on every change is pointless and expensive.
1736+type AppInfoMonitor struct {
1737+ gobject.Object
1738+}
1739+
1740+var xAppInfoMonitorGLibType func() types.GType
1741+
1742+func AppInfoMonitorGLibType() types.GType {
1743+ return xAppInfoMonitorGLibType()
1744+}
1745+
1746+func AppInfoMonitorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AppInfoMonitor {
1747+ cls := &AppInfoMonitor{}
1748+ cls.Ptr = ptr
1749+ return cls
1750+}
1751+
1752+func (c *AppInfoMonitor) GoPointer() uintptr {
1753+ if c == nil {
1754+ return 0
1755+ }
1756+ return c.Ptr
1757+}
1758+
1759+func (c *AppInfoMonitor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
1760+ c.Ptr = ptr
1761+}
1762+
1763+// Signal emitted when the app info database changes, when applications are
1764+// installed or removed.
1765+func (x *AppInfoMonitor) ConnectChanged(cb *func(AppInfoMonitor)) uint32 {
1766+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
1767+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
1768+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "changed", cbRefPtr)
1769+ }
1770+
1771+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
1772+ fa := AppInfoMonitor{}
1773+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
1774+ cbFn := *cb
1775+
1776+ cbFn(fa)
1777+
1778+ }
1779+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
1780+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
1781+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "changed", cbRefPtr)
1782+}
1783+
1784+var xAppInfoMonitorGet func() uintptr
1785+
1786+// Gets the #GAppInfoMonitor for the current thread-default main
1787+// context.
1788+//
1789+// The #GAppInfoMonitor will emit a “changed” signal in the
1790+// thread-default main context whenever the list of installed
1791+// applications (as reported by g_app_info_get_all()) may have changed.
1792+//
1793+// The #GAppInfoMonitor::changed signal will only be emitted once until
1794+// g_app_info_get_all() (or another `g_app_info_*()` function) is called. Doing
1795+// so will re-arm the signal ready to notify about the next change.
1796+//
1797+// You must only call g_object_unref() on the return value from under
1798+// the same main context as you created it.
1799+func AppInfoMonitorGet() *AppInfoMonitor {
1800+ var cls *AppInfoMonitor
1801+
1802+ cret := xAppInfoMonitorGet()
1803+
1804+ if cret == 0 {
1805+ return nil
1806+ }
1807+ cls = &AppInfoMonitor{}
1808+ cls.Ptr = cret
1809+ return cls
1810+}
1811+
14941812 // Integrating the launch with the launching application. This is used to
14951813 // handle for instance startup notification and launching the new application
14961814 // on the same screen as the launching window.
@@ -1513,7 +1831,8 @@ func AppLaunchContextNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AppLaunchContext {
15131831 var xNewAppLaunchContext func() uintptr
15141832
15151833 // Creates a new application launch context. This is not normally used,
1516-// instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as #GdkAppLaunchContext.
1834+// instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as
1835+// [`GdkAppLaunchContext`](https://docs.gtk.org/gdk4/class.AppLaunchContext.html).
15171836 func NewAppLaunchContext() *AppLaunchContext {
15181837 var cls *AppLaunchContext
15191838
@@ -1542,7 +1861,7 @@ var xAppLaunchContextGetEnvironment func(uintptr) []string
15421861
15431862 // Gets the complete environment variable list to be passed to
15441863 // the child process when @context is used to launch an application.
1545-// This is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string has
1864+// This is a `NULL`-terminated array of strings, where each string has
15461865 // the form `KEY=VALUE`.
15471866 func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetEnvironment() []string {
15481867
@@ -1553,10 +1872,20 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetEnvironment() []string {
15531872 var xAppLaunchContextGetStartupNotifyId func(uintptr, uintptr, *glib.List) string
15541873
15551874 // Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the
1556-// `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation, if supported.
1875+// `XDG_ACTIVATION_TOKEN` or `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation,
1876+// if supported.
15571877 //
1558-// Startup notification IDs are defined in the
1559-// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
1878+// The returned token may be referred to equivalently as an ‘activation token’
1879+// (using Wayland terminology) or a ‘startup sequence ID’ (using X11 terminology).
1880+// The two [are interoperable](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/wayland/wayland-protocols/-/blob/main/staging/xdg-activation/x11-interoperation.rst).
1881+//
1882+// Activation tokens are defined in the [XDG Activation Protocol](https://wayland.app/protocols/xdg-activation-v1),
1883+// and startup notification IDs are defined in the
1884+// [freedesktop.org Startup Notification Protocol](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
1885+//
1886+// Support for the XDG Activation Protocol was added in GLib 2.76.
1887+// Since GLib 2.82 @info and @files can be `NULL`. If that’s not supported by the backend,
1888+// the returned token will be `NULL`.
15601889 func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetStartupNotifyId(InfoVar AppInfo, FilesVar *glib.List) string {
15611890
15621891 cret := xAppLaunchContextGetStartupNotifyId(x.GoPointer(), InfoVar.GoPointer(), FilesVar)
@@ -1566,7 +1895,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetStartupNotifyId(InfoVar AppInfo, FilesVar *glib.Li
15661895 var xAppLaunchContextLaunchFailed func(uintptr, string)
15671896
15681897 // Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel
1569-// the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id().
1898+// the application startup notification started in
1899+// [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.get_startup_notify_id].
15701900 func (x *AppLaunchContext) LaunchFailed(StartupNotifyIdVar string) {
15711901
15721902 xAppLaunchContextLaunchFailed(x.GoPointer(), StartupNotifyIdVar)
@@ -1575,8 +1905,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) LaunchFailed(StartupNotifyIdVar string) {
15751905
15761906 var xAppLaunchContextSetenv func(uintptr, string, string)
15771907
1578-// Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child's
1579-// environment when @context is used to launch an application.
1908+// Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child’s environment when
1909+// @context is used to launch an application.
15801910 func (x *AppLaunchContext) Setenv(VariableVar string, ValueVar string) {
15811911
15821912 xAppLaunchContextSetenv(x.GoPointer(), VariableVar, ValueVar)
@@ -1585,8 +1915,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) Setenv(VariableVar string, ValueVar string) {
15851915
15861916 var xAppLaunchContextUnsetenv func(uintptr, string)
15871917
1588-// Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child's environment
1589-// when @context is used to launch an application.
1918+// Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child’s environment when @context
1919+// is used to launch an application.
15901920 func (x *AppLaunchContext) Unsetenv(VariableVar string) {
15911921
15921922 xAppLaunchContextUnsetenv(x.GoPointer(), VariableVar)
@@ -1604,9 +1934,13 @@ func (c *AppLaunchContext) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
16041934 c.Ptr = ptr
16051935 }
16061936
1607-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launch-failed signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo launch
1608-// fails. The startup notification id is provided, so that the launcher
1609-// can cancel the startup notification.
1937+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-failed] signal is emitted when a
1938+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] launch fails. The startup notification id is provided,
1939+// so that the launcher can cancel the startup notification.
1940+//
1941+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
1942+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
1943+// times, one for each spawned instance.
16101944 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string)) uint32 {
16111945 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16121946 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1626,11 +1960,11 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string
16261960 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "launch-failed", cbRefPtr)
16271961 }
16281962
1629-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launch-started signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo is
1630-// about to be launched. If non-null the @platform_data is an
1631-// GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants (ie `a{sv}`), which
1632-// contains additional, platform-specific data about this launch. On
1633-// UNIX, at least the `startup-notification-id` keys will be
1963+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-started] signal is emitted when a
1964+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is about to be launched. If non-null the
1965+// @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants
1966+// (ie `a{sv}`), which contains additional, platform-specific data about this
1967+// launch. On UNIX, at least the `startup-notification-id` keys will be
16341968 // present.
16351969 //
16361970 // The value of the `startup-notification-id` key (type `s`) is a startup
@@ -1638,8 +1972,13 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string
16381972 // specification](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-0.1.txt).
16391973 // It allows tracking the progress of the launchee through startup.
16401974 //
1641-// It is guaranteed that this signal is followed by either a #GAppLaunchContext::launched or
1642-// #GAppLaunchContext::launch-failed signal.
1975+// It is guaranteed that this signal is followed by either a
1976+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] or
1977+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-failed] signal.
1978+//
1979+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
1980+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
1981+// times, one for each spawned instance.
16431982 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchStarted(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintptr, uintptr)) uint32 {
16441983 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16451984 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1659,15 +1998,27 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchStarted(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintp
16591998 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "launch-started", cbRefPtr)
16601999 }
16612000
1662-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launched signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo is successfully
1663-// launched. The @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping
2001+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] signal is emitted when a
2002+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is successfully launched.
2003+//
2004+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
2005+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
2006+// times, one time for each spawned instance.
2007+//
2008+// The @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping
16642009 // strings to variants (ie `a{sv}`), which contains additional,
16652010 // platform-specific data about this launch. On UNIX, at least the
16662011 // `pid` and `startup-notification-id` keys will be present.
16672012 //
1668-// Since 2.72 the `pid` may be 0 if the process id wasn't known (for
2013+// Since 2.72 the `pid` may be 0 if the process id wasn’t known (for
16692014 // example if the process was launched via D-Bus). The `pid` may not be
16702015 // set at all in subsequent releases.
2016+//
2017+// On Windows, `pid` is guaranteed to be valid only for the duration of the
2018+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] signal emission; after the signal
2019+// is emitted, GLib will call [func@GLib.spawn_close_pid]. If you need to
2020+// keep the [alias@GLib.Pid] after the signal has been emitted, then you can
2021+// duplicate `pid` using `DuplicateHandle()`.
16712022 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunched(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintptr, uintptr)) uint32 {
16722023 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16732024 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1699,7 +2050,11 @@ func init() {
16992050 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetAll, lib, "g_app_info_get_all")
17002051 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetAllForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_all_for_type")
17012052 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type")
2053+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type_async")
2054+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type_finish")
17022055 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme")
2056+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme_async")
2057+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme_finish")
17032058 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetFallbackForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type")
17042059 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type")
17052060 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri, lib, "g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri")
@@ -1707,6 +2062,10 @@ func init() {
17072062 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriFinish, lib, "g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_finish")
17082063 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations, lib, "g_app_info_reset_type_associations")
17092064
2065+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoMonitorGLibType, lib, "g_app_info_monitor_get_type")
2066+
2067+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoMonitorGet, lib, "g_app_info_monitor_get")
2068+
17102069 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppLaunchContextGLibType, lib, "g_app_launch_context_get_type")
17112070
17122071 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAppLaunchContext, lib, "g_app_launch_context_new")
M v4/gio/gapplication.go +288 -117
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5656 }
5757
5858 // OverrideStartup sets the callback function.
59+// invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
5960 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6061 if cb == nil {
6162 x.xStartup = 0
@@ -67,6 +68,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6768 }
6869
6970 // GetStartup gets the callback function.
71+// invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
7072 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
7173 if x.xStartup == 0 {
7274 return nil
@@ -79,6 +81,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
7981 }
8082
8183 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
84+// invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
8285 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
8386 if cb == nil {
8487 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -90,6 +93,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
9093 }
9194
9295 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
96+// invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
9397 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
9498 if x.xActivate == 0 {
9599 return nil
@@ -102,6 +106,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
102106 }
103107
104108 // OverrideOpen sets the callback function.
109+// invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
105110 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, string)) {
106111 if cb == nil {
107112 x.xOpen = 0
@@ -113,6 +118,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, stri
113118 }
114119
115120 // GetOpen gets the callback function.
121+// invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
116122 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
117123 if x.xOpen == 0 {
118124 return nil
@@ -125,6 +131,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
125131 }
126132
127133 // OverrideCommandLine sets the callback function.
134+// invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
135+//
136+// not handled locally
128137 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideCommandLine(cb func(*Application, *ApplicationCommandLine) int) {
129138 if cb == nil {
130139 x.xCommandLine = 0
@@ -136,6 +145,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideCommandLine(cb func(*Application, *Applicatio
136145 }
137146
138147 // GetCommandLine gets the callback function.
148+// invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
149+//
150+// not handled locally
139151 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetCommandLine() func(*Application, *ApplicationCommandLine) int {
140152 if x.xCommandLine == 0 {
141153 return nil
@@ -148,6 +160,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetCommandLine() func(*Application, *ApplicationComma
148160 }
149161
150162 // OverrideLocalCommandLine sets the callback function.
163+// invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
164+//
165+// to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
166+// g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
167+// #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
168+// alternative to handling some commandline options locally
151169 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []string, int) bool) {
152170 if cb == nil {
153171 x.xLocalCommandLine = 0
@@ -159,6 +177,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []stri
159177 }
160178
161179 // GetLocalCommandLine gets the callback function.
180+// invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
181+//
182+// to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
183+// g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
184+// #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
185+// alternative to handling some commandline options locally
162186 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, int) bool {
163187 if x.xLocalCommandLine == 0 {
164188 return nil
@@ -171,6 +195,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, in
171195 }
172196
173197 // OverrideBeforeEmit sets the callback function.
198+// invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
199+//
200+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
201+// the calling instance
174202 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideBeforeEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant)) {
175203 if cb == nil {
176204 x.xBeforeEmit = 0
@@ -182,6 +210,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideBeforeEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Varian
182210 }
183211
184212 // GetBeforeEmit gets the callback function.
213+// invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
214+//
215+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
216+// the calling instance
185217 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetBeforeEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
186218 if x.xBeforeEmit == 0 {
187219 return nil
@@ -194,6 +226,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetBeforeEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
194226 }
195227
196228 // OverrideAfterEmit sets the callback function.
229+// invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
230+//
231+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
232+// the calling instance
197233 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAfterEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant)) {
198234 if cb == nil {
199235 x.xAfterEmit = 0
@@ -205,6 +241,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAfterEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant
205241 }
206242
207243 // GetAfterEmit gets the callback function.
244+// invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
245+//
246+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
247+// the calling instance
208248 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAfterEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
209249 if x.xAfterEmit == 0 {
210250 return nil
@@ -217,6 +257,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAfterEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
217257 }
218258
219259 // OverrideAddPlatformData sets the callback function.
260+// invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
261+//
262+// the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions
220263 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAddPlatformData(cb func(*Application, *glib.VariantBuilder)) {
221264 if cb == nil {
222265 x.xAddPlatformData = 0
@@ -228,6 +271,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAddPlatformData(cb func(*Application, *glib.V
228271 }
229272
230273 // GetAddPlatformData gets the callback function.
274+// invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
275+//
276+// the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions
231277 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAddPlatformData() func(*Application, *glib.VariantBuilder) {
232278 if x.xAddPlatformData == 0 {
233279 return nil
@@ -240,6 +286,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAddPlatformData() func(*Application, *glib.Variant
240286 }
241287
242288 // OverrideQuitMainloop sets the callback function.
289+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
290+//
291+// count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
292+// timeout, if requested). Not used anymore since 2.32
243293 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideQuitMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
244294 if cb == nil {
245295 x.xQuitMainloop = 0
@@ -251,6 +301,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideQuitMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
251301 }
252302
253303 // GetQuitMainloop gets the callback function.
304+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
305+//
306+// count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
307+// timeout, if requested). Not used anymore since 2.32
254308 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetQuitMainloop() func(*Application) {
255309 if x.xQuitMainloop == 0 {
256310 return nil
@@ -263,6 +317,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetQuitMainloop() func(*Application) {
263317 }
264318
265319 // OverrideRunMainloop sets the callback function.
320+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
321+//
322+// g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
323+// GApplication is iterating the main context directly and is not
324+// using @run_mainloop anymore
266325 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideRunMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
267326 if cb == nil {
268327 x.xRunMainloop = 0
@@ -274,6 +333,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideRunMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
274333 }
275334
276335 // GetRunMainloop gets the callback function.
336+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
337+//
338+// g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
339+// GApplication is iterating the main context directly and is not
340+// using @run_mainloop anymore
277341 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetRunMainloop() func(*Application) {
278342 if x.xRunMainloop == 0 {
279343 return nil
@@ -286,6 +350,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetRunMainloop() func(*Application) {
286350 }
287351
288352 // OverrideShutdown sets the callback function.
353+// invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
354+//
355+// after the main loop terminates
289356 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideShutdown(cb func(*Application)) {
290357 if cb == nil {
291358 x.xShutdown = 0
@@ -297,6 +364,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideShutdown(cb func(*Application)) {
297364 }
298365
299366 // GetShutdown gets the callback function.
367+// invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
368+//
369+// after the main loop terminates
300370 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetShutdown() func(*Application) {
301371 if x.xShutdown == 0 {
302372 return nil
@@ -309,6 +379,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetShutdown() func(*Application) {
309379 }
310380
311381 // OverrideDbusRegister sets the callback function.
382+// invoked locally during registration, if the application is
383+//
384+// using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
385+// bus, that need to exist before the application tries to own the bus name.
386+// The function is passed the #GDBusConnection to to session bus, and the
387+// object path that #GApplication will use to export its D-Bus API.
388+// If this function returns %TRUE, registration will proceed; otherwise
389+// registration will abort. Since: 2.34
312390 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusRegister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) bool) {
313391 if cb == nil {
314392 x.xDbusRegister = 0
@@ -320,6 +398,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusRegister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConne
320398 }
321399
322400 // GetDbusRegister gets the callback function.
401+// invoked locally during registration, if the application is
402+//
403+// using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
404+// bus, that need to exist before the application tries to own the bus name.
405+// The function is passed the #GDBusConnection to to session bus, and the
406+// object path that #GApplication will use to export its D-Bus API.
407+// If this function returns %TRUE, registration will proceed; otherwise
408+// registration will abort. Since: 2.34
323409 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusRegister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) bool {
324410 if x.xDbusRegister == 0 {
325411 return nil
@@ -332,6 +418,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusRegister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection,
332418 }
333419
334420 // OverrideDbusUnregister sets the callback function.
421+// invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
422+//
423+// is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
424+// the @dbus_register vfunc. Since: 2.34
335425 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusUnregister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string)) {
336426 if cb == nil {
337427 x.xDbusUnregister = 0
@@ -343,6 +433,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusUnregister(cb func(*Application, *DBusCon
343433 }
344434
345435 // GetDbusUnregister gets the callback function.
436+// invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
437+//
438+// is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
439+// the @dbus_register vfunc. Since: 2.34
346440 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusUnregister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) {
347441 if x.xDbusUnregister == 0 {
348442 return nil
@@ -355,6 +449,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusUnregister() func(*Application, *DBusConnectio
355449 }
356450
357451 // OverrideHandleLocalOptions sets the callback function.
452+// invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
453+//
454+// options has occurred. Since: 2.40
358455 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideHandleLocalOptions(cb func(*Application, *glib.VariantDict) int) {
359456 if cb == nil {
360457 x.xHandleLocalOptions = 0
@@ -366,6 +463,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideHandleLocalOptions(cb func(*Application, *gli
366463 }
367464
368465 // GetHandleLocalOptions gets the callback function.
466+// invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
467+//
468+// options has occurred. Since: 2.40
369469 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetHandleLocalOptions() func(*Application, *glib.VariantDict) int {
370470 if x.xHandleLocalOptions == 0 {
371471 return nil
@@ -378,6 +478,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetHandleLocalOptions() func(*Application, *glib.Vari
378478 }
379479
380480 // OverrideNameLost sets the callback function.
481+// invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
381482 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
382483 if cb == nil {
383484 x.xNameLost = 0
@@ -389,6 +490,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
389490 }
390491
391492 // GetNameLost gets the callback function.
493+// invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
392494 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetNameLost() func(*Application) bool {
393495 if x.xNameLost == 0 {
394496 return nil
@@ -408,20 +510,23 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
408510 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
409511 }
410512
411-// A #GApplication is the foundation of an application. It wraps some
513+// `GApplication` is the core class for application support.
514+//
515+// A `GApplication` is the foundation of an application. It wraps some
412516 // low-level platform-specific services and is intended to act as the
413517 // foundation for higher-level application classes such as
414-// #GtkApplication or #MxApplication. In general, you should not use
518+// `GtkApplication` or `MxApplication`. In general, you should not use
415519 // this class outside of a higher level framework.
416520 //
417-// GApplication provides convenient life cycle management by maintaining
521+// `GApplication` provides convenient life-cycle management by maintaining
418522 // a "use count" for the primary application instance. The use count can
419-// be changed using g_application_hold() and g_application_release(). If
420-// it drops to zero, the application exits. Higher-level classes such as
421-// #GtkApplication employ the use count to ensure that the application
422-// stays alive as long as it has any opened windows.
523+// be changed using [method@Gio.Application.hold] and
524+// [method@Gio.Application.release]. If it drops to zero, the application
525+// exits. Higher-level classes such as `GtkApplication` employ the use count
526+// to ensure that the application stays alive as long as it has any opened
527+// windows.
423528 //
424-// Another feature that GApplication (optionally) provides is process
529+// Another feature that `GApplication` (optionally) provides is process
425530 // uniqueness. Applications can make use of this functionality by
426531 // providing a unique application ID. If given, only one application
427532 // with this ID can be running at a time per session. The session
@@ -433,49 +538,54 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
433538 // always the current instance. On Linux, the D-Bus session bus
434539 // is used for communication.
435540 //
436-// The use of #GApplication differs from some other commonly-used
541+// The use of `GApplication` differs from some other commonly-used
437542 // uniqueness libraries (such as libunique) in important ways. The
438543 // application is not expected to manually register itself and check
439544 // if it is the primary instance. Instead, the main() function of a
440-// #GApplication should do very little more than instantiating the
545+// `GApplication` should do very little more than instantiating the
441546 // application instance, possibly connecting signal handlers, then
442-// calling g_application_run(). All checks for uniqueness are done
547+// calling [method@Gio.Application.run]. All checks for uniqueness are done
443548 // internally. If the application is the primary instance then the
444549 // startup signal is emitted and the mainloop runs. If the application
445550 // is not the primary instance then a signal is sent to the primary
446-// instance and g_application_run() promptly returns. See the code
551+// instance and [method@Gio.Application.run] promptly returns. See the code
447552 // examples below.
448553 //
449-// If used, the expected form of an application identifier is the same as
450-// that of of a
554+// If used, the expected form of an application identifier is the
555+// same as that of a
451556 // [D-Bus well-known bus name](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-names-bus).
452557 // Examples include: `com.example.MyApp`, `org.example.internal_apps.Calculator`,
453558 // `org._7_zip.Archiver`.
454-// For details on valid application identifiers, see g_application_id_is_valid().
559+// For details on valid application identifiers, see [func@Gio.Application.id_is_valid].
455560 //
456561 // On Linux, the application identifier is claimed as a well-known bus name
457-// on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your
458-// application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your
562+// on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your
563+// application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your
459564 // application may provide additional services (through registration of other
460-// object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths
461-// should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the
565+// object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths
566+// should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the
462567 // internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be dispatched at any time
463-// (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that
568+// (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that
464569 // any object paths that you wish to register are registered before #GApplication
465570 // attempts to acquire the bus name of your application (which happens in
466-// g_application_register()). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot use
467-// g_application_get_is_remote() to decide if you want to register object paths.
571+// [method@Gio.Application.register]). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot
572+// use [property@Gio.Application:is-remote] to decide if you want to register
573+// object paths.
468574 //
469-// GApplication also implements the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap
575+// `GApplication` also implements the [iface@Gio.ActionGroup] and [iface@Gio.ActionMap]
470576 // interfaces and lets you easily export actions by adding them with
471-// g_action_map_add_action(). When invoking an action by calling
472-// g_action_group_activate_action() on the application, it is always
577+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]. When invoking an action by calling
578+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action] on the application, it is always
473579 // invoked in the primary instance. The actions are also exported on
474-// the session bus, and GIO provides the #GDBusActionGroup wrapper to
475-// conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a #GDBusMenuModel wrapper
476-// for remote access to exported #GMenuModels.
580+// the session bus, and GIO provides the [class@Gio.DBusActionGroup] wrapper to
581+// conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a [class@Gio.DBusMenuModel] wrapper
582+// for remote access to exported [class@Gio.MenuModel]s.
583+//
584+// Note: Due to the fact that actions are exported on the session bus,
585+// using `maybe` parameters is not supported, since D-Bus does not support
586+// `maybe` types.
477587 //
478-// There is a number of different entry points into a GApplication:
588+// There is a number of different entry points into a `GApplication`:
479589 //
480590 // - via 'Activate' (i.e. just starting the application)
481591 //
@@ -485,42 +595,43 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
485595 //
486596 // - via activating an action
487597 //
488-// The #GApplication::startup signal lets you handle the application
598+// The [signal@Gio.Application::startup] signal lets you handle the application
489599 // initialization for all of these in a single place.
490600 //
491601 // Regardless of which of these entry points is used to start the
492-// application, GApplication passes some ‘platform data’ from the
602+// application, `GApplication` passes some ‘platform data’ from the
493603 // launching instance to the primary instance, in the form of a
494-// #GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform
495-// data, override the @before_emit or @after_emit virtual functions
496-// in your #GApplication subclass. When dealing with
497-// #GApplicationCommandLine objects, the platform data is
498-// directly available via g_application_command_line_get_cwd(),
499-// g_application_command_line_get_environ() and
500-// g_application_command_line_get_platform_data().
604+// [struct@GLib.Variant] dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform
605+// data, override the [vfunc@Gio.Application.before_emit] or
606+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.after_emit] virtual functions
607+// in your `GApplication` subclass. When dealing with
608+// [class@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine] objects, the platform data is
609+// directly available via [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_cwd],
610+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_environ] and
611+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_platform_data].
501612 //
502613 // As the name indicates, the platform data may vary depending on the
503614 // operating system, but it always includes the current directory (key
504-// "cwd"), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment
505-// variables and their values) of the calling process (key "environ").
615+// `cwd`), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment
616+// variables and their values) of the calling process (key `environ`).
506617 // The environment is only added to the platform data if the
507-// %G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT flag is set. #GApplication subclasses
508-// can add their own platform data by overriding the @add_platform_data
509-// virtual function. For instance, #GtkApplication adds startup notification
510-// data in this way.
618+// `G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT` flag is set. `GApplication` subclasses
619+// can add their own platform data by overriding the
620+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.add_platform_data] virtual function. For instance,
621+// `GtkApplication` adds startup notification data in this way.
511622 //
512623 // To parse commandline arguments you may handle the
513-// #GApplication::command-line signal or override the local_command_line()
514-// vfunc, to parse them in either the primary instance or the local instance,
515-// respectively.
624+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal or override the
625+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.local_command_line] virtual function, to parse them in
626+// either the primary instance or the local instance, respectively.
516627 //
517-// For an example of opening files with a GApplication, see
628+// For an example of opening files with a `GApplication`, see
518629 // [gapplication-example-open.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-open.c).
519630 //
520-// For an example of using actions with GApplication, see
631+// For an example of using actions with `GApplication`, see
521632 // [gapplication-example-actions.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-actions.c).
522633 //
523-// For an example of using extra D-Bus hooks with GApplication, see
634+// For an example of using extra D-Bus hooks with `GApplication`, see
524635 // [gapplication-example-dbushooks.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-dbushooks.c).
525636 type Application struct {
526637 gobject.Object
@@ -613,6 +724,8 @@ var xApplicationAddMainOptionEntries func(uintptr, []glib.OptionEntry)
613724 // inspected and modified. If %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is
614725 // set, then the resulting dictionary is sent to the primary instance,
615726 // where g_application_command_line_get_options_dict() will return it.
727+// As it has been passed outside the process at this point, the types of all
728+// values in the options dict must be checked before being used.
616729 // This "packing" is done according to the type of the argument --
617730 // booleans for normal flags, strings for strings, bytestrings for
618731 // filenames, etc. The packing only occurs if the flag is given (ie: we
@@ -629,8 +742,8 @@ var xApplicationAddMainOptionEntries func(uintptr, []glib.OptionEntry)
629742 // was to send all of the commandline arguments (options and all) to the
630743 // primary instance for handling. #GApplication ignored them completely
631744 // on the local side. Calling this function "opts in" to the new
632-// behaviour, and in particular, means that unrecognised options will be
633-// treated as errors. Unrecognised options have never been ignored when
745+// behaviour, and in particular, means that unrecognized options will be
746+// treated as errors. Unrecognized options have never been ignored when
634747 // %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is unset.
635748 //
636749 // If #GApplication::handle-local-options needs to see the list of
@@ -682,7 +795,7 @@ var xApplicationAddOptionGroup func(uintptr, *glib.OptionGroup)
682795 //
683796 // Calling this function will cause the options in the supplied option
684797 // group to be parsed, but it does not cause you to be "opted in" to the
685-// new functionality whereby unrecognised options are rejected even if
798+// new functionality whereby unrecognized options are rejected even if
686799 // %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE was given.
687800 func (x *Application) AddOptionGroup(GroupVar *glib.OptionGroup) {
688801
@@ -838,12 +951,21 @@ func (x *Application) GetResourceBasePath() string {
838951 return cret
839952 }
840953
954+var xApplicationGetVersion func(uintptr) string
955+
956+// Gets the version of @application.
957+func (x *Application) GetVersion() string {
958+
959+ cret := xApplicationGetVersion(x.GoPointer())
960+ return cret
961+}
962+
841963 var xApplicationHold func(uintptr)
842964
843965 // Increases the use count of @application.
844966 //
845967 // Use this function to indicate that the application has a reason to
846-// continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK+
968+// continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK
847969 // when a toplevel window is on the screen.
848970 //
849971 // To cancel the hold, call g_application_release().
@@ -1079,11 +1201,14 @@ var xApplicationSendNotification func(uintptr, string, uintptr)
10791201 // notification. This works even for notifications sent from a previous
10801202 // execution of the application, as long as @id is the same string.
10811203 //
1082-// @id may be %NULL, but it is impossible to replace or withdraw
1204+// @id may be `NULL`, but it is impossible to replace or withdraw
10831205 // notifications without an id.
10841206 //
10851207 // If @notification is no longer relevant, it can be withdrawn with
1086-// g_application_withdraw_notification().
1208+// [method@Gio.Application.withdraw_notification].
1209+//
1210+// It is an error to call this function if @application has no
1211+// application ID.
10871212 func (x *Application) SendNotification(IdVar string, NotificationVar *Notification) {
10881213
10891214 xApplicationSendNotification(x.GoPointer(), IdVar, NotificationVar.GoPointer())
@@ -1199,10 +1324,10 @@ var xApplicationSetResourceBasePath func(uintptr, string)
11991324
12001325 // Sets (or unsets) the base resource path of @application.
12011326 //
1202-// The path is used to automatically load various [application
1203-// resources][gresource] such as menu layouts and action descriptions.
1204-// The various types of resources will be found at fixed names relative
1205-// to the given base path.
1327+// The path is used to automatically load various
1328+// [application resources][struct@Gio.Resource] such as menu layouts and
1329+// action descriptions. The various types of resources will be found at
1330+// fixed names relative to the given base path.
12061331 //
12071332 // By default, the resource base path is determined from the application
12081333 // ID by prefixing '/' and replacing each '.' with '/'. This is done at
@@ -1236,6 +1361,19 @@ func (x *Application) SetResourceBasePath(ResourcePathVar string) {
12361361
12371362 }
12381363
1364+var xApplicationSetVersion func(uintptr, string)
1365+
1366+// Sets the version number of @application. This will be used to implement
1367+// a `--version` command line argument
1368+//
1369+// The application version can only be modified if @application has not yet
1370+// been registered.
1371+func (x *Application) SetVersion(VersionVar string) {
1372+
1373+ xApplicationSetVersion(x.GoPointer(), VersionVar)
1374+
1375+}
1376+
12391377 var xApplicationUnbindBusyProperty func(uintptr, uintptr, string)
12401378
12411379 // Destroys a binding between @property and the busy state of
@@ -1484,36 +1622,36 @@ func (x *Application) ConnectStartup(cb *func(Application)) uint32 {
14841622 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "startup", cbRefPtr)
14851623 }
14861624
1487-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
1625+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
14881626 //
1489-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1627+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
14901628 func (x *Application) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
14911629
14921630 XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
14931631
14941632 }
14951633
1496-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
1634+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
14971635 //
1498-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1636+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
14991637 func (x *Application) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
15001638
15011639 XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
15021640
15031641 }
15041642
1505-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
1643+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
15061644 //
1507-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1645+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
15081646 func (x *Application) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
15091647
15101648 XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
15111649
15121650 }
15131651
1514-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
1652+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
15151653 //
1516-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1654+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
15171655 func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
15181656
15191657 XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -1524,35 +1662,35 @@ func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Va
15241662 //
15251663 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
15261664 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
1527-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
1528-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
1665+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
1666+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
15291667 //
1530-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
1668+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
15311669 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
15321670 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
15331671 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
1534-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
1672+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
15351673 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
15361674 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
15371675 // have been activated.
15381676 //
15391677 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
1540-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
1541-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
1542-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
1678+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
1679+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
1680+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
15431681 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
15441682 //
1545-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1546-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
1683+// ```c
1684+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
15471685 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
15481686 //
15491687 // // make sure the action is activated now
1550-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
1688+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
15511689 //
1552-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
1690+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
15531691 //
15541692 // exit (0);
1555-// ]|
1693+// ```
15561694 func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
15571695
15581696 XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -1563,11 +1701,11 @@ func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Va
15631701 // changed to @value.
15641702 //
15651703 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
1566-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
1704+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
15671705 //
15681706 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
15691707 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
1570-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
1708+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
15711709 //
15721710 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
15731711 func (x *Application) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -1589,12 +1727,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
15891727 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
15901728 // the named action within @action_group.
15911729 //
1592-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
1593-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
1730+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
1731+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
15941732 // by this function.
15951733 //
1596-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
1597-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
1734+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
1735+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
15981736 //
15991737 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
16001738 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -1607,12 +1745,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
16071745
16081746 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
16091747 //
1610-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
1748+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
16111749 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
1612-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
1750+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
16131751 //
1614-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
1615-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
1752+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
1753+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
16161754 func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16171755
16181756 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -1622,12 +1760,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16221760 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
16231761 // named action within @action_group.
16241762 //
1625-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
1763+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
16261764 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
16271765 // state of the action.
16281766 //
1629-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
1630-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
1767+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
1768+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
16311769 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
16321770 // of valid values for the state.
16331771 //
@@ -1635,8 +1773,8 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16351773 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
16361774 // within the range may fail.
16371775 //
1638-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
1639-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
1776+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
1777+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
16401778 func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16411779
16421780 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -1647,14 +1785,14 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16471785 // @action_group.
16481786 //
16491787 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
1650-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
1651-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
1652-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
1788+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
1789+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
1790+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
16531791 // of the same type.
16541792 //
1655-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
1656-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
1657-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
1793+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
1794+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
1795+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
16581796 //
16591797 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
16601798 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -1674,7 +1812,7 @@ func (x *Application) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
16741812
16751813 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
16761814 //
1677-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
1815+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
16781816 // it is no longer required.
16791817 func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
16801818
@@ -1685,18 +1823,18 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
16851823 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
16861824 //
16871825 // This function acquires the information available from
1688-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
1689-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
1690-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
1691-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
1692-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
1826+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
1827+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
1828+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
1829+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
1830+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
16931831 //
16941832 // This provides two main benefits.
16951833 //
16961834 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
16971835 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
16981836 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
1699-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
1837+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
17001838 // function.
17011839 //
17021840 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -1705,9 +1843,9 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
17051843 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
17061844 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
17071845 //
1708-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
1709-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
1710-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
1846+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
1847+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
1848+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
17111849 // fields may or may not have been modified.
17121850 func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
17131851
@@ -1727,12 +1865,12 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
17271865
17281866 }
17291867
1730-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
1731-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
1868+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
1869+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
17321870 //
1733-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
1871+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
17341872 //
1735-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1873+// ```c
17361874 // static void
17371875 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
17381876 //
@@ -1769,7 +1907,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
17691907 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
17701908 // }
17711909 //
1772-// ]|
1910+// ```
17731911 func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
17741912
17751913 XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -1778,7 +1916,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int
17781916
17791917 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
17801918 //
1781-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
1919+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
17821920 func (x *Application) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase {
17831921 var cls *ActionBase
17841922
@@ -1802,6 +1940,37 @@ func (x *Application) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
18021940
18031941 }
18041942
1943+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
1944+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
1945+//
1946+// ```c
1947+//
1948+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
1949+// { "quit", activate_quit },
1950+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
1951+// };
1952+//
1953+// void
1954+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
1955+//
1956+// {
1957+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
1958+// }
1959+//
1960+// void
1961+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
1962+//
1963+// {
1964+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
1965+// }
1966+//
1967+// ```
1968+func (x *Application) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
1969+
1970+ XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
1971+
1972+}
1973+
18051974 var xApplicationGetDefault func() uintptr
18061975
18071976 // Returns the default #GApplication instance for this process.
@@ -1904,6 +2073,7 @@ func init() {
19042073 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetIsRegistered, lib, "g_application_get_is_registered")
19052074 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetIsRemote, lib, "g_application_get_is_remote")
19062075 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetResourceBasePath, lib, "g_application_get_resource_base_path")
2076+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetVersion, lib, "g_application_get_version")
19072077 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationHold, lib, "g_application_hold")
19082078 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationMarkBusy, lib, "g_application_mark_busy")
19092079 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationOpen, lib, "g_application_open")
@@ -1921,6 +2091,7 @@ func init() {
19212091 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetOptionContextParameterString, lib, "g_application_set_option_context_parameter_string")
19222092 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetOptionContextSummary, lib, "g_application_set_option_context_summary")
19232093 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetResourceBasePath, lib, "g_application_set_resource_base_path")
2094+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetVersion, lib, "g_application_set_version")
19242095 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationUnbindBusyProperty, lib, "g_application_unbind_busy_property")
19252096 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationUnmarkBusy, lib, "g_application_unmark_busy")
19262097 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWithdrawNotification, lib, "g_application_withdraw_notification")
M v4/gio/gapplicationcommandline.go +122 -28
@@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ type ApplicationCommandLineClass struct {
2525
2626 xGetStdin uintptr
2727
28- Padding [11]uintptr
28+ xDone uintptr
29+
30+ Padding [10]uintptr
2931 }
3032
3133 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
@@ -111,6 +113,29 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetGetStdin() func(*ApplicationCommandLine
111113 }
112114 }
113115
116+// OverrideDone sets the callback function.
117+func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideDone(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine)) {
118+ if cb == nil {
119+ x.xDone = 0
120+ } else {
121+ x.xDone = purego.NewCallback(func(CmdlineVarp uintptr) {
122+ cb(ApplicationCommandLineNewFromInternalPtr(CmdlineVarp))
123+ })
124+ }
125+}
126+
127+// GetDone gets the callback function.
128+func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetDone() func(*ApplicationCommandLine) {
129+ if x.xDone == 0 {
130+ return nil
131+ }
132+ var rawCallback func(CmdlineVarp uintptr)
133+ purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xDone)
134+ return func(CmdlineVar *ApplicationCommandLine) {
135+ rawCallback(CmdlineVar.GoPointer())
136+ }
137+}
138+
114139 type ApplicationCommandLinePrivate struct {
115140 _ structs.HostLayout
116141 }
@@ -119,30 +144,33 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
119144 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
120145 }
121146
122-// #GApplicationCommandLine represents a command-line invocation of
123-// an application. It is created by #GApplication and emitted
124-// in the #GApplication::command-line signal and virtual function.
147+// `GApplicationCommandLine` represents a command-line invocation of
148+// an application.
149+//
150+// It is created by [class@Gio.Application] and emitted
151+// in the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal and virtual function.
125152 //
126153 // The class contains the list of arguments that the program was invoked
127-// with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was
154+// with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was
128155 // local (ie: the current process is running in direct response to the
129156 // invocation) or remote (ie: some other process forwarded the
130157 // commandline to this process).
131158 //
132-// The GApplicationCommandLine object can provide the @argc and @argv
133-// parameters for use with the #GOptionContext command-line parsing API,
134-// with the g_application_command_line_get_arguments() function. See
135-// [gapplication-example-cmdline3.c][gapplication-example-cmdline3]
159+// The `GApplicationCommandLine` object can provide the @argc and @argv
160+// parameters for use with the [struct@GLib.OptionContext] command-line parsing API,
161+// with the [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_arguments] function. See
162+// [gapplication-example-cmdline3.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline3.c)
136163 // for an example.
137164 //
138165 // The exit status of the originally-invoked process may be set and
139-// messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process. The
140-// lifecycle of the originally-invoked process is tied to the lifecycle
141-// of this object (ie: the process exits when the last reference is
142-// dropped).
166+// messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process.
167+//
168+// For remote invocation, the originally-invoked process exits when
169+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.done] method is called. This method is
170+// also automatically called when the object is disposed.
143171 //
144-// The main use for #GApplicationCommandLine (and the
145-// #GApplication::command-line signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases:
172+// The main use for `GApplicationCommandLine` (and the
173+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases:
146174 // You can set the `EDITOR` environment variable to have e.g. git use
147175 // your favourite editor to edit commit messages, and if you already
148176 // have an instance of the editor running, the editing will happen
@@ -151,11 +179,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
151179 // does not return until the editing is done.
152180 //
153181 // Normally, the commandline is completely handled in the
154-// #GApplication::command-line handler. The launching instance exits
182+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler. The launching instance exits
155183 // once the signal handler in the primary instance has returned, and
156184 // the return value of the signal handler becomes the exit status
157185 // of the launching instance.
158-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
186+//
187+// ```c
159188 // static int
160189 // command_line (GApplication *application,
161190 //
@@ -180,13 +209,15 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
180209 // return 0;
181210 // }
182211 //
183-// ]|
212+// ```
213+//
184214 // The complete example can be found here:
185215 // [gapplication-example-cmdline.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline.c)
186216 //
187217 // In more complicated cases, the handling of the commandline can be
188218 // split between the launcher and the primary instance.
189-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
219+//
220+// ```c
190221 // static gboolean
191222 //
192223 // test_local_cmdline (GApplication *application,
@@ -236,18 +267,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
236267 // ...
237268 // }
238269 //
239-// ]|
270+// ```
271+//
240272 // In this example of split commandline handling, options that start
241273 // with `--local-` are handled locally, all other options are passed
242-// to the #GApplication::command-line handler which runs in the primary
274+// to the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler which runs in the primary
243275 // instance.
244276 //
245277 // The complete example can be found here:
246278 // [gapplication-example-cmdline2.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline2.c)
247279 //
248-// If handling the commandline requires a lot of work, it may
249-// be better to defer it.
250-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
280+// If handling the commandline requires a lot of work, it may be better to defer it.
281+//
282+// ```c
251283 // static gboolean
252284 // my_cmdline_handler (gpointer data)
253285 //
@@ -281,10 +313,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
281313 // return 0;
282314 // }
283315 //
284-// ]|
316+// ```
317+//
285318 // In this example the commandline is not completely handled before
286-// the #GApplication::command-line handler returns. Instead, we keep
287-// a reference to the #GApplicationCommandLine object and handle it
319+// the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler returns. Instead, we keep
320+// a reference to the `GApplicationCommandLine` object and handle it
288321 // later (in this example, in an idle). Note that it is necessary to
289322 // hold the application until you are done with the commandline.
290323 //
@@ -327,6 +360,29 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) CreateFileForArg(ArgVar string) *FileBase {
327360 return cls
328361 }
329362
363+var xApplicationCommandLineDone func(uintptr)
364+
365+// Signals that command line processing is completed.
366+//
367+// For remote invocation, it causes the invoking process to terminate.
368+//
369+// For local invocation, it does nothing.
370+//
371+// This method should be called in the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line]
372+// handler, after the exit status is set and all messages are printed.
373+//
374+// After this call, g_application_command_line_set_exit_status() has no effect.
375+// Subsequent calls to this method are no-ops.
376+//
377+// This method is automatically called when the #GApplicationCommandLine
378+// object is disposed — so you can omit the call in non-garbage collected
379+// languages.
380+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Done() {
381+
382+ xApplicationCommandLineDone(x.GoPointer())
383+
384+}
385+
330386 var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int) []string
331387
332388 // Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line.
@@ -406,7 +462,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetIsRemote() bool {
406462
407463 var xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict func(uintptr) *glib.VariantDict
408464
409-// Gets the options there were passed to g_application_command_line().
465+// Gets the options that were passed to g_application_command_line().
410466 //
411467 // If you did not override local_command_line() then these are the same
412468 // options that were parsed according to the #GOptionEntrys added to the
@@ -415,6 +471,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict func(uintptr) *glib.VariantDict
415471 //
416472 // If no options were sent then an empty dictionary is returned so that
417473 // you don't need to check for %NULL.
474+//
475+// The data has been passed via an untrusted external process, so the types of
476+// all values must be checked before being used.
418477 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetOptionsDict() *glib.VariantDict {
419478
420479 cret := xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict(x.GoPointer())
@@ -430,6 +489,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetPlatformData func(uintptr) *glib.Variant
430489 // information like the current working directory and the startup
431490 // notification ID.
432491 //
492+// It comes from an untrusted external process and hence the types of all
493+// values must be validated before being used.
494+//
433495 // For local invocation, it will be %NULL.
434496 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetPlatformData() *glib.Variant {
435497
@@ -495,6 +557,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Print(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{})
495557
496558 }
497559
560+var xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral func(uintptr, string)
561+
562+// Prints a message using the stdout print handler in the invoking process.
563+//
564+// Unlike g_application_command_line_print(), @message is not a `printf()`-style
565+// format string. Use this function if @message contains text you don't have
566+// control over, that could include `printf()` escape sequences.
567+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) PrintLiteral(MessageVar string) {
568+
569+ xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar)
570+
571+}
572+
498573 var xApplicationCommandLinePrinterr func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
499574
500575 // Formats a message and prints it using the stderr print handler in the
@@ -509,6 +584,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Printerr(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface
509584
510585 }
511586
587+var xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral func(uintptr, string)
588+
589+// Prints a message using the stderr print handler in the invoking process.
590+//
591+// Unlike g_application_command_line_printerr(), @message is not
592+// a `printf()`-style format string. Use this function if @message contains text
593+// you don't have control over, that could include `printf()` escape sequences.
594+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) PrinterrLiteral(MessageVar string) {
595+
596+ xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar)
597+
598+}
599+
512600 var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int)
513601
514602 // Sets the exit status that will be used when the invoking process
@@ -532,6 +620,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int)
532620 // have been 'successful' in a certain sense, and the exit status is
533621 // always zero. If the application use count is zero, though, the exit
534622 // status of the local #GApplicationCommandLine is used.
623+//
624+// This method is a no-op if g_application_command_line_done() has
625+// been called.
535626 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetExitStatus(ExitStatusVar int) {
536627
537628 xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus(x.GoPointer(), ExitStatusVar)
@@ -560,6 +651,7 @@ func init() {
560651 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGLibType, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_type")
561652
562653 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineCreateFileForArg, lib, "g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg")
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineDone, lib, "g_application_command_line_done")
563655 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_arguments")
564656 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetCwd, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_cwd")
565657 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetEnviron, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_environ")
@@ -570,7 +662,9 @@ func init() {
570662 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetStdin, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_stdin")
571663 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetenv, lib, "g_application_command_line_getenv")
572664 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrint, lib, "g_application_command_line_print")
665+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral, lib, "g_application_command_line_print_literal")
573666 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrinterr, lib, "g_application_command_line_printerr")
667+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral, lib, "g_application_command_line_printerr_literal")
574668 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus, lib, "g_application_command_line_set_exit_status")
575669
576670 }
M v4/gio/gasyncinitable.go +14 -8
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // OverrideInitAsync sets the callback function.
32+// Starts initialization of the object.
3233 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
3334 if cb == nil {
3435 x.xInitAsync = 0
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Canc
4041 }
4142
4243 // GetInitAsync gets the callback function.
44+// Starts initialization of the object.
4345 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
4446 if x.xInitAsync == 0 {
4547 return nil
@@ -52,6 +54,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellabl
5254 }
5355
5456 // OverrideInitFinish sets the callback function.
57+// Finishes initialization of the object.
5558 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool) {
5659 if cb == nil {
5760 x.xInitFinish = 0
@@ -63,6 +66,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResu
6366 }
6467
6568 // GetInitFinish gets the callback function.
69+// Finishes initialization of the object.
6670 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool {
6771 if x.xInitFinish == 0 {
6872 return nil
@@ -74,22 +78,24 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bo
7478 }
7579 }
7680
77-// This is the asynchronous version of #GInitable; it behaves the same
81+// `GAsyncInitable` is an interface for asynchronously initializable objects.
82+//
83+// This is the asynchronous version of [iface@Gio.Initable]; it behaves the same
7884 // in all ways except that initialization is asynchronous. For more details
79-// see the descriptions on #GInitable.
85+// see the descriptions on `GInitable`.
8086 //
81-// A class may implement both the #GInitable and #GAsyncInitable interfaces.
87+// A class may implement both the `GInitable` and `GAsyncInitable` interfaces.
8288 //
8389 // Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use the interface
8490 // method directly; instead it will be used automatically in various ways.
85-// For C applications you generally just call g_async_initable_new_async()
91+// For C applications you generally just call [func@Gio.AsyncInitable.new_async]
8692 // directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new_async() wrapper. This will call
87-// g_async_initable_init_async() under the cover, calling back with %NULL and
88-// a set %GError on failure.
93+// [method@Gio.AsyncInitable.init_async] under the covers, calling back with `NULL`
94+// and a set `GError` on failure.
8995 //
9096 // A typical implementation might look something like this:
9197 //
92-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
98+// ```c
9399 //
94100 // enum {
95101 // NOT_INITIALIZED,
@@ -181,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bo
181187 // iface->init_finish = foo_init_finish;
182188 // }
183189 //
184-// ]|
190+// ```
185191 type AsyncInitable interface {
186192 GoPointer() uintptr
187193 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gasyncresult.go +39 -32
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// Interface definition for #GAsyncResult.
15+// Interface definition for [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
1616 type AsyncResultIface struct {
1717 _ structs.HostLayout
1818
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 }
3131
3232 // OverrideGetUserData sets the callback function.
33+// Gets the user data passed to the callback.
3334 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
3435 if cb == nil {
3536 x.xGetUserData = 0
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
4142 }
4243
4344 // GetGetUserData gets the callback function.
45+// Gets the user data passed to the callback.
4446 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
4547 if x.xGetUserData == 0 {
4648 return nil
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
5355 }
5456
5557 // OverrideGetSourceObject sets the callback function.
58+// Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
5659 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object) {
5760 if cb == nil {
5861 x.xGetSourceObject = 0
@@ -68,6 +71,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject
6871 }
6972
7073 // GetGetSourceObject gets the callback function.
74+// Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
7175 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object {
7276 if x.xGetSourceObject == 0 {
7377 return nil
@@ -86,6 +90,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Objec
8690 }
8791
8892 // OverrideIsTagged sets the callback function.
93+// Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
8994 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool) {
9095 if cb == nil {
9196 x.xIsTagged = 0
@@ -97,6 +102,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool)
97102 }
98103
99104 // GetIsTagged gets the callback function.
105+// Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
100106 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
101107 if x.xIsTagged == 0 {
102108 return nil
@@ -108,37 +114,38 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
108114 }
109115 }
110116
111-// Provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results.
117+// `GAsyncResult` provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results.
112118 //
113119 // Asynchronous operations are broken up into two separate operations
114-// which are chained together by a #GAsyncReadyCallback. To begin
115-// an asynchronous operation, provide a #GAsyncReadyCallback to the
120+// which are chained together by a `GAsyncReadyCallback`. To begin
121+// an asynchronous operation, provide a `GAsyncReadyCallback` to the
116122 // asynchronous function. This callback will be triggered when the
117123 // operation has completed, and must be run in a later iteration of
118-// the [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
119-// from where the operation was initiated. It will be passed a
120-// #GAsyncResult instance filled with the details of the operation's
121-// success or failure, the object the asynchronous function was
122-// started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous callback
123-// function is then expected to call the corresponding "_finish()"
124+// the thread-default main context (see
125+// [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default]) from where the operation was
126+// initiated. It will be passed a `GAsyncResult` instance filled with the
127+// details of the operation's success or failure, the object the asynchronous
128+// function was started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous
129+// callback function is then expected to call the corresponding `_finish()`
124130 // function, passing the object the function was called for, the
125-// #GAsyncResult instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any
131+// `GAsyncResult` instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any
126132 // error conditions that may have occurred.
127133 //
128-// The "_finish()" function for an operation takes the generic result
129-// (of type #GAsyncResult) and returns the specific result that the
130-// operation in question yields (e.g. a #GFileEnumerator for a
134+// The `_finish()` function for an operation takes the generic result
135+// (of type `GAsyncResult`) and returns the specific result that the
136+// operation in question yields (e.g. a [class@Gio.FileEnumerator] for a
131137 // "enumerate children" operation). If the result or error status of the
132-// operation is not needed, there is no need to call the "_finish()"
138+// operation is not needed, there is no need to call the `_finish()`
133139 // function; GIO will take care of cleaning up the result and error
134-// information after the #GAsyncReadyCallback returns. You can pass
135-// %NULL for the #GAsyncReadyCallback if you don't need to take any
140+// information after the `GAsyncReadyCallback` returns. You can pass
141+// `NULL` for the `GAsyncReadyCallback` if you don't need to take any
136142 // action at all after the operation completes. Applications may also
137-// take a reference to the #GAsyncResult and call "_finish()" later;
138-// however, the "_finish()" function may be called at most once.
143+// take a reference to the `GAsyncResult` and call `_finish()` later;
144+// however, the `_finish()` function may be called at most once.
139145 //
140146 // Example of a typical asynchronous operation flow:
141-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
147+//
148+// ```c
142149 // void _theoretical_frobnitz_async (Theoretical *t,
143150 //
144151 // GCancellable *c,
@@ -183,20 +190,20 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
183190 // ...
184191 // }
185192 //
186-// ]|
193+// ```
187194 //
188195 // The callback for an asynchronous operation is called only once, and is
189196 // always called, even in the case of a cancelled operation. On cancellation
190-// the result is a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error.
197+// the result is a `G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED` error.
191198 //
192-// ## I/O Priority # {#io-priority}
199+// ## I/O Priority
193200 //
194201 // Many I/O-related asynchronous operations have a priority parameter,
195202 // which is used in certain cases to determine the order in which
196203 // operations are executed. They are not used to determine system-wide
197204 // I/O scheduling. Priorities are integers, with lower numbers indicating
198205 // higher priority. It is recommended to choose priorities between
199-// %G_PRIORITY_LOW and %G_PRIORITY_HIGH, with %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT
206+// `G_PRIORITY_LOW` and `G_PRIORITY_HIGH`, with `G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT`
200207 // as a default.
201208 type AsyncResult interface {
202209 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -228,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
228235 x.Ptr = ptr
229236 }
230237
231-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
238+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
232239 func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
233240 var cls *gobject.Object
234241
@@ -242,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
242249 return cls
243250 }
244251
245-// Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult.
252+// Gets the user data from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
246253 func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetUserData() uintptr {
247254
248255 cret := XGAsyncResultGetUserData(x.GoPointer())
@@ -257,14 +264,14 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
257264 return cret
258265 }
259266
260-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
261-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
262-// %FALSE.
267+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
268+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
269+// `FALSE`.
263270 //
264-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
265-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
271+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
272+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
266273 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
267-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
274+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
268275 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
269276 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
270277 func (x *AsyncResultBase) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gio/gbufferedinputstream.go +23 -23
@@ -229,20 +229,19 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
229229 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
230230 }
231231
232-// Buffered input stream implements #GFilterInputStream and provides
232+// Buffered input stream implements [class@Gio.FilterInputStream] and provides
233233 // for buffered reads.
234234 //
235-// By default, #GBufferedInputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
235+// By default, `GBufferedInputStream`'s buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
236236 //
237-// To create a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_input_stream_new(),
238-// or g_buffered_input_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size at
237+// To create a buffered input stream, use [ctor@Gio.BufferedInputStream.new],
238+// or [ctor@Gio.BufferedInputStream.new_sized] to specify the buffer's size at
239239 // construction.
240240 //
241241 // To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use
242-// g_buffered_input_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a
243-// buffered input stream's buffer, use
244-// g_buffered_input_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's size
245-// cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
242+// [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.get_buffer_size]. To change the size of a
243+// buffered input stream's buffer, use [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.set_buffer_size].
244+// Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
246245 type BufferedInputStream struct {
247246 FilterInputStream
248247 }
@@ -261,7 +260,7 @@ func BufferedInputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BufferedInputStream {
261260
262261 var xNewBufferedInputStream func(uintptr) uintptr
263262
264-// Creates a new #GInputStream from the given @base_stream, with
263+// Creates a new [class@Gio.InputStream] from the given @base_stream, with
265264 // a buffer set to the default size (4 kilobytes).
266265 func NewBufferedInputStream(BaseStreamVar *InputStream) *BufferedInputStream {
267266 var cls *BufferedInputStream
@@ -278,7 +277,7 @@ func NewBufferedInputStream(BaseStreamVar *InputStream) *BufferedInputStream {
278277
279278 var xNewBufferedInputStreamSized func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
280279
281-// Creates a new #GBufferedInputStream from the given @base_stream,
280+// Creates a new [class@Gio.BufferedInputStream] from the given @base_stream,
282281 // with a buffer set to @size.
283282 func NewBufferedInputStreamSized(BaseStreamVar *InputStream, SizeVar uint) *BufferedInputStream {
284283 var cls *BufferedInputStream
@@ -299,7 +298,8 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFill func(uintptr, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
299298 // Will block during this read.
300299 //
301300 // If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count
302-// larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
301+// larger than `G_MAXSSIZE` will cause a
302+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.INVALID_ARGUMENT] error.
303303 //
304304 // On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned.
305305 // It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
@@ -309,16 +309,16 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFill func(uintptr, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
309309 // If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of
310310 // bytes that are required to fill the buffer.
311311 //
312-// If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
312+// If @cancellable is not `NULL`, then the operation can be cancelled by
313313 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
314-// was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
315-// operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
314+// was cancelled, the error [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.CANCELLED] will be returned.
315+// If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
316316 // partial result will be returned, without an error.
317317 //
318-// On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
318+// On error `-1` is returned and @error is set accordingly.
319319 //
320320 // For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see
321-// g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async().
321+// [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.fill_async].
322322 func (x *BufferedInputStream) Fill(CountVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
323323 var cerr *glib.Error
324324
@@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync func(uintptr, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uint
334334
335335 // Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size.
336336 // @io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous
337-// version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill().
337+// version of this function, see [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.fill].
338338 //
339-// If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number
339+// If @count is `-1` then the attempted read size is equal to the number
340340 // of bytes that are required to fill the buffer.
341341 func (x *BufferedInputStream) FillAsync(CountVar int, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
342342
@@ -403,15 +403,15 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamReadByte func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
403403 // during this read.
404404 //
405405 // On success, the byte read from the stream is returned. On end of stream
406-// -1 is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set.
406+// `-1` is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set.
407407 //
408-// If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
408+// If @cancellable is not `NULL`, then the operation can be cancelled by
409409 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
410-// was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
411-// operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
410+// was cancelled, the error [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.CANCELLED] will be returned.
411+// If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
412412 // partial result will be returned, without an error.
413413 //
414-// On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
414+// On error `-1` is returned and @error is set accordingly.
415415 func (x *BufferedInputStream) ReadByte(CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
416416 var cerr *glib.Error
417417
M v4/gio/gbufferedoutputstream.go +7 -8
@@ -79,20 +79,19 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
7979 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
8080 }
8181
82-// Buffered output stream implements #GFilterOutputStream and provides
82+// Buffered output stream implements [class@Gio.FilterOutputStream] and provides
8383 // for buffered writes.
8484 //
85-// By default, #GBufferedOutputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
85+// By default, `GBufferedOutputStream`'s buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
8686 //
87-// To create a buffered output stream, use g_buffered_output_stream_new(),
88-// or g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size
87+// To create a buffered output stream, use [ctor@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.new],
88+// or [ctor@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.new_sized] to specify the buffer's size
8989 // at construction.
9090 //
9191 // To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use
92-// g_buffered_output_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a
93-// buffered output stream's buffer, use
94-// g_buffered_output_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's
95-// size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
92+// [method@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.get_buffer_size]. To change the size of a
93+// buffered output stream's buffer, use [method@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.set_buffer_size].
94+// Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
9695 type BufferedOutputStream struct {
9796 FilterOutputStream
9897 }
A v4/gio/gbytesicon.go +178 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// `GBytesIcon` specifies an image held in memory in a common format (usually
13+// PNG) to be used as icon.
14+type BytesIcon struct {
15+ gobject.Object
16+}
17+
18+var xBytesIconGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func BytesIconGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xBytesIconGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func BytesIconNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BytesIcon {
25+ cls := &BytesIcon{}
26+ cls.Ptr = ptr
27+ return cls
28+}
29+
30+var xNewBytesIcon func(*glib.Bytes) uintptr
31+
32+// Creates a new icon for a bytes.
33+//
34+// This cannot fail, but loading and interpreting the bytes may fail later on
35+// (for example, if g_loadable_icon_load() is called) if the image is invalid.
36+func NewBytesIcon(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) *BytesIcon {
37+ var cls *BytesIcon
38+
39+ cret := xNewBytesIcon(BytesVar)
40+
41+ if cret == 0 {
42+ return nil
43+ }
44+ cls = &BytesIcon{}
45+ cls.Ptr = cret
46+ return cls
47+}
48+
49+var xBytesIconGetBytes func(uintptr) *glib.Bytes
50+
51+// Gets the #GBytes associated with the given @icon.
52+func (x *BytesIcon) GetBytes() *glib.Bytes {
53+
54+ cret := xBytesIconGetBytes(x.GoPointer())
55+ return cret
56+}
57+
58+func (c *BytesIcon) GoPointer() uintptr {
59+ if c == nil {
60+ return 0
61+ }
62+ return c.Ptr
63+}
64+
65+func (c *BytesIcon) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
66+ c.Ptr = ptr
67+}
68+
69+// Checks if two icons are equal.
70+func (x *BytesIcon) Equal(Icon2Var Icon) bool {
71+
72+ cret := XGIconEqual(x.GoPointer(), Icon2Var.GoPointer())
73+ return cret
74+}
75+
76+// Gets a hash for an icon.
77+func (x *BytesIcon) Hash() uint {
78+
79+ cret := XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
80+ return cret
81+}
82+
83+// Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
84+// back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
85+// As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
86+// makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine,
87+// (as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace.
88+func (x *BytesIcon) Serialize() *glib.Variant {
89+
90+ cret := XGIconSerialize(x.GoPointer())
91+ return cret
92+}
93+
94+// Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for
95+// serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or
96+// saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to
97+// get @icon back from the returned string.
98+//
99+// The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except
100+// in the following two cases
101+//
102+// - If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path
103+// (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping
104+// if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not
105+// native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri()
106+// (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`).
107+//
108+// - If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name and no fallbacks,
109+// the encoding is simply the name (such as `network-server`).
110+func (x *BytesIcon) ToString() string {
111+
112+ cret := XGIconToString(x.GoPointer())
113+ return cret
114+}
115+
116+// Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
117+// see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
118+func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
119+ var cls *InputStream
120+ var cerr *glib.Error
121+
122+ cret := XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
123+
124+ if cret == 0 {
125+ return nil, cerr
126+ }
127+ cls = &InputStream{}
128+ cls.Ptr = cret
129+ if cerr == nil {
130+ return cls, nil
131+ }
132+ return cls, cerr
133+
134+}
135+
136+// Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see
137+// g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking
138+// version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load().
139+func (x *BytesIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
140+
141+ XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
142+
143+}
144+
145+// Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
146+func (x *BytesIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error) {
147+ var cls *InputStream
148+ var cerr *glib.Error
149+
150+ cret := XGLoadableIconLoadFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, &cerr)
151+
152+ if cret == 0 {
153+ return nil, cerr
154+ }
155+ cls = &InputStream{}
156+ cls.Ptr = cret
157+ if cerr == nil {
158+ return cls, nil
159+ }
160+ return cls, cerr
161+
162+}
163+
164+func init() {
165+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
166+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
167+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
168+ if err != nil {
169+ panic(err)
170+ }
171+
172+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBytesIconGLibType, lib, "g_bytes_icon_get_type")
173+
174+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBytesIcon, lib, "g_bytes_icon_new")
175+
176+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBytesIconGetBytes, lib, "g_bytes_icon_get_bytes")
177+
178+}
M v4/gio/gcancellable.go +43 -6
@@ -180,7 +180,9 @@ func (x *CancellablePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
180180 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
181181 }
182182
183-// GCancellable is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used
183+// `GCancellable` allows operations to be cancelled.
184+//
185+// `GCancellable` is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used
184186 // throughout GIO to allow for cancellation of synchronous and
185187 // asynchronous operations.
186188 type Cancellable struct {
@@ -240,6 +242,9 @@ var xCancellableCancel func(uintptr)
240242 // cancel the operation from the same thread in which it is running,
241243 // then the operation's #GAsyncReadyCallback will not be invoked until
242244 // the application returns to the main loop.
245+//
246+// It is safe (although useless, since it will be a no-op) to call
247+// this function from a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler.
243248 func (x *Cancellable) Cancel() {
244249
245250 xCancellableCancel(x.GoPointer())
@@ -252,9 +257,14 @@ var xCancellableConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint32
252257 // signal. Also handles the race condition that may happen
253258 // if the cancellable is cancelled right before connecting.
254259 //
255-// @callback is called at most once, either directly at the
256-// time of the connect if @cancellable is already cancelled,
257-// or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread.
260+// @callback is called exactly once each time @cancellable is cancelled,
261+// either directly at the time of the connect if @cancellable is already
262+// cancelled, or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread.
263+// In case the cancellable is reset via [method@Gio.Cancellable.reset]
264+// then the callback can be called again if the @cancellable is cancelled and
265+// if it had not been previously cancelled at the time
266+// [method@Gio.Cancellable.connect] was called (e.g. if the connection actually
267+// took place, returning a non-zero value).
258268 //
259269 // @data_destroy_func will be called when the handler is
260270 // disconnected, or immediately if the cancellable is already
@@ -263,9 +273,21 @@ var xCancellableConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint32
263273 // See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this.
264274 //
265275 // Since GLib 2.40, the lock protecting @cancellable is not held when
266-// @callback is invoked. This lifts a restriction in place for
276+// @callback is invoked. This lifts a restriction in place for
267277 // earlier GLib versions which now makes it easier to write cleanup
268-// code that unconditionally invokes e.g. g_cancellable_cancel().
278+// code that unconditionally invokes e.g. [method@Gio.Cancellable.cancel].
279+// Note that since 2.82 GLib still holds a lock during the callback but it’s
280+// designed in a way that most of the [class@Gio.Cancellable] methods can be
281+// called, including [method@Gio.Cancellable.cancel] or
282+// [method@GObject.Object.unref].
283+//
284+// There are still some methods that will deadlock (by design) when
285+// called from the [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] callbacks:
286+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.connect]
287+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.disconnect]
288+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.reset]
289+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.make_pollfd]
290+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.release_fd]
269291 func (x *Cancellable) Connect(CallbackVar *gobject.Callback, DataVar uintptr, DataDestroyFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint32 {
270292
271293 cret := xCancellableConnect(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), DataVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DataDestroyFuncVar))
@@ -344,6 +366,11 @@ var xCancellableMakePollfd func(uintptr, *glib.PollFD) bool
344366 // You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for
345367 // readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done
346368 // with g_cancellable_reset().
369+//
370+// Note that in the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is
371+// currently running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
372+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
373+// deadlock.
347374 func (x *Cancellable) MakePollfd(PollfdVar *glib.PollFD) bool {
348375
349376 cret := xCancellableMakePollfd(x.GoPointer(), PollfdVar)
@@ -387,6 +414,11 @@ var xCancellableReleaseFd func(uintptr)
387414 // block scarce file descriptors until it is finalized if this function
388415 // is not called. This can cause the application to run out of file
389416 // descriptors when many #GCancellables are used at the same time.
417+//
418+// Note that in the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is
419+// currently running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
420+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
421+// deadlock.
390422 func (x *Cancellable) ReleaseFd() {
391423
392424 xCancellableReleaseFd(x.GoPointer())
@@ -406,6 +438,11 @@ var xCancellableReset func(uintptr)
406438 // is to drop the reference to a cancellable after cancelling it,
407439 // and let it die with the outstanding async operations. You should
408440 // create a fresh cancellable for further async operations.
441+//
442+// In the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is currently
443+// running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
444+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
445+// deadlock.
409446 func (x *Cancellable) Reset() {
410447
411448 xCancellableReset(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gio/gcharsetconverter.go +15 -3
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ func (x *CharsetConverterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2222 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2323 }
2424
25-// #GCharsetConverter is an implementation of #GConverter based on
26-// GIConv.
25+// `GCharsetConverter` is an implementation of [iface@Gio.Converter] based on
26+// [struct@GLib.IConv].
2727 type CharsetConverter struct {
2828 gobject.Object
2929 }
@@ -192,6 +192,18 @@ func (x *CharsetConverter) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar
192192
193193 }
194194
195+// Applies @converter to the data in @bytes.
196+func (x *CharsetConverter) ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
197+ var cerr *glib.Error
198+
199+ cret := XGConverterConvertBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar, &cerr)
200+ if cerr == nil {
201+ return cret, nil
202+ }
203+ return cret, cerr
204+
205+}
206+
195207 // Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave
196208 // as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal
197209 // state that would produce output then that output is lost.
@@ -219,7 +231,7 @@ func (x *CharsetConverter) Reset() {
219231 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
220232 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
221233 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
222-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
234+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
223235 //
224236 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
225237 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
M v4/gio/gconverter.go +22 -1
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // OverrideConvert sets the callback function.
32+// Converts data.
3233 func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult) {
3334 if cb == nil {
3435 x.xConvert = 0
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte
4041 }
4142
4243 // GetConvert gets the callback function.
44+// Converts data.
4345 func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult {
4446 if x.xConvert == 0 {
4547 return nil
@@ -52,6 +54,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint
5254 }
5355
5456 // OverrideReset sets the callback function.
57+// Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
5558 func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
5659 if cb == nil {
5760 x.xReset = 0
@@ -63,6 +66,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
6366 }
6467
6568 // GetReset gets the callback function.
69+// Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
6670 func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
6771 if x.xReset == 0 {
6872 return nil
@@ -74,7 +78,9 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
7478 }
7579 }
7680
77-// #GConverter is implemented by objects that convert
81+// `GConverter` is an interface for streaming conversions.
82+//
83+// `GConverter` is implemented by objects that convert
7884 // binary data in various ways. The conversion can be
7985 // stateful and may fail at any place.
8086 //
@@ -85,6 +91,7 @@ type Converter interface {
8591 GoPointer() uintptr
8692 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
8793 Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error)
94+ ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error)
8895 Reset()
8996 }
9097
@@ -202,6 +209,18 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []
202209
203210 }
204211
212+// Applies @converter to the data in @bytes.
213+func (x *ConverterBase) ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
214+ var cerr *glib.Error
215+
216+ cret := XGConverterConvertBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar, &cerr)
217+ if cerr == nil {
218+ return cret, nil
219+ }
220+ return cret, cerr
221+
222+}
223+
205224 // Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave
206225 // as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal
207226 // state that would produce output then that output is lost.
@@ -212,6 +231,7 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) Reset() {
212231 }
213232
214233 var XGConverterConvert func(uintptr, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint, **glib.Error) ConverterResult
234+var XGConverterConvertBytes func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
215235 var XGConverterReset func(uintptr)
216236
217237 func init() {
@@ -225,6 +245,7 @@ func init() {
225245 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xConverterGLibType, lib, "g_converter_get_type")
226246
227247 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterConvert, lib, "g_converter_convert")
248+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterConvertBytes, lib, "g_converter_convert_bytes")
228249 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterReset, lib, "g_converter_reset")
229250
230251 }
M v4/gio/gconverterinputstream.go +12 -3
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
155155 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
156156 }
157157
158-// Converter input stream implements #GInputStream and allows
158+// Converter input stream implements [class@Gio.InputStream] and allows
159159 // conversion of data of various types during reading.
160160 //
161-// As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterInputStream implements
162-// #GPollableInputStream.
161+// As of GLib 2.34, `GConverterInputStream` implements
162+// [iface@Gio.PollableInputStream].
163163 type ConverterInputStream struct {
164164 FilterInputStream
165165 }
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) CanPoll() bool {
241241 // the stream may not actually be readable even after the source
242242 // triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking()
243243 // rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback.
244+//
245+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
246+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
244247 func (x *ConverterInputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
245248
246249 cret := XGPollableInputStreamCreateSource(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer())
@@ -255,6 +258,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.S
255258 // non-blocking behavior, you should always use
256259 // g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a
257260 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking.
261+//
262+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
263+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
258264 func (x *ConverterInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
259265
260266 cret := XGPollableInputStreamIsReadable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -272,6 +278,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
272278 // if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which
273279 // may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due
274280 // to having been cancelled.
281+//
282+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
283+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
275284 func (x *ConverterInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
276285 var cerr *glib.Error
277286
M v4/gio/gconverteroutputstream.go +15 -3
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
155155 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
156156 }
157157
158-// Converter output stream implements #GOutputStream and allows
158+// Converter output stream implements [class@Gio.OutputStream] and allows
159159 // conversion of data of various types during reading.
160160 //
161-// As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterOutputStream implements
162-// #GPollableOutputStream.
161+// As of GLib 2.34, `GConverterOutputStream` implements
162+// [iface@Gio.PollableOutputStream].
163163 type ConverterOutputStream struct {
164164 FilterOutputStream
165165 }
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CanPoll() bool {
241241 // the stream may not actually be writable even after the source
242242 // triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking()
243243 // rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback.
244+//
245+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
246+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
244247 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
245248
246249 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamCreateSource(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer())
@@ -255,6 +258,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.
255258 // non-blocking behavior, you should always use
256259 // g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a
257260 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking.
261+//
262+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
263+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
258264 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) IsWritable() bool {
259265
260266 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamIsWritable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -276,6 +282,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) IsWritable() bool {
276282 // Also note that if %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying
277283 // transports like D/TLS require that you re-send the same @buffer and
278284 // @count in the next write call.
285+//
286+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
287+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
279288 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
280289 var cerr *glib.Error
281290
@@ -303,6 +312,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint
303312 // Also note that if %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying
304313 // transports like D/TLS require that you re-send the same @vectors and
305314 // @n_vectors in the next write call.
315+//
316+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
317+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
306318 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
307319 var cerr *glib.Error
308320
M v4/gio/gcredentials.go +26 -28
@@ -21,43 +21,41 @@ func (x *CredentialsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// The #GCredentials type is a reference-counted wrapper for native
25-// credentials. This information is typically used for identifying,
24+// The `GCredentials` type is a reference-counted wrapper for native
25+// credentials.
26+//
27+// The information in `GCredentials` is typically used for identifying,
2628 // authenticating and authorizing other processes.
2729 //
28-// Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the
29-// remote peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g.
30-// g_socket_get_credentials().
30+// Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the remote
31+// peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g. [method@Gio.Socket.get_credentials].
3132 //
3233 // Some operating systems supports securely sending and receiving
33-// credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see
34-// #GUnixCredentialsMessage, g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and
35-// g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() for details.
34+// credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see [class@Gio.UnixCredentialsMessage],
35+// [method@Gio.UnixConnection.send_credentials] and
36+// [method@Gio.UnixConnection.receive_credentials] for details.
3637 //
3738 // On Linux, the native credential type is a `struct ucred` - see the
38-// unix(7) man page for details. This corresponds to
39-// %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED.
39+// [`unix(7)` man page](man:unix(7)) for details. This corresponds to
40+// `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED`.
4041 //
41-// On Apple operating systems (including iOS, tvOS, and macOS),
42-// the native credential type is a `struct xucred`.
43-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_APPLE_XUCRED.
42+// On Apple operating systems (including iOS, tvOS, and macOS), the native credential
43+// type is a `struct xucred`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_APPLE_XUCRED`.
4444 //
45-// On FreeBSD, Debian GNU/kFreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd, the native
46-// credential type is a `struct cmsgcred`. This corresponds
47-// to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED.
45+// On FreeBSD, Debian GNU/kFreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd, the native credential type is a
46+// `struct cmsgcred`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED`.
4847 //
4948 // On NetBSD, the native credential type is a `struct unpcbid`.
50-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_NETBSD_UNPCBID.
49+// This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_NETBSD_UNPCBID`.
5150 //
5251 // On OpenBSD, the native credential type is a `struct sockpeercred`.
53-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED.
52+// This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED`.
5453 //
55-// On Solaris (including OpenSolaris and its derivatives), the native
56-// credential type is a `ucred_t`. This corresponds to
57-// %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_SOLARIS_UCRED.
54+// On Solaris (including OpenSolaris and its derivatives), the native credential type
55+// is a `ucred_t`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_SOLARIS_UCRED`.
5856 //
5957 // Since GLib 2.72, on Windows, the native credentials may contain the PID of a
60-// process. This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_WIN32_PID.
58+// process. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_WIN32_PID`.
6159 type Credentials struct {
6260 gobject.Object
6361 }
@@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) GetNative(NativeTypeVar CredentialsType) uintptr {
105103 return cret
106104 }
107105
108-var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int
106+var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) pid_t
109107
110108 // Tries to get the UNIX process identifier from @credentials. This
111109 // method is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -113,7 +111,7 @@ var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int
113111 // This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the
114112 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
115113 // about the UNIX process ID.
116-func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (int, error) {
114+func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (pid_t, error) {
117115 var cerr *glib.Error
118116
119117 cret := xCredentialsGetUnixPid(x.GoPointer())
@@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (int, error) {
124122
125123 }
126124
127-var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uint
125+var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uid_t
128126
129127 // Tries to get the UNIX user identifier from @credentials. This
130128 // method is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -132,7 +130,7 @@ var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uint
132130 // This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the
133131 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
134132 // about the UNIX user.
135-func (x *Credentials) GetUnixUser() (uint, error) {
133+func (x *Credentials) GetUnixUser() (uid_t, error) {
136134 var cerr *glib.Error
137135
138136 cret := xCredentialsGetUnixUser(x.GoPointer())
@@ -174,7 +172,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) SetNative(NativeTypeVar CredentialsType, NativeVar uintptr
174172
175173 }
176174
177-var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
175+var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uid_t, **glib.Error) bool
178176
179177 // Tries to set the UNIX user identifier on @credentials. This method
180178 // is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -183,7 +181,7 @@ var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
183181 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
184182 // about the UNIX user. It can also fail if the OS does not allow the
185183 // use of "spoofed" credentials.
186-func (x *Credentials) SetUnixUser(UidVar uint) (bool, error) {
184+func (x *Credentials) SetUnixUser(UidVar uid_t) (bool, error) {
187185 var cerr *glib.Error
188186
189187 cret := xCredentialsSetUnixUser(x.GoPointer(), UidVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gdatagrambased.go +36 -20
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 }
3838
3939 // OverrideReceiveMessages sets the callback function.
40+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
4041 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
4142 if cb == nil {
4243 x.xReceiveMessages = 0
@@ -48,6 +49,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased,
4849 }
4950
5051 // GetReceiveMessages gets the callback function.
52+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
5153 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
5254 if x.xReceiveMessages == 0 {
5355 return nil
@@ -60,6 +62,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []Inpu
6062 }
6163
6264 // OverrideSendMessages sets the callback function.
65+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
6366 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
6467 if cb == nil {
6568 x.xSendMessages = 0
@@ -71,6 +74,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []O
7174 }
7275
7376 // GetSendMessages gets the callback function.
77+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
7478 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
7579 if x.xSendMessages == 0 {
7680 return nil
@@ -83,6 +87,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputM
8387 }
8488
8589 // OverrideCreateSource sets the callback function.
90+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
8691 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source) {
8792 if cb == nil {
8893 x.xCreateSource = 0
@@ -94,6 +99,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, gli
9499 }
95100
96101 // GetCreateSource gets the callback function.
102+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
97103 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
98104 if x.xCreateSource == 0 {
99105 return nil
@@ -106,6 +112,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCo
106112 }
107113
108114 // OverrideConditionCheck sets the callback function.
115+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
109116 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition) {
110117 if cb == nil {
111118 x.xConditionCheck = 0
@@ -117,6 +124,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, g
117124 }
118125
119126 // GetConditionCheck gets the callback function.
127+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
120128 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition {
121129 if x.xConditionCheck == 0 {
122130 return nil
@@ -129,6 +137,9 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IO
129137 }
130138
131139 // OverrideConditionWait sets the callback function.
140+// Virtual method for
141+//
142+// g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
132143 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionWait(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, int64, *Cancellable) bool) {
133144 if cb == nil {
134145 x.xConditionWait = 0
@@ -140,6 +151,9 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionWait(cb func(DatagramBased, gl
140151 }
141152
142153 // GetConditionWait gets the callback function.
154+// Virtual method for
155+//
156+// g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
143157 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionWait() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, int64, *Cancellable) bool {
144158 if x.xConditionWait == 0 {
145159 return nil
@@ -151,52 +165,54 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionWait() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOC
151165 }
152166 }
153167
154-// A #GDatagramBased is a networking interface for representing datagram-based
168+// Interface for socket-like objects with datagram semantics.
169+//
170+// A `GDatagramBased` is a networking interface for representing datagram-based
155171 // communications. It is a more or less direct mapping of the core parts of the
156172 // BSD socket API in a portable GObject interface. It is implemented by
157-// #GSocket, which wraps the UNIX socket API on UNIX and winsock2 on Windows.
173+// [class@Gio.Socket], which wraps the UNIX socket API on UNIX and winsock2 on Windows.
158174 //
159-// #GDatagramBased is entirely platform independent, and is intended to be used
160-// alongside higher-level networking APIs such as #GIOStream.
175+// `GDatagramBased` is entirely platform independent, and is intended to be used
176+// alongside higher-level networking APIs such as [class@Gio.IOStream].
161177 //
162178 // It uses vectored scatter/gather I/O by default, allowing for many messages
163179 // to be sent or received in a single call. Where possible, implementations of
164180 // the interface should take advantage of vectored I/O to minimise processing
165-// or system calls. For example, #GSocket uses recvmmsg() and sendmmsg() where
166-// possible. Callers should take advantage of scatter/gather I/O (the use of
181+// or system calls. For example, `GSocket` uses `recvmmsg()` and `sendmmsg()`
182+// where possible. Callers should take advantage of scatter/gather I/O (the use of
167183 // multiple buffers per message) to avoid unnecessary copying of data to
168184 // assemble or disassemble a message.
169185 //
170-// Each #GDatagramBased operation has a timeout parameter which may be negative
186+// Each `GDatagramBased` operation has a timeout parameter which may be negative
171187 // for blocking behaviour, zero for non-blocking behaviour, or positive for
172188 // timeout behaviour. A blocking operation blocks until finished or there is an
173189 // error. A non-blocking operation will return immediately with a
174-// %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error if it cannot make progress. A timeout operation
190+// `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK` error if it cannot make progress. A timeout operation
175191 // will block until the operation is complete or the timeout expires; if the
176192 // timeout expires it will return what progress it made, or
177-// %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT if no progress was made. To know when a call would
178-// successfully run you can call g_datagram_based_condition_check() or
179-// g_datagram_based_condition_wait(). You can also use
180-// g_datagram_based_create_source() and attach it to a #GMainContext to get
181-// callbacks when I/O is possible.
193+// `G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT` if no progress was made. To know when a call would
194+// successfully run you can call [method@Gio.DatagramBased.condition_check] or
195+// [method@Gio.DatagramBased.condition_wait]. You can also use
196+// [method@Gio.DatagramBased.create_source] and attach it to a [struct@GLib.MainContext]
197+// to get callbacks when I/O is possible.
182198 //
183199 // When running a non-blocking operation applications should always be able to
184-// handle getting a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error even when some other function
200+// handle getting a `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK` error even when some other function
185201 // said that I/O was possible. This can easily happen in case of a race
186202 // condition in the application, but it can also happen for other reasons. For
187203 // instance, on Windows a socket is always seen as writable until a write
188-// returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK.
204+// returns `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK`.
189205 //
190-// As with #GSocket, #GDatagramBaseds can be either connection oriented (for
191-// example, SCTP) or connectionless (for example, UDP). #GDatagramBaseds must be
206+// As with `GSocket`, `GDatagramBased`s can be either connection oriented (for
207+// example, SCTP) or connectionless (for example, UDP). `GDatagramBased`s must be
192208 // datagram-based, not stream-based. The interface does not cover connection
193209 // establishment — use methods on the underlying type to establish a connection
194-// before sending and receiving data through the #GDatagramBased API. For
210+// before sending and receiving data through the `GDatagramBased` API. For
195211 // connectionless socket types the target/source address is specified or
196212 // received in each I/O operation.
197213 //
198-// Like most other APIs in GLib, #GDatagramBased is not inherently thread safe.
199-// To use a #GDatagramBased concurrently from multiple threads, you must
214+// Like most other APIs in GLib, `GDatagramBased` is not inherently thread safe.
215+// To use a `GDatagramBased` concurrently from multiple threads, you must
200216 // implement your own locking.
201217 type DatagramBased interface {
202218 GoPointer() uintptr
M v4/gio/gdatainputstream.go +2 -2
@@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
154154 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
155155 }
156156
157-// Data input stream implements #GInputStream and includes functions for
158-// reading structured data directly from a binary input stream.
157+// Data input stream implements [class@Gio.InputStream] and includes functions
158+// for reading structured data directly from a binary input stream.
159159 type DataInputStream struct {
160160 BufferedInputStream
161161 }
M v4/gio/gdataoutputstream.go +2 -2
@@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
154154 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
155155 }
156156
157-// Data output stream implements #GOutputStream and includes functions for
158-// writing data directly to an output stream.
157+// Data output stream implements [class@Gio.OutputStream] and includes functions
158+// for writing data directly to an output stream.
159159 type DataOutputStream struct {
160160 FilterOutputStream
161161 }
A v4/gio/gdbusactiongroup.go +345 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// `GDBusActionGroup` is an implementation of the [iface@Gio.ActionGroup]
13+// interface.
14+//
15+// `GDBusActionGroup` can be used as a proxy for an action group
16+// that is exported over D-Bus with [method@Gio.DBusConnection.export_action_group].
17+type DBusActionGroup struct {
18+ gobject.Object
19+}
20+
21+var xDBusActionGroupGLibType func() types.GType
22+
23+func DBusActionGroupGLibType() types.GType {
24+ return xDBusActionGroupGLibType()
25+}
26+
27+func DBusActionGroupNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusActionGroup {
28+ cls := &DBusActionGroup{}
29+ cls.Ptr = ptr
30+ return cls
31+}
32+
33+func (c *DBusActionGroup) GoPointer() uintptr {
34+ if c == nil {
35+ return 0
36+ }
37+ return c.Ptr
38+}
39+
40+func (c *DBusActionGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
41+ c.Ptr = ptr
42+}
43+
44+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
45+//
46+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
47+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
48+
49+ XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
50+
51+}
52+
53+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
54+//
55+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
56+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
57+
58+ XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
59+
60+}
61+
62+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
63+//
64+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
65+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
66+
67+ XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
68+
69+}
70+
71+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
72+//
73+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
74+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
75+
76+ XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
77+
78+}
79+
80+// Activate the named action within @action_group.
81+//
82+// If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
83+// parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
84+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
85+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
86+//
87+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
88+// activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
89+// D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
90+// order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
91+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
92+// depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
93+// the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
94+// have been activated.
95+//
96+// The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
97+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
98+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
99+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
100+// may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
101+//
102+// ```c
103+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
104+// g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
105+//
106+// // make sure the action is activated now
107+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
108+//
109+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
110+//
111+// exit (0);
112+// ```
113+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
114+
115+ XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
116+
117+}
118+
119+// Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be
120+// changed to @value.
121+//
122+// The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
123+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
124+//
125+// This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
126+// its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
127+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
128+//
129+// If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
130+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
131+
132+ XGActionGroupChangeActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ValueVar)
133+
134+}
135+
136+// Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled.
137+//
138+// An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to
139+// have its state changed from outside callers.
140+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
141+
142+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionEnabled(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+// Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
147+// the named action within @action_group.
148+//
149+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
150+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
151+// by this function.
152+//
153+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
154+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
155+//
156+// The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
157+// possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
158+// with the same name but a different parameter type.
159+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.VariantType {
160+
161+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionParameterType(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
162+ return cret
163+}
164+
165+// Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
166+//
167+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
168+// action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
169+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
170+//
171+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
172+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
173+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
174+
175+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
176+ return cret
177+}
178+
179+// Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
180+// named action within @action_group.
181+//
182+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
183+// or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
184+// state of the action.
185+//
186+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
187+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
188+// returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
189+// of valid values for the state.
190+//
191+// In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to
192+// have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
193+// within the range may fail.
194+//
195+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
196+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
197+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
198+
199+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
200+ return cret
201+}
202+
203+// Queries the type of the state of the named action within
204+// @action_group.
205+//
206+// If the action is stateful then this function returns the
207+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
208+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
209+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
210+// of the same type.
211+//
212+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
213+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
214+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
215+//
216+// The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
217+// possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
218+// with the same name but a different state type.
219+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionStateType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.VariantType {
220+
221+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateType(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+// Checks if the named action exists within @action_group.
226+func (x *DBusActionGroup) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
227+
228+ cret := XGActionGroupHasAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
229+ return cret
230+}
231+
232+// Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
233+//
234+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
235+// it is no longer required.
236+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ListActions() []string {
237+
238+ cret := XGActionGroupListActions(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
242+// Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
243+//
244+// This function acquires the information available from
245+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
246+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
247+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
248+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
249+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
250+//
251+// This provides two main benefits.
252+//
253+// The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
254+// to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
255+// different things about it. The second is that implementing
256+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
257+// function.
258+//
259+// The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
260+// calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the
261+// information. The interface also provides default implementations of
262+// those functions that call this function. All implementations,
263+// therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
264+//
265+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
266+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
267+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
268+// fields may or may not have been modified.
269+func (x *DBusActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
270+
271+ cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
272+ return cret
273+}
274+
275+// Activates the remote action.
276+//
277+// This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it
278+// allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the
279+// activation request. This typically contains details such as the user
280+// interaction timestamp or startup notification information.
281+//
282+// @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type
283+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed.
284+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActivateActionFull(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant, PlatformDataVar *glib.Variant) {
285+
286+ XGRemoteActionGroupActivateActionFull(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar, PlatformDataVar)
287+
288+}
289+
290+// Changes the state of a remote action.
291+//
292+// This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that
293+// it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the
294+// state change request. This typically contains details such as the
295+// user interaction timestamp or startup notification information.
296+//
297+// @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type
298+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed.
299+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ChangeActionStateFull(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant, PlatformDataVar *glib.Variant) {
300+
301+ XGRemoteActionGroupChangeActionStateFull(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ValueVar, PlatformDataVar)
302+
303+}
304+
305+var xDBusActionGroupGet func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
306+
307+// Obtains a #GDBusActionGroup for the action group which is exported at
308+// the given @bus_name and @object_path.
309+//
310+// The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call.
311+// All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported
312+// with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model
313+// (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with
314+// the thread default main context unchanged.
315+//
316+// This call is non-blocking. The returned action group may or may not
317+// already be filled in. The correct thing to do is connect the signals
318+// for the action group to monitor for changes and then to call
319+// g_action_group_list_actions() to get the initial list.
320+func DBusActionGroupGet(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string) *DBusActionGroup {
321+ var cls *DBusActionGroup
322+
323+ cret := xDBusActionGroupGet(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar)
324+
325+ if cret == 0 {
326+ return nil
327+ }
328+ cls = &DBusActionGroup{}
329+ cls.Ptr = cret
330+ return cls
331+}
332+
333+func init() {
334+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
335+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
336+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
337+ if err != nil {
338+ panic(err)
339+ }
340+
341+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusActionGroupGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_action_group_get_type")
342+
343+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusActionGroupGet, lib, "g_dbus_action_group_get")
344+
345+}
A v4/gio/gdbusauthobserver.go +200 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "unsafe"
6+
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+)
13+
14+// `GDBusAuthObserver` provides a mechanism for participating
15+// in how a [class@Gio.DBusServer] (or a [class@Gio.DBusConnection])
16+// authenticates remote peers.
17+//
18+// Simply instantiate a `GDBusAuthObserver` and connect to the
19+// signals you are interested in. Note that new signals may be added
20+// in the future.
21+//
22+// ## Controlling Authentication Mechanisms
23+//
24+// By default, a `GDBusServer` or server-side `GDBusConnection` will allow
25+// any authentication mechanism to be used. If you only want to allow D-Bus
26+// connections with the `EXTERNAL` mechanism, which makes use of credentials
27+// passing and is the recommended mechanism for modern Unix platforms such
28+// as Linux and the BSD family, you would use a signal handler like this:
29+//
30+// ```c
31+// static gboolean
32+// on_allow_mechanism (GDBusAuthObserver *observer,
33+//
34+// const gchar *mechanism,
35+// gpointer user_data)
36+//
37+// {
38+// if (g_strcmp0 (mechanism, "EXTERNAL") == 0)
39+// {
40+// return TRUE;
41+// }
42+//
43+// return FALSE;
44+// }
45+//
46+// ```
47+//
48+// ## Controlling Authorization
49+//
50+// By default, a `GDBusServer` or server-side `GDBusConnection` will accept
51+// connections from any successfully authenticated user (but not from
52+// anonymous connections using the `ANONYMOUS` mechanism). If you only
53+// want to allow D-Bus connections from processes owned by the same uid
54+// as the server, since GLib 2.68, you should use the
55+// `G_DBUS_SERVER_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRE_SAME_USER` flag. It’s equivalent
56+// to the following signal handler:
57+//
58+// ```c
59+// static gboolean
60+// on_authorize_authenticated_peer (GDBusAuthObserver *observer,
61+//
62+// GIOStream *stream,
63+// GCredentials *credentials,
64+// gpointer user_data)
65+//
66+// {
67+// gboolean authorized;
68+//
69+// authorized = FALSE;
70+// if (credentials != NULL)
71+// {
72+// GCredentials *own_credentials;
73+// own_credentials = g_credentials_new ();
74+// if (g_credentials_is_same_user (credentials, own_credentials, NULL))
75+// authorized = TRUE;
76+// g_object_unref (own_credentials);
77+// }
78+//
79+// return authorized;
80+// }
81+//
82+// ```
83+type DBusAuthObserver struct {
84+ gobject.Object
85+}
86+
87+var xDBusAuthObserverGLibType func() types.GType
88+
89+func DBusAuthObserverGLibType() types.GType {
90+ return xDBusAuthObserverGLibType()
91+}
92+
93+func DBusAuthObserverNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusAuthObserver {
94+ cls := &DBusAuthObserver{}
95+ cls.Ptr = ptr
96+ return cls
97+}
98+
99+var xNewDBusAuthObserver func() uintptr
100+
101+// Creates a new #GDBusAuthObserver object.
102+func NewDBusAuthObserver() *DBusAuthObserver {
103+ var cls *DBusAuthObserver
104+
105+ cret := xNewDBusAuthObserver()
106+
107+ if cret == 0 {
108+ return nil
109+ }
110+ cls = &DBusAuthObserver{}
111+ cls.Ptr = cret
112+ return cls
113+}
114+
115+var xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism func(uintptr, string) bool
116+
117+// Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::allow-mechanism signal on @observer.
118+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) AllowMechanism(MechanismVar string) bool {
119+
120+ cret := xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism(x.GoPointer(), MechanismVar)
121+ return cret
122+}
123+
124+var xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
125+
126+// Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer signal on @observer.
127+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) AuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(StreamVar *IOStream, CredentialsVar *Credentials) bool {
128+
129+ cret := xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(x.GoPointer(), StreamVar.GoPointer(), CredentialsVar.GoPointer())
130+ return cret
131+}
132+
133+func (c *DBusAuthObserver) GoPointer() uintptr {
134+ if c == nil {
135+ return 0
136+ }
137+ return c.Ptr
138+}
139+
140+func (c *DBusAuthObserver) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
141+ c.Ptr = ptr
142+}
143+
144+// Emitted to check if @mechanism is allowed to be used.
145+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) ConnectAllowMechanism(cb *func(DBusAuthObserver, string) bool) uint32 {
146+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
147+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
148+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "allow-mechanism", cbRefPtr)
149+ }
150+
151+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, MechanismVarp string) bool {
152+ fa := DBusAuthObserver{}
153+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
154+ cbFn := *cb
155+
156+ return cbFn(fa, MechanismVarp)
157+
158+ }
159+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
160+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
161+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "allow-mechanism", cbRefPtr)
162+}
163+
164+// Emitted to check if a peer that is successfully authenticated
165+// is authorized.
166+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) ConnectAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(cb *func(DBusAuthObserver, uintptr, uintptr) bool) uint32 {
167+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
168+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
169+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "authorize-authenticated-peer", cbRefPtr)
170+ }
171+
172+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StreamVarp uintptr, CredentialsVarp uintptr) bool {
173+ fa := DBusAuthObserver{}
174+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
175+ cbFn := *cb
176+
177+ return cbFn(fa, StreamVarp, CredentialsVarp)
178+
179+ }
180+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
181+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
182+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "authorize-authenticated-peer", cbRefPtr)
183+}
184+
185+func init() {
186+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
187+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
188+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
189+ if err != nil {
190+ panic(err)
191+ }
192+
193+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_get_type")
194+
195+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusAuthObserver, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_new")
196+
197+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_allow_mechanism")
198+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_authorize_authenticated_peer")
199+
200+}
M v4/gio/gdbusconnection.go +1487 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdbusinterface.go +13 -3
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 }
3232
3333 // OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
34+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
3435 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
3536 if cb == nil {
3637 x.xGetInfo = 0
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfa
4243 }
4344
4445 // GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
46+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
4547 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
4648 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
4749 return nil
@@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo
5456 }
5557
5658 // OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
59+// Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
5760 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
5861 if cb == nil {
5962 x.xGetObject = 0
@@ -69,6 +72,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
6972 }
7073
7174 // GetGetObject gets the callback function.
75+// Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
7276 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
7377 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
7478 return nil
@@ -87,6 +91,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase
8791 }
8892
8993 // OverrideSetObject sets the callback function.
94+// Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
9095 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject)) {
9196 if cb == nil {
9297 x.xSetObject = 0
@@ -98,6 +103,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject
98103 }
99104
100105 // GetSetObject gets the callback function.
106+// Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
101107 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
102108 if x.xSetObject == 0 {
103109 return nil
@@ -110,6 +116,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
110116 }
111117
112118 // OverrideDupObject sets the callback function.
119+// Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
113120 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
114121 if cb == nil {
115122 x.xDupObject = 0
@@ -125,6 +132,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
125132 }
126133
127134 // GetDupObject gets the callback function.
135+// Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
128136 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetDupObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
129137 if x.xDupObject == 0 {
130138 return nil
@@ -142,9 +150,11 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetDupObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase
142150 }
143151 }
144152
145-// The #GDBusInterface type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both
146-// on the service side (see #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton) and client side
147-// (see #GDBusProxy).
153+// Base type for D-Bus interfaces.
154+//
155+// The `GDBusInterface` type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both
156+// on the service side (see [class@Gio.DBusInterfaceSkeleton]) and client side
157+// (see [class@Gio.DBusProxy]).
148158 type DBusInterface interface {
149159 GoPointer() uintptr
150160 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gdbusinterfaceskeleton.go +10 -0
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3838 }
3939
4040 // OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
41+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
4142 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
4243 if cb == nil {
4344 x.xGetInfo = 0
@@ -49,6 +50,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
4950 }
5051
5152 // GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
53+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
5254 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
5355 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
5456 return nil
@@ -61,6 +63,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *
6163 }
6264
6365 // OverrideGetVtable sets the callback function.
66+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
6467 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable) {
6568 if cb == nil {
6669 x.xGetVtable = 0
@@ -72,6 +75,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSke
7275 }
7376
7477 // GetGetVtable gets the callback function.
78+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
7579 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable {
7680 if x.xGetVtable == 0 {
7781 return nil
@@ -84,6 +88,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)
8488 }
8589
8690 // OverrideGetProperties sets the callback function.
91+// Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
8792 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant) {
8893 if cb == nil {
8994 x.xGetProperties = 0
@@ -95,6 +100,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfac
95100 }
96101
97102 // GetGetProperties gets the callback function.
103+// Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
98104 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant {
99105 if x.xGetProperties == 0 {
100106 return nil
@@ -107,6 +113,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
107113 }
108114
109115 // OverrideFlush sets the callback function.
116+// Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
110117 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)) {
111118 if cb == nil {
112119 x.xFlush = 0
@@ -118,6 +125,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleto
118125 }
119126
120127 // GetFlush gets the callback function.
128+// Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
121129 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
122130 if x.xFlush == 0 {
123131 return nil
@@ -130,6 +138,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
130138 }
131139
132140 // OverrideGAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
141+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
133142 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
134143 if cb == nil {
135144 x.xGAuthorizeMethod = 0
@@ -141,6 +150,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInter
141150 }
142151
143152 // GetGAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
153+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
144154 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
145155 if x.xGAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
146156 return nil
M v4/gio/gdbusintrospection.go +3 -3
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceInfo) Unref() {
226226
227227 }
228228
229-// Information about a method on an D-Bus interface.
229+// Information about a method on a D-Bus interface.
230230 type DBusMethodInfo struct {
231231 _ structs.HostLayout
232232
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@ var xNewDBusNodeInfoForXml func(string, **glib.Error) *DBusNodeInfo
302302 // Parses @xml_data and returns a #GDBusNodeInfo representing the data.
303303 //
304304 // The introspection XML must contain exactly one top-level
305-// <node> element.
305+// `<node>` element.
306306 //
307307 // Note that this routine is using a
308-// [GMarkup][glib-Simple-XML-Subset-Parser.description]-based
308+// [GMarkup](../glib/markup.html)-based
309309 // parser that only accepts a subset of valid XML documents.
310310 func NewDBusNodeInfoForXml(XmlDataVar string) (*DBusNodeInfo, error) {
311311 var cerr *glib.Error
A v4/gio/gdbusmenumodel.go +75 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
8+)
9+
10+// `GDBusMenuModel` is an implementation of [class@Gio.MenuModel] that can be
11+// used as a proxy for a menu model that is exported over D-Bus with
12+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.export_menu_model].
13+type DBusMenuModel struct {
14+ MenuModel
15+}
16+
17+var xDBusMenuModelGLibType func() types.GType
18+
19+func DBusMenuModelGLibType() types.GType {
20+ return xDBusMenuModelGLibType()
21+}
22+
23+func DBusMenuModelNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusMenuModel {
24+ cls := &DBusMenuModel{}
25+ cls.Ptr = ptr
26+ return cls
27+}
28+
29+func (c *DBusMenuModel) GoPointer() uintptr {
30+ if c == nil {
31+ return 0
32+ }
33+ return c.Ptr
34+}
35+
36+func (c *DBusMenuModel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
37+ c.Ptr = ptr
38+}
39+
40+var xDBusMenuModelGet func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
41+
42+// Obtains a #GDBusMenuModel for the menu model which is exported
43+// at the given @bus_name and @object_path.
44+//
45+// The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call.
46+// All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported
47+// with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model
48+// (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with
49+// the thread default main context unchanged.
50+func DBusMenuModelGet(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string) *DBusMenuModel {
51+ var cls *DBusMenuModel
52+
53+ cret := xDBusMenuModelGet(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar)
54+
55+ if cret == 0 {
56+ return nil
57+ }
58+ cls = &DBusMenuModel{}
59+ cls.Ptr = cret
60+ return cls
61+}
62+
63+func init() {
64+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
65+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
66+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
67+ if err != nil {
68+ panic(err)
69+ }
70+
71+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMenuModelGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_menu_model_get_type")
72+
73+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMenuModelGet, lib, "g_dbus_menu_model_get")
74+
75+}
A v4/gio/gdbusmessage.go +746 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// A type for representing D-Bus messages that can be sent or received
13+// on a [class@Gio.DBusConnection].
14+type DBusMessage struct {
15+ gobject.Object
16+}
17+
18+var xDBusMessageGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func DBusMessageGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xDBusMessageGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func DBusMessageNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusMessage {
25+ cls := &DBusMessage{}
26+ cls.Ptr = ptr
27+ return cls
28+}
29+
30+var xNewDBusMessage func() uintptr
31+
32+// Creates a new empty #GDBusMessage.
33+func NewDBusMessage() *DBusMessage {
34+ var cls *DBusMessage
35+
36+ cret := xNewDBusMessage()
37+
38+ if cret == 0 {
39+ return nil
40+ }
41+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
42+ cls.Ptr = cret
43+ return cls
44+}
45+
46+var xNewDBusMessageFromBlob func([]byte, uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
47+
48+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage from the data stored at @blob. The byte
49+// order that the message was in can be retrieved using
50+// g_dbus_message_get_byte_order().
51+//
52+// If the @blob cannot be parsed, contains invalid fields, or contains invalid
53+// headers, %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT will be returned.
54+func NewDBusMessageFromBlob(BlobVar []byte, BlobLenVar uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (*DBusMessage, error) {
55+ var cls *DBusMessage
56+ var cerr *glib.Error
57+
58+ cret := xNewDBusMessageFromBlob(BlobVar, BlobLenVar, CapabilitiesVar, &cerr)
59+
60+ if cret == 0 {
61+ return nil, cerr
62+ }
63+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
64+ cls.Ptr = cret
65+ if cerr == nil {
66+ return cls, nil
67+ }
68+ return cls, cerr
69+
70+}
71+
72+var xNewDBusMessageMethodCall func(string, string, string, string) uintptr
73+
74+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a method call.
75+func NewDBusMessageMethodCall(NameVar string, PathVar string, InterfaceVar string, MethodVar string) *DBusMessage {
76+ var cls *DBusMessage
77+
78+ cret := xNewDBusMessageMethodCall(NameVar, PathVar, InterfaceVar, MethodVar)
79+
80+ if cret == 0 {
81+ return nil
82+ }
83+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
84+ cls.Ptr = cret
85+ return cls
86+}
87+
88+var xNewDBusMessageSignal func(string, string, string) uintptr
89+
90+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a signal emission.
91+func NewDBusMessageSignal(PathVar string, InterfaceVar string, SignalVar string) *DBusMessage {
92+ var cls *DBusMessage
93+
94+ cret := xNewDBusMessageSignal(PathVar, InterfaceVar, SignalVar)
95+
96+ if cret == 0 {
97+ return nil
98+ }
99+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
100+ cls.Ptr = cret
101+ return cls
102+}
103+
104+var xDBusMessageCopy func(uintptr) uintptr
105+
106+// Copies @message. The copy is a deep copy and the returned
107+// #GDBusMessage is completely identical except that it is guaranteed
108+// to not be locked.
109+//
110+// This operation can fail if e.g. @message contains file descriptors
111+// and the per-process or system-wide open files limit is reached.
112+func (x *DBusMessage) Copy() (*DBusMessage, error) {
113+ var cls *DBusMessage
114+ var cerr *glib.Error
115+
116+ cret := xDBusMessageCopy(x.GoPointer())
117+
118+ if cret == 0 {
119+ return nil, cerr
120+ }
121+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
122+ cls.Ptr = cret
123+ if cerr == nil {
124+ return cls, nil
125+ }
126+ return cls, cerr
127+
128+}
129+
130+var xDBusMessageGetArg0 func(uintptr) string
131+
132+// Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message.
133+//
134+// See [method@Gio.DBusMessage.get_arg0_path] for returning object-path-typed
135+// arg0 values.
136+func (x *DBusMessage) GetArg0() string {
137+
138+ cret := xDBusMessageGetArg0(x.GoPointer())
139+ return cret
140+}
141+
142+var xDBusMessageGetArg0Path func(uintptr) string
143+
144+// Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message.
145+//
146+// See [method@Gio.DBusMessage.get_arg0] for returning string-typed arg0 values.
147+func (x *DBusMessage) GetArg0Path() string {
148+
149+ cret := xDBusMessageGetArg0Path(x.GoPointer())
150+ return cret
151+}
152+
153+var xDBusMessageGetBody func(uintptr) *glib.Variant
154+
155+// Gets the body of a message.
156+func (x *DBusMessage) GetBody() *glib.Variant {
157+
158+ cret := xDBusMessageGetBody(x.GoPointer())
159+ return cret
160+}
161+
162+var xDBusMessageGetByteOrder func(uintptr) DBusMessageByteOrder
163+
164+// Gets the byte order of @message.
165+func (x *DBusMessage) GetByteOrder() DBusMessageByteOrder {
166+
167+ cret := xDBusMessageGetByteOrder(x.GoPointer())
168+ return cret
169+}
170+
171+var xDBusMessageGetDestination func(uintptr) string
172+
173+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field.
174+func (x *DBusMessage) GetDestination() string {
175+
176+ cret := xDBusMessageGetDestination(x.GoPointer())
177+ return cret
178+}
179+
180+var xDBusMessageGetErrorName func(uintptr) string
181+
182+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field.
183+func (x *DBusMessage) GetErrorName() string {
184+
185+ cret := xDBusMessageGetErrorName(x.GoPointer())
186+ return cret
187+}
188+
189+var xDBusMessageGetFlags func(uintptr) DBusMessageFlags
190+
191+// Gets the flags for @message.
192+func (x *DBusMessage) GetFlags() DBusMessageFlags {
193+
194+ cret := xDBusMessageGetFlags(x.GoPointer())
195+ return cret
196+}
197+
198+var xDBusMessageGetHeader func(uintptr, DBusMessageHeaderField) *glib.Variant
199+
200+// Gets a header field on @message.
201+//
202+// The caller is responsible for checking the type of the returned #GVariant
203+// matches what is expected.
204+func (x *DBusMessage) GetHeader(HeaderFieldVar DBusMessageHeaderField) *glib.Variant {
205+
206+ cret := xDBusMessageGetHeader(x.GoPointer(), HeaderFieldVar)
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+var xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields func(uintptr) uintptr
211+
212+// Gets an array of all header fields on @message that are set.
213+func (x *DBusMessage) GetHeaderFields() uintptr {
214+
215+ cret := xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields(x.GoPointer())
216+ return cret
217+}
218+
219+var xDBusMessageGetInterface func(uintptr) string
220+
221+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field.
222+func (x *DBusMessage) GetInterface() string {
223+
224+ cret := xDBusMessageGetInterface(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
228+var xDBusMessageGetLocked func(uintptr) bool
229+
230+// Checks whether @message is locked. To monitor changes to this
231+// value, conncet to the #GObject::notify signal to listen for changes
232+// on the #GDBusMessage:locked property.
233+func (x *DBusMessage) GetLocked() bool {
234+
235+ cret := xDBusMessageGetLocked(x.GoPointer())
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+var xDBusMessageGetMember func(uintptr) string
240+
241+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field.
242+func (x *DBusMessage) GetMember() string {
243+
244+ cret := xDBusMessageGetMember(x.GoPointer())
245+ return cret
246+}
247+
248+var xDBusMessageGetMessageType func(uintptr) DBusMessageType
249+
250+// Gets the type of @message.
251+func (x *DBusMessage) GetMessageType() DBusMessageType {
252+
253+ cret := xDBusMessageGetMessageType(x.GoPointer())
254+ return cret
255+}
256+
257+var xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds func(uintptr) uint32
258+
259+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field.
260+func (x *DBusMessage) GetNumUnixFds() uint32 {
261+
262+ cret := xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds(x.GoPointer())
263+ return cret
264+}
265+
266+var xDBusMessageGetPath func(uintptr) string
267+
268+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field.
269+func (x *DBusMessage) GetPath() string {
270+
271+ cret := xDBusMessageGetPath(x.GoPointer())
272+ return cret
273+}
274+
275+var xDBusMessageGetReplySerial func(uintptr) uint32
276+
277+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field.
278+func (x *DBusMessage) GetReplySerial() uint32 {
279+
280+ cret := xDBusMessageGetReplySerial(x.GoPointer())
281+ return cret
282+}
283+
284+var xDBusMessageGetSender func(uintptr) string
285+
286+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field.
287+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSender() string {
288+
289+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSender(x.GoPointer())
290+ return cret
291+}
292+
293+var xDBusMessageGetSerial func(uintptr) uint32
294+
295+// Gets the serial for @message.
296+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSerial() uint32 {
297+
298+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSerial(x.GoPointer())
299+ return cret
300+}
301+
302+var xDBusMessageGetSignature func(uintptr) string
303+
304+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field.
305+//
306+// This will always be non-%NULL, but may be an empty string.
307+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSignature() string {
308+
309+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSignature(x.GoPointer())
310+ return cret
311+}
312+
313+var xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList func(uintptr) uintptr
314+
315+// Gets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message, if any.
316+//
317+// This method is only available on UNIX.
318+//
319+// The file descriptors normally correspond to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE
320+// values in the body of the message. For example,
321+// if g_variant_get_handle() returns 5, that is intended to be a reference
322+// to the file descriptor that can be accessed by
323+// `g_unix_fd_list_get (list, 5, ...)`.
324+func (x *DBusMessage) GetUnixFdList() *UnixFDList {
325+ var cls *UnixFDList
326+
327+ cret := xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList(x.GoPointer())
328+
329+ if cret == 0 {
330+ return nil
331+ }
332+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
333+ cls = &UnixFDList{}
334+ cls.Ptr = cret
335+ return cls
336+}
337+
338+var xDBusMessageLock func(uintptr)
339+
340+// If @message is locked, does nothing. Otherwise locks the message.
341+func (x *DBusMessage) Lock() {
342+
343+ xDBusMessageLock(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+}
346+
347+var xDBusMessageNewMethodError func(uintptr, string, string, ...interface{}) uintptr
348+
349+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message.
350+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodError(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageFormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *DBusMessage {
351+ var cls *DBusMessage
352+
353+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodError(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageFormatVar, varArgs...)
354+
355+ if cret == 0 {
356+ return nil
357+ }
358+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
359+ cls.Ptr = cret
360+ return cls
361+}
362+
363+var xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
364+
365+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message.
366+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodErrorLiteral(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageVar string) *DBusMessage {
367+ var cls *DBusMessage
368+
369+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageVar)
370+
371+ if cret == 0 {
372+ return nil
373+ }
374+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
375+ cls.Ptr = cret
376+ return cls
377+}
378+
379+var xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist func(uintptr, string, string, []interface{}) uintptr
380+
381+// Like g_dbus_message_new_method_error() but intended for language bindings.
382+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodErrorValist(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageFormatVar string, VarArgsVar []interface{}) *DBusMessage {
383+ var cls *DBusMessage
384+
385+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageFormatVar, VarArgsVar)
386+
387+ if cret == 0 {
388+ return nil
389+ }
390+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
391+ cls.Ptr = cret
392+ return cls
393+}
394+
395+var xDBusMessageNewMethodReply func(uintptr) uintptr
396+
397+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is a reply to @method_call_message.
398+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodReply() *DBusMessage {
399+ var cls *DBusMessage
400+
401+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodReply(x.GoPointer())
402+
403+ if cret == 0 {
404+ return nil
405+ }
406+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
407+ cls.Ptr = cret
408+ return cls
409+}
410+
411+var xDBusMessagePrint func(uintptr, uint) string
412+
413+// Produces a human-readable multi-line description of @message.
414+//
415+// The contents of the description has no ABI guarantees, the contents
416+// and formatting is subject to change at any time. Typical output
417+// looks something like this:
418+// ```
419+// Flags: none
420+// Version: 0
421+// Serial: 4
422+// Headers:
423+//
424+// path -> objectpath '/org/gtk/GDBus/TestObject'
425+// interface -> 'org.gtk.GDBus.TestInterface'
426+// member -> 'GimmeStdout'
427+// destination -> ':1.146'
428+//
429+// Body: ()
430+// UNIX File Descriptors:
431+//
432+// (none)
433+//
434+// ```
435+// or
436+// ```
437+// Flags: no-reply-expected
438+// Version: 0
439+// Serial: 477
440+// Headers:
441+//
442+// reply-serial -> uint32 4
443+// destination -> ':1.159'
444+// sender -> ':1.146'
445+// num-unix-fds -> uint32 1
446+//
447+// Body: ()
448+// UNIX File Descriptors:
449+//
450+// fd 12: dev=0:10,mode=020620,ino=5,uid=500,gid=5,rdev=136:2,size=0,atime=1273085037,mtime=1273085851,ctime=1272982635
451+//
452+// ```
453+func (x *DBusMessage) Print(IndentVar uint) string {
454+
455+ cret := xDBusMessagePrint(x.GoPointer(), IndentVar)
456+ return cret
457+}
458+
459+var xDBusMessageSetBody func(uintptr, *glib.Variant)
460+
461+// Sets the body @message. As a side-effect the
462+// %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field is set to the
463+// type string of @body (or cleared if @body is %NULL).
464+//
465+// If @body is floating, @message assumes ownership of @body.
466+func (x *DBusMessage) SetBody(BodyVar *glib.Variant) {
467+
468+ xDBusMessageSetBody(x.GoPointer(), BodyVar)
469+
470+}
471+
472+var xDBusMessageSetByteOrder func(uintptr, DBusMessageByteOrder)
473+
474+// Sets the byte order of @message.
475+func (x *DBusMessage) SetByteOrder(ByteOrderVar DBusMessageByteOrder) {
476+
477+ xDBusMessageSetByteOrder(x.GoPointer(), ByteOrderVar)
478+
479+}
480+
481+var xDBusMessageSetDestination func(uintptr, string)
482+
483+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field.
484+func (x *DBusMessage) SetDestination(ValueVar string) {
485+
486+ xDBusMessageSetDestination(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
487+
488+}
489+
490+var xDBusMessageSetErrorName func(uintptr, string)
491+
492+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field.
493+func (x *DBusMessage) SetErrorName(ValueVar string) {
494+
495+ xDBusMessageSetErrorName(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
496+
497+}
498+
499+var xDBusMessageSetFlags func(uintptr, DBusMessageFlags)
500+
501+// Sets the flags to set on @message.
502+func (x *DBusMessage) SetFlags(FlagsVar DBusMessageFlags) {
503+
504+ xDBusMessageSetFlags(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar)
505+
506+}
507+
508+var xDBusMessageSetHeader func(uintptr, DBusMessageHeaderField, *glib.Variant)
509+
510+// Sets a header field on @message.
511+//
512+// If @value is floating, @message assumes ownership of @value.
513+func (x *DBusMessage) SetHeader(HeaderFieldVar DBusMessageHeaderField, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
514+
515+ xDBusMessageSetHeader(x.GoPointer(), HeaderFieldVar, ValueVar)
516+
517+}
518+
519+var xDBusMessageSetInterface func(uintptr, string)
520+
521+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field.
522+func (x *DBusMessage) SetInterface(ValueVar string) {
523+
524+ xDBusMessageSetInterface(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
525+
526+}
527+
528+var xDBusMessageSetMember func(uintptr, string)
529+
530+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field.
531+func (x *DBusMessage) SetMember(ValueVar string) {
532+
533+ xDBusMessageSetMember(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
534+
535+}
536+
537+var xDBusMessageSetMessageType func(uintptr, DBusMessageType)
538+
539+// Sets @message to be of @type.
540+func (x *DBusMessage) SetMessageType(TypeVar DBusMessageType) {
541+
542+ xDBusMessageSetMessageType(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar)
543+
544+}
545+
546+var xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds func(uintptr, uint32)
547+
548+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field.
549+func (x *DBusMessage) SetNumUnixFds(ValueVar uint32) {
550+
551+ xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
552+
553+}
554+
555+var xDBusMessageSetPath func(uintptr, string)
556+
557+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field.
558+func (x *DBusMessage) SetPath(ValueVar string) {
559+
560+ xDBusMessageSetPath(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
561+
562+}
563+
564+var xDBusMessageSetReplySerial func(uintptr, uint32)
565+
566+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field.
567+func (x *DBusMessage) SetReplySerial(ValueVar uint32) {
568+
569+ xDBusMessageSetReplySerial(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
570+
571+}
572+
573+var xDBusMessageSetSender func(uintptr, string)
574+
575+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field.
576+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSender(ValueVar string) {
577+
578+ xDBusMessageSetSender(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
579+
580+}
581+
582+var xDBusMessageSetSerial func(uintptr, uint32)
583+
584+// Sets the serial for @message.
585+//
586+// The [D-Bus specification](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-messages)
587+// does not allow the @serial to be zero.
588+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSerial(SerialVar uint32) {
589+
590+ xDBusMessageSetSerial(x.GoPointer(), SerialVar)
591+
592+}
593+
594+var xDBusMessageSetSignature func(uintptr, string)
595+
596+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field.
597+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSignature(ValueVar string) {
598+
599+ xDBusMessageSetSignature(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
600+
601+}
602+
603+var xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList func(uintptr, uintptr)
604+
605+// Sets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message. As a
606+// side-effect the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header
607+// field is set to the number of fds in @fd_list (or cleared if
608+// @fd_list is %NULL).
609+//
610+// This method is only available on UNIX.
611+//
612+// When designing D-Bus APIs that are intended to be interoperable,
613+// please note that non-GDBus implementations of D-Bus can usually only
614+// access file descriptors if they are referenced by a value of type
615+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE in the body of the message.
616+func (x *DBusMessage) SetUnixFdList(FdListVar *UnixFDList) {
617+
618+ xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList(x.GoPointer(), FdListVar.GoPointer())
619+
620+}
621+
622+var xDBusMessageToBlob func(uintptr, uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
623+
624+// Serializes @message to a blob. The byte order returned by
625+// g_dbus_message_get_byte_order() will be used.
626+func (x *DBusMessage) ToBlob(OutSizeVar uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (uintptr, error) {
627+ var cerr *glib.Error
628+
629+ cret := xDBusMessageToBlob(x.GoPointer(), OutSizeVar, CapabilitiesVar, &cerr)
630+ if cerr == nil {
631+ return cret, nil
632+ }
633+ return cret, cerr
634+
635+}
636+
637+var xDBusMessageToGerror func(uintptr) bool
638+
639+// If @message is not of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR does
640+// nothing and returns %FALSE.
641+//
642+// Otherwise this method encodes the error in @message as a #GError
643+// using g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() using the information in the
644+// %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field of @message as
645+// well as the first string item in @message's body.
646+func (x *DBusMessage) ToGerror() (bool, error) {
647+ var cerr *glib.Error
648+
649+ cret := xDBusMessageToGerror(x.GoPointer())
650+ if cerr == nil {
651+ return cret, nil
652+ }
653+ return cret, cerr
654+
655+}
656+
657+func (c *DBusMessage) GoPointer() uintptr {
658+ if c == nil {
659+ return 0
660+ }
661+ return c.Ptr
662+}
663+
664+func (c *DBusMessage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
665+ c.Ptr = ptr
666+}
667+
668+var xDBusMessageBytesNeeded func([]byte, uint, **glib.Error) int
669+
670+// Utility function to calculate how many bytes are needed to
671+// completely deserialize the D-Bus message stored at @blob.
672+func DBusMessageBytesNeeded(BlobVar []byte, BlobLenVar uint) (int, error) {
673+ var cerr *glib.Error
674+
675+ cret := xDBusMessageBytesNeeded(BlobVar, BlobLenVar, &cerr)
676+ if cerr == nil {
677+ return cret, nil
678+ }
679+ return cret, cerr
680+
681+}
682+
683+func init() {
684+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
685+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
686+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
687+ if err != nil {
688+ panic(err)
689+ }
690+
691+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_type")
692+
693+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessage, lib, "g_dbus_message_new")
694+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageFromBlob, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_from_blob")
695+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageMethodCall, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_call")
696+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageSignal, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_signal")
697+
698+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageCopy, lib, "g_dbus_message_copy")
699+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetArg0, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_arg0")
700+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetArg0Path, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_arg0_path")
701+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetBody, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_body")
702+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetByteOrder, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_byte_order")
703+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetDestination, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_destination")
704+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetErrorName, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_error_name")
705+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetFlags, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_flags")
706+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetHeader, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_header")
707+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_header_fields")
708+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetInterface, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_interface")
709+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetLocked, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_locked")
710+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetMember, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_member")
711+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetMessageType, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_message_type")
712+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_num_unix_fds")
713+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetPath, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_path")
714+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetReplySerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_reply_serial")
715+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSender, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_sender")
716+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_serial")
717+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSignature, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_signature")
718+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_unix_fd_list")
719+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageLock, lib, "g_dbus_message_lock")
720+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodError, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error")
721+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error_literal")
722+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error_valist")
723+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodReply, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_reply")
724+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessagePrint, lib, "g_dbus_message_print")
725+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetBody, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_body")
726+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetByteOrder, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_byte_order")
727+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetDestination, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_destination")
728+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetErrorName, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_error_name")
729+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetFlags, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_flags")
730+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetHeader, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_header")
731+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetInterface, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_interface")
732+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetMember, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_member")
733+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetMessageType, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_message_type")
734+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_num_unix_fds")
735+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetPath, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_path")
736+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetReplySerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_reply_serial")
737+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSender, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_sender")
738+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_serial")
739+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSignature, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_signature")
740+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_unix_fd_list")
741+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageToBlob, lib, "g_dbus_message_to_blob")
742+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageToGerror, lib, "g_dbus_message_to_gerror")
743+
744+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageBytesNeeded, lib, "g_dbus_message_bytes_needed")
745+
746+}
M v4/gio/gdbusmethodinvocation.go +371 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdbusnameowning.go +31 -29
@@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ type BusNameLostCallback func(uintptr, string, uintptr)
1919
2020 var xBusOwnName func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint
2121
22-// Starts acquiring @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls
23-// @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when the name is
24-// acquired respectively lost. Callbacks will be invoked in the
25-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
22+// Requests ownership of @name on the bus specified by @bus_type.
23+//
24+// It asynchronously calls @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when
25+// the name is acquired and lost, respectively.
26+//
27+// Callbacks will be invoked in the thread-default
28+// main context (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
2629 // of the thread you are calling this function from.
2730 //
2831 // You are guaranteed that one of the @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler
29-// callbacks will be invoked after calling this function - there are three
32+// callbacks will be invoked after calling this function — there are three
3033 // possible cases:
3134 //
32-// - @name_lost_handler with a %NULL connection (if a connection to the bus
33-// can't be made).
34-//
35-// - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can't be
36-// obtained)
37-//
35+// - @name_lost_handler with a `NULL` connection (if a connection to the bus
36+// can’t be made).
37+// - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can’t be
38+// obtained).
3839 // - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_acquired_handler (if the name was
3940 // obtained).
4041 //
41-// When you are done owning the name, just call g_bus_unown_name()
42-// with the owner id this function returns.
42+// When you are done owning the name, call [func@Gio.bus_unown_name] with the
43+// owner ID this function returns.
4344 //
4445 // If the name is acquired or lost (for example another application
4546 // could acquire the name if you allow replacement or the application
4647 // currently owning the name exits), the handlers are also invoked.
47-// If the #GDBusConnection that is used for attempting to own the name
48+// If the [class@Gio.DBusConnection] that is used for attempting to own the name
4849 // closes, then @name_lost_handler is invoked since it is no longer
4950 // possible for other processes to access the process.
5051 //
51-// You cannot use g_bus_own_name() several times for the same name (unless
52-// interleaved with calls to g_bus_unown_name()) - only the first call
52+// You cannot use [func@Gio.bus_own_name] several times for the same name (unless
53+// interleaved with calls to [func@Gio.bus_unown_name]) — only the first call
5354 // will work.
5455 //
5556 // Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_acquired_handler
@@ -58,14 +59,14 @@ var xBusOwnName func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintp
5859 // guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it
5960 // will be @name_lost_handler. The reverse is also true.
6061 //
61-// If you plan on exporting objects (using e.g.
62-// g_dbus_connection_register_object()), note that it is generally too late
62+// If you plan on exporting objects (using, for example,
63+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.register_object]), note that it is generally too late
6364 // to export the objects in @name_acquired_handler. Instead, you can do this
6465 // in @bus_acquired_handler since you are guaranteed that this will run
6566 // before @name is requested from the bus.
6667 //
67-// This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that wants
68-// to [own names][gdbus-owning-names] and export objects.
68+// This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that want
69+// to [own names](dbus-name-owning.html#d-bus-name-owning) and export objects.
6970 // Simply register objects to be exported in @bus_acquired_handler and
7071 // unregister the objects (if any) in @name_lost_handler.
7172 func BusOwnName(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, BusAcquiredHandlerVar *BusAcquiredCallback, NameAcquiredHandlerVar *BusNameAcquiredCallback, NameLostHandlerVar *BusNameLostCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, UserDataFreeFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint {
@@ -76,8 +77,8 @@ func BusOwnName(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags,
7677
7778 var xBusOwnNameOnConnection func(uintptr, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint
7879
79-// Like g_bus_own_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a
80-// #GBusType.
80+// Like [func@Gio.bus_own_name] but takes a [class@Gio.DBusConnection] instead
81+// of a [enum@Gio.BusType].
8182 func BusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, NameAcquiredHandlerVar *BusNameAcquiredCallback, NameLostHandlerVar *BusNameLostCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, UserDataFreeFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint {
8283
8384 cret := xBusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), NameVar, FlagsVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(NameAcquiredHandlerVar), glib.NewCallbackNullable(NameLostHandlerVar), UserDataVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(UserDataFreeFuncVar))
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ func BusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, Flags
8687
8788 var xBusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures func(uintptr, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure) uint
8889
89-// Version of g_bus_own_name_on_connection() using closures instead of
90+// Version of [func@Gio.bus_own_name_on_connection] using closures instead of
9091 // callbacks for easier binding in other languages.
9192 func BusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, NameAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameLostClosureVar *gobject.Closure) uint {
9293
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ func BusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar s
9697
9798 var xBusOwnNameWithClosures func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure) uint
9899
99-// Version of g_bus_own_name() using closures instead of callbacks for
100+// Version of [func@Gio.bus_own_name using closures instead of callbacks for
100101 // easier binding in other languages.
101102 func BusOwnNameWithClosures(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, BusAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameLostClosureVar *gobject.Closure) uint {
102103
@@ -109,11 +110,12 @@ var xBusUnownName func(uint)
109110 // Stops owning a name.
110111 //
111112 // Note that there may still be D-Bus traffic to process (relating to owning
112-// and unowning the name) in the current thread-default #GMainContext after
113-// this function has returned. You should continue to iterate the #GMainContext
114-// until the #GDestroyNotify function passed to g_bus_own_name() is called, in
115-// order to avoid memory leaks through callbacks queued on the #GMainContext
116-// after it’s stopped being iterated.
113+// and unowning the name) in the current thread-default
114+// [struct@GLib.MainContext] after this function has returned. You should
115+// continue to iterate the [struct@GLib.MainContext] until the
116+// [callback@GLib.DestroyNotify] function passed to [func@Gio.bus_own_name] is
117+// called, in order to avoid memory leaks through callbacks queued on the
118+// [struct@GLib.MainContext] after it’s stopped being iterated.
117119 func BusUnownName(OwnerIdVar uint) {
118120
119121 xBusUnownName(OwnerIdVar)
M v4/gio/gdbusnamewatching.go +3 -3
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ var xBusWatchName func(BusType, string, BusNameWatcherFlags, uintptr, uintptr, u
3939 // Starts watching @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls
4040 // @name_appeared_handler and @name_vanished_handler when the name is
4141 // known to have an owner respectively known to lose its
42-// owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the
43-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
42+// owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the thread-default main context
43+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
4444 // of the thread you are calling this function from.
4545 //
4646 // You are guaranteed that one of the handlers will be invoked after
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ var xBusWatchName func(BusType, string, BusNameWatcherFlags, uintptr, uintptr, u
6161 // will be @name_vanished_handler. The reverse is also true.
6262 //
6363 // This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that want
64-// to take action when a certain [name exists][gdbus-watching-names].
64+// to take action when a certain [name exists](dbus-name-watching.html#d-bus-name-watching).
6565 // Basically, the application should create object proxies in
6666 // @name_appeared_handler and destroy them again (if any) in
6767 // @name_vanished_handler.
M v4/gio/gdbusobject.go +13 -3
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 }
3434
3535 // OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
36+// Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
3637 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
3738 if cb == nil {
3839 x.xGetObjectPath = 0
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
4445 }
4546
4647 // GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
48+// Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
4749 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
4850 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
4951 return nil
@@ -56,6 +58,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
5658 }
5759
5860 // OverrideGetInterfaces sets the callback function.
61+// Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
5962 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List) {
6063 if cb == nil {
6164 x.xGetInterfaces = 0
@@ -67,6 +70,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List)
6770 }
6871
6972 // GetGetInterfaces gets the callback function.
73+// Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
7074 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
7175 if x.xGetInterfaces == 0 {
7276 return nil
@@ -79,6 +83,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
7983 }
8084
8185 // OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
86+// Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
8287 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
8388 if cb == nil {
8489 x.xGetInterface = 0
@@ -94,6 +99,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBus
9499 }
95100
96101 // GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
102+// Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
97103 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
98104 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
99105 return nil
@@ -112,6 +118,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterf
112118 }
113119
114120 // OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
121+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
115122 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
116123 if cb == nil {
117124 x.xInterfaceAdded = 0
@@ -123,6 +130,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterfa
123130 }
124131
125132 // GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
133+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
126134 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
127135 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
128136 return nil
@@ -135,6 +143,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
135143 }
136144
137145 // OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
146+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
138147 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
139148 if cb == nil {
140149 x.xInterfaceRemoved = 0
@@ -146,6 +155,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInter
146155 }
147156
148157 // GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
158+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
149159 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
150160 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
151161 return nil
@@ -157,9 +167,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)
157167 }
158168 }
159169
160-// The #GDBusObject type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both
161-// the service side (see #GDBusObjectSkeleton) and the client side
162-// (see #GDBusObjectProxy). It is essentially just a container of
170+// The `GDBusObject` type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both
171+// the service side (see [class@Gio.DBusObjectSkeleton]) and the client side
172+// (see [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy]). It is essentially just a container of
163173 // interfaces.
164174 type DBusObject interface {
165175 GoPointer() uintptr
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanager.go +20 -4
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 }
4040
4141 // OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
42+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
4243 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager) string) {
4344 if cb == nil {
4445 x.xGetObjectPath = 0
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager
5051 }
5152
5253 // GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
54+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
5355 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) string {
5456 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
5557 return nil
@@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) stri
6264 }
6365
6466 // OverrideGetObjects sets the callback function.
67+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
6568 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List) {
6669 if cb == nil {
6770 x.xGetObjects = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetObjects gets the callback function.
79+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
7680 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List {
7781 if x.xGetObjects == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -85,6 +89,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.L
8589 }
8690
8791 // OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
92+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
8893 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase) {
8994 if cb == nil {
9095 x.xGetObject = 0
@@ -100,6 +105,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, st
100105 }
101106
102107 // GetGetObject gets the callback function.
108+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
103109 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase {
104110 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
105111 return nil
@@ -118,6 +124,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string)
118124 }
119125
120126 // OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
127+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
121128 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
122129 if cb == nil {
123130 x.xGetInterface = 0
@@ -133,6 +140,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
133140 }
134141
135142 // GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
143+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
136144 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
137145 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
138146 return nil
@@ -151,6 +159,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, strin
151159 }
152160
153161 // OverrideObjectAdded sets the callback function.
162+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
154163 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
155164 if cb == nil {
156165 x.xObjectAdded = 0
@@ -162,6 +171,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
162171 }
163172
164173 // GetObjectAdded gets the callback function.
174+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
165175 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
166176 if x.xObjectAdded == 0 {
167177 return nil
@@ -174,6 +184,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusOb
174184 }
175185
176186 // OverrideObjectRemoved sets the callback function.
187+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
177188 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
178189 if cb == nil {
179190 x.xObjectRemoved = 0
@@ -185,6 +196,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager
185196 }
186197
187198 // GetObjectRemoved gets the callback function.
199+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
188200 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
189201 if x.xObjectRemoved == 0 {
190202 return nil
@@ -197,6 +209,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBus
197209 }
198210
199211 // OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
212+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
200213 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
201214 if cb == nil {
202215 x.xInterfaceAdded = 0
@@ -208,6 +221,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManage
208221 }
209222
210223 // GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
224+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
211225 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
212226 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
213227 return nil
@@ -220,6 +234,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBu
220234 }
221235
222236 // OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
237+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
223238 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
224239 if cb == nil {
225240 x.xInterfaceRemoved = 0
@@ -231,6 +246,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectMana
231246 }
232247
233248 // GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
249+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
234250 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
235251 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
236252 return nil
@@ -242,13 +258,13 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, D
242258 }
243259 }
244260
245-// The #GDBusObjectManager type is the base type for service- and
261+// The `GDBusObjectManager` type is the base type for service- and
246262 // client-side implementations of the standardized
247-// [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
263+// [`org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
248264 // interface.
249265 //
250-// See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side implementation
251-// and #GDBusObjectManagerServer for the service-side implementation.
266+// See [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient] for the client-side implementation
267+// and [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerServer] for the service-side implementation.
252268 type DBusObjectManager interface {
253269 GoPointer() uintptr
254270 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerclient.go +69 -62
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 }
3131
3232 // OverrideInterfaceProxySignal sets the callback function.
33+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
3334 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant)) {
3435 if cb == nil {
3536 x.xInterfaceProxySignal = 0
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBu
4142 }
4243
4344 // GetInterfaceProxySignal gets the callback function.
45+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
4446 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant) {
4547 if x.xInterfaceProxySignal == 0 {
4648 return nil
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjec
5355 }
5456
5557 // OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
58+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
5659 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string)) {
5760 if cb == nil {
5861 x.xInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged = 0
@@ -64,6 +67,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(c
6467 }
6568
6669 // GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
70+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
6771 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string) {
6872 if x.xInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged == 0 {
6973 return nil
@@ -83,79 +87,82 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
8387 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
8488 }
8589
86-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to create, monitor and delete object
87-// proxies for remote objects exported by a #GDBusObjectManagerServer (or any
88-// code implementing the
90+// `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is used to create, monitor and delete object
91+// proxies for remote objects exported by a [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerServer]
92+// (or any code implementing the
8993 // [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
9094 // interface).
9195 //
9296 // Once an instance of this type has been created, you can connect to
93-// the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added and
94-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals and inspect the
95-// #GDBusObjectProxy objects returned by
96-// g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
97+// the [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-added] and
98+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-removed signals] and inspect the
99+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] objects returned by
100+// [method@Gio.DBusObjectManager.get_objects].
97101 //
98-// If the name for a #GDBusObjectManagerClient is not owned by anyone at
102+// If the name for a `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is not owned by anyone at
99103 // object construction time, the default behavior is to request the
100104 // message bus to launch an owner for the name. This behavior can be
101-// disabled using the %G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START
102-// flag. It's also worth noting that this only works if the name of
105+// disabled using the `G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START`
106+// flag. It’s also worth noting that this only works if the name of
103107 // interest is activatable in the first place. E.g. in some cases it
104108 // is not possible to launch an owner for the requested name. In this
105-// case, #GDBusObjectManagerClient object construction still succeeds but
109+// case, `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object construction still succeeds but
106110 // there will be no object proxies
107-// (e.g. g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects() returns the empty list) and
108-// the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property is %NULL.
111+// (e.g. [method@Gio.DBusObjectManager.get_objects] returns the empty list) and
112+// the [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] property is `NULL`.
109113 //
110114 // The owner of the requested name can come and go (for example
111-// consider a system service being restarted) – #GDBusObjectManagerClient
112-// handles this case too; simply connect to the #GObject::notify
113-// signal to watch for changes on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner
114-// property. When the name owner vanishes, the behavior is that
115-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is set to %NULL (this includes
116-// emission of the #GObject::notify signal) and then
117-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals are synthesized
115+// consider a system service being restarted) – `GDBusObjectManagerClient`
116+// handles this case too; simply connect to the [signal@GObject.Object::notify]
117+// signal to watch for changes on the
118+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] property. When the name
119+// owner vanishes, the behavior is that
120+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is set to `NULL` (this
121+// includes emission of the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal) and then
122+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-removed] signals are synthesized
118123 // for all currently existing object proxies. Since
119-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is %NULL when this happens, you can
120-// use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal from a
121-// genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote
122-// #GDBusObjectManager. Similarly, when a new name owner appears,
123-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signals are synthesized
124-// while #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is still %NULL. Only when all
125-// object proxies have been added, the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner
126-// is set to the new name owner (this includes emission of the
127-// #GObject::notify signal). Furthermore, you are guaranteed that
128-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner will alternate between a name owner
129-// (e.g. `:1.42`) and %NULL even in the case where
124+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is `NULL` when this
125+// happens, you can use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal
126+// from a genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote
127+// [iface@Gio.DBusObjectManager]. Similarly, when a new name owner appears,
128+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-added] signals are synthesized
129+// while [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is still `NULL`. Only
130+// when all object proxies have been added, the
131+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is set to the new name
132+// owner (this includes emission of the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal).
133+// Furthermore, you are guaranteed that
134+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] will alternate between a
135+// name owner (e.g. `:1.42`) and `NULL` even in the case where
130136 // the name of interest is atomically replaced
131137 //
132-// Ultimately, #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to obtain #GDBusProxy
133-// instances. All signals (including the
134-// org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged signal)
135-// delivered to #GDBusProxy instances are guaranteed to originate
138+// Ultimately, `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is used to obtain
139+// [class@Gio.DBusProxy] instances. All signals (including the
140+// `org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged` signal)
141+// delivered to [class@Gio.DBusProxy] instances are guaranteed to originate
136142 // from the name owner. This guarantee along with the behavior
137143 // described above, means that certain race conditions including the
138-// "half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from
139-// the new owner" problem cannot happen.
144+// “half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from
145+// the new owner” problem cannot happen.
140146 //
141147 // To avoid having the application connect to signals on the returned
142-// #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects, the
143-// #GDBusObject::interface-added,
144-// #GDBusObject::interface-removed,
145-// #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and
146-// #GDBusProxy::g-signal signals
147-// are also emitted on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient instance managing these
148+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] and [class@Gio.DBusProxy] objects, the
149+// [signal@Gio.DBusObject::interface-added],
150+// [signal@Gio.DBusObject::interface-removed],
151+// [signal@Gio.DBusProxy::g-properties-changed] and
152+// [signal@Gio.DBusProxy::g-signal] signals
153+// are also emitted on the `GDBusObjectManagerClient` instance managing these
148154 // objects. The signals emitted are
149-// #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added,
150-// #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed,
151-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed and
152-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal.
155+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::interface-added],
156+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::interface-removed],
157+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed] and
158+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal].
153159 //
154160 // Note that all callbacks and signals are emitted in the
155-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
156-// that the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object was constructed
157-// in. Additionally, the #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects
158-// originating from the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object will be created in
161+// thread-default main context (see
162+// [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default]) that the
163+// `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object was constructed in. Additionally, the
164+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] and [class@Gio.DBusProxy] objects
165+// originating from the `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object will be created in
159166 // the same context and, consequently, will deliver signals in the
160167 // same main loop.
161168 type DBusObjectManagerClient struct {
@@ -334,8 +341,8 @@ func (c *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
334341 // This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to
335342 // connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager.
336343 //
337-// This signal is emitted in the
338-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
344+// This signal is emitted in the thread-default main context
345+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
339346 // that @manager was constructed in.
340347 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb *func(DBusObjectManagerClient, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, []string)) uint32 {
341348 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -361,8 +368,8 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb *fun
361368 // This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to
362369 // connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager.
363370 //
364-// This signal is emitted in the
365-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
371+// This signal is emitted in the thread-default main context
372+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
366373 // that @manager was constructed in.
367374 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxySignal(cb *func(DBusObjectManagerClient, uintptr, uintptr, string, string, uintptr)) uint32 {
368375 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -519,7 +526,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetObjects() *glib.List {
519526 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
520527 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
521528 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
522-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
529+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
523530 //
524531 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
525532 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
@@ -555,10 +562,10 @@ var xDBusObjectManagerClientNew func(uintptr, DBusObjectManagerClientFlags, stri
555562 // Asynchronously creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object.
556563 //
557564 // This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is
558-// ready, @callback will be invoked in the
559-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
560-// of the thread you are calling this method from. You can
561-// then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See
565+// ready, @callback will be invoked in the thread-default main context
566+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
567+// of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call
568+// g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See
562569 // g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() for the synchronous version.
563570 func DBusObjectManagerClientNew(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, FlagsVar DBusObjectManagerClientFlags, NameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, GetProxyTypeFuncVar *DBusProxyTypeFunc, GetProxyTypeUserDataVar uintptr, GetProxyTypeDestroyNotifyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
564571
@@ -572,8 +579,8 @@ var xDBusObjectManagerClientNewForBus func(BusType, DBusObjectManagerClientFlags
572579 // #GDBusConnection.
573580 //
574581 // This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is
575-// ready, @callback will be invoked in the
576-// [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
582+// ready, @callback will be invoked in the thread-default main context
583+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
577584 // of the thread you are calling this method from. You can
578585 // then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_finish() to get the result. See
579586 // g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_sync() for the synchronous version.
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerserver.go +6 -7
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerServerPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3434 }
3535
36-// #GDBusObjectManagerServer is used to export #GDBusObject instances using
37-// the standardized
38-// [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
36+// `GDBusObjectManagerServer` is used to export [iface@Gio.DBusObject] instances
37+// using the standardized
38+// [`org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
3939 // interface. For example, remote D-Bus clients can get all objects
4040 // and properties in a single call. Additionally, any change in the
4141 // object hierarchy is broadcast using signals. This means that D-Bus
@@ -51,10 +51,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerServerPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
5151 // It is supported, but not recommended, to export an object manager at the root
5252 // path, `/`.
5353 //
54-// See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side code that is
55-// intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManagerServer or any D-Bus
56-// object implementing the org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager
57-// interface.
54+// See [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient] for the client-side code that is
55+// intended to be used with `GDBusObjectManagerServer` or any D-Bus
56+// object implementing the `org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager` interface.
5857 type DBusObjectManagerServer struct {
5958 gobject.Object
6059 }
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectproxy.go +3 -3
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectProxyPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3434 }
3535
36-// A #GDBusObjectProxy is an object used to represent a remote object
37-// with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don't instantiate
38-// a #GDBusObjectProxy yourself - typically #GDBusObjectManagerClient
36+// A `GDBusObjectProxy` is an object used to represent a remote object
37+// with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don’t instantiate
38+// a `GDBusObjectProxy` yourself — typically [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient]
3939 // is used to obtain it.
4040 type DBusObjectProxy struct {
4141 gobject.Object
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectskeleton.go +4 -2
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 }
2929
3030 // OverrideAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
31+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
3132 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3233 if cb == nil {
3334 x.xAuthorizeMethod = 0
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSke
3940 }
4041
4142 // GetAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
43+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
4244 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GetAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4345 if x.xAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
4446 return nil
@@ -58,11 +60,11 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
5860 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5961 }
6062
61-// A #GDBusObjectSkeleton instance is essentially a group of D-Bus
63+// A `GDBusObjectSkeleton` instance is essentially a group of D-Bus
6264 // interfaces. The set of exported interfaces on the object may be
6365 // dynamic and change at runtime.
6466 //
65-// This type is intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManager.
67+// This type is intended to be used with [iface@Gio.DBusObjectManager].
6668 type DBusObjectSkeleton struct {
6769 gobject.Object
6870 }
M v4/gio/gdbusproxy.go +46 -39 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gdbusserver.go +267 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdebugcontroller.go +9 -8
@@ -21,20 +21,21 @@ func (x *DebugControllerInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// #GDebugController is an interface to expose control of debugging features and
24+// `GDebugController` is an interface to expose control of debugging features and
2525 // debug output.
2626 //
27-// It is implemented on Linux using #GDebugControllerDBus, which exposes a D-Bus
28-// interface to allow authenticated peers to control debug features in this
29-// process.
27+// It is implemented on Linux using [class@Gio.DebugControllerDBus], which
28+// exposes a D-Bus interface to allow authenticated peers to control debug
29+// features in this process.
3030 //
3131 // Whether debug output is enabled is exposed as
32-// #GDebugController:debug-enabled. This controls g_log_set_debug_enabled() by
33-// default. Application code may connect to the #GObject::notify signal for it
32+// [property@Gio.DebugController:debug-enabled]. This controls
33+// [func@GLib.log_set_debug_enabled] by default. Application code may
34+// connect to the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal for it
3435 // to control other parts of its debug infrastructure as necessary.
3536 //
3637 // If your application or service is using the default GLib log writer function,
37-// creating one of the built-in implementations of #GDebugController should be
38+// creating one of the built-in implementations of `GDebugController` should be
3839 // all that’s needed to dynamically enable or disable debug output.
3940 type DebugController interface {
4041 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ var XGDebugControllerSetDebugEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
8384
8485 const (
8586 // Extension point for debug control functionality.
86- // See [Extending GIO][extending-gio].
87+ // See [Extending GIO](overview.html#extending-gio).
8788 DEBUG_CONTROLLER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME string = "gio-debug-controller"
8889 )
8990
M v4/gio/gdebugcontrollerdbus.go +25 -19
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 }
2929
3030 // OverrideAuthorize sets the callback function.
31+// Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
3132 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3233 if cb == nil {
3334 x.xAuthorize = 0
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBu
3940 }
4041
4142 // GetAuthorize gets the callback function.
43+// Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
4244 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4345 if x.xAuthorize == 0 {
4446 return nil
@@ -50,29 +52,32 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
5052 }
5153 }
5254
53-// #GDebugControllerDBus is an implementation of #GDebugController which exposes
54-// debug settings as a D-Bus object.
55+// `GDebugControllerDBus` is an implementation of [iface@Gio.DebugController]
56+// which exposes debug settings as a D-Bus object.
5557 //
56-// It is a #GInitable object, and will register an object at
58+// It is a [iface@Gio.Initable] object, and will register an object at
5759 // `/org/gtk/Debugging` on the bus given as
58-// #GDebugControllerDBus:connection once it’s initialized. The object will be
59-// unregistered when the last reference to the #GDebugControllerDBus is dropped.
60+// [property@Gio.DebugControllerDBus:connection] once it’s initialized. The
61+// object will be unregistered when the last reference to the
62+// `GDebugControllerDBus` is dropped.
6063 //
6164 // This D-Bus object can be used by remote processes to enable or disable debug
6265 // output in this process. Remote processes calling
6366 // `org.gtk.Debugging.SetDebugEnabled()` will affect the value of
64-// #GDebugController:debug-enabled and, by default, g_log_get_debug_enabled().
65-// default.
67+// [property@Gio.DebugController:debug-enabled] and, by default,
68+// [func@GLib.log_get_debug_enabled].
6669 //
67-// By default, all processes will be able to call `SetDebugEnabled()`. If this
68-// process is privileged, or might expose sensitive information in its debug
69-// output, you may want to restrict the ability to enable debug output to
70-// privileged users or processes.
70+// By default, no processes are allowed to call `SetDebugEnabled()` unless a
71+// [signal@Gio.DebugControllerDBus::authorize] signal handler is installed. This
72+// is because the process may be privileged, or might expose sensitive
73+// information in its debug output. You may want to restrict the ability to
74+// enable debug output to privileged users or processes.
7175 //
7276 // One option is to install a D-Bus security policy which restricts access to
7377 // `SetDebugEnabled()`, installing something like the following in
7478 // `$datadir/dbus-1/system.d/`:
75-// |[<!-- language="XML" -->
79+//
80+// ```xml
7681 // <?xml version="1.0"?> <!--*-nxml-*-->
7782 // <!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
7883 //
@@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
8893 // </policy>
8994 //
9095 // </busconfig>
91-// ]|
96+// ```
9297 //
9398 // This will prevent the `SetDebugEnabled()` method from being called by all
9499 // except root. It will not prevent the `DebugEnabled` property from being read,
@@ -96,9 +101,10 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
96101 //
97102 // Another option is to use polkit to allow or deny requests on a case-by-case
98103 // basis, allowing for the possibility of dynamic authorisation. To do this,
99-// connect to the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal and query polkit in
100-// it:
101-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
104+// connect to the [signal@Gio.DebugControllerDBus::authorize] signal and query
105+// polkit in it:
106+//
107+// ```c
102108 //
103109 // g_autoptr(GError) child_error = NULL;
104110 // g_autoptr(GDBusConnection) connection = g_bus_get_sync (G_BUS_TYPE_SYSTEM, NULL, NULL);
@@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
108114 // debug_controller = G_DEBUG_CONTROLLER (g_debug_controller_dbus_new (priv->connection, NULL, &child_error));
109115 // if (debug_controller == NULL)
110116 // {
111-// g_error ("Could not register debug controller on bus: %s"),
117+// g_error ("Could not register debug controller on bus: %s",
112118 // child_error->message);
113119 // }
114120 //
@@ -161,7 +167,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
161167 // return polkit_authorization_result_get_is_authorized (auth_result);
162168 // }
163169 //
164-// ]|
170+// ```
165171 type DebugControllerDBus struct {
166172 gobject.Object
167173 }
@@ -308,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBus) SetDebugEnabled(DebugEnabledVar bool) {
308314 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
309315 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
310316 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
311-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
317+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
312318 //
313319 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
314320 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
M v4/gio/gdesktopappinfo.go +117 -92 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdrive.go +83 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdtlsclientconnection.go +10 -2
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26-// #GDtlsClientConnection is the client-side subclass of
27-// #GDtlsConnection, representing a client-side DTLS connection.
26+// `GDtlsClientConnection` is the client-side subclass of
27+// [iface@Gio.DtlsConnection], representing a client-side DTLS connection.
2828 type DtlsClientConnection interface {
2929 GoPointer() uintptr
3030 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -85,6 +85,10 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) GetServerIdentity() *SocketConnectableBase {
8585 }
8686
8787 // Gets @conn's validation flags
88+//
89+// This function does not work as originally designed and is impossible
90+// to use correctly. See #GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags for more
91+// information.
8892 func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) GetValidationFlags() TlsCertificateFlags {
8993
9094 cret := XGDtlsClientConnectionGetValidationFlags(x.GoPointer())
@@ -104,6 +108,10 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) SetServerIdentity(IdentityVar SocketConnectab
104108 // Sets @conn's validation flags, to override the default set of
105109 // checks performed when validating a server certificate. By default,
106110 // %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL is used.
111+//
112+// This function does not work as originally designed and is impossible
113+// to use correctly. See #GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags for more
114+// information.
107115 func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) SetValidationFlags(FlagsVar TlsCertificateFlags) {
108116
109117 XGDtlsClientConnectionSetValidationFlags(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar)
M v4/gio/gdtlsconnection.go +37 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdtlsserverconnection.go +2 -2
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ func (x *DtlsServerConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2222 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2323 }
2424
25-// #GDtlsServerConnection is the server-side subclass of #GDtlsConnection,
26-// representing a server-side DTLS connection.
25+// `GDtlsServerConnection` is the server-side subclass of
26+// [iface@Gio.DtlsConnection], representing a server-side DTLS connection.
2727 type DtlsServerConnection interface {
2828 GoPointer() uintptr
2929 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gemblem.go +9 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gemblemedicon.go +11 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfile.go +478 -71 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfiledescriptorbased.go +7 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileenumerator.go +71 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileicon.go +10 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileinfo.go +273 -34 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileinputstream.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileiostream.go +11 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfilemonitor.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileoutputstream.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gicon.go +53 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetaddress.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetaddressmask.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetsocketaddress.go +5 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginitable.go +14 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginputstream.go +11 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gio/gio-2.0.go +0 -6489 large diff (6489 lines changed): collapsed
load diff
M v4/gio/gioenums.go +28 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gioerror.go +39 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/giostream.go +30 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/giotypes.go +229 -126 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/glistmodel.go +44 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gliststore.go +22 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gloadableicon.go +8 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemoryinputstream.go +12 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemorymonitor.go +18 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemoryoutputstream.go +15 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gmenu.go +741 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gmenuexporter.go +10 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmenumodel.go +45 -37 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmount.go +83 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmountoperation.go +9 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnativesocketaddress.go +3 -0
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ func (x *NativeSocketAddressPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // A socket address of some unknown native type.
32+//
33+// This corresponds to a general `struct sockaddr` of a type not otherwise
34+// handled by GLib.
3235 type NativeSocketAddress struct {
3336 SocketAddress
3437 }
M v4/gio/gnetworkaddress.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnetworkmonitor.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnetworkservice.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gnotification.go +289 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/goutputstream.go +12 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpermission.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpollableinputstream.go +27 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpollableoutputstream.go +36 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpowerprofilemonitor.go +12 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gpropertyaction.go +243 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxy.go +17 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyaddress.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyaddressenumerator.go +8 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyresolver.go +26 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gremoteactiongroup.go +13 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gresolver.go +49 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gresource.go +46 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gseekable.go +18 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettings.go +427 -299 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettingsbackend.go +52 -37 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettingsschema.go +15 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimpleaction.go +350 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleactiongroup.go +91 -59 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleasyncresult.go +53 -52 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimpleiostream.go +76 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimplepermission.go +72 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleproxyresolver.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocket.go +98 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketaddress.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketaddressenumerator.go +18 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketclient.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketconnectable.go +16 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketconnection.go +14 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketcontrolmessage.go +19 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketlistener.go +12 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketservice.go +15 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsubprocess.go +641 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsubprocesslauncher.go +427 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtask.go +511 -398 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtcpconnection.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtcpwrapperconnection.go +6 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gtestdbus.go +243 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gthemedicon.go +13 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gthreadedresolver.go +48 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gthreadedsocketservice.go +7 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsbackend.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlscertificate.go +3 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsclientconnection.go +4 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsconnection.go +40 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsdatabase.go +82 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsfiledatabase.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsinteraction.go +51 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlspassword.go +12 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsserverconnection.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixconnection.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixcredentialsmessage.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixfdlist.go +11 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixfdmessage.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixinputstream.go +12 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixmounts.go +420 -67 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixoutputstream.go +15 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixsocketaddress.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvfs.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvolume.go +96 -27 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvolumemonitor.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gzlibcompressor.go +13 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gzlibdecompressor.go +13 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gallocator.go +195 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/garray.go +361 -71 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gasyncqueue.go +30 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gatomic.go +101 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbacktrace.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbase64.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbitlock.go +42 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbookmarkfile.go +88 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gcache.go +121 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gcharset.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gchecksum.go +16 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gcompletion.go +154 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gconvert.go +19 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdataset.go +18 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdate.go +45 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdatetime.go +180 -79 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdir.go +66 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/genviron.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gerror.go +50 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gfileutils.go +85 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ggettext.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghash.go +166 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghmac.go +51 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghook.go +11 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghostutils.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/giochannel.go +142 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gkeyfile.go +361 -171 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/glib/glib-2.0.go +0 -58 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glib-types.go +1 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glib-unix.go +103 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glibconfig.go +22 -82 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmacros.go +16 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmain.go +473 -372 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmappedfile.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmarkup.go +47 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmem.go +108 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmessages.go +280 -175 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gnode.go +34 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/goption.go +62 -30 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gpathbuf.go +300 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gpattern.go +52 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gpoll.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gprimes.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gprintf.go +13 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gqsort.go +19 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gquark.go +27 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gqueue.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grand.go +45 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grcbox.go +6 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grefcount.go +42 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grefstring.go +16 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gregex.go +47 -50 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/grel.go +198 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gscanner.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gsequence.go +51 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gshell.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gslice.go +21 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gslist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gspawn.go +21 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstdio.go +254 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstrfuncs.go +252 -221 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstring.go +41 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstringchunk.go +24 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstrvbuilder.go +67 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtestutils.go +393 -250
@@ -13,12 +13,13 @@ import (
1313 // argument.
1414 type TestDataFunc func(uintptr)
1515
16-// The type used for functions that operate on test fixtures. This is
17-// used for the fixture setup and teardown functions as well as for the
18-// testcases themselves.
16+// The type used for functions that operate on test fixtures.
1917 //
20-// @user_data is a pointer to the data that was given when registering
21-// the test case.
18+// This is used for the fixture setup and teardown functions
19+// as well as for the testcases themselves.
20+//
21+// @user_data is a pointer to the data that was given when
22+// registering the test case.
2223 //
2324 // @fixture will be a pointer to the area of memory allocated by the
2425 // test framework, of the size requested. If the requested size was
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *TestSuite) AddSuite(NestedsuiteVar *TestSuite) {
164165
165166 var xTestSuiteFree func(uintptr)
166167
167-// Free the @suite and all nested #GTestSuites.
168+// Frees the @suite and all nested suites.
168169 func (x *TestSuite) Free() {
169170
170171 xTestSuiteFree(x.GoPointer())
@@ -172,62 +173,81 @@ func (x *TestSuite) Free() {
172173 }
173174
174175 const (
175- // Creates a unique temporary directory for each unit test and uses
176- // g_set_user_dirs() to set XDG directories to point into subdirectories of it
177- // for the duration of the unit test. The directory tree is cleaned up after the
178- // test finishes successfully. Note that this doesn’t take effect until
179- // g_test_run() is called, so calls to (for example) g_get_user_home_dir() will
180- // return the system-wide value when made in a test program’s main() function.
176+ // A value that can be passed as an option to [func@GLib.test_init].
177+ //
178+ // Creates a unique temporary directory for each unit test and uses sets
179+ // XDG directories to point into subdirectories of it for the duration of
180+ // the unit test. The directory tree is cleaned up after the test finishes
181+ // successfully.
182+ //
183+ // Note that this doesn’t take effect until [func@GLib.test_run] is called,
184+ // so calls to (for example) [func@GLib.get_home_dir] will return the
185+ // system-wide value when made in a test program’s main() function.
181186 //
182187 // The following functions will return subdirectories of the temporary directory
183188 // when this option is used. The specific subdirectory paths in use are not
184189 // guaranteed to be stable API — always use a getter function to retrieve them.
185190 //
186- // - g_get_home_dir()
187- // - g_get_user_cache_dir()
188- // - g_get_system_config_dirs()
189- // - g_get_user_config_dir()
190- // - g_get_system_data_dirs()
191- // - g_get_user_data_dir()
192- // - g_get_user_state_dir()
193- // - g_get_user_runtime_dir()
191+ // - [func@GLib.get_home_dir]
192+ // - [func@GLib.get_user_cache_dir]
193+ // - [func@GLib.get_system_config_dirs]
194+ // - [func@GLib.get_user_config_dir]
195+ // - [func@GLib.get_system_data_dirs]
196+ // - [func@GLib.get_user_data_dir]
197+ // - [func@GLib.get_user_state_dir]
198+ // - [func@GLib.get_user_runtime_dir]
194199 //
195200 // The subdirectories may not be created by the test harness; as with normal
196- // calls to functions like g_get_user_cache_dir(), the caller must be prepared
197- // to create the directory if it doesn’t exist.
201+ // calls to functions like [func@GLib.get_user_cache_dir], the caller must
202+ // be prepared to create the directory if it doesn’t exist.
198203 TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS string = "isolate_dirs"
204+ // A value that can be passed as an option to [func@GLib.test_init].
205+ //
206+ // If this option is given, assertions will not abort the process, but
207+ // call [func@GLib.test_fail]. Equivalent to [func@GLib.test_set_nonfatal_assertions].
208+ TEST_OPTION_NONFATAL_ASSERTIONS string = "nonfatal-assertions"
209+ // A value that can be passed as an option to [func@GLib.test_init].
210+ //
211+ // If this option is given, [func@GLib.test_init] will not call [func@GLib.set_prgname].
212+ TEST_OPTION_NO_PRGNAME string = "no_g_set_prgname"
199213 )
200214
201-// Flags to pass to g_test_trap_subprocess() to control input and output.
215+// Flags to pass to [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] to control input and output.
202216 //
203-// Note that in contrast with g_test_trap_fork(), the default is to
204-// not show stdout and stderr.
217+// Note that in contrast with [func@GLib.test_trap_fork], the default
218+// behavior of [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] is to not show stdout
219+// and stderr.
205220 type TestSubprocessFlags int
206221
207222 const (
208223
224+ // Default behaviour. Since: 2.74
225+ GTestSubprocessDefaultValue TestSubprocessFlags = 0
209226 // If this flag is given, the child
210- // process will inherit the parent's stdin. Otherwise, the child's
211- // stdin is redirected to `/dev/null`.
227+ // process will inherit the parent's stdin. Otherwise, the child's
228+ // stdin is redirected to `/dev/null`.
212229 GTestSubprocessInheritStdinValue TestSubprocessFlags = 1
213230 // If this flag is given, the child
214- // process will inherit the parent's stdout. Otherwise, the child's
215- // stdout will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow
216- // later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stdout().
231+ // process will inherit the parent's stdout. Otherwise, the child's
232+ // stdout will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow
233+ // later tests with [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_stdout].
217234 GTestSubprocessInheritStdoutValue TestSubprocessFlags = 2
218235 // If this flag is given, the child
219- // process will inherit the parent's stderr. Otherwise, the child's
220- // stderr will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow
221- // later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stderr().
236+ // process will inherit the parent's stderr. Otherwise, the child's
237+ // stderr will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow
238+ // later tests with [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_stderr].
222239 GTestSubprocessInheritStderrValue TestSubprocessFlags = 4
223240 )
224241
225-// Test traps are guards around forked tests.
226-// These flags determine what traps to set.
242+// Flags to pass to [func@GLib.test_trap_fork] to control input and output.
243+//
244+// Test traps are guards around forked tests. These flags determine what traps to set.
227245 type TestTrapFlags int
228246
229247 const (
230248
249+ // Default behaviour. Since: 2.74
250+ GTestTrapDefaultValue TestTrapFlags = 0
231251 // Redirect stdout of the test child to
232252 // `/dev/null` so it cannot be observed on the console during test
233253 // runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later
@@ -245,21 +265,22 @@ const (
245265 )
246266
247267 // The type of file to return the filename for, when used with
248-// g_test_build_filename().
268+// [func@GLib.test_build_filename].
249269 //
250270 // These two options correspond rather directly to the 'dist' and
251271 // 'built' terminology that automake uses and are explicitly used to
252-// distinguish between the 'srcdir' and 'builddir' being separate. All
253-// files in your project should either be dist (in the
254-// `EXTRA_DIST` or `dist_schema_DATA`
255-// sense, in which case they will always be in the srcdir) or built (in
256-// the `BUILT_SOURCES` sense, in which case they will
257-// always be in the builddir).
258-//
259-// Note: as a general rule of automake, files that are generated only as
272+// distinguish between the 'srcdir' and 'builddir' being separate. All
273+// files in your project should either be dist (in the `EXTRA_DIST` or
274+// `dist_schema_DATA` sense, in which case they will always be in the
275+// srcdir) or built (in the `BUILT_SOURCES` sense, in which case they
276+// will always be in the builddir).
277+//
278+// Note: As a general rule of automake, files that are generated only as
260279 // part of the build-from-git process (but then are distributed with the
261280 // tarball) always go in srcdir (even if doing a srcdir != builddir
262281 // build from git) and are considered as distributed files.
282+//
283+// The same principles apply for other build systems, such as meson.
263284 type TestFileType int
264285
265286 const (
@@ -318,6 +339,14 @@ func AssertionMessage(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar str
318339
319340 }
320341
342+var xAssertionMessageCmpint func(string, string, int, string, string, uint64, string, uint64, byte)
343+
344+func AssertionMessageCmpint(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var uint64, CmpVar string, Arg2Var uint64, NumtypeVar byte) {
345+
346+ xAssertionMessageCmpint(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, Arg1Var, CmpVar, Arg2Var, NumtypeVar)
347+
348+}
349+
321350 var xAssertionMessageCmpnum func(string, string, int, string, string, float64, string, float64, byte)
322351
323352 func AssertionMessageCmpnum(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var float64, CmpVar string, Arg2Var float64, NumtypeVar byte) {
@@ -352,8 +381,8 @@ func AssertionMessageError(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVa
352381
353382 var xAssertionMessageExpr func(string, string, int, string, string)
354383
355-// Internal function used to print messages from the public g_assert() and
356-// g_assert_not_reached() macros.
384+// Internal function used to print messages from the public
385+// g_assert() and g_assert_not_reached() macros.
357386 func AssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string) {
358387
359388 xAssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar)
@@ -362,9 +391,10 @@ func AssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar
362391
363392 var xStrcmp0 func(string, string) int
364393
365-// Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL
366-// gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings.
367-// Comparing two %NULL pointers returns 0.
394+// Compares @str1 and @str2 like `strcmp()`.
395+//
396+// Handles `NULL` gracefully by sorting it before non-`NULL` strings.
397+// Comparing two `NULL` pointers returns 0.
368398 func Strcmp0(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int {
369399
370400 cret := xStrcmp0(Str1Var, Str2Var)
@@ -373,19 +403,21 @@ func Strcmp0(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int {
373403
374404 var xTestAddDataFunc func(string, uintptr, uintptr)
375405
376-// Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
377-// the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
378-// created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
379-// slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument
380-// will be passed as first argument to @test_func.
406+// Creates a new test case.
407+//
408+// This function is similar to [func@GLib.test_create_case].
409+// However the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are
410+// automatically created on the fly and added to the root fixture,
411+// based on the /-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data
412+// argument will be passed as first argument to @test_func.
381413 //
382414 // If @testpath includes the component "subprocess" anywhere in it,
383415 // the test will be skipped by default, and only run if explicitly
384-// required via the `-p` command-line option or g_test_trap_subprocess().
416+// required via the `-p` command-line option or [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess].
385417 //
386418 // No component of @testpath may start with a dot (`.`) if the
387-// %G_TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS option is being used; and it is recommended to
388-// do so even if it isn’t.
419+// [const@GLib.TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS] option is being used;
420+// and it is recommended to do so even if it isn’t.
389421 func TestAddDataFunc(TestpathVar string, TestDataVar uintptr, TestFuncVar *TestDataFunc) {
390422
391423 xTestAddDataFunc(TestpathVar, TestDataVar, NewCallback(TestFuncVar))
@@ -394,8 +426,10 @@ func TestAddDataFunc(TestpathVar string, TestDataVar uintptr, TestFuncVar *TestD
394426
395427 var xTestAddDataFuncFull func(string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
396428
397-// Create a new test case, as with g_test_add_data_func(), but freeing
398-// @test_data after the test run is complete.
429+// Creates a new test case.
430+//
431+// In constract to [func@GLib.test_add_data_func], this function
432+// is freeing @test_data after the test run is complete.
399433 func TestAddDataFuncFull(TestpathVar string, TestDataVar uintptr, TestFuncVar *TestDataFunc, DataFreeFuncVar *DestroyNotify) {
400434
401435 xTestAddDataFuncFull(TestpathVar, TestDataVar, NewCallback(TestFuncVar), NewCallback(DataFreeFuncVar))
@@ -404,18 +438,20 @@ func TestAddDataFuncFull(TestpathVar string, TestDataVar uintptr, TestFuncVar *T
404438
405439 var xTestAddFunc func(string, uintptr)
406440
407-// Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
408-// the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
409-// created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
410-// slash-separated portions of @testpath.
441+// Creates a new test case.
442+//
443+// This function is similar to [func@GLib.test_create_case].
444+// However the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are
445+// automatically created on the fly and added to the root fixture,
446+// based on the /-separated portions of @testpath.
411447 //
412448 // If @testpath includes the component "subprocess" anywhere in it,
413449 // the test will be skipped by default, and only run if explicitly
414-// required via the `-p` command-line option or g_test_trap_subprocess().
450+// required via the `-p` command-line option or [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess].
415451 //
416452 // No component of @testpath may start with a dot (`.`) if the
417-// %G_TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS option is being used; and it is recommended to
418-// do so even if it isn’t.
453+// [const@GLib.TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS] option is being used; and
454+// it is recommended to do so even if it isn’t.
419455 func TestAddFunc(TestpathVar string, TestFuncVar *TestFunc) {
420456
421457 xTestAddFunc(TestpathVar, NewCallback(TestFuncVar))
@@ -440,16 +476,17 @@ func TestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVa
440476
441477 var xTestBug func(string)
442478
443-// This function adds a message to test reports that
444-// associates a bug URI with a test case.
479+// Adds a message to test reports that associates a bug URI with a test case.
445480 //
446-// Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base()
447-// and @bug_uri_snippet. If g_test_bug_base() has not been called, it is
481+// Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with [func@GLib.test_bug_base]
482+// and @bug_uri_snippet. If [func@GLib.test_bug_base] has not been called, it is
448483 // assumed to be the empty string, so a full URI can be provided to
449-// g_test_bug() instead.
484+// [func@GLib.test_bug] instead.
485+//
486+// See also [func@GLib.test_summary].
450487 //
451-// Since GLib 2.70, the base URI is not prepended to @bug_uri_snippet if it
452-// is already a valid URI.
488+// Since GLib 2.70, the base URI is not prepended to @bug_uri_snippet
489+// if it is already a valid URI.
453490 func TestBug(BugUriSnippetVar string) {
454491
455492 xTestBug(BugUriSnippetVar)
@@ -458,10 +495,10 @@ func TestBug(BugUriSnippetVar string) {
458495
459496 var xTestBugBase func(string)
460497
461-// Specify the base URI for bug reports.
498+// Specifies the base URI for bug reports.
462499 //
463500 // The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for
464-// g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called.
501+// [func@GLib.test_message] when [func@GLib.test_bug] is called.
465502 // Calling this function outside of a test case sets the
466503 // default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within
467504 // a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test
@@ -470,8 +507,8 @@ var xTestBugBase func(string)
470507 // portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string
471508 // `%s` within @uri_pattern if that is present.
472509 //
473-// If g_test_bug_base() is not called, bug URIs are formed solely
474-// from the value provided by g_test_bug().
510+// If [func@GLib.test_bug_base] is not called, bug URIs are formed
511+// solely from the value provided by [func@GLib.test_bug].
475512 func TestBugBase(UriPatternVar string) {
476513
477514 xTestBugBase(UriPatternVar)
@@ -482,22 +519,22 @@ var xTestBuildFilename func(TestFileType, string, ...interface{}) string
482519
483520 // Creates the pathname to a data file that is required for a test.
484521 //
485-// This function is conceptually similar to g_build_filename() except
486-// that the first argument has been replaced with a #GTestFileType
487-// argument.
522+// This function is conceptually similar to [func@GLib.build_filename]
523+// except that the first argument has been replaced with a
524+// [enum@GLib.TestFileType] argument.
488525 //
489526 // The data file should either have been distributed with the module
490-// containing the test (%G_TEST_DIST) or built as part of the build
491-// system of that module (%G_TEST_BUILT).
527+// containing the test ([enum@GLib.TestFileType.dist] or built as part of the
528+// buildcsystem of that module ([enum@GLib.TestFileType.built]).
492529 //
493530 // In order for this function to work in srcdir != builddir situations,
494-// the G_TEST_SRCDIR and G_TEST_BUILDDIR environment variables need to
495-// have been defined. As of 2.38, this is done by the glib.mk
496-// included in GLib. Please ensure that your copy is up to date before
531+// the `G_TEST_SRCDIR` and `G_TEST_BUILDDIR` environment variables need
532+// to have been defined. As of 2.38, this is done by the glib.mk that is
533+// included in GLib. Please ensure that your copy is up to date before
497534 // using this function.
498535 //
499536 // In case neither variable is set, this function will fall back to
500-// using the dirname portion of argv[0], possibly removing ".libs".
537+// using the dirname portion of `argv[0]`, possibly removing ".libs".
501538 // This allows for casual running of tests directly from the commandline
502539 // in the srcdir == builddir case and should also support running of
503540 // installed tests, assuming the data files have been installed in the
@@ -510,23 +547,23 @@ func TestBuildFilename(FileTypeVar TestFileType, FirstPathVar string, varArgs ..
510547
511548 var xTestCreateCase func(string, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) *TestCase
512549
513-// Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name.
550+// Creates a new [struct@GLib.TestCase].
514551 //
515-// This API is fairly low level, and calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func()
516-// is preferable.
552+// This API is fairly low level, and calling [func@GLib.test_add] or
553+// [func@GLib.test_add_func] is preferable.
517554 //
518555 // When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size
519-// will be automatically allocated and filled with zeros. Then @data_setup is
520-// called to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test
556+// will be automatically allocated and filled with zeros. Then @data_setup
557+// is called to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test
521558 // function @data_test is called. Once the test run completes, the
522-// fixture structure is torn down by calling @data_teardown and
523-// after that the memory is automatically released by the test framework.
559+// fixture structure is torn down by calling @data_teardown and after
560+// that the memory is automatically released by the test framework.
524561 //
525562 // Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and
526563 // fixture teardown is most useful if the same fixture type is used for
527-// multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be
528-// called with the same type of fixture (the @data_size argument), but varying
529-// @test_name and @data_test arguments.
564+// multiple tests. In this cases, [func@GLib.test_create_case] will be
565+// called with the same type of fixture (the @data_size argument), but
566+// varying @test_name and @data_test arguments.
530567 func TestCreateCase(TestNameVar string, DataSizeVar uint, TestDataVar uintptr, DataSetupVar *TestFixtureFunc, DataTestVar *TestFixtureFunc, DataTeardownVar *TestFixtureFunc) *TestCase {
531568
532569 cret := xTestCreateCase(TestNameVar, DataSizeVar, TestDataVar, NewCallback(DataSetupVar), NewCallback(DataTestVar), NewCallback(DataTeardownVar))
@@ -535,51 +572,65 @@ func TestCreateCase(TestNameVar string, DataSizeVar uint, TestDataVar uintptr, D
535572
536573 var xTestCreateSuite func(string) *TestSuite
537574
538-// Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name.
575+// Creates a new test suite with the name @suite_name.
539576 func TestCreateSuite(SuiteNameVar string) *TestSuite {
540577
541578 cret := xTestCreateSuite(SuiteNameVar)
542579 return cret
543580 }
544581
582+var xTestDisableCrashReporting func()
583+
584+// Attempts to disable system crash reporting infrastructure.
585+//
586+// This function should be called before exercising code paths that are
587+// expected or intended to crash, to avoid wasting resources in system-wide
588+// crash collection infrastructure such as systemd-coredump or abrt.
589+func TestDisableCrashReporting() {
590+
591+ xTestDisableCrashReporting()
592+
593+}
594+
545595 var xTestExpectMessage func(string, LogLevelFlags, string)
546596
547597 // Indicates that a message with the given @log_domain and @log_level,
548-// with text matching @pattern, is expected to be logged. When this
549-// message is logged, it will not be printed, and the test case will
598+// with text matching @pattern, is expected to be logged.
599+//
600+// When this message is logged, it will not be printed, and the test case will
550601 // not abort.
551602 //
552-// This API may only be used with the old logging API (g_log() without
553-// %G_LOG_USE_STRUCTURED defined). It will not work with the structured logging
554-// API. See [Testing for Messages][testing-for-messages].
603+// This API may only be used with the old logging API ([func@GLib.log] without
604+// `G_LOG_USE_STRUCTURED` defined). It will not work with the structured logging
605+// API. See [Testing for Messages](logging.html#testing-for-messages).
555606 //
556-// Use g_test_assert_expected_messages() to assert that all
607+// Use [func@GLib.test_assert_expected_messages] to assert that all
557608 // previously-expected messages have been seen and suppressed.
558609 //
559610 // You can call this multiple times in a row, if multiple messages are
560611 // expected as a result of a single call. (The messages must appear in
561-// the same order as the calls to g_test_expect_message().)
612+// the same order as the calls to [func@GLib.test_expect_message].)
562613 //
563614 // For example:
564615 //
565-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
616+// ```c
617+// // g_main_context_push_thread_default() should fail if the
618+// // context is already owned by another thread.
619+// g_test_expect_message (G_LOG_DOMAIN,
566620 //
567-// // g_main_context_push_thread_default() should fail if the
568-// // context is already owned by another thread.
569-// g_test_expect_message (G_LOG_DOMAIN,
570-// G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL,
571-// "assertion*acquired_context*failed");
572-// g_main_context_push_thread_default (bad_context);
573-// g_test_assert_expected_messages ();
621+// G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL,
622+// "assertion*acquired_context*failed");
574623 //
575-// ]|
624+// g_main_context_push_thread_default (bad_context);
625+// g_test_assert_expected_messages ();
626+// ```
576627 //
577-// Note that you cannot use this to test g_error() messages, since
578-// g_error() intentionally never returns even if the program doesn't
579-// abort; use g_test_trap_subprocess() in this case.
628+// Note that you cannot use this to test [func@GLib.error] messages, since
629+// [func@GLib.error] intentionally never returns even if the program doesn’t
630+// abort; use [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] in this case.
580631 //
581-// If messages at %G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG are emitted, but not explicitly
582-// expected via g_test_expect_message() then they will be ignored.
632+// If messages at [flags@GLib.LogLevelFlags.LEVEL_DEBUG] are emitted, but not explicitly
633+// expected via [func@GLib.test_expect_message] then they will be ignored.
583634 func TestExpectMessage(LogDomainVar string, LogLevelVar LogLevelFlags, PatternVar string) {
584635
585636 xTestExpectMessage(LogDomainVar, LogLevelVar, PatternVar)
@@ -588,9 +639,10 @@ func TestExpectMessage(LogDomainVar string, LogLevelVar LogLevelFlags, PatternVa
588639
589640 var xTestFail func()
590641
591-// Indicates that a test failed. This function can be called
592-// multiple times from the same test. You can use this function
593-// if your test failed in a recoverable way.
642+// Indicates that a test failed.
643+//
644+// This function can be called multiple times from the same test.
645+// You can use this function if your test failed in a recoverable way.
594646 //
595647 // Do not use this function if the failure of a test could cause
596648 // other tests to malfunction.
@@ -602,11 +654,11 @@ var xTestFail func()
602654 //
603655 // If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing.
604656 //
605-// Note that unlike g_test_skip() and g_test_incomplete(), this
606-// function does not log a message alongside the test failure.
657+// Note that unlike [func@GLib.test_skip] and [func@GLib.test_incomplete],
658+// this function does not log a message alongside the test failure.
607659 // If details of the test failure are available, either log them with
608-// g_test_message() before g_test_fail(), or use g_test_fail_printf()
609-// instead.
660+// [func@GLib.test_message] before [func@GLib.test_fail], or use
661+// [func@GLib.test_fail_printf] instead.
610662 func TestFail() {
611663
612664 xTestFail()
@@ -615,8 +667,11 @@ func TestFail() {
615667
616668 var xTestFailPrintf func(string, ...interface{})
617669
618-// Equivalent to g_test_fail(), but also record a message like
619-// g_test_skip_printf().
670+// Indicates that a test failed and records a message.
671+//
672+// Also see [func@GLib.test_fail].
673+//
674+// The message is formatted as if by [func@GLib.strdup_printf].
620675 func TestFailPrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
621676
622677 xTestFailPrintf(FormatVar, varArgs...)
@@ -625,10 +680,11 @@ func TestFailPrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
625680
626681 var xTestFailed func() bool
627682
628-// Returns whether a test has already failed. This will
629-// be the case when g_test_fail(), g_test_incomplete()
630-// or g_test_skip() have been called, but also if an
631-// assertion has failed.
683+// Returns whether a test has already failed.
684+//
685+// This will be the case when [func@GLib.test_fail],
686+// [func@GLib.test_incomplete] or [func@GLib.test_skip] have
687+// been called, but also if an assertion has failed.
632688 //
633689 // This can be useful to return early from a test if
634690 // continuing after a failed assertion might be harmful.
@@ -646,7 +702,7 @@ var xTestGetDir func(TestFileType) string
646702 // Gets the pathname of the directory containing test files of the type
647703 // specified by @file_type.
648704 //
649-// This is approximately the same as calling g_test_build_filename("."),
705+// This is approximately the same as calling `g_test_build_filename(".")`,
650706 // but you don't need to free the return value.
651707 func TestGetDir(FileTypeVar TestFileType) string {
652708
@@ -658,9 +714,9 @@ var xTestGetFilename func(TestFileType, string, ...interface{}) string
658714
659715 // Gets the pathname to a data file that is required for a test.
660716 //
661-// This is the same as g_test_build_filename() with two differences.
717+// This is the same as [func@GLib.test_build_filename] with two differences.
662718 // The first difference is that you must only use this function from within
663-// a testcase function. The second difference is that you need not free
719+// a testcase function. The second difference is that you need not free
664720 // the return value — it will be automatically freed when the testcase
665721 // finishes running.
666722 //
@@ -678,10 +734,12 @@ var xTestGetPath func() string
678734
679735 // Gets the test path for the test currently being run.
680736 //
681-// In essence, it will be the same string passed as the first argument to
682-// e.g. g_test_add() when the test was added.
737+// In essence, it will be the same string passed as the first argument
738+// to e.g. [func@GLib.test_add] when the test was added.
683739 //
684740 // This function returns a valid string only within a test function.
741+//
742+// Note that this is a test path, not a file system path.
685743 func TestGetPath() string {
686744
687745 cret := xTestGetPath()
@@ -690,7 +748,7 @@ func TestGetPath() string {
690748
691749 var xTestGetRoot func() *TestSuite
692750
693-// Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API.
751+// Gets the toplevel test suite for the test path API.
694752 func TestGetRoot() *TestSuite {
695753
696754 cret := xTestGetRoot()
@@ -700,8 +758,9 @@ func TestGetRoot() *TestSuite {
700758 var xTestIncomplete func(string)
701759
702760 // Indicates that a test failed because of some incomplete
703-// functionality. This function can be called multiple times
704-// from the same test.
761+// functionality.
762+//
763+// This function can be called multiple times from the same test.
705764 //
706765 // Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you
707766 // need to return from the test function yourself. So you can
@@ -717,8 +776,11 @@ func TestIncomplete(MsgVar string) {
717776
718777 var xTestIncompletePrintf func(string, ...interface{})
719778
720-// Equivalent to g_test_incomplete(), but the explanation is formatted
721-// as if by g_strdup_printf().
779+// Indicates that a test failed because of some incomplete
780+// functionality.
781+//
782+// Equivalent to [func@GLib.test_incomplete], but the explanation
783+// is formatted as if by [func@GLib.strdup_printf].
722784 func TestIncompletePrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
723785
724786 xTestIncompletePrintf(FormatVar, varArgs...)
@@ -727,11 +789,14 @@ func TestIncompletePrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
727789
728790 var xTestInit func(int, string, ...interface{})
729791
730-// Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the
731-// test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname()
732-// and parsing test related command line args.
792+// Initializes the GLib testing framework.
793+//
794+// This includes seeding the test random number generator,
795+// setting the program name, and parsing test-related commandline args.
733796 //
734-// So far, the following arguments are understood:
797+// This should be called before calling any other `g_test_*()` functions.
798+//
799+// The following arguments are understood:
735800 //
736801 // - `-l`: List test cases available in a test executable.
737802 //
@@ -748,36 +813,41 @@ var xTestInit func(int, string, ...interface{})
748813 // This can also be used to force a test to run that would otherwise
749814 // be skipped (ie, a test whose name contains "/subprocess").
750815 //
751-// - `-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick|undefined|no-undefined}`: Execute tests according to these test modes:
816+// - `-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick|undefined|no-undefined}`: Execute tests according
817+// to these test modes:
752818 //
753819 // `perf`: Performance tests, may take long and report results (off by default).
754820 //
755-// `slow`, `thorough`: Slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and maximize coverage
756-// (off by default).
821+// `slow`, `thorough`: Slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and maximize
822+// coverage (off by default).
757823 //
758824 // `quick`: Quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage (the default).
759825 //
760826 // `undefined`: Tests for undefined behaviour, may provoke programming errors
761-// under g_test_trap_subprocess() or g_test_expect_message() to check
762-// that appropriate assertions or warnings are given (the default).
827+// under [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] or [func@GLib.test_expect_message]
828+// to check that appropriate assertions or warnings are given (the default).
763829 //
764-// `no-undefined`: Avoid tests for undefined behaviour
830+// `no-undefined`: Avoid tests for undefined behaviour.
765831 //
766832 // - `--debug-log`: Debug test logging output.
767833 //
768-// Options which can be passed to @... are:
834+// Any parsed arguments are removed from @argv, and @argc is adjust accordingly.
835+//
836+// The following options are supported:
769837 //
770-// - `"no_g_set_prgname"`: Causes g_test_init() to not call g_set_prgname().
771-// - %G_TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS: Creates a unique temporary directory for each
772-// unit test and uses g_set_user_dirs() to set XDG directories to point into
773-// that temporary directory for the duration of the unit test. See the
774-// documentation for %G_TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS.
838+// - `G_TEST_OPTION_NO_PRGNAME`: Causes g_test_init() to not call
839+// [func@GLib.set_prgname]. Since. 2.84
840+// - `G_TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS`: Creates a unique temporary directory for each
841+// unit test and sets XDG directories to point there for the duration of the unit
842+// test. See [const@GLib.TEST_OPTION_ISOLATE_DIRS].
843+// - `G_TEST_OPTION_NONFATAL_ASSERTIONS`: This has the same effect as
844+// [func@GLib.test_set_nonfatal_assertions]. Since 2.84
775845 //
776-// Since 2.58, if tests are compiled with `G_DISABLE_ASSERT` defined,
777-// g_test_init() will print an error and exit. This is to prevent no-op tests
778-// from being executed, as g_assert() is commonly (erroneously) used in unit
779-// tests, and is a no-op when compiled with `G_DISABLE_ASSERT`. Ensure your
780-// tests are compiled without `G_DISABLE_ASSERT` defined.
846+// Since 2.58, if tests are compiled with `G_DISABLE_ASSERT` defined, `g_test_init()`
847+// will print an error and exit. This is to prevent no-op tests from being executed,
848+// as [func@GLib.assert] is commonly (erroneously) used in unit tests, and is a no-op
849+// when compiled with `G_DISABLE_ASSERT`. Ensure your tests are compiled without
850+// `G_DISABLE_ASSERT` defined.
781851 func TestInit(ArgcVar int, ArgvVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
782852
783853 xTestInit(ArgcVar, ArgvVar, varArgs...)
@@ -803,10 +873,10 @@ var xTestLogSetFatalHandler func(uintptr, uintptr)
803873 // This handler has no effect on g_error messages.
804874 //
805875 // This handler also has no effect on structured log messages (using
806-// g_log_structured() or g_log_structured_array()). To change the fatal
876+// [func@GLib.log_structured] or [func@GLib.log_structured_array]). To change the fatal
807877 // behaviour for specific log messages, programs must install a custom log
808-// writer function using g_log_set_writer_func().See
809-// [Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging].
878+// writer function using [func@GLib.log_set_writer_func].See
879+// [Using Structured Logging](logging.html#using-structured-logging).
810880 func TestLogSetFatalHandler(LogFuncVar *TestLogFatalFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) {
811881
812882 xTestLogSetFatalHandler(NewCallback(LogFuncVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -823,7 +893,8 @@ func TestLogTypeName(LogTypeVar TestLogType) string {
823893
824894 var xTestMaximizedResult func(float64, string, ...interface{})
825895
826-// Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
896+// Reports the result of a performance or measurement test.
897+//
827898 // The test should generally strive to maximize the reported
828899 // quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones),
829900 // this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting
@@ -836,7 +907,7 @@ func TestMaximizedResult(MaximizedQuantityVar float64, FormatVar string, varArgs
836907
837908 var xTestMessage func(string, ...interface{})
838909
839-// Add a message to the test report.
910+// Adds a message to the test report.
840911 func TestMessage(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
841912
842913 xTestMessage(FormatVar, varArgs...)
@@ -845,7 +916,8 @@ func TestMessage(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
845916
846917 var xTestMinimizedResult func(float64, string, ...interface{})
847918
848-// Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
919+// Reports the result of a performance or measurement test.
920+//
849921 // The test should generally strive to minimize the reported
850922 // quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones),
851923 // this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting
@@ -858,12 +930,13 @@ func TestMinimizedResult(MinimizedQuantityVar float64, FormatVar string, varArgs
858930
859931 var xTestQueueDestroy func(uintptr, uintptr)
860932
861-// This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func to be executed
862-// during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful
863-// to auto destruct allocated test resources at the end of a test run.
864-// Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing
865-// callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before
866-// A() during teardown.
933+// Enqueues a callback @destroy_func to be executed during the next test case
934+// teardown phase.
935+//
936+// This is most useful to auto destroy allocated test resources at the end
937+// of a test run. Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means
938+// enqueueing callback `A` before callback `B` will cause `B()` to be called
939+// before `A()` during teardown.
867940 func TestQueueDestroy(DestroyFuncVar *DestroyNotify, DestroyDataVar uintptr) {
868941
869942 xTestQueueDestroy(NewCallback(DestroyFuncVar), DestroyDataVar)
@@ -872,9 +945,11 @@ func TestQueueDestroy(DestroyFuncVar *DestroyNotify, DestroyDataVar uintptr) {
872945
873946 var xTestQueueFree func(uintptr)
874947
875-// Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next
876-// teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy()
877-// with a destroy callback of g_free().
948+// Enqueues a pointer to be released with [func@GLib.free]
949+// during the next teardown phase.
950+//
951+// This is equivalent to calling [func@GLib.test_queue_destroy]
952+// with a destroy callback of [func@GLib.free].
878953 func TestQueueFree(GfreePointerVar uintptr) {
879954
880955 xTestQueueFree(GfreePointerVar)
@@ -883,8 +958,9 @@ func TestQueueFree(GfreePointerVar uintptr) {
883958
884959 var xTestRandDouble func() float64
885960
886-// Get a reproducible random floating point number,
887-// see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
961+// Gets a reproducible random floating point number.
962+//
963+// See [func@GLib.test_rand_int] for details on test case random numbers.
888964 func TestRandDouble() float64 {
889965
890966 cret := xTestRandDouble()
@@ -893,8 +969,9 @@ func TestRandDouble() float64 {
893969
894970 var xTestRandDoubleRange func(float64, float64) float64
895971
896-// Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range,
897-// see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
972+// Gets a reproducible random floating point number out of a specified range.
973+//
974+// See [func@GLib.test_rand_int] for details on test case random numbers.
898975 func TestRandDoubleRange(RangeStartVar float64, RangeEndVar float64) float64 {
899976
900977 cret := xTestRandDoubleRange(RangeStartVar, RangeEndVar)
@@ -903,7 +980,7 @@ func TestRandDoubleRange(RangeStartVar float64, RangeEndVar float64) float64 {
903980
904981 var xTestRandInt func() int32
905982
906-// Get a reproducible random integer number.
983+// Gets a reproducible random integer number.
907984 //
908985 // The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions
909986 // change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is
@@ -920,8 +997,9 @@ func TestRandInt() int32 {
920997
921998 var xTestRandIntRange func(int32, int32) int32
922999
923-// Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range,
924-// see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
1000+// Gets a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range.
1001+//
1002+// See [func@GLib.test_rand_int] for details on test case random numbers.
9251003 func TestRandIntRange(BeginVar int32, EndVar int32) int32 {
9261004
9271005 cret := xTestRandIntRange(BeginVar, EndVar)
@@ -930,12 +1008,14 @@ func TestRandIntRange(BeginVar int32, EndVar int32) int32 {
9301008
9311009 var xTestRun func() int
9321010
933-// Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved
934-// with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test
935-// cases to be run are filtered according to test path arguments
936-// (`-p testpath` and `-s testpath`) as parsed by g_test_init().
937-// g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once in a
938-// program.
1011+// Runs all tests under the toplevel suite.
1012+//
1013+// The toplevel suite can be retrieved with [func@GLib.test_get_root].
1014+//
1015+// Similar to [func@GLib.test_run_suite], the test cases to be run are
1016+// filtered according to test path arguments (`-p testpath` and `-s testpath`)
1017+// as parsed by [func@GLib.test_init]. [func@GLib.test_run_suite] or
1018+// [func@GLib.test_run] may only be called once in a program.
9391019 //
9401020 // In general, the tests and sub-suites within each suite are run in
9411021 // the order in which they are defined. However, note that prior to
@@ -943,7 +1023,7 @@ var xTestRun func() int
9431023 // functions which caused them to create multiple suites with the same
9441024 // name, meaning that if you created tests "/foo/simple",
9451025 // "/bar/simple", and "/foo/using-bar" in that order, they would get
946-// run in that order (since g_test_run() would run the first "/foo"
1026+// run in that order (since [func@GLib.test_run] would run the first "/foo"
9471027 // suite, then the "/bar" suite, then the second "/foo" suite). As of
9481028 // 2.36, this bug is fixed, and adding the tests in that order would
9491029 // result in a running order of "/foo/simple", "/foo/using-bar",
@@ -957,7 +1037,7 @@ var xTestRun func() int
9571037 // However, you should never make the actual result of a test depend
9581038 // on the order that tests are run in. If you need to ensure that some
9591039 // particular code runs before or after a given test case, use
960-// g_test_add(), which lets you specify setup and teardown functions.
1040+// [func@GLib.test_add], which lets you specify setup and teardown functions.
9611041 //
9621042 // If all tests are skipped or marked as incomplete (expected failures),
9631043 // this function will return 0 if producing TAP output, or 77 (treated
@@ -970,14 +1050,15 @@ func TestRun() int {
9701050
9711051 var xTestRunSuite func(*TestSuite) int
9721052
973-// Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites.
1053+// Executes the tests within @suite and all nested test suites.
1054+//
9741055 // The test suites to be executed are filtered according to
9751056 // test path arguments (`-p testpath` and `-s testpath`) as parsed by
976-// g_test_init(). See the g_test_run() documentation for more
977-// information on the order that tests are run in.
1057+// [func@GLib.test_init]. See the [func@GLib.test_run] documentation
1058+// for more information on the order that tests are run in.
9781059 //
979-// g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once
980-// in a program.
1060+// [func@GLib.test_run_suite] or [func@GLib.test_run] may only be
1061+// called once in a program.
9811062 func TestRunSuite(SuiteVar *TestSuite) int {
9821063
9831064 cret := xTestRunSuite(SuiteVar)
@@ -986,17 +1067,21 @@ func TestRunSuite(SuiteVar *TestSuite) int {
9861067
9871068 var xTestSetNonfatalAssertions func()
9881069
989-// Changes the behaviour of the various `g_assert_*()` macros,
990-// g_test_assert_expected_messages() and the various
991-// `g_test_trap_assert_*()` macros to not abort to program, but instead
992-// call g_test_fail() and continue. (This also changes the behavior of
993-// g_test_fail() so that it will not cause the test program to abort
994-// after completing the failed test.)
1070+// Changes the behaviour of the various assertion macros.
1071+//
1072+// The `g_assert_*()` macros, `g_test_assert_expected_messages()`
1073+// and the various `g_test_trap_assert_*()` macros are changed
1074+// to not abort to program.
9951075 //
996-// Note that the g_assert_not_reached() and g_assert() macros are not
997-// affected by this.
1076+// Instead, they will call [func@GLib.test_fail] and continue.
1077+// (This also changes the behavior of [func@GLib.test_fail] so that
1078+// it will not cause the test program to abort after completing
1079+// the failed test.)
9981080 //
999-// This function can only be called after g_test_init().
1081+// Note that the [func@GLib.assert_not_reached] and [func@GLib.assert]
1082+// macros are not affected by this.
1083+//
1084+// This function can only be called after [func@GLib.test_init].
10001085 func TestSetNonfatalAssertions() {
10011086
10021087 xTestSetNonfatalAssertions()
@@ -1021,8 +1106,10 @@ func TestSkip(MsgVar string) {
10211106
10221107 var xTestSkipPrintf func(string, ...interface{})
10231108
1024-// Equivalent to g_test_skip(), but the explanation is formatted
1025-// as if by g_strdup_printf().
1109+// Indicates that a test was skipped.
1110+//
1111+// Equivalent to [func@GLib.test_skip], but the explanation
1112+// is formatted as if by [func@GLib.strdup_printf].
10261113 func TestSkipPrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
10271114
10281115 xTestSkipPrintf(FormatVar, varArgs...)
@@ -1031,8 +1118,7 @@ func TestSkipPrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
10311118
10321119 var xTestSubprocess func() bool
10331120
1034-// Returns %TRUE (after g_test_init() has been called) if the test
1035-// program is running under g_test_trap_subprocess().
1121+// Returns true if the test program is running under [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess].
10361122 func TestSubprocess() bool {
10371123
10381124 cret := xTestSubprocess()
@@ -1041,15 +1127,17 @@ func TestSubprocess() bool {
10411127
10421128 var xTestSummary func(string)
10431129
1044-// Set the summary for a test, which describes what the test checks, and how it
1045-// goes about checking it. This may be included in test report output, and is
1046-// useful documentation for anyone reading the source code or modifying a test
1047-// in future. It must be a single line.
1130+// Sets the summary for a test.
1131+//
1132+// This may be included in test report output, and is useful documentation for
1133+// anyone reading the source code or modifying a test in future. It must be a
1134+// single line, and it should summarise what the test checks, and how.
10481135 //
10491136 // This should be called at the top of a test function.
10501137 //
10511138 // For example:
1052-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1139+//
1140+// ```c
10531141 // static void
10541142 // test_array_sort (void)
10551143 //
@@ -1057,10 +1145,12 @@ var xTestSummary func(string)
10571145 // g_test_summary ("Test my_array_sort() sorts the array correctly and stably, "
10581146 // "including testing zero length and one-element arrays.");
10591147 //
1060-// …
1148+// // ...
10611149 // }
10621150 //
1063-// ]|
1151+// ```
1152+//
1153+// See also [func@GLib.test_bug].
10641154 func TestSummary(SummaryVar string) {
10651155
10661156 xTestSummary(SummaryVar)
@@ -1069,8 +1159,8 @@ func TestSummary(SummaryVar string) {
10691159
10701160 var xTestTimerElapsed func() float64
10711161
1072-// Get the number of seconds since the last start of the timer with
1073-// g_test_timer_start().
1162+// Gets the number of seconds since the last start of the timer with
1163+// [func@GLib.test_timer_start].
10741164 func TestTimerElapsed() float64 {
10751165
10761166 cret := xTestTimerElapsed()
@@ -1079,7 +1169,7 @@ func TestTimerElapsed() float64 {
10791169
10801170 var xTestTimerLast func() float64
10811171
1082-// Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed().
1172+// Reports the last result of [func@GLib.test_timer_elapsed].
10831173 func TestTimerLast() float64 {
10841174
10851175 cret := xTestTimerLast()
@@ -1088,7 +1178,9 @@ func TestTimerLast() float64 {
10881178
10891179 var xTestTimerStart func()
10901180
1091-// Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed
1181+// Starts a timing test.
1182+//
1183+// Call [func@GLib.test_timer_elapsed] when the task is supposed
10921184 // to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer.
10931185 func TestTimerStart() {
10941186
@@ -1106,28 +1198,35 @@ func TestTrapAssertions(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar s
11061198
11071199 var xTestTrapFork func(uint64, TestTrapFlags) bool
11081200
1109-// Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might
1201+// Forks the current test program to execute a test case that might
11101202 // not return or that might abort.
11111203 //
11121204 // If @usec_timeout is non-0, the forked test case is aborted and
11131205 // considered failing if its run time exceeds it.
11141206 //
1115-// The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags.
1207+// The forking behavior can be configured with [flags@GLib.TestTrapFlags]
1208+// flags.
11161209 //
11171210 // In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child
11181211 // process produces some sample output and exits successfully.
11191212 // The forking parent process then asserts successful child program
11201213 // termination and validates child program outputs.
11211214 //
1122-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1215+// ```c
11231216 //
11241217 // static void
11251218 // test_fork_patterns (void)
11261219 // {
11271220 // if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR))
11281221 // {
1129-// g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n");
1130-// g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n");
1222+// g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17
1223+//
1224+// ");
1225+//
1226+// g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43
1227+//
1228+// ");
1229+//
11311230 // exit (0); // successful test run
11321231 // }
11331232 // g_test_trap_assert_passed ();
@@ -1135,7 +1234,7 @@ var xTestTrapFork func(uint64, TestTrapFlags) bool
11351234 // g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*");
11361235 // }
11371236 //
1138-// ]|
1237+// ```
11391238 func TestTrapFork(UsecTimeoutVar uint64, TestTrapFlagsVar TestTrapFlags) bool {
11401239
11411240 cret := xTestTrapFork(UsecTimeoutVar, TestTrapFlagsVar)
@@ -1144,7 +1243,7 @@ func TestTrapFork(UsecTimeoutVar uint64, TestTrapFlagsVar TestTrapFlags) bool {
11441243
11451244 var xTestTrapHasPassed func() bool
11461245
1147-// Check the result of the last g_test_trap_subprocess() call.
1246+// Checks the result of the last [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] call.
11481247 func TestTrapHasPassed() bool {
11491248
11501249 cret := xTestTrapHasPassed()
@@ -1153,7 +1252,7 @@ func TestTrapHasPassed() bool {
11531252
11541253 var xTestTrapReachedTimeout func() bool
11551254
1156-// Check the result of the last g_test_trap_subprocess() call.
1255+// Checks the result of the last [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess] call.
11571256 func TestTrapReachedTimeout() bool {
11581257
11591258 cret := xTestTrapReachedTimeout()
@@ -1163,12 +1262,27 @@ func TestTrapReachedTimeout() bool {
11631262 var xTestTrapSubprocess func(string, uint64, TestSubprocessFlags)
11641263
11651264 // Respawns the test program to run only @test_path in a subprocess.
1265+//
1266+// This is equivalent to calling [func@GLib.test_trap_subprocess_with_envp]
1267+// with `envp` set to `NULL`. See the documentation for that function
1268+// for full details.
1269+func TestTrapSubprocess(TestPathVar string, UsecTimeoutVar uint64, TestFlagsVar TestSubprocessFlags) {
1270+
1271+ xTestTrapSubprocess(TestPathVar, UsecTimeoutVar, TestFlagsVar)
1272+
1273+}
1274+
1275+var xTestTrapSubprocessWithEnvp func(string, []string, uint64, TestSubprocessFlags)
1276+
1277+// Respawns the test program to run only @test_path in a subprocess with
1278+// a given environment.
1279+//
11661280 // This can be used for a test case that might not return, or that
11671281 // might abort.
11681282 //
1169-// If @test_path is %NULL then the same test is re-run in a subprocess.
1170-// You can use g_test_subprocess() to determine whether the test is in
1171-// a subprocess or not.
1283+// If @test_path is `NULL` then the same test is re-run in a subprocess.
1284+// You can use [func@GLib.test_subprocess] to determine whether the test
1285+// is in a subprocess or not.
11721286 //
11731287 // @test_path can also be the name of the parent test, followed by
11741288 // "`/subprocess/`" and then a name for the specific subtest (or just
@@ -1176,28 +1290,34 @@ var xTestTrapSubprocess func(string, uint64, TestSubprocessFlags)
11761290 // tests with names of this form will automatically be skipped in the
11771291 // parent process.
11781292 //
1293+// If @envp is `NULL`, the parent process’ environment will be inherited.
1294+//
11791295 // If @usec_timeout is non-0, the test subprocess is aborted and
11801296 // considered failing if its run time exceeds it.
11811297 //
1182-// The subprocess behavior can be configured with the
1183-// #GTestSubprocessFlags flags.
1298+// The subprocess behavior can be configured with [flags@GLib.TestSubprocessFlags]
1299+// flags.
11841300 //
1185-// You can use methods such as g_test_trap_assert_passed(),
1186-// g_test_trap_assert_failed(), and g_test_trap_assert_stderr() to
1301+// You can use methods such as [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_passed],
1302+// [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_failed], and [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_stderr] to
11871303 // check the results of the subprocess. (But note that
1188-// g_test_trap_assert_stdout() and g_test_trap_assert_stderr()
1304+// [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_stdout] and [func@GLib.test_trap_assert_stderr]
11891305 // cannot be used if @test_flags specifies that the child should
11901306 // inherit the parent stdout/stderr.)
11911307 //
1192-// If your `main ()` needs to behave differently in
1193-// the subprocess, you can call g_test_subprocess() (after calling
1194-// g_test_init()) to see whether you are in a subprocess.
1308+// If your `main ()` needs to behave differently in the subprocess, you can
1309+// call [func@GLib.test_subprocess] (after calling [func@GLib.test_init])
1310+// to see whether you are in a subprocess.
1311+//
1312+// Internally, this function tracks the child process using
1313+// [func@GLib.child_watch_source_new], so your process must not ignore
1314+// `SIGCHLD`, and must not attempt to watch or wait for the child process
1315+// via another mechanism.
11951316 //
1196-// The following example tests that calling
1197-// `my_object_new(1000000)` will abort with an error
1198-// message.
1317+// The following example tests that calling `my_object_new(1000000)` will
1318+// abort with an error message.
11991319 //
1200-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1320+// ```c
12011321 //
12021322 // static void
12031323 // test_create_large_object (void)
@@ -1209,37 +1329,58 @@ var xTestTrapSubprocess func(string, uint64, TestSubprocessFlags)
12091329 // }
12101330 //
12111331 // // Reruns this same test in a subprocess
1212-// g_test_trap_subprocess (NULL, 0, 0);
1332+// g_test_trap_subprocess (NULL, 0, G_TEST_SUBPROCESS_DEFAULT);
12131333 // g_test_trap_assert_failed ();
12141334 // g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*ERROR*too large*");
12151335 // }
12161336 //
1337+// static void
1338+// test_different_username (void)
1339+// {
1340+// if (g_test_subprocess ())
1341+// {
1342+// // Code under test goes here
1343+// g_message ("Username is now simulated as %s", g_getenv ("USER"));
1344+// return;
1345+// }
1346+//
1347+// // Reruns this same test in a subprocess
1348+// g_autoptr(GStrv) envp = g_get_environ ();
1349+// envp = g_environ_setenv (g_steal_pointer (&envp), "USER", "charlie", TRUE);
1350+// g_test_trap_subprocess_with_envp (NULL, envp, 0, G_TEST_SUBPROCESS_DEFAULT);
1351+// g_test_trap_assert_passed ();
1352+// g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("Username is now simulated as charlie");
1353+// }
1354+//
12171355 // int
12181356 // main (int argc, char **argv)
12191357 // {
12201358 // g_test_init (&argc, &argv, NULL);
12211359 //
1222-// g_test_add_func ("/myobject/create_large_object",
1360+// g_test_add_func ("/myobject/create-large-object",
12231361 // test_create_large_object);
1362+// g_test_add_func ("/myobject/different-username",
1363+// test_different_username);
12241364 // return g_test_run ();
12251365 // }
12261366 //
1227-// ]|
1228-func TestTrapSubprocess(TestPathVar string, UsecTimeoutVar uint64, TestFlagsVar TestSubprocessFlags) {
1367+// ```
1368+func TestTrapSubprocessWithEnvp(TestPathVar string, EnvpVar []string, UsecTimeoutVar uint64, TestFlagsVar TestSubprocessFlags) {
12291369
1230- xTestTrapSubprocess(TestPathVar, UsecTimeoutVar, TestFlagsVar)
1370+ xTestTrapSubprocessWithEnvp(TestPathVar, EnvpVar, UsecTimeoutVar, TestFlagsVar)
12311371
12321372 }
12331373
12341374 func init() {
12351375 core.SetPackageName("GLIB", "glib-2.0")
1236- core.SetSharedLibrary("GLIB", "libglib-2.0.so.0")
1376+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GLIB", "libgobject-2.0.so.0,libglib-2.0.so.0")
12371377 lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GLIB"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
12381378 if err != nil {
12391379 panic(err)
12401380 }
12411381
12421382 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAssertionMessage, lib, "g_assertion_message")
1383+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAssertionMessageCmpint, lib, "g_assertion_message_cmpint")
12431384 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAssertionMessageCmpnum, lib, "g_assertion_message_cmpnum")
12441385 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAssertionMessageCmpstr, lib, "g_assertion_message_cmpstr")
12451386 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAssertionMessageCmpstrv, lib, "g_assertion_message_cmpstrv")
@@ -1256,6 +1397,7 @@ func init() {
12561397 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestBuildFilename, lib, "g_test_build_filename")
12571398 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestCreateCase, lib, "g_test_create_case")
12581399 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestCreateSuite, lib, "g_test_create_suite")
1400+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestDisableCrashReporting, lib, "g_test_disable_crash_reporting")
12591401 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestExpectMessage, lib, "g_test_expect_message")
12601402 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestFail, lib, "g_test_fail")
12611403 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestFailPrintf, lib, "g_test_fail_printf")
@@ -1293,6 +1435,7 @@ func init() {
12931435 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestTrapHasPassed, lib, "g_test_trap_has_passed")
12941436 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestTrapReachedTimeout, lib, "g_test_trap_reached_timeout")
12951437 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestTrapSubprocess, lib, "g_test_trap_subprocess")
1438+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestTrapSubprocessWithEnvp, lib, "g_test_trap_subprocess_with_envp")
12961439
12971440 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTestCaseFree, lib, "g_test_case_free")
12981441
M v4/glib/gthread.go +1388 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gthreadpool.go +28 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtimer.go +6 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtimezone.go +32 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtrashstack.go +14 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtree.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtypes.go +18 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gunicode.go +173 -72 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/guri.go +101 -50 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gutils.go +24 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/guuid.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gvariant-parser.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gvariant.go +143 -113 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gvarianttype.go +195 -166 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gversion.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/main.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gmodule/gmodule.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gmodule/gmoduleconf.go +12 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gbinding.go +276 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gbindinggroup.go +155 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gclosure.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/genums.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/glib-types.go +32 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gmarshal.go +48 -43 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gobject/gobject-2.0.go +0 -790 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gobject.go +230 -59 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gparam.go +134 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gsignal.go +79 -25 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gsignalgroup.go +279 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtype.go +293 -177 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtypemodule.go +21 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtypeplugin.go +138 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gvalue.go +18 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gvaluearray.go +28 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gvaluecollector.go +11 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/main.go +24 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskbroadwayrenderer.go +3 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskcairorenderer.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskenums.go +212 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskglrenderer.go +54 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskglshader.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskpath.go +93 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskpathpoint.go +189 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrenderer.go +35 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrendernode.go +40 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.go +479 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskroundedrect.go +19 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskstroke.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gsktransform.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gsktypes.go +1183 -27 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskvulkanrenderer.go +85 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gsk/main.go +0 -76 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.go +166 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessible.go +477 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkaccessiblerange.go +96 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkaccessibletext.go +498 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkactionable.go +9 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkactionbar.go +162 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkadjustment.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkalertdialog.go +266 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.go +156 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkapplication.go +169 -114 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.go +245 -81 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaspectframe.go +153 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkassistant.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkatcontext.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbinlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbitset.go +3 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkboolfilter.go +4 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkborder.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbox.go +199 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkboxlayout.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuildable.go +120 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilder.go +256 -49 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.go +12 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.go +41 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbutton.go +201 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcalendar.go +229 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellarea.go +176 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareabox.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelleditable.go +14 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelllayout.go +46 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.go +29 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.go +0 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellview.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterbox.go +195 -23 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterlayout.go +29 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.go +175 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.go +158 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.go +153 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolordialog.go +185 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolordialogbutton.go +466 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnview.go +263 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcell.go +182 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.go +37 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewrow.go +241 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewsorter.go +171 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcombobox.go +161 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.go +155 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraint.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintguide.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.go +13 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsserror.go +11 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsslocation.go +1 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcssprovider.go +32 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsssection.go +23 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomfilter.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomsorter.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdebug.go +8 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdialog.go +155 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkdialogerror.go +56 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdragicon.go +169 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdragsource.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.go +154 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropdown.go +219 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptarget.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditable.go +46 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.go +208 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkemojichooser.go +165 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentry.go +207 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkenums.go +251 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerlegacy.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkexpander.go +164 -24 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkexpression.go +34 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.go +166 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfiledialog.go +637 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilefilter.go +18 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfilelauncher.go +221 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilter.go +16 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.go +37 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixed.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixedlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.go +35 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflowbox.go +327 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontbutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.go +156 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfontdialog.go +358 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfontdialogbutton.go +604 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkframe.go +158 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesture.go +48 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureclick.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturepan.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturestylus.go +27 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkglarea.go +209 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkgraphicsoffload.go +497 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgrid.go +155 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridview.go +190 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkheaderbar.go +189 -25 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkicontheme.go +15 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkiconview.go +156 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimage.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontext.go +220 -40 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.go +7 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimmodule.go +1 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinfobar.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinscription.go +188 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklabel.go +352 -143 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutchild.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.go +39 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklevelbar.go +157 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklinkbutton.go +168 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbase.go +189 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbox.go +369 -30 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtklistheader.go +158 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistitem.go +90 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistitemfactory.go +4 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkliststore.go +35 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistview.go +231 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklockbutton.go +169 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmain.go +59 -42 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediacontrols.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediafile.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediastream.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmenubutton.go +201 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmountoperation.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultifilter.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultiselection.go +34 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultisorter.go +2 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknative.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknativedialog.go +5 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknoselection.go +36 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknotebook.go +224 -35 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknumericsorter.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkorientable.go +7 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlay.go +152 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetup.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.go +158 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpaned.go +174 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.go +195 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpicture.go +155 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopover.go +196 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.go +196 -45 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.go +155 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintcontext.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkprintdialog.go +425 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprinter.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintjob.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperation.go +63 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintsettings.go +45 -29 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprogressbar.go +155 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrange.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.go +13 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrevealer.go +147 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkroot.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscale.go +174 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscalebutton.go +195 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollable.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollbar.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.go +174 -34 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksearchbar.go +160 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksearchentry.go +269 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtksectionmodel.go +150 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.go +58 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkseparator.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksettings.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcut.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutaction.go +19 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.go +10 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.go +182 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.go +199 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.go +218 -21 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshow.go +0 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.go +22 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksingleselection.go +37 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksizegroup.go +77 -36 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksizerequest.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksnapshot.go +128 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksorter.go +10 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksortlistmodel.go +72 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinbutton.go +254 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinner.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstack.go +299 -23 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.go +153 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.go +154 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstatusbar.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringfilter.go +6 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringlist.go +22 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringsorter.go +49 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstylecontext.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkswitch.go +179 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksymbolicpaintable.go +11 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktestatcontext.go +1 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktestutils.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktext.go +367 -112 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextbuffer.go +100 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextchild.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextiter.go +21 -21 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextmark.go +9 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktexttag.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktexttagtable.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextview.go +345 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktogglebutton.go +159 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktooltip.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreednd.go +32 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeexpander.go +228 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreelistmodel.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodel.go +64 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeselection.go +3 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreesortable.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreestore.go +150 -90 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeview.go +153 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktypes.go +97 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkurilauncher.go +141 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkversion.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvideo.go +176 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkviewport.go +163 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidget.go +803 -387 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindow.go +332 -111 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.go +185 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowhandle.go +153 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gtk/main.go +0 -64 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-attributes.go +56 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-break.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-features.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-font.go +182 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontmap.go +158 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/pango/pango-fontset-simple.go +104 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontset.go +26 -92 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-glyph.go +15 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-item.go +15 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-language.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-layout.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-matrix.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-renderer.go +36 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-tabs.go +18 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-utils.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff

Keyboard shortcuts

Single-key shortcuts are on. ctrl k and esc work whatever this says.

ctrl k :
go to a section, branch, tag, file or repository
?
this list
j k
move the row cursor down / up
enter
open the row under the cursor; on Files, a directory opens or closes in place
↑ ↓ ← → home end
in the file tree (focus on a row): previous / next row, close / open a directory or go to its parent / first entry, first / last row. They never open a file
l h
on Files: open a directory or a file / close a directory or go up to its parent, then to the parent page. Elsewhere: into the side panel (on a merge request, its files) / back to the content; there j k move between its controls
g g G
first / last row
/
filter the list; on Files, find a file anywhere in the repository (esc clears, enter opens the best match)
b
switch branch or tag
g s g f g c g b g m g i g r g a
tabs: summary, files, commits, branches & tags, merge requests, issues, releases, actions (when available)
g h
home
w
wide mode: use the whole width of the screen, or not (remembered)
y
copy a permalink pinned to the commit
d u x
diff: split / unified / collapse or expand all
e E
diff: the whole file in view / every file, with the lines the hunks hide
n
merge request: next note in the diff
esc
close a dialog, leave a field

Branches 1

Tags 102

↑↓ moveenter openesc close